Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management 11g Release 1 (11.1.1)

11g Release 1 (11.1.1)

E10035-05

Contents

List of Tables

Title and Copyright Information

Preface

- Audience

- Documentation Accessibility

- Related Documents

- Conventions

Part I Command-Line Tool Reference

1 Command-Line Tools Overview

- 1.1 Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools

- 1.2 Configuring Your Environment

- 1.3 Oracle Identity Management Command-Line Tool Categories

2 Oracle Internet Directory Administration Tools

- 2.1 oidpasswd

- 2.1.1 Syntax for oidpasswd

- 2.1.2 Arguments for oidpasswd

- 2.1.3 Tasks and Examples for oidpasswd

- 2.1.3.1 Changing the Password to the Oracle Internet Directory Database

- 2.1.3.2 Creating Wallets for Directory Database and Replication Server Passwords

- 2.1.3.3 Unlocking the Superuser Account

- 2.1.3.4 Resetting the Superuser Password

- 2.1.3.5 Managing Superuser Access Control Points

- 2.1.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidpasswd

- 2.2 oidctl

- 2.2.1 Syntax for oidctl

- 2.2.2 Arguments for oidctl

- 2.2.2.1 OIDLDAPD Flags

- 2.2.2.2 OIDREPLD Flags

- 2.2.3 Tasks and Examples for oidctl

- 2.2.3.1 Creating an Oracle Internet Directory Instance in an Existing Component

- 2.2.3.2 Deleting an Oracle Internet Directory Instance in a Component

- 2.2.3.3 Starting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- 2.2.3.4 Stopping an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- 2.2.3.5 Restarting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- 2.2.3.6 Starting a Directory Replication Server Instance

- 2.2.3.7 Stopping a Directory Replication Server Instance

- 2.2.3.8 Starting and Stopping a Server Instance on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

- 2.2.3.9 Reporting the Status of Each Server

- 2.2.3.10 Reporting Diagnostics

- 2.2.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidctl

- 2.3 oiddiag

- 2.3.1 Syntax for oiddiag

- 2.3.2 Arguments for oiddiag

- 2.3.3 Tasks and Examples for oiddiag

- 2.3.3.1 Collecting All Diagnostic Information

- 2.3.3.2 Collecting Selected Diagnostic Information

- 2.3.3.3 Collecting Stack Trace Information

- 2.4 oidmon

- 2.4.1 Syntax for oidmon

- 2.4.2 Arguments for oidmon

- 2.4.3 Tasks and Examples for oidmon

- 2.4.3.1 Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

- 2.4.3.2 Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

- 2.4.3.3 Stopping Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

- 2.4.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidmon

- 2.5 opmnctl

- 2.5.1 Syntax for opmnctl

- 2.5.2 Arguments for opmnctl

- 2.5.2.1 Commands

- 2.5.2.2 WebLogic Administration Server Properties

- 2.5.2.3 Instance Properties

- 2.5.2.4 OPMN Configuration Properties

- 2.5.2.5 Component Properties for Oracle Internet Directory

- 2.5.2.6 Oracle Internet Directory Component Configuration Properties

- 2.5.3 Tasks and Examples for opmnctl

- 2.5.3.1 Creating an Oracle Internet Directory Component

- 2.5.3.2 Registering an Oracle Instance

- 2.5.3.3 Unregistering an Oracle Instance

- 2.5.3.4 Updating the Component Registration of an Oracle Instance

- 2.5.3.5 Deleting an Oracle Internet Directory Component

- 2.5.3.6 Stopping All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

- 2.5.3.7 Starting All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

- 2.5.3.8 Stopping a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

- 2.5.3.9 Starting a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

- 2.5.3.10 Getting Status Information

- 2.5.4 Related Command-Line Tools for opmnctl

- 2.6 oidstats.sql

- 2.6.1 Syntax for oidstats.sql

- 2.6.2 Arguments for oidstats.sql

- 2.6.3 Tasks and Examples for oidstats.sql

- 2.6.3.1 Running the Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection Tool

- 2.6.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidstats.sql

- 2.7 oidcred

- 2.7.1 Syntax for oidcred

- 2.7.2 Arguments for oidcred

- 2.7.3 Tasks and Examples for oidcred

- 2.8 oidrealm

- 2.8.1 Syntax for oidrealm

- 2.8.2 Arguments for oidrealm

- 2.8.3 Example for oidrealm

3 Oracle Internet Directory Data Management Tools

- 3.1 bulkdelete

- 3.1.1 Syntax for bulkdelete

- 3.1.2 Arguments for bulkdelete

- 3.1.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkdelete

- 3.1.3.1 Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context and Making Them Tombstone Entries

- 3.1.3.2 Completely Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context

- 3.1.3.3 Deleting Entries in Multiple Naming Contexts

- 3.1.4 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkdelete

- 3.2 bulkload

- 3.2.1 Syntax for bulkload

- 3.2.2 Arguments for bulkload

- 3.2.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkload

- 3.2.3.1 Loading Data in Bulk Mode

- 3.2.3.2 Loading Data for Multiple Nodes in a Replicated Environment

- 3.2.3.3 Loading Data in Incremental Mode

- 3.2.3.4 Verifying Indexes

- 3.2.3.5 Recreating Indexes

- 3.2.3.6 Recovering Data After a Load Error

- 3.2.4 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkload

- 3.3 bulkmodify

- 3.3.1 Syntax for bulkmodify

- 3.3.2 Arguments for bulkmodify

- 3.3.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkmodify

- 3.3.3.1 Updating an Attribute for Multiple Entries at Once

- 3.3.4 Limitations of bulkmodify

- 3.3.5 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkmodify

- 3.4 catalog

- 3.4.1 Syntax for catalog

- 3.4.2 Arguments for catalog

- 3.4.3 Tasks and Examples for catalog

- 3.4.3.1 Indexing a Single Attribute

- 3.4.3.2 Indexing Multiple Attributes

- 3.4.3.3 Removing an Attribute from the List of Indexed Attributes

- 3.4.4 Related Command-Line Tools for catalog

- 3.5 ldapadd

- 3.5.1 Syntax for ldapadd

- 3.5.2 Arguments for ldapadd

- 3.5.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapadd

- 3.5.3.1 Adding Data to the Directory Using an LDIF File

- 3.5.3.2 Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File

- 3.5.3.3 Previewing an Add Operation

- 3.5.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapadd

- 3.6 ldapaddmt

- 3.6.1 Syntax for ldapaddmt

- 3.6.2 Arguments for ldapaddmt

- 3.6.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapaddmt

- 3.6.3.1 Adding Concurrent Entries to the Directory Using an LDIF File

- 3.6.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapaddmt

- 3.7 ldapbind

- 3.7.1 Syntax for ldapbind

- 3.7.2 Arguments for ldapbind

- 3.7.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapbind

- 3.7.3.1 Validating Authentication Credentials

- 3.7.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapbind

- 3.8 ldapcompare

- 3.8.1 Syntax for ldapcompare

- 3.8.2 Arguments for ldapcompare

- 3.8.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapcompare

- 3.8.3.1 Comparing Attribute Values for an Entry

- 3.8.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapcompare

- 3.9 ldapdelete

- 3.9.1 Syntax for ldapdelete

- 3.9.2 Arguments for ldapdelete

- 3.9.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapdelete

- 3.9.3.1 Deleting a Single Entry

- 3.9.3.2 Deleting Multiple Entries Using an LDIF File

- 3.9.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapdelete

- 3.10 ldapmoddn

- 3.10.1 Syntax for ldapmoddn

- 3.10.2 Arguments for ldapmoddn

- 3.10.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmoddn

- 3.10.3.1 Changing the RDN of an Entry

- 3.10.3.2 Moving an Entry

- 3.10.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmoddn

- 3.11 ldapmodify

- 3.11.1 Syntax for ldapmodify

- 3.11.2 Arguments for ldapmodify

- 3.11.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmodify

- 3.11.3.1 Modifying the Directory Schema

- 3.11.3.2 Modifying an Entry

- 3.11.3.3 Indexing an Attribute

- 3.11.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmodify

- 3.12 ldapmodifymt

- 3.12.1 Syntax for ldapmodifymt

- 3.12.2 Arguments for ldapmodifymt

- 3.12.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmodifymt

- 3.12.3.1 Modifying Multiple Entries Concurrently

- 3.12.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmodifymt

- 3.13 ldapsearch

- 3.13.1 Syntax for ldapsearch

- 3.13.2 Arguments for ldapsearch

- 3.13.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapsearch

- 3.13.3.1 Performing a Base Object Search

- 3.13.3.2 Performing a One-Level Search

- 3.13.3.3 Performing a Subtree Search

- 3.13.3.4 Searching for Attribute Values of Entries

- 3.13.3.5 Searching for Operational Attributes of Entries

- 3.13.3.6 Searching for Entries with Attribute Options

- 3.13.3.7 Searching for All User Attributes and Specified Operational Attributes

- 3.13.3.8 Searching for Entries (More Examples)

- 3.13.3.9 Attribute Case in ldapsearch Output

- 3.13.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapsearch

- 3.14 ldifmigrator

- 3.14.1 Syntax for ldifmigrator

- 3.14.2 Arguments for ldifmigrator

- 3.14.3 Tasks and Examples for ldifmigrator

- 3.14.3.1 Using the Data Migration Tool in Lookup Mode

- 3.14.3.2 Overriding Data Migration Values in Lookup Mode

- 3.14.3.3 Using the Data Migration Tool by Supplying Your Own Values

- 3.14.3.4 Loading and Reconciling Data Using the Data Migration Tool

- 3.14.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldifmigrator

- 3.14.5 Error Messages for ldifmigrator

- 3.15 ldifwrite

- 3.15.1 Syntax for ldifwrite

- 3.15.2 Arguments for ldifwrite

- 3.15.3 Tasks and Examples for ldifwrite

- 3.15.3.1 Converting All Entries under a Naming Context to an LDIF File

- 3.15.3.2 Converting a Partial Naming Context to an LDIF File

- 3.15.3.3 Converting Entries that Match Criteria to an LDIF File

- 3.15.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldifwrite

- 3.16 upgradecert.pl

- 3.16.1 Syntax for upgradecert.pl

- 3.16.2 Arguments for upgradecert.pl

- 3.16.3 Tasks and Examples for upgradecert.pl

- 3.16.3.1 Upgrading User Certificates Stored in the Directory from Releases Prior to 10.1.2

- 3.16.4 Related Command-Line Tools for upgradecert.pl

4 Oracle Internet Directory Replication Management Tools

- 4.1 ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge

- 4.1.1 Syntax for ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge

- 4.1.2 Examples for ManageHiq.retry

- 4.1.3 Examples for ManageHiq.purge

- 4.2 oidcmprec

- 4.2.1 Syntax for oidcmprec

- 4.2.2 Arguments for oidcmprec

- 4.2.3 Tasks and Examples for oidcmprec

- 4.2.3.1 Comparing and Reconciling Individual Entries in Two Directories

- 4.2.3.2 Comparing and Reconciling Subtrees in Two Directories

- 4.2.3.3 Comparing and Reconciling Entire Directories

- 4.2.3.4 Performing User-Defined Compare and Reconcile Operations

- 4.2.3.5 Merging Two Directories

- 4.2.3.6 Including and Excluding Attributes

- 4.2.3.7 Using a Filter

- 4.2.3.8 Overriding Default Conflict Resolution Rules

- 4.2.3.9 Using a Parameter File

- 4.2.3.10 Using a Parameter File in XML Format

- 4.2.3.11 Generating Change Logs

- 4.2.3.12 Performing Directory Schema Operations

- 4.3 remtool

- 4.3.1 Syntax for remtool

- 4.3.2 Terminology Used in remtool Argument Descriptions

- 4.3.3 Arguments for remtool

- 4.3.4 The remtool -asr2ldap Operation

- 4.3.4.1 Syntax for remtool -asr2ldap

- 4.3.4.2 Arguments for remtool -asr2ldap

- 4.3.4.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asr2ldap

- 4.3.5 The remtool -addnode Operation

- 4.3.5.1 Syntax for remtool -addnode

- 4.3.5.2 Arguments for remtool -addnode

- 4.3.5.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -addnode

- 4.3.6 The remtool -asrcleanup Operation

- 4.3.6.1 Syntax for remtool -asrcleanup

- 4.3.6.2 Arguments for remtool -asrcleanup

- 4.3.6.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrcleanup

- 4.3.7 The remtool -asrrectify Operation

- 4.3.7.1 Syntax for remtool -asrrectify

- 4.3.7.2 Arguments for remtool -asrrectify

- 4.3.7.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrrectify

- 4.3.8 The remtool -asrsetup Operation

- 4.3.8.1 Syntax for remtool -asrsetup

- 4.3.8.2 Arguments for remtool -asrsetup

- 4.3.8.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrsetup

- 4.3.9 The remtool -asrverify Operation

- 4.3.9.1 Syntax for remtool -asrverify

- 4.3.9.2 Arguments for remtool -asrverify

- 4.3.9.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrverify

- 4.3.10 The remtool -backupmetadata Operation

- 4.3.10.1 Syntax for remtool -backupmetadata

- 4.3.10.2 Arguments for remtool -backupmetadata

- 4.3.10.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -backupmetadata

- 4.3.11 The remtool -chgpwd Operation

- 4.3.11.1 Syntax for remtool -chgpwd

- 4.3.11.2 Arguments for remtool -chgpwd

- 4.3.11.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -chgpwd

- 4.3.12 The remtool -delnode Operation

- 4.3.12.1 Syntax for remtool -delnode

- 4.3.12.2 Arguments for remtool -delnode

- 4.3.12.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -delnode

- 4.3.13 The remtool -dispasrerr Operation

- 4.3.13.1 Syntax for remtool -dispasrerr

- 4.3.13.2 Arguments for remtool -dispasrerr

- 4.3.13.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -dispasrerr

- 4.3.14 The remtool -dispqstat Operation

- 4.3.14.1 Syntax for remtool -dispqstat

- 4.3.14.2 Arguments for remtool -dispqstat

- 4.3.14.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -dispqstat

- 4.3.15 The remtool -paddnode Operation

- 4.3.15.1 Syntax for remtool -paddnode

- 4.3.15.2 Arguments for remtool -paddnode

- 4.3.15.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -paddnode

- 4.3.16 The remtool -pdisplay Operation

- 4.3.16.1 Arguments to remtool -pdisplay

- 4.3.17 The remtool -pchgmaster Operation

- 4.3.17.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgmaster

- 4.3.17.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgmaster

- 4.3.17.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgmaster

- 4.3.18 The remtool -pchgpwd Operation

- 4.3.18.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgpwd

- 4.3.18.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgpwd

- 4.3.18.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgpwd

- 4.3.19 The remtool -pchgwalpwd Operation

- 4.3.19.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgwalpwd

- 4.3.19.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgwalpwd

- 4.3.19.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgwalpwd

- 4.3.20 The remtool -pcleanup Operation

- 4.3.20.1 Syntax for remtool -pcleanup

- 4.3.20.2 Arguments for remtool -pcleanup

- 4.3.20.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pcleanup

- 4.3.21 The remtool -pdelnode Operation

- 4.3.21.1 Syntax for remtool -pdelnode

- 4.3.21.2 Arguments for remtool -pdelnode

- 4.3.21.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pdelnode

- 4.3.22 The remtool -pdispqstat Operation

- 4.3.22.1 Syntax for remtool -pdispqstat

- 4.3.22.2 Arguments for remtool -pdispqstat

- 4.3.22.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pdispqstat

- 4.3.23 The remtool -pilotreplica Operation

- 4.3.23.1 Syntax for remtool -pilotreplica

- 4.3.23.2 Arguments for remtool -pilotreplica

- 4.3.23.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pilotreplica

- 4.3.24 The remtool -presetpwd Operation

- 4.3.24.1 Syntax for remtool -presetpwd

- 4.3.24.2 Arguments for remtool -presetpwd

- 4.3.24.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -presetpwd

- 4.3.25 The remtool -pthput Operation

- 4.3.25.1 Syntax for remtool -pthput

- 4.3.25.2 Arguments for remtool -pthput

- 4.3.25.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pthput

- 4.3.26 The remtool -pverify Operation

- 4.3.26.1 Syntax for remtool -pverify

- 4.3.26.2 Arguments for remtool -pverify

- 4.3.26.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pverify

- 4.3.27 The remtool -resumeasr Operation

- 4.3.27.1 Syntax for remtool -resumeasr

- 4.3.27.2 Arguments for remtool -resumeasr

- 4.3.27.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -resumeasr

- 4.3.28 The remtool -suspendasr Operation

- 4.3.28.1 Syntax for remtool -suspendasr

- 4.3.28.2 Arguments for remtool -suspendasr

- 4.3.28.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -suspendasr

- 4.3.29 The -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl Operations

- 4.3.29.1 Syntax for -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

- 4.3.29.2 Arguments to -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

- 4.3.29.3 Tasks for -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

- 4.3.30 The -bind Connection Argument

- 4.3.31 The -connect Connection Argument

- 4.3.32 Related Command-Line Tools for remtool

5 Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools

- 5.1 manageDIPServerConfig

- 5.1.1 Syntax for manageDIPServerConfig

- 5.1.2 Arguments for manageDIPServerConfig

- 5.1.3 Tasks and Examples for manageDIPServerConfig

- 5.2 manageSyncProfiles

- 5.2.1 Syntax for manageSyncProfiles

- 5.2.2 Arguments for manageSyncProfiles

- 5.2.3 Tasks and Examples for manageSyncProfiles

- 5.3 syncProfileBootstrap

- 5.3.1 Syntax for syncProfileBootstrap

- 5.3.2 Arguments for syncProfileBootstrap

- 5.3.3 Tasks and Examples for syncProfileBootstrap

- 5.4 expressSyncSetup

- 5.4.1 Syntax for expressSyncSetup

- 5.4.2 Arguments for expressSyncSetup

- 5.4.3 Tasks and Examples for expressSyncSetup

- 5.5 provProfileBulkProv

- 5.5.1 Syntax for provProfileBulkProv

- 5.5.2 Arguments for provProfileBulkProv

- 5.5.3 Tasks and Examples for provProfileBulkProv

- 5.6 oidprovtool

- 5.6.1 Syntax for oidprovtool

- 5.6.2 Arguments for oidprovtool

- 5.6.3 Tasks and Examples for oidprovtool

- 5.6.3.1 Creating a Provisioning Profile

- 5.6.3.2 Modifying a Provisioning Profile

- 5.6.3.3 Deleting a Provisioning Profile

- 5.6.3.4 Disabling a Provisioning Profile

- 5.7 dipStatus

- 5.7.1 Syntax for dipStatus

- 5.7.2 Arguments for dipStatus

- 5.7.3 Examples for dipStatus

- 5.8 schemasync

- 5.8.1 Syntax for schemasync

- 5.8.2 Arguments for schemasync

- 5.8.3 Tasks and Examples for schemasync

- 5.8.3.1 Synchronizing the Schema between Oracle Internet Directory and a Third-Party Directory

- 5.8.4 Related Command-Line Tools for schemasync

Part II Schema Reference

6 LDAP Schema Overview

- 6.1 Overview of Directory Schema

- 6.1.1 Object Classes

- 6.1.2 Attributes

- 6.1.3 LDAP Controls

- 6.2 Overview of Oracle Identity Management Schema Elements

- 6.2.1 System Operational Schema Elements

- 6.2.1.1 Directory Schema

- 6.2.1.2 Access Control

- 6.2.1.3 Change Logs

- 6.2.1.4 Password Policy

- 6.2.2 Oracle Internet Directory Configuration Schema Elements

- 6.2.2.1 Oracle Internet Directory Server

- 6.2.2.2 Oracle Context

- 6.2.2.3 Oracle Network Services

- 6.2.2.4 Garbage Collection

- 6.2.2.5 Attribute Uniqueness

- 6.2.3 Audit and Error Logging Schema Elements

- 6.2.4 Server Manageability Schema Elements

- 6.2.5 Oracle Directory Replication Schema Elements

- 6.2.6 Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning Schema Elements

- 6.2.6.1 Applications

- 6.2.6.2 Change Logs

- 6.2.6.3 Events and Objects

- 6.2.6.4 Plug-ins and Interfaces

- 6.2.6.5 Server Configuration

- 6.2.6.6 Profiles

- 6.2.6.7 Schema

- 6.2.6.8 Active Directory Users

- 6.2.7 Oracle Delegated Administration Services Schema Elements

- 6.2.8 Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority and PKI Schema Elements

- 6.2.9 Application Schema Elements

- 6.2.10 Resource Schema Elements

- 6.2.11 Plug-in Schema Elements

- 6.2.12 Directory User Agents Schema Elements

- 6.2.13 User, Group, and Subscriber Schema Elements

- 6.2.13.1 Groups

- 6.2.13.2 Dynamic Groups

- 6.2.13.3 Users

- 6.2.14 Password Policy Schema Elements

- 6.2.15 Password Verifier Schema Elements

7 LDAP Object Class Reference

- 7.1 Standard LDAP Object Classes

- 7.2 Oracle Identity Management Object Class Reference

- 7.2.1 duaConfigProfile

- 7.2.2 orclADGroup

- 7.2.3 orclADUser

- 7.2.4 orclApplicationEntity

- 7.2.5 orclAppSpecificUserInfo

- 7.2.6 orclAppUserEntry

- 7.2.7 orclAuditOC

- 7.2.8 orclCertIdMapping

- 7.2.9 orclChangeSubscriber

- 7.2.10 orclCommonAttributes

- 7.2.11 orclCommonAttributesV2

- 7.2.12 orclConfigSet

- 7.2.13 orclContainer

- 7.2.14 orclDASAppContainer

- 7.2.15 orclDASAttrCategory

- 7.2.16 orclDASConfigAttr

- 7.2.17 orclDASConfigPublicGroup

- 7.2.18 orclDASLOVVal

- 7.2.19 orclDASOperationURL

- 7.2.20 orclDASSubscriberContainer

- 7.2.21 orclIDMapping

- 7.2.22 orclDSAConfig

- 7.2.23 orclDynamicGroup

- 7.2.24 orclDynamicList

- 7.2.25 orclEventLog

- 7.2.26 orclEvents

- 7.2.27 orclGeneralStats

- 7.2.28 orclGroup

- 7.2.29 orclHealthStats

- 7.2.30 orclIndexOC

- 7.2.31 orclLDAPInstance

- 7.2.32 orclLDAPSubConfig

- 7.2.33 orclNTUser

- 7.2.34 orclODIPApplicationCommonConfig

- 7.2.35 orclODIPAppSubscription

- 7.2.36 orclODIPEventContainer

- 7.2.37 orclODIPIntegrationProfile

- 7.2.38 orclODIPObject

- 7.2.39 orclODIPPlugin

- 7.2.40 orclODIPPluginContainer

- 7.2.41 orclODIPProvEventDefn

- 7.2.42 orclODIPProvEventTypeConfig

- 7.2.43 orclODIPProvInterfaceDetails

- 7.2.44 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationInBoundProfileV2

- 7.2.45 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfile

- 7.2.46 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfileV2

- 7.2.47 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfile

- 7.2.48 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfileV2

- 7.2.49 orclODIProfile

- 7.2.50 orclODIPSchemaDetails

- 7.2.51 orclODIPServerConfig

- 7.2.52 orclODISConfig

- 7.2.53 orclODIServer

- 7.2.54 orclODISInstance

- 7.2.55 orclPerfStats

- 7.2.56 orclPKICRL

- 7.2.57 orclPKIValMecCl

- 7.2.58 orclPluginConfig

- 7.2.59 orclPluginContainer

- 7.2.60 orclPluginUser

- 7.2.61 orclPurgeConfig

- 7.2.62 orclPwdVerifierPolicy

- 7.2.63 orclPwdVerifierProfile

- 7.2.64 orclReplAgreementEntry

- 7.2.65 orclReplicaSubentry

- 7.2.66 orclReplInstance

- 7.2.67 orclReplNameCtxConfig

- 7.2.68 orclReplSubConfig

- 7.2.69 orclResourceDescriptor

- 7.2.70 orclResourceType

- 7.2.71 orclRootContext

- 7.2.72 orclSchemaVersion

- 7.2.73 orclSecRefreshEvents

- 7.2.74 orclService

- 7.2.75 orclServiceInstance

- 7.2.76 orclServiceInstanceReference

- 7.2.77 orclServiceRecipient

- 7.2.78 orclServiceSubscriptionDetail

- 7.2.79 orclServiceSuite

- 7.2.80 orclSM

- 7.2.81 orclSubscriber

- 7.2.82 orclSysResourceEvents

- 7.2.83 orclTraceConfig

- 7.2.84 orclUniqueConfig

- 7.2.85 orclUserStats

- 7.2.86 orclUserV2

- 7.2.87 pwdpolicy

- 7.2.88 subentry

- 7.2.89 subregistry

- 7.2.90 subschema

- 7.2.91 tombstone

- 7.2.92 top

8 LDAP Attribute Reference

- 8.1 Standard LDAP Attributes

- 8.2 Oracle Identity Management Attribute Reference

- 8.2.1 attributeMap

- 8.2.2 attributeTypes

- 8.2.3 authenticationMethod

- 8.2.4 authPassword

- 8.2.5 bindTimeLimit

- 8.2.6 c

- 8.2.7 changestatus

- 8.2.8 cn

- 8.2.9 contentRules

- 8.2.10 createTimestamp

- 8.2.11 creatorsName

- 8.2.12 credentialLevel

- 8.2.13 defaultSearchBase

- 8.2.14 defaultSearchScope

- 8.2.15 defaultServerList

- 8.2.16 description

- 8.2.17 displayName

- 8.2.18 followReferrals

- 8.2.19 javaClassName

- 8.2.20 jpegPhoto

- 8.2.21 krbPrincipalName

- 8.2.22 labeledURI

- 8.2.23 ldapSyntaxes

- 8.2.24 mail

- 8.2.25 matchingRules

- 8.2.26 middleName

- 8.2.27 modifiersName

- 8.2.28 modifyTimestamp

- 8.2.29 namingContexts

- 8.2.30 objectClass

- 8.2.31 objectClasses

- 8.2.32 objectClassMap

- 8.2.33 orclACI

- 8.2.34 orclACLResultsLatency

- 8.2.35 orclActivateReplication

- 8.2.36 orclActiveConn

- 8.2.37 orclActiveEndDate

- 8.2.38 orclActiveStartdate

- 8.2.39 orclActiveThreads

- 8.2.40 orclAgreementId

- 8.2.41 orclagreementtype

- 8.2.42 orclAnonymousBindsFlag

- 8.2.43 orclAppFullName

- 8.2.44 orclAppId

- 8.2.45 orclApplicationAddress

- 8.2.46 orclApplicationCommonName

- 8.2.47 orclApplicationType

- 8.2.48 orclAssocDB

- 8.2.49 orclAssocIasInstance

- 8.2.50 orclAttrACLEvalLatency

- 8.2.51 orclAudCustEvents

- 8.2.52 orclAudFilterPreset

- 8.2.53 orclAuditAttribute

- 8.2.54 orclAuditMessage

- 8.2.55 orclAudSplUsers

- 8.2.56 orclBERgenLatency

- 8.2.57 orclCatalogEntryDN

- 8.2.58 orclCategory

- 8.2.59 orclCertExtensionAttribute

- 8.2.60 orclCertExtensionOID

- 8.2.61 orclCertificateHash

- 8.2.62 orclCertificateMatch

- 8.2.63 orclCertMappingAttribute

- 8.2.64 orclChangeLogLife

- 8.2.65 orclChangeRetryCount

- 8.2.66 orclCommonAutoRegEnabled

- 8.2.67 orclCommonContextMap

- 8.2.68 orclCommonDefaultUserCreateBase

- 8.2.69 orclCommonGroupCreateBase

- 8.2.70 orclCommonNamingAttribute

- 8.2.71 orclCommonNicknameAttribute

- 8.2.72 orclCommonSASLRealm

- 8.2.73 orclCommonUserSearchBase

- 8.2.74 orclCommonVerifierEnable

- 8.2.75 orclConfigSetNumber

- 8.2.76 orclconflresolution

- 8.2.77 orclConnectByAttribute

- 8.2.78 orclConnectBySearchBase

- 8.2.79 orclConnectByStartingValue

- 8.2.80 orclConnectionFormat

- 8.2.81 orclContact

- 8.2.82 orclCryptoScheme

- 8.2.83 orclDASAdminModifiable

- 8.2.84 orclDASAttrDispOrder

- 8.2.85 orclDASAttrName

- 8.2.86 orclDASEnableProductLogo

- 8.2.87 orclDASEnableSubscriberLogo

- 8.2.88 orclDASIsEnabled

- 8.2.89 orclDASIsMandatory

- 8.2.90 orclDASIsPersonal

- 8.2.91 orclDASLOV

- 8.2.92 orclDASPublicGroupDNs

- 8.2.93 orclDASSearchable

- 8.2.94 orclDASSearchColIndex

- 8.2.95 orclDASSearchFilter

- 8.2.96 orclDASSearchSizeLimit

- 8.2.97 orclDASSelfModifiable

- 8.2.98 orclDASUIType

- 8.2.99 orclDASURL

- 8.2.100 orclDASURLBase

- 8.2.101 orclDASValidatePwdReset

- 8.2.102 orclDASViewable

- 8.2.103 orcldataprivacymode

- 8.2.104 orclDateOfBirth

- 8.2.105 orclDBConnCreationFailed

- 8.2.106 orclDBLatency

- 8.2.107 orclDBSchemaIdentifier

- 8.2.108 orclDBType

- 8.2.109 orclDebugFlag

- 8.2.110 orclDebugForceFlush

- 8.2.111 orcldebuglevel

- 8.2.112 orclDebugOp

- 8.2.113 orclDefaultProfileGroup

- 8.2.114 orclDefaultSubscriber

- 8.2.115 orclDIMEonlyLatency

- 8.2.116 orclDIPRepository

- 8.2.117 orclDirectoryVersion

- 8.2.118 orclDirReplGroupAgreement

- 8.2.119 orclDirReplGroupDSAs

- 8.2.120 orclDisplayPersonalInfo

- 8.2.121 OrclDispThreads

- 8.2.122 orclDITRoot

- 8.2.123 orclDNSUnavailable

- 8.2.124 orclEcacheEnabled

- 8.2.125 orclEcacheHitRatio

- 8.2.126 orclEcacheMaxEntries

- 8.2.127 orclEcacheMaxSize

- 8.2.128 orclEcacheNumEntries

- 8.2.129 orclEcacheSize

- 8.2.130 orclEnabled

- 8.2.131 orclEnableGroupCache

- 8.2.132 orclencryptedattributes

- 8.2.133 orclEntryACLEvalLatency

- 8.2.134 orclEntryLevelACI

- 8.2.135 orclEventLevel

- 8.2.136 orclEventTime

- 8.2.137 orclEventType

- 8.2.138 orclExcludedAttributes

- 8.2.139 orclExcludedNamingContexts

- 8.2.140 orclFDIncreaseError

- 8.2.141 orclFilterACLEvalLatency

- 8.2.142 orclFlexAttribute1

- 8.2.143 orclFlexAttribute2

- 8.2.144 orclFlexAttribute3

- 8.2.145 orclFrontLatency

- 8.2.146 orclGender

- 8.2.147 orclgeneratechangelog

- 8.2.148 orclGenObjLatency

- 8.2.149 orclGetNearACLLatency

- 8.2.150 orclGlobalID

- 8.2.151 orclGUID

- 8.2.152 orclGUPassword

- 8.2.153 orclHashedAttributes

- 8.2.154 orclHIQSchedule

- 8.2.155 orclHireDate

- 8.2.156 orclHostedCreditCardExpireDate

- 8.2.157 orclHostedCreditCardNumber

- 8.2.158 orclHostedCreditCardType

- 8.2.159 orclHostedDunsNumber

- 8.2.160 orclHostedPaymentTerm

- 8.2.161 orclHostname

- 8.2.162 orclIdleConn

- 8.2.163 orclIdleThreads

- 8.2.164 orclIncludedNamingContexts

- 8.2.165 orclIndexedAttribute

- 8.2.166 orclInitialServerMemSize

- 8.2.167 orclinmemfiltprocess

- 8.2.168 orclInterval

- 8.2.169 orclIpAddress

- 8.2.170 orclIsEnabled

- 8.2.171 orclIsVisible

- 8.2.172 orclLastAppliedChangeNumber

- 8.2.173 orclLastLoginTime

- 8.2.174 orclLDAPConnKeepALive

- 8.2.175 orclLDAPConnTimeout

- 8.2.176 orclLDAPInstanceID

- 8.2.177 orclLDAPProcessID

- 8.2.178 orclMaidenName

- 8.2.179 orclMappedDN

- 8.2.180 orclMaskFilter

- 8.2.181 orclMaskRealm

- 8.2.182 orclMasterNode

- 8.2.183 orclMatchDnEnabled

- 8.2.184 orclMaxCC

- 8.2.185 orclMaxConnInCache

- 8.2.186 orclMaxFDLimitReached

- 8.2.187 orclmaxfiltsize

- 8.2.188 OrclMaxLdapConns

- 8.2.189 orclmaxlogfiles

- 8.2.190 orclmaxlogfilesize

- 8.2.191 orclMaxProcessLimitReached

- 8.2.192 orclMaxServerRespTime

- 8.2.193 orclMemAllocError

- 8.2.194 orclMemberOf

- 8.2.195 orclNetDescName

- 8.2.196 orclNetDescString

- 8.2.197 orclNonSSLPort

- 8.2.198 orclNormDN

- 8.2.199 orclNWCongested

- 8.2.200 orclNwrwTimeout

- 8.2.201 orclNwUnavailable

- 8.2.202 orclObjectGUID

- 8.2.203 orclObjectSID

- 8.2.204 orclODIPAgent

- 8.2.205 orclODIPAgentConfigInfo

- 8.2.206 orclODIPAgentControl

- 8.2.207 orclODIPAgentExeCommand

- 8.2.208 orclODIPAgentHostName

- 8.2.209 orclODIPAgentName

- 8.2.210 orclODIPAgentPassword

- 8.2.211 orclODIPApplicationName

- 8.2.212 orclODIPApplicationsLocation

- 8.2.213 orclODIPAttributeMappingRules

- 8.2.214 orclODIPBootStrapStatus

- 8.2.215 orclODIPCommand

- 8.2.216 orclODIPConDirAccessAccount

- 8.2.217 orclODIPConDirAccessPassword

- 8.2.218 orclODIPConDirLastAppliedChgNum

- 8.2.219 orclODIPConDirMatchingFilter

- 8.2.220 orclODIPConDirURL

- 8.2.221 orclODIPConfigDNs

- 8.2.222 orclODIPConfigRefreshFlag

- 8.2.223 orclODIPDbConnectInfo

- 8.2.224 orclODIPEncryptedAttrKey

- 8.2.225 orclODIPEventFilter

- 8.2.226 orclODIPEventSubscriptions

- 8.2.227 orclODIPFilterAttrCriteria

- 8.2.228 orclODIPInstancesLocation

- 8.2.229 orclODIPInstanceStatus

- 8.2.230 orclODIPInterfaceType

- 8.2.231 orclODIPLastExecutionTime

- 8.2.232 orclODIPLastSuccessfulExecutionTime

- 8.2.233 orclODIPMustAttrCriteria

- 8.2.234 orclODIPObjectCriteria

- 8.2.235 orclODIPObjectDefnLocation

- 8.2.236 orclODIPObjectEvents

- 8.2.237 orclODIPObjectName

- 8.2.238 orclODIPObjectSyncBase

- 8.2.239 orclODIPOIDMatchingFilter

- 8.2.240 orclODIPOperationMode

- 8.2.241 orclODIPOptAttrCriteria

- 8.2.242 orclODIPPluginAddInfo

- 8.2.243 orclODIPPluginConfigInfo

- 8.2.244 orclODIPPluginEvents

- 8.2.245 orclODIPPluginExecData

- 8.2.246 orclODIPPluginExecName

- 8.2.247 orclODIPProfileDataLocation

- 8.2.248 orclODIPProfileDebugLevel

- 8.2.249 orclODIPProfileExecGroupID

- 8.2.250 orclODIPProfileInterfaceAdditionalInformation

- 8.2.251 orclODIPProfileInterfaceConnectInformation

- 8.2.252 orclODIPProfileInterfaceName

- 8.2.253 orclODIPProfileInterfaceType

- 8.2.254 orclODIPProfileInterfaceVersion

- 8.2.255 orclODIPProfileLastAppliedAppEventID

- 8.2.256 orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime

- 8.2.257 orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime

- 8.2.258 orclODIPProfileMaxErrors

- 8.2.259 orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerInvocation

- 8.2.260 orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerSchedule

- 8.2.261 orclODIPProfileMaxRetries

- 8.2.262 orclODIPProfileName

- 8.2.263 orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors

- 8.2.264 orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus

- 8.2.265 orclODIPProfileProvSubscriptionMode

- 8.2.266 orclODIPProfileSchedule

- 8.2.267 orclODIPProfileStatusUpdate

- 8.2.268 orclODIPProvEventCriteria

- 8.2.269 orclODIPProvEventLDAPChangeType

- 8.2.270 orclODIPProvEventObjectType

- 8.2.271 orclODIPProvEventRule

- 8.2.272 orclODIPProvEventRuleDTD

- 8.2.273 orclODIPProvInterfaceFilter

- 8.2.274 orclODIPProvInterfaceProcessor

- 8.2.275 orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID

- 8.2.276 orclODIPProvisioningAppName

- 8.2.277 orclODIPProvisioningEventMappingRules

- 8.2.278 orclODIPProvisioningEventPermittedOperations

- 8.2.279 orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription

- 8.2.280 orclODIPProvisioningOrgGUID

- 8.2.281 orclODIPProvisioningOrgName

- 8.2.282 orclODIPProvProfileLocation

- 8.2.283 orclODIPRootLocation

- 8.2.284 orclODIPSchedulingInterval

- 8.2.285 orclODIPSchemaVersion

- 8.2.286 orclODIPSearchCountLimit

- 8.2.287 orclODIPSearchTimeLimit

- 8.2.288 orclODIPServerCommitSize

- 8.2.289 orclODIPServerConfigLocation

- 8.2.290 orclODIPServerDebugLevel

- 8.2.291 orclODIPServerRefreshIntvl

- 8.2.292 orclODIPServerSSLMode

- 8.2.293 orclODIPServerWalletLoc

- 8.2.294 orclODIPSynchronizationErrors

- 8.2.295 orclODIPSynchronizationMode

- 8.2.296 orclODIPSynchronizationStatus

- 8.2.297 orclODIPSyncProfileLocation

- 8.2.298 orclODIPSyncRetryCount

- 8.2.299 orclOidComponentName

- 8.2.300 orclOidInstanceName

- 8.2.301 orclOpAbandoned

- 8.2.302 orclOpCompleted

- 8.2.303 orclOpenConn

- 8.2.304 orclOpFailed

- 8.2.305 orclOpInitiated

- 8.2.306 orclOpLatency

- 8.2.307 orclOpPending

- 8.2.308 orclOpResult

- 8.2.309 orclOpSucceeded

- 8.2.310 orclOpTimedOut

- 8.2.311 orcloptracklevel

- 8.2.312 orcloptrackmaxtotalsize

- 8.2.313 orcloptracknumelemcontainers

- 8.2.314 orclORA28error

- 8.2.315 orclORA3113error

- 8.2.316 orclORA3114error

- 8.2.317 orclOracleHome

- 8.2.318 orclOwnerGUID

- 8.2.319 orclPassword

- 8.2.320 orclPasswordAttribute

- 8.2.321 orclPasswordHint

- 8.2.322 orclPasswordHintAnswer

- 8.2.323 orclPasswordVerifier

- 8.2.324 orclPilotMode

- 8.2.325 orclPKCS12Hint

- 8.2.326 orclPKIMatchingRule

- 8.2.327 orclPKINextUpdate

- 8.2.328 orclPKIValMecAttr

- 8.2.329 orclPluginAttributeList

- 8.2.330 orclPluginCheckEntryExist

- 8.2.331 orclPluginEnable

- 8.2.332 orclPluginEntryProperties

- 8.2.333 orclPluginIsReplace

- 8.2.334 orclPluginBinaryFlexfield

- 8.2.335 orclPluginFlexfield

- 8.2.336 orclPluginSecuredFlexfield

- 8.2.337 orclPluginKind

- 8.2.338 orclPluginLDAPOperation

- 8.2.339 orclPluginName

- 8.2.340 orclPluginPort

- 8.2.341 orclPluginRequestGroup

- 8.2.342 orclPluginRequestNegGroup

- 8.2.343 orclPluginResultCode

- 8.2.344 orclPluginSASLCallBack

- 8.2.345 orclPluginSearchNotFound

- 8.2.346 orclPluginShareLibLocation

- 8.2.347 orclPluginSubscriberDNList

- 8.2.348 orclPluginTiming

- 8.2.349 orclPluginType

- 8.2.350 orclPluginVersion

- 8.2.351 OrclPluginWorkers

- 8.2.352 orclPrName

- 8.2.353 orclProductVersion

- 8.2.354 orclPrPassword

- 8.2.355 orclPurgeBase

- 8.2.356 orclPurgeDebug

- 8.2.357 orclPurgeEnable

- 8.2.358 orclPurgeFileLoc

- 8.2.359 orclPurgeFileName

- 8.2.360 orclPurgeFilter

- 8.2.361 orclPurgeInterval

- 8.2.362 orclPurgeNow

- 8.2.363 orclPurgePackage

- 8.2.364 orclPurgeSchedule

- 8.2.365 orclPurgeStart

- 8.2.366 orclPurgeTargetAge

- 8.2.367 orclPurgeTranSize

- 8.2.368 orclPwdAccountUnlock

- 8.2.369 orclPwdAllowHashCompare

- 8.2.370 orclPwdAlphaNumeric

- 8.2.371 orclPwdEncryptionEnable

- 8.2.372 orclPwdIllegalValues

- 8.2.373 orclPwdIPAccountLockedTime

- 8.2.374 orclPwdIPFailureTime

- 8.2.375 orclPwdIPLockout

- 8.2.376 orclPwdIPLockoutDuration

- 8.2.377 orclPwdIPMaxFailure

- 8.2.378 orclPwdMaxInactivity

- 8.2.379 orclPwdMaxRptchars

- 8.2.380 orclPwdMinAlphachars

- 8.2.381 orclPwdMinSpecialchars

- 8.2.382 orclPwdMinUppercase

- 8.2.383 orclpwdminlowercase

- 8.2.384 orclPwdPolicyEnable

- 8.2.385 orclPwdTrackLogin

- 8.2.386 orclPwdVerifierParams

- 8.2.387 orclQueueDepth

- 8.2.388 orclQueueLatency

- 8.2.389 orclReadWaitThreads

- 8.2.390 orclReqAttrCase

- 8.2.391 orclrefreshdgrmems

- 8.2.392 orclReplAgreements

- 8.2.393 orclReplAttrConfl

- 8.2.394 orclreplautotune

- 8.2.395 orclReplicaDN

- 8.2.396 orclReplicaID

- 8.2.397 orclReplicaSecondaryURI

- 8.2.398 orclReplicaState

- 8.2.399 orclreplicationid

- 8.2.400 orclReplicationProtocol

- 8.2.401 orclReplicationState

- 8.2.402 orclReplicaType

- 8.2.403 orclReplicaURI

- 8.2.404 orclReplicaVersion

- 8.2.405 orclreplmaxworkers

- 8.2.406 orclreplusesasl;digest-md5

- 8.2.407 orclResourceIdentifier

- 8.2.408 orclResourceName

- 8.2.409 orclResourceTypeName

- 8.2.410 orclResourceViewers

- 8.2.411 orclRevPwd

- 8.2.412 orclrienabled

- 8.2.413 orclrscacheattr

- 8.2.414 orclSAMAccountName

- 8.2.415 orclSASLAuthenticationMode

- 8.2.416 orclSASLCipherChoice

- 8.2.417 orclSASLMechanism

- 8.2.418 orclsDumpFlag

- 8.2.419 orclSearchBaseDN

- 8.2.420 orclSearchFilter

- 8.2.421 orclSearchScope

- 8.2.422 orclSecondaryUID

- 8.2.423 orclSequence

- 8.2.424 orclServerAvgMemGrowth

- 8.2.425 orclServerMode

- 8.2.426 orclServerProcs

- 8.2.427 orclServiceInstanceLocation

- 8.2.428 orclServiceMember

- 8.2.429 orclServiceSubscriptionLocation

- 8.2.430 orclServiceSubType

- 8.2.431 orclServiceType

- 8.2.432 orclSID

- 8.2.433 orclsimplemodchglogattributes

- 8.2.434 orclSizeLimit

- 8.2.435 orclSkewedAttribute

- 8.2.436 orclSkipRefInSQL

- 8.2.437 orclSMSpec

- 8.2.438 orclSQLexeFetchLatency

- 8.2.439 orclSQLGenReusedParsed

- 8.2.440 orclSSLAuthentication

- 8.2.441 orclSSLCipherSuite

- 8.2.442 orclSSLEnable

- 8.2.443 orclsslinteropmode

- 8.2.444 orclSSLPort

- 8.2.445 orclSSLVersion

- 8.2.446 orclSSLWalletURL

- 8.2.447 orclStatsDN

- 8.2.448 orclStatsFlag

- 8.2.449 orclStatsLevel

- 8.2.450 orclStatsOp

- 8.2.451 orclStatsPeriodicity

- 8.2.452 orclStatus

- 8.2.453 orclSUAccountLocked

- 8.2.454 orclSubscriberDisable

- 8.2.455 orclSubscriberFullName

- 8.2.456 orclSubscriberNickNameAttribute

- 8.2.457 orclSubscriberSearchBase

- 8.2.458 orclSubscriberType

- 8.2.459 orclSuffix

- 8.2.460 orclSuiteType

- 8.2.461 orclSULoginFailureCount

- 8.2.462 orclSUName

- 8.2.463 orclSUPassword

- 8.2.464 orclSystemName

- 8.2.465 orclTcpConnToClose

- 8.2.466 orclTcpConnToShutDown

- 8.2.467 orclThreadSpawnFailed

- 8.2.468 orclThreadsPerSupplier

- 8.2.469 orclTimeLimit

- 8.2.470 orclTimeZone

- 8.2.471 orclTLimitMode

- 8.2.472 orclTotFreePhyMem

- 8.2.473 orclTraceDimesionLevel

- 8.2.474 orclTraceFileLocation

- 8.2.475 orclTraceFileSize

- 8.2.476 orclTraceLevel

- 8.2.477 orclTraceMode

- 8.2.478 orclTrustedApplicationGroup

- 8.2.479 orclTraceMode

- 8.2.480 orclTxnMaxOperations

- 8.2.481 orclTxnTimeLimit

- 8.2.482 orclUIAccessibilityMode

- 8.2.483 orclUniqueAttrName

- 8.2.484 orclUniqueEnable

- 8.2.485 orclUniqueObjectClass

- 8.2.486 orclUniqueScope

- 8.2.487 orclUniqueSubtree

- 8.2.488 orclUnsyncRevPwd

- 8.2.489 orclUpdateSchedule

- 8.2.490 orclUpgradeInProgress

- 8.2.491 orclUserDN

- 8.2.492 orclUserIDAttribute

- 8.2.493 orclUserModifiable

- 8.2.494 orclUserObjectClasses

- 8.2.495 orclUserPrincipalName

- 8.2.496 orclVersion

- 8.2.497 orclWirelessAccountNumber

- 8.2.498 orclWorkflowNotificationPref

- 8.2.499 orclWriteWaitThreads

- 8.2.500 owner

- 8.2.501 pilotStartTime

- 8.2.502 preferredServerList

- 8.2.503 profileTTL

- 8.2.504 protocolInformation

- 8.2.505 pwdAccountLockedTime

- 8.2.506 pwdAllowUserChange

- 8.2.507 pwdChangedTime

- 8.2.508 pwdCheckSyntax

- 8.2.509 pwdExpirationWarned

- 8.2.510 pwdExpireWarning

- 8.2.511 pwdFailureCountInterval

- 8.2.512 pwdFailureTime

- 8.2.513 pwdGraceLoginLimit

- 8.2.514 pwdGraceLoginTimeLimit

- 8.2.515 pwdGraceUseTime

- 8.2.516 pwdHistory

- 8.2.517 pwdInHistory

- 8.2.518 pwdLockout

- 8.2.519 pwdLockoutDuration

- 8.2.520 pwdMaxAge

- 8.2.521 pwdMaxFailure

- 8.2.522 pwdMinAge

- 8.2.523 pwdMinLength

- 8.2.524 pwdMustChange

- 8.2.525 pwdpolicysubentry

- 8.2.526 pwdReset

- 8.2.527 pwdSafeModify

- 8.2.528 ref

- 8.2.529 seeAlso

- 8.2.530 serverName

- 8.2.531 serviceAuthenticationMethod

- 8.2.532 serviceCredentialLevel

- 8.2.533 serviceSearchDescriptor

- 8.2.534 sn

- 8.2.535 supportedcontrol

- 8.2.536 supportedextension

- 8.2.537 supportedldapversion

- 8.2.538 uniqueMember

- 8.2.539 supportedsaslmechanisms

- 8.2.540 userCertificate;binary

- 8.2.541 userPassword

- 8.2.542 userPKCS12

- 8.2.543 x509issuer

9 Oracle Adaptive Access Manager Database Schema

- 9.1 Database/Application Objects

- 9.1.1 List of All Classes

- 9.1.2 Tables and Index in category 1

- 9.1.3 Tables and Index in category 2

- 9.1.4 Tables and Index in category 3

- 9.1.5 Tables and Index in category 4

- 9.2 Details of Each Class

- 9.2.1 VCryptAccount

- 9.2.2 VCryptAccountHist

- 9.2.3 VCryptUserGroup

- 9.2.4 VCryptUserRole

- 9.2.5 VCryptUserGroupRoleMap

- 9.2.6 VCryptUser

- 9.2.7 VCryptUserHist

- 9.2.8 VQuestionCategory

- 9.2.9 VQuestionCategoryHist

- 9.2.10 VCryptUserQuestion

- 9.2.11 VCryptUserQuestionHist

- 9.2.12 VCryptQuestionGlobalValidation

- 9.2.13 VCryptQuestionGlobalValidationHist

- 9.2.14 VCryptQuestionValidationMap

- 9.2.15 VCryptQuestionValidationMapHist

- 9.2.16 VCryptValidation

- 9.2.17 VCryptValidationHist

- 9.2.18 VCryptGlobalAnswerHint

- 9.2.19 VCryptGlobalAnswerHintHist

- 9.2.20 VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMap

- 9.2.21 VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMapHist

- 9.2.22 VCryptAnswerHint

- 9.2.23 VCryptAnswerHintHist

- 9.2.24 VCryptUserQA

- 9.2.25 VCryptUserQAHist

- 9.2.26 VCryptScoringPolicy

- 9.2.27 VCryptScoringPolicyHist

- 9.2.28 VCryptScoreAttributes

- 9.2.29 VCryptScoreAttributesHist

- 9.2.30 VMonitorData

- 9.2.31 VBharosaConfig

- 9.2.32 VBharosaConfigHist

- 9.2.33 VBharosaEnum

- 9.2.34 VBharosaEnumHist

- 9.2.35 VBharosaEnumElement

- 9.2.36 VBharosaEnumElementHist

- 9.2.37 VBharosaEnumElementAttribute

- 9.2.38 VBharosaEnumElementAttributeHist

- 9.2.39 VBharosaLocale

- 9.2.40 VBharosaLocaleHist

- 9.2.41 VBharosaConfigRB

- 9.2.42 VPattern

- 9.2.43 VPatternHist

- 9.2.44 VPatternEntity

- 9.2.45 VPatternEntityHist

- 9.2.46 VPatternParam

- 9.2.47 VPatternParamHist

- 9.2.48 VPatternEntityOperation

- 9.2.49 VPatternEntityOperationHist

- 9.2.50 VCryptFingerPrint

- 9.2.51 VCryptFPNameValue

- 9.2.52 VCryptFPMap

- 9.2.53 VCryptUserLog

- 9.2.54 VCryptPinReset

- 9.2.55 VCryptPinRetrieval

- 9.2.56 VCryptAuthSessionGroup

- 9.2.57 VCryptAuthSession

- 9.2.58 VCryptAuthAttempt

- 9.2.59 VCryptSystemMessage

- 9.2.60 VSystemLogs

- 9.2.61 VCryptDBPatch

- 9.2.62 VActionLogSession

- 9.2.63 VActionLog

- 9.2.64 VTUserSession

- 9.2.65 VCryptTrackerUserNodeLog

- 9.2.66 VTSesssionFPMap

- 9.2.67 VCryptTrackerNode

- 9.2.68 VCryptTrackerNodeHistory

- 9.2.69 VTUser

- 9.2.70 VTInvalidUser

- 9.2.71 VTSessionActionMap

- 9.2.72 VTUserGroup

- 9.2.73 VTUserDeviceMap

- 9.2.74 VTEntityOne

- 9.2.75 VTEntityOneProfile

- 9.2.76 VTEntityOneMap

- 9.2.77 VTEntityTrxMap

- 9.2.78 VTUserProfile

- 9.2.79 VTDeviceProfile

- 9.2.80 VTIPProfile

- 9.2.81 VTBaseIPProfile

- 9.2.82 VTCountryProfile

- 9.2.83 VTStateProfile

- 9.2.84 VTCityProfile

- 9.2.85 VTWFYears

- 9.2.86 VTWFMonths

- 9.2.87 VTWFDays

- 9.2.88 VTWFHours

- 9.2.89 VTransactionLog

- 9.2.90 VTTrxData

- 9.2.91 VTTrxDef

- 9.2.92 VTTrxDefHist

- 9.2.93 VTTrxInputDef

- 9.2.94 VTTrxInputDefHist

- 9.2.95 VTEntityDef

- 9.2.96 VTEntityDefHist

- 9.2.97 VTTrxDefEntityDefMap

- 9.2.98 VTTrxDefEntityDefMapHist

- 9.2.99 VTEntityDefEntityDefMap

- 9.2.100 VTEntityDefEntityDefMapHist

- 9.2.101 VTDataDef

- 9.2.102 VTDataDefHist

- 9.2.103 VTDataDefElement

- 9.2.104 VTDataDefElementHist

- 9.2.105 VTDataDefMap

- 9.2.106 VTDataDefMapHist

- 9.2.107 VTDataDefTranslation

- 9.2.108 VTDataDefTranslationHist

- 9.2.109 VTDataDefElementTranslation

- 9.2.110 VTDataDefElementTranslationHist

- 9.2.111 VTTranslationSourceElement

- 9.2.112 VTTranslationSourceElementHist

- 9.2.113 VCountry

- 9.2.114 VCountryHist

- 9.2.115 VState

- 9.2.116 VStateHist

- 9.2.117 VCity

- 9.2.118 VCityHist

- 9.2.119 VISP

- 9.2.120 VISPHist

- 9.2.121 VLocationLookup

- 9.2.122 VIPLocationMap

- 9.2.123 VIPLocationMapHist

- 9.2.124 VIPLocationMapSplit

- 9.2.125 VIPLocationMapSplitHist

- 9.2.126 VLocationUpdateSession

- 9.2.127 VLocationUpdateLogs

- 9.2.128 VIPCluster

- 9.2.129 VIPClusterGroup

- 9.2.130 VIPClusterGroupMap

- 9.2.131 VRuleVersion

- 9.2.132 VRuleVersionHist

- 9.2.133 VRuleVersionTree

- 9.2.134 VRuleVersionMap

- 9.2.135 VRule

- 9.2.136 VRuleHist

- 9.2.137 VRuleCondition

- 9.2.138 VRuleConditionHist

- 9.2.139 VRuleConditionScope

- 9.2.140 VRuleConditionScopeHist

- 9.2.141 VRuleConditionMap

- 9.2.142 VRuleConditionMapHist

- 9.2.143 VRuleParam

- 9.2.144 VRuleParamHist

- 9.2.145 VRuleParamCustom

- 9.2.146 VRuleParamCustomHist

- 9.2.147 VProfile

- 9.2.148 VProfileHist

- 9.2.149 VProfileRuleMap

- 9.2.150 VProfileRuleMapHist

- 9.2.151 VProfileListMap

- 9.2.152 VProfileListMapHist

- 9.2.153 VRuleParamValue

- 9.2.154 VRuleParamValueHist

- 9.2.155 VRuleOverRide

- 9.2.156 VRuleOverRideHist

- 9.2.157 VRuleOverRideLog

- 9.2.158 VRuleException

- 9.2.159 VRuleExceptionHist

- 9.2.160 VRuleSetRow

- 9.2.161 VRuleSetRowHist

- 9.2.162 VRuleSetColumn

- 9.2.163 VRuleSetColumnHist

- 9.2.164 VScoreAction

- 9.2.165 VScoreActionHist

- 9.2.166 VMaxBlock

- 9.2.167 VMaxBlockHist

- 9.2.168 VMaxBlockLogs

- 9.2.169 VPolicySetPkg

- 9.2.170 VPolicySet

- 9.2.171 VPolicySetHist

- 9.2.172 VPolicy

- 9.2.173 VPolicyHist

- 9.2.174 VPolicySetLog

- 9.2.175 VPolicyLog

- 9.2.176 VModelLog

- 9.2.177 VRuleLog

- 9.2.178 VDynamicAction

- 9.2.179 VDynamicActionHist

- 9.2.180 VDynamicActionParam

- 9.2.181 VDynamicActionParamHist

- 9.2.182 VDynamicActionInstance

- 9.2.183 VDynamicActionInstanceHist

- 9.2.184 VDynamicActionParamValue

- 9.2.185 VDynamicActionParamValueHist

- 9.2.186 VDynamicActionExecLog

- 9.2.187 VAlertTemplate

- 9.2.188 VAlertTemplateHist

- 9.2.189 VValueList

- 9.2.190 VValueListHist

- 9.2.191 VStringValueElement

- 9.2.192 VLongValueElement

- 9.2.193 VIntValueElement

- 9.2.194 VDateValueElement

- 9.2.195 VRunStatus

- 9.2.196 VRunStatusHist

- 9.2.197 VCacheStatus

- 9.2.198 VGlobalLookup

- 9.2.199 VGlobalLookupHist

- 9.2.200 VReportQuery

- 9.2.201 VReportQueryHist

- 9.2.202 VReportSchedule

- 9.2.203 VReportScheduleHist

- 9.2.204 VReportSaved

- 9.2.205 VReportSavedHist

- 9.2.206 VJavaBinaryClass

- 9.2.207 VJavaBinaryClassHist

- 9.2.208 VAlert

- 9.2.209 VCSRCase

- 9.2.210 VCSRCaseHist

- 9.2.211 VCaseActionLogSessionMap

- 9.2.212 VCaseMap

- 9.2.213 VCaseMapHist

- 9.2.214 VAdminUser

- 9.2.215 VAdminUserHist

- 9.2.216 VAdminUserGroup

- 9.2.217 VAdminUserGroupHist

- 9.2.218 VAdminUserGroupMap

- 9.2.219 VAdminUserGroupMapHist

- 9.2.220 VAdminUserProfile

- 9.2.221 VAdminUserProfileHist

- 9.2.222 VRAConfig

- 9.2.223 VRAConfigHist

- 9.2.224 VRAConfigProperty

- 9.2.225 VRAConfigPropertyHist

- 9.2.226 VRARunLogs

- 9.2.227 VRASessionSet

- 9.2.228 VRASessionSetHist

- 9.2.229 VRARunSession

- 9.2.230 VRARunSessionHist

- 9.2.231 VRAReports

- 9.2.232 VRASchedule

- 9.2.233 VRAScheduleHist

- 9.2.234 VRADeviceMap

Part III Appendixes

A LDIF File Format

- A.1 General LDIF Formatting Rules

- A.1.1 Line Types and White Space

- A.1.2 Sequencing of Entries

- A.1.3 Binary Files

- A.1.4 Non-Printing Characters in Attribute Values

- A.2 LDIF Format for Entries

- A.2.1 LDIF Format for Adding Entries

- A.2.2 LDIF Format for Deleting Entries

- A.2.3 LDIF Format for Modifying Entries

- A.2.4 LDIF Format for Modifying the RDN of an Entry

- A.2.5 LDIF Format for Modifying the DN of an Entry

- A.3 LDIF Format for Adding Schema Elements

- A.4 LDIF Format for Migrating Entries

- A.4.1 Substitution Variables for Migration Input Files

- A.4.1.1 Predefined Substitution Variables

- A.4.2 Reconcile Options for Migrated Entries

Index

List of Tables

- 3-1 Error Messages of the Data Migration Tool

- 4-1 Default Values for the entos Argument

- 4-2 Default Values for the entod Argument

- 4-3 Default Values for the atros Argument

- 4-4 Default Values for the atrod Argument

- 4-5 Default Values for the svatrdif Argument

- 4-6 Default Values for the mvatrdif Argument

- 4-7 Default Values for the mvatrdif Argument

- 4-8 Default Values for the odefos Argument

- 4-9 Default Values for the odefod Argument

- 4-10 Default Values for the odefdif Argument

- 4-11 Default Values for the adefos Argument

- 4-12 Default Values for the adefod Argument

- 4-13 Default Values for the adefdif Argument

- 6-1 Attribute Syntax Commonly Used in Oracle Internet Directory

- 6-2 Request Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory

- 6-3 Response Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory

- 7-1 Standard LDAP Object Classes Used By Oracle Internet Directory

- 8-1 Standard LDAP Attributes Used By Oracle Internet Directory

- 8-2 Event Levels

- 8-3 SSL Cipher Suites Supported in Oracle Internet Directory

- A-1 Predefined Substitution Variables

Oracle® Fusion Middleware

Reference for Oracle Identity Management

11g Release 1 (11.1.1)

E10035-05

November 2011

Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management 11g Release 1 (11.1.1)

E10035-05

Copyright © 2005, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Primary Author: Ellen Desmond

Contributing Authors: Don Biasotti, Priscilla Lee

Contributors:  Olfat Aly, Krishna Chander, Giriraj Chauhan, Margaret Chou, Quan Dinh, Maud Jamati-Bartlett, Vinoth Janakiraman, Buddhika Kottahachchi, Venkat Medam, Vishal Parashar, Karthi Purushothaman, Lakshmi Ramadoss, Loganathan Ramasamy, Ramaprakash Sathyanarayan, Daniel Shih, Olaf Stullich, Dipankar Thakuria, Arun Theebaprakasam, Vinay Thulasidas, Satishkumar Venkatasamy, Frances Wu

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License (December 2007). Oracle America, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.

This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.

Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services.

Preface

The Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management provides reference information about the command-line tools and LDAP directory schema elements for Oracle Identity Management. This Preface contains the following topics:

Audience

Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management is intended for anyone who performs administration tasks for Oracle Identity Management components. You should be familiar with either the UNIX operating system or the Microsoft Windows operating system in order to understand the command-line syntax and examples. You also must be familiar with the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP).

Documentation Accessibility

For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.

Access to Oracle Support

Oracle customers have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.

Related Documents

For more information, see the following manuals in the Oracle Identity Management 11g Release 1 (11.1.1) documentation set:

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Installation Guide for Oracle Identity Management

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Getting Started with Oracle Identity Management

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Directory Integration Platform

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Application Developer's Guide for Oracle Identity Management

- Oracle Fusion Middleware Developer's Guide for Oracle Adaptive Access Manager

If you are using Oracle Delegated Administration Services or Oracle Single Sign-On 10g (10.1.4.3.0) or later, please refer to the following documents in the Oracle Application Server 10g (10.1.4.0.1) library:

- Oracle Identity Management Guide to Delegated Administration

- Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On Administrator's Guide

Conventions

The following text conventions are used in this document:

Convention

Meaning

boldface

Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action, or terms defined in text or the glossary.

italic

Italic type indicates book titles, emphasis, or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values.

monospace

Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph, URLs, code in examples, text that appears on the screen, or text that you enter.

Part I

Command-Line Tool Reference

Part 1 of the Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management contains information about the command-line tools for Oracle Identity Management.

Part I contains the following chapters:

- Chapter 1, "Command-Line Tools Overview"

- Chapter 2, "Oracle Internet Directory Administration Tools"

- Chapter 3, "Oracle Internet Directory Data Management Tools"

- Chapter 4, "Oracle Internet Directory Replication Management Tools"

- Chapter 5, "Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools"

1 Command-Line Tools Overview

This chapter provides useful information about using the command-line tools available for Oracle Identity Management. It contains the following topics:

- Section 1.1, "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools"

- Section 1.2, "Configuring Your Environment"

- Section 1.3, "Oracle Identity Management Command-Line Tool Categories"

1.1 Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools

Many command-line tools require you to authenticate by providing a password. In some cases, you can provide the password in either of two ways:

- In response to a prompt from the command.

- Following an option on the command line

For security reasons, avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen and might appear in output from the ps command or in log files. When you supply a password at a prompt, it is not visible on the screen, in output from the ps command, or in log files.

The LDAP tools have been modified to disable the options -w password and -P password when the environment variable LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to TRUE or 1. If you use -q or -Q, respectively, the command prompts you for the user password or wallet password. Set this environment variable whenever possible. This feature affects the behavior of the following tools:

- ldapadd (LDAP Data Add Tool)

- ldapaddmt (Multi-Threaded LDAP Data Add Tool)

- ldapbind (Authentication Validation Tool)

- ldapcompare (Attribute Comparison Tool)

- ldapdelete (LDAP Data Deletion Tool)

- ldapmoddn (LDAP DN/RDN Modification Tool)

- ldapmodify (LDAP Data Modification Tool)

- ldapmodifymt (Multi-Threaded LDAP Data Modification Tool)

- ldapsearch (LDAP Search Tool)

Note:

When you use the -q or -Q option and redirect or pipe the output of an LDAP command, you do not see the prompt on the command line. The command still accepts the password you provide.

If you use the -w password option with an LDAP tool when the environment variable LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true, you see the following error message, followed by command usage help.

Command-line passwords are disabled for LDAP commands.
Use -q option instead of -w <password>. You are prompted for the password.*

Similarly, If you use the -P password option with an LDAP tool when the environment variable LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true, you see the following error message, followed by command usage help.

Command-line passwords are disabled for LDAP commands.
Use -Q option instead of -P <password>. You are prompted for the password.

1.2 Configuring Your Environment

Before you begin using the Oracle Identity Management command-line tools, you must configure your environment. This involves setting the appropriate environment variables.

The syntax and examples provided in this guide require that you have the following environment variables set:

- ORACLE_HOME - The location of non-writable files in your Oracle Identity Management installation.

- ORACLE_INSTANCE - The location of writable files in your Oracle Identity Management installation.

- NLS_LANG (APPROPRIATE_LANGUAGE.AL32UTF8) - The default language set at installation is AMERICAN_AMERICA.

- WLS_HOME - The location where the WebLogic Server is installed. This environment variable is required for Oracle Directory Integration Platform commands but not Oracle Internet Directory commands.

- PATH - The following directory locations should be added to your PATH:
ORACLE_HOME/bin

ORACLE_HOME/ldap/bin

ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin

1.3 Oracle Identity Management Command-Line Tool Categories

The Oracle Identity Management command-line tools are organized into the following categories:

- Oracle Internet Directory Administration Tools

- Oracle Internet Directory Data Management Tools

- Oracle Internet Directory Replication Management Tools

- Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools

2 Oracle Internet Directory Administration Tools

This chapter describes the following command-line tools used to administer Oracle Internet Directory:

- oidpasswd (Database Password Utility)

- oidctl (Oracle Internet Directory Control)

- oiddiag (Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic Tool)

- oidmon (Oracle Internet Directory Monitor)

- opmnctl (Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server Control)

- oidstats.sql (Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection Tool)

- oidcred (Oracle Internet Directory Credential Management Tool)

- oidrealm (Oracle Internet Directory Realm Creation Tool)

Note:

The term "instance" refers to an Oracle instance in opmnctl documentation. The term "instance" refers to an Oracle Internet Directory instance in oidctl documentation.

2.1 oidpasswd

The Oracle Internet Directory Database Password Utility (oidpasswd) is used to:

- Change the password to the Oracle Internet Directory database.
Oracle Internet Directory uses a password when connecting to an Oracle database. The default for this password matches the value you specified during installation for the Oracle Fusion Middleware administrator's password. You can change this password by using the OID Database Password Utility.

- Create wallets for the Oracle Internet Directory database password and the Oracle directory replication server password.

- Unlock or reset the directory superuser account, namely, cn=orcladmin.

- Reset an access control point (ACP) so that the subtree is accessible by the Oracle Internet Directory superuser.

- Manage the restricted superuser ACL.

2.1.1 Syntax for oidpasswd

oidpasswd [connect=connect_string] [change_oiddb_pwd=true | create_wallet=true | unlock_su_acct=true| reset_su_password=true | manage_su_acl=true]

2.1.2 Arguments for oidpasswd

connect=connect_string

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_HOME/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

change_oiddb_pwd=true | unlock_su_acct=true | reset_su_password=true | manage_su_password=true

Required. The operation you want to perform. Depending on the operation you choose, the Oracle Internet Directory Database Password Utility prompts you for additional information. The following choices are available:

- change_oiddb_pwd=true - Changes the password to the Oracle Internet Directory database. You are prompted to provide the current database password, enter a new database password, and confirm the new password.

Note:

In an Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) environment, if you update the password on one Oracle RAC node, then you must update the wallet on the other Oracle RAC nodes. Refer to "About Changing the ODS Password on an Oracle RAC System" in the Oracle Application Server High Availability Guide for more information.

- create_wallet=true - Create a wallet named oidpwdlldap1 for the Oracle Internet Directory database password, and a wallet, named oidpwdrsid, for the Oracle directory replication server password.
The sid is obtained from the connected database.

You must provide the ODS password to authenticate yourself to the ODS database before the ODS wallet can be generated. Note that the default ODS password is the same as that for the Oracle Fusion Middleware administrator.

- unlock_su_acct=true - Unlocks a superuser account that has been locked.

- reset_su_password=true - Resets the password for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser account. You are prompted to provide the Oracle Internet Directory database password, enter a new superuser password, and confirm the new superuser password.

- manage_su_acl=true - Manages the restricted superuser ACL.

2.1.3 Tasks and Examples for oidpasswd

Using Oracle Internet Directory Database Password Utility, you can perform the following tasks:

- Changing the Password to the Oracle Internet Directory Database

- Creating Wallets for Directory Database and Replication Server Passwords

- Unlocking the Superuser Account

- Resetting the Superuser Password

- Managing Superuser Access Control Points

2.1.3.1 Changing the Password to the Oracle Internet Directory Database

The following example shows how to change the Oracle Internet Directory database password, assuming the database in on the same machine.

Example:

oidpasswd
current password: oldpassword
new password: newpassword
confirm password: newpassword
password set.

The Oracle Internet Directory Database Password Utility prompts you for the current password. Type the current password, then the new password, then a confirmation of the new password.

Notes:

- User responses are not echoed to the screen when you enter a password.

- Whenever you change the password to the Oracle Internet Directory database by using the OID Database Password Utility, you should also run the oidemdpasswd utility. This enables the Oracle Enterprise Manager Daemon (a component of Oracle Enterprise Manager) to properly cache that password and contact the ODS schema upon starting up. Once you have run the oidemdpasswd utility, you can monitor Oracle Internet Directory processes from the Oracle Enterprise Manager.

2.1.3.2 Creating Wallets for Directory Database and Replication Server Passwords

The following example shows how to create wallets for the Oracle Internet Directory database password and the Directory Replication server password.

Example:

oidpasswd connect=dbs1 create_wallet=true

The argument create_wallet=true is mandatory in this case. Except for the connect string, no other option can be specified.

2.1.3.3 Unlocking the Superuser Account

The following example shows how to unlock the Oracle Internet Directory superuser account, cn=orcladmin.

Example:

oidpasswd connect=dbs1 unlock_su_acct=true

The argument unlock_su_acct is mandatory. Except for connect string, no other option can be specified.

2.1.3.4 Resetting the Superuser Password

If you forget the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password, you can use the oidpasswd tool to reset it. You must provide the Oracle Internet Directory database password. When you first install Oracle Internet Directory, the superuser password and Oracle Internet Directory database password are the same. After installation, however, you can change the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password using ldapmodify. You can change the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password using the oidpasswd tool separately.

The following example shows how to reset the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password. The oidpasswd tool prompts you for the Oracle Internet Directory database password.

Example:

oidpasswd connect=dbs1 reset_su_password=true
OID DB user password: oid_db_password
password: new_su_password
confirm password: new_su_password
OID super user password reset successfully

2.1.3.5 Managing Superuser Access Control Points

When an access control point (ACP) is set with an access control item (ACI) that has the keyword DenyGroupOverride, neither the Oracle Internet Directory superuser nor members of DirectoryAdminGroup can access the subtree under that ACP. If necessary, you can use the oidpasswd tool to reset that ACP so that the subtree is accessible by the Oracle Internet Directory superuser.

The following example shows how to reset a restricted ACP. The oidpasswd utility prompts you to enter the Oracle Internet Directory database password and to choose which superuser restricted ACPs to reset.

Example:

oidpasswd conn=dbs1 manage_su_acl=true
OID DB user password: oid_db_password

The super user restricted ACP list
[1] o=oracle,c=us
[2] ou=personnel,o=oracle,c=us

Enter 'resetall' or the number(s) of the ACP to be reset separated by [,]
resetall

Once you have reset some ACPs so that the superuser can access them, you can use ldapmodify to make the subtrees inaccessible to the superuser again.

2.1.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidpasswd

- See "ldapmodify".

- See "oidmon".

2.2 oidctl

Oracle Internet Directory Control Utility (oidctl) is a command-line tool for starting and stopping Oracle Identity Management server instances. In 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), it is typically used only to configure, start, and stop the Oracle Directory Replication Server.

Notes:

- You must set the environment variables ORACLE_INSTANCE, ORACLE_HOME, INSTANCE_NAME and COMPONENT_NAME before you run the oidctl command. Alternatively, you can pass the instance name and component name in the command line as name=instanceName, componentname=componentName.

- Best practice is to create new Oracle Internet Directory instances by creating new Oracle Internet Directory components with opmnctl createcomponent. See "opmnctl". You should only use oidctl to create an instance if you plan to run Oracle Internet Directory in standalone mode and never use Oracle Enterprise Manager Fusion Middleware Control.

- The term "instance" refers to an Oracle Internet Directory instance in oidctl command documentation.

The commands issued by Oracle Internet Directory Control Utility are interpreted and executed by the Oracle Internet Directory Monitor process. Before starting a server instance with this utility, make sure that the Monitor process is running. See "oidmon".

2.2.1 Syntax for oidctl

oidctl [connect=connect_string] { server=OIDLDAPD | OIDREPLD }
instance=instance_number [name=instance_name] [componentname=component_name]
[host=host_name] [flags="flagname=value ..." ]
{start | stop | add | delete | status [-diag]}

2.2.2 Arguments for oidctl

connect=connect_string

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

server=server

Required. The options are:

- OIDLDAPD — Oracle Internet Directory server

- OIDREPLD — Directory Replication server

instance=instance_number

Required. The numerical value of the instance. The value must be greater than 0 but less than 100.

host=host_name

Optional. Name of the logical host where the server is located or will be added. If you are using this argument, make sure oidmon is also started with the host=host_name parameter. If oidmon is started by opmn, then make sure the hostname parameter exists in the file ORACLE_INSTANCE/config/OPMN/opmn/opmn.xml.

name=instance_name

Optional. Name of the instance to be used. The default is inst1.

componentname=component_name

Optional. Name of the component to be used. The default is oid1.

flags="flagname=value | -flag value ..."

The flags argument is needed only while starting the server. If the flags consist of UNIX-style keywords, then the keyword-value pairs must be separated by spaces.

- "OIDLDAPD Flags"

- "OIDREPLD Flags"

start | stop | restart | add | delete | status

Required. The operation to perform on the given server process.

- start — Start the server=server instance=instance_number [name=instance_name componentName=component_name]

- stop — Stop the server=server instance=instance_number [name=instance_name componentName=component_name]

- add — Add the instance-specific configuration entry and start the server instance.

- delete — Stop the server instance and delete the instance-specific configuration entry

- status [-diag] — Report the status of running server instances. Use -diag with -status to get diagnostic information.

2.2.2.1 OIDLDAPD Flags

In 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), the recommended tool for creating instances and managing the LDAP server is opmnctl, not oidctl. See "opmnctl". You should only use oidctl for these purposes if you plan to run Oracle Internet Directory in standalone mode and never use Oracle Enterprise Manager Fusion Middleware Control.

-l true | false

Optional. Turns replication change logging on or off. Use true to enable change logging. Use false to disable change logging. The default is true.

-p ldap_port

Optional. Specifies the LDAP port that this Oracle Internet Directory server instance will use. If not specified the default 3060 is used.

-server number_of_processes

The number of server processes to start on this port.

-sport ssl_port

Optional. Specifies the LDAPS port that this Oracle Internet Directory server instance will use. If not specified the default 3133 is used.

-work maximum_threads

The maximum number of worker threads for this server.

2.2.2.2 OIDREPLD Flags

-p directory_port_number

Required for a start operation. Port number used to connect to Oracle Internet Directory server. The default is 3060.

-h directory_hostname

Required for a start operation. The host name of the Oracle Internet Directory server to which the replication server connects. If not specified, localhost is used.

-m true | false

Optional. Use true to enable conflict resolution. Use false to disable conflict resolution. The default value is true.

-sizelimit transaction_size

Optional. The number of changes applied in each replication update cycle. If not specified the value from the Oracle Internet Directory server size limit configuration parameter, which has a default of 1024.

2.2.3 Tasks and Examples for oidctl

In 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), oidctl is used primarily to manage the replication server. The recommended tool for creating instances and managing the LDAP server is opmnctl, not oidctl. See "opmnctl". You should only use oidctl for these purposes if you plan to run Oracle Internet Directory in standalone mode and never use Oracle Enterprise Manager Fusion Middleware Control.

Before using Oracle Internet Directory Control, make sure that Oracle Internet Directory Monitor is running. To verify this on UNIX, enter to following at the command-line:

ps -ef | grep oidmon

See "oidmon" for more information about Oracle Internet Directory Monitor.

Using Oracle Internet Directory Control, you can perform the following tasks:

- Starting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- Stopping an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- Restarting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

- Starting a Directory Replication Server Instance

- Stopping a Directory Replication Server Instance

- Starting and Stopping a Server Instance on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

- Reporting the Status of Each Server

2.2.3.1 Creating an Oracle Internet Directory Instance in an Existing Component

To create another Oracle Internet Directory instance within an existing component, type

oidctl connect=connect_string server=oidldapd inst=new_instance_number \
name=instanceName componentname=componentName  \
flags=port=non_ssl_port sport=ssl_port add

The name and componentname arguments are required unless the environment variables INSTANCE_NAME and COMPONENT_NAME have been set. Typically, the inst value of the original instance is 1, the second instance you create is 2, and so forth.

As an example:

oidctl connect=oiddb server=oidldapd inst=2 "flags=port=5678 sport=5679" add

2.2.3.2 Deleting an Oracle Internet Directory Instance in a Component

To delete one Oracle Internet Directory instance within a component, type

oidctl connect=connect_string server=oidldapd inst=new_instance_number \
name=instanceName componentname=componentName  \
flags=port=non_ssl_port sport=ssl_port delete

Typically, the inst value of the original instance is 1, the second instance you create is 2, and so forth.

2.2.3.3 Starting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

When starting an Oracle Internet Directory server, you must supply the instance, server=OIDLDAPD, and start arguments. All other arguments are optional.

Before starting a new instance of OIDLDAPD, run the command:

oidctl connect=connstr status

to make sure oidmon is running and that the instance number and ports that you intend to use are not already in use.

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 server=OIDLDAPD instance=2 flags="-p 3133 \
-debug 1024  -l false" start

2.2.3.4 Stopping an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 server=OIDLDAPD instance=2 stop

2.2.3.5 Restarting an Oracle Internet Directory Server Instance

A restart operation is useful when you want to refresh the server cache immediately, or when you have changed a configuration set entry and want your changes to take effect on an active server instance. When the Oracle Internet Directory server restarts, it maintains the same arguments it had before it stopped.

For example, if you changed a configuration set that was being referenced by an active instance of Oracle Internet Directory server, you could update it by restarting that server instance. You do not need to supply the configset argument again, as it is maintained from the prior start operation.

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 server=OIDLDAPD instance=1 restart

To restart all active instances on a node, do not specify the instance argument. Note that a server is momentarily unavailable to client requests during a restart.

2.2.3.6 Starting a Directory Replication Server Instance

When starting an Oracle Directory Replication server, you must supply the information it needs to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. You cannot use the add option when starting a replication server.

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 server=OIDREPL instance=1 flags="-p 3060 \
-h ldaphost.example.com -d 1024" start

This command uses the same instance-specific configuration entry as instance=1.

2.2.3.7 Stopping a Directory Replication Server Instance

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 server=OIDREPLD instance=1 stop

2.2.3.8 Starting and Stopping a Server Instance on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

Use the host argument to specify a virtual host name when starting an Oracle Internet Directory server or Oracle Internet Directory Replication server on a virtual host or a Oracle Application Server Identity Management Cluster Node.

When communicating with the directory server, the directory replication server uses the virtual host name. Further, the replicaID attribute that represents the unique replication identification for the Oracle Internet Directory node is generated once. It is independent of the host name and hence requires no special treatment in Oracle Application Server Cold Failover Cluster (Identity Management).

When communicating with the directory server, the Directory Integration Platform server uses the virtual host name.

The following example shows how to start an Oracle Internet Directory server (OIDLDAPD) on a virtual host. The same syntax can be used to also start a directory replication server (OIDREPLD) on a virtual host.

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 host=vhost.company.com server=OIDLDAPD instance=1 \
configset=2 [flags="..."] start

2.2.3.9 Reporting the Status of Each Server

The status argument is used to report the status of each server running on the node.

Example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 status

2.2.3.10 Reporting Diagnostics

Use the -diag flag with the status argument to get detailed diagnostic information that can be useful in resolving performance issues.

The -diag flag causes oidctl to print information about each LDAP operation as it executes, including the time it spends in the database layer.

For example:

oidctl connect=dbs1 status -diag

oidctl : ORACLE_INSTANCE is not set, defaulting to /ade/rsathyan_ldmain5/oracle/ldap/
oidctl : INSTANCE_NAME   is not set, defaulting to inst1
oidctl : COMPONENT_NAME  is not set, defaulting to oid1
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Process      |  PID   | InstName   | CompName  | Inst# | Port | Sport  |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| oidmon       |  12838 |      inst1 |      oid1 |       |      |        |  +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| oidldapd disp|  12926 |      inst1 |      oid1 |      1| 8856 |      0 |
| oidldapd serv|  12930 |      inst1 |      oid1 |      1| 8856 |      0 |
| Config   DN  | cn=oid1,cn=osdldapd,cn=subconfigsubentry                |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|Printing LDAP Operation in progress status ...                          |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Search:
OIDLDAPD_PID: 12930 WorkerID: 8 DBSID: 162
ConnDN:
BaseDN:c=us
Scope=2
Filter=(|(uid=a*)(cn=b*)(objectclass=person))                                                 ReqdAttrs:
SqlText:
SELECT /*+ FIRST_ROWS */ dn.entryid FROM ct_dn dn WHERE dn.entryi
d IN (SELECT /*+ INDEX( at1 VA_uid ) */ entryid FROM CT_uid at1 W
HERE attrValue  like :0 ESCAPE '\'  UNION SELECT /*+ INDEX( at1 V
A_cn ) */ entryid FROM CT_cn at1 WHERE attrValue  like :1 ESCAPE
'\'  UNION SELECT /*+ INDEX( at1 VA_objectclass ) */ entryid FROM
CT_objectclass at1 WHERE attrValue  = 'person') AND ( (dn.parent
dn like :bdn  ESCAPE '\' OR (dn.rdn = :rdn AND dn.parentdn = :pdn
)) ) AND dn.entryid >= :entryThreshold

Plan Hash Value :          0
Rows Fetched    :          0
Number of Sorts :          0
Disk Read       :          0
Disk Writes     :          0
Buffer Gets     :          0
IO Wait Time    :          0 (ms)
CPU Time        :          0 (ms)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+

2.2.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidctl

- See "oidmon"

2.3 oiddiag

The Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic command-line tool (oiddiag) collects diagnostic information that helps triage issues reported on Oracle Internet Directory. It is available as oiddiag for use on UNIX and Linux platforms and as oiddiag.bat for Windows. The tool connects to the database used as the directory store (also called Metadata Repository) of Oracle Internet Directory and reads the information. The tool makes no recommendations on potential fixes to issues. Rather, it collects information to help Support and Development understand a problem and determine its solution. The tool can collect four types of diagnostic information:

- Directory information tree (DIT)

- Data consistency

- Server manageability statistics

- System and process information

If you use either the collect_all=true or the collect_sub=true arguments, you are prompted to supply the following information:

- The fully domain-qualified database host name

- The database listener port number

- The database service name

- The ODS database user password

- Whether the Oracle Database connection uses SSL or not. Only NoSSL Authentication (Encryption only) is supported.

You can find the hostname, port number and service name in the file tnsnames.ora, located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. For example, in the following tnsnames.ora file, the hostname, port number and service names are, respectively, sun16.example.com, 1521, and orcl.example.com:

ORCL =
(DESCRIPTION =
(ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = sun16.example.com)(PORT = 1521))
(CONNECT_DATA =
(SERVER = DEDICATED)
(SERVICE_NAME = orcl.example.com)
)
)

Note:

You must set the ORACLE_HOME environment variable before executing the OIDDIAG tool.

2.3.1 Syntax for oiddiag

oiddiag {listdiags=true [targetfile=filename]} | {collect_all=true [outfile=filename]} | {collect_sub=true [infile=filename] [outfile=filename]} | {audit_report=true [outfile=file_name]}

2.3.2 Arguments for oiddiag

listdiags=true

Writes a list of available diagnostics that can be collected. The list is written to an output file, which is ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiag.txt by default. You should run a listdiags command before running a collect_sub command. The collect_sub command uses the file that is output by listdiags. You can edit this file as needed to contain only the diagnostic items you want.

targetfile=filename

This is the location of the output file where the diagnostic tool writes the list of available diagnostics when listdiags=true is given. If not specified, the tool writes the list to ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiag.txt.

collect_all=true

Collect all of the diagnostic information available and writes it to an output file. You are prompted to provide the Oracle Internet Directory database host name, listener port, net service name, and password.

outfile=filename

The name of the output file that the diagnostic information is written to. If not specified, the default output file is written to ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiag/timestamp.log. The timestamp format is YYYYMMDDHHmmss.

collect_sub=true

Collects a subset of diagnostic information (based on the diagnostics specified in the input file) and writes it to an output file. You are prompted to provide the Oracle Internet Directory database host name, listener port, net service name, and password.

You should run a listdiags command before running a collect_sub command. The collect_sub command uses the file that is output by listdiags. You can edit this file as needed to contain only the diagnostic items you want.

infile=filename

A file that contains the list of diagnostic items for which you want to output information. By default, the diagnostic tool looks for this file in ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiag.txt, which is the default target file location of the listdiags command. You can edit this file as needed to contain only the diagnostic items you want.

audit_report=true

Generates standard reports for Secure Events Tracking and writes them to an output file.

2.3.3 Tasks and Examples for oiddiag

Using the Oracle Internet Directory diagnostic tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Collecting All Diagnostic Information

- Collecting Selected Diagnostic Information

- Collecting Stack Trace Information

2.3.3.1 Collecting All Diagnostic Information

The following example shows how to collect all available diagnostic information and write it to the specified output file.

Example:

oiddiag collect_all=true output=~/myfiles/oid.log

2.3.3.2 Collecting Selected Diagnostic Information

To collect a subset of diagnostic data, you must first run the oiddiag tool with the listdiags argument. This outputs a list of available diagnostics, which you can then edit. This list is then passed in to the collect_sub command to determine the diagnostics for which to collect output. The following example uses the default file locations of ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiag.txt (for the list) and ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/oiddiagtimestamp.log (for the output file).

Example:

oiddiag listdiags=true
oiddiag collect_sub=true

2.3.3.3 Collecting Stack Trace Information

An important type of information that the oiddiag tool collects is the stack trace data for Oracle Internet Directory processes. Examining the stack trace is useful if you are experiencing slow response times or if your system stops responding. Because Oracle Internet Directory is usually started as a setuid-root program, you must log in as the root user before you can use the oiddiag tool to trace the stack for any Oracle Internet Directory processes. The root user must belong to the same operating system group that the Oracle operating system user belongs to. The following example logs in as the root user and changes to the dba group before executing the oiddiag tool:

su
newgrp dba
oiddiag collect_all=true

2.4 oidmon

In 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), you typically manage Oracle Internet Directory by using Oracle Enterprise Manager Fusion Middleware Control or the command-line utility opmnctl. Both opmnctl and Fusion Middleware Control use the Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server to issue commands to the Oracle Internet Directory Monitor, oidmon, which initiates, monitors, and terminates directory server processes.

2.4.1 Syntax for oidmon

oidmon [connect=connect_string] [host=hostname] [sleep=seconds] start | stop

2.4.2 Arguments for oidmon

connect=connect_string

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

host=hostname

Optional. Enables you to specify a virtual host name for the server or the name of an Oracle Application Server Identity Management Cluster Node. If not given, the default of localhost is used.

sleep=seconds

Optional. The number of seconds after which Oracle Internet Directory Monitor should check for new requests from Oracle Internet Directory Control and for requests to restart any server instances that may have stopped. The default is 10 seconds.

start | stop

Required. The operation to perform (start or stop the Monitor process).

2.4.3 Tasks and Examples for oidmon

Using Oracle Internet Directory Monitor, you can perform the following tasks:

- Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

- Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

- Stopping Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

2.4.3.1 Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

You should start Oracle Internet Directory Monitor before using Oracle Internet Directory Control.

Example:

oidmon connect=dbs1 sleep=15 start

2.4.3.2 Starting Oracle Internet Directory Monitor on a Virtual Host or Cluster Node

Use the host argument to specify a virtual host name when starting an Oracle Internet Directory Monitor on a virtual host or a Oracle Application Server Identity Management Cluster Node.

Example:

oidmon connect=dbs1 host=virtualhostname.company.com start

2.4.3.3 Stopping Oracle Internet Directory Monitor

Stopping Oracle Internet Directory Monitor also stops all other Oracle Internet Directory processes. The oidmon tool does not remove server instance information from the ODS_PROCESS table. When an oidmon start operation is executed, it starts all the server processes it had stopped previously.

Example:

oidmon connect=dbs1 stop

2.4.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidmon

- See "oidctl"

2.5 opmnctl

The Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server Control Utility (opmnctl) enables you to manage system components, such as Oracle Internet Directory, in an integrated way.

The term "instance" refers to an Oracle instance in opmnctl command descriptions.

Notes:

- This section only discusses how to use the OPMN Control Utility to manage Oracle Internet Directory components. For detailed information on how to use the OPMN Control Utility, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server Administrator's Guide.

- Arguments to opmnctl are case-sensitive. Be sure to type them exactly as shown. For example, -adminUsername must have only the letter U in upper case.

2.5.1 Syntax for opmnctl

opmnctl startproc ias-component=componentName

opmnctl stopproc ias-component=componentName

opmnctl createcomponent [admin_server_properties] [instance_properties]
[opmn_properties] [component_properties] [component_configuration_properties]

opmnctl deletecomponent [admin_server_properties] [instance_properties]
[opmn_properties] [component_properties] [component_configuration_properties]

opmnctl registerinstance [admin_server_properties] [instance_properties] [component_configuration_properties]

opmnctl unregisterinstance [admin_server_properties] [instance_properties] [component_configuration_properties]

opmnctl updatecomponentregistration  [admin_server_properties] [instance_properties] [component_configuration_properties]

opmnctl status [-l]

2.5.2 Arguments for opmnctl

Arguments for opmnctl consist of commands and several types of properties. This section describes the following types of arguments:

- Commands

- WebLogic Administration Server Properties

- Instance Properties

- OPMN Configuration Properties

- Component Properties for Oracle Internet Directory

- Oracle Internet Directory Component Configuration Properties

Note:

Arguments to opmnctl are case-sensitive. Be sure to type them exactly as shown. For example, -adminUsername must have only the letter U in upper case.

2.5.2.1 Commands

The command indicates the operation to perform. The following commands are relevant to Oracle Internet Directory:

startproc

Starts server process

stopproc

Stops server process

createcomponent

Creates a component and automatically registers the component with a WebLogic domain, as long as the instance is in a registered state.

deletecomponent

Deletes a component

registerinstance

Registers an Oracle instance that was not previously registered with a domain. This scenario occurs if you chose Configure Without a Domain during installation of Oracle Internet Directory or if you created an Oracle instance from the command line and did not register the instance.

unregisterinstance

Unregisters an Oracle instance that was previously registered with a domain.

status [-l]

Shows the status of components. Add the -l option for detailed information.

updatecomponentregistration

Registers an existing Oracle Internet Directory component that was not previously registered with a domain. This scenario occurs if you created a new component in an Oracle instance using opmnctl createcomponent and did not register the component.

2.5.2.2 WebLogic Administration Server Properties

The following administration server properties are relevant to Oracle Internet Directory:

-adminHost

The WebLogic Administration Server host name

-adminPort

The WebLogic Administration Server port. The default is 7001.

-adminUsername

The WebLogic administrator user name.

-adminPasswordFile

A text file containing the WebLogic administrator password. You are prompted for the administrator password if this parameter is missing. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt. If you must use a file containing the password in clear text, protect it with file permissions and delete it when it is no longer needed.

2.5.2.3 Instance Properties

You do not need to specify instance properties with the opmnctl command, as long as you invoke the command as ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl.

2.5.2.4 OPMN Configuration Properties

No OPMN configuration properties are required with the opmnctl commands shown in this chapter.

2.5.2.5 Component Properties for Oracle Internet Directory

The following component properties are relevant to Oracle Internet Directory.

-componentType

For Oracle Internet Directory, this is always OID. This is required for createcomponent.

-componentName

The name of an Oracle Internet Directory component, such as oid1. The component name must be unique within the Oracle instance.

2.5.2.6 Oracle Internet Directory Component Configuration Properties

These arguments are specific to Oracle Internet Directory

-Db_info

Specifies the name, TNS port, and service name of the Oracle Database associated with this Oracle Internet Directory component, in the format:

DBHostName:TNSPORT:DBSERVICENAME

For example:

linux12.example.com:1521:orcl.example.com

When you are using the createcomponent command, the DBHostName:Port:DBSvcName argument to the -DB_info parameter must be the same as that provided during installation. If it is not, the command fails. You can find this value in the file ORACLE_INSTANCE/config/tnsnames_copy.ora.

If the Oracle Database is based on Real Application Clusters, the argument to the -DB_info parameter is of the form:

DBHostName1:Port1^DBHostName2:Port2@DBSvcName

-Ods_Password_File

Optional. The file that contains the ODS password in cleartext.You are prompted for the ODS password if this parameter is missing. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt. If you must use a file containing the password in clear text, protect it with file permissions and delete it when it is no longer needed.

-Sm_Password_File

Optional. The file that contains the ODSSM password in cleartext.You are prompted for the ODSSM password if this parameter is missing. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt. If you must use a file containing the password in clear text, protect it with file permissions and delete it when it is no longer needed.

-Namespace

Required only for the first Oracle Internet Directory component in an instance. The Oracle Internet Directory namespace. For example: "dc=us,dc=example,dc=com".

-Admin_Password_File

Optional. The file that contains the password for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser account cn=orcladmin.You are prompted for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password if this parameter is missing.

-Port

Optional. The non-SSL port for this Oracle Internet Directory component. The command uses a default available port if this parameter is missing.

-Sport

Optional. The SSL port for this Oracle Internet Directory component. The command uses a default available port if this parameter is missing.

2.5.3 Tasks and Examples for opmnctl

Using the OPMN Control Utility, you can perform the following Oracle Internet Directory server management tasks:

- Creating an Oracle Internet Directory Component

- Unregistering an Oracle Instance

- Updating the Component Registration of an Oracle Instance

- Deleting an Oracle Internet Directory Component

- Stopping All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

- Starting All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

- Stopping a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

- Starting a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

- Getting Status Information

2.5.3.1 Creating an Oracle Internet Directory Component

This command creates a component and registers it with a WebLogic domain, as long as the instance is in a registered state:

opmnctl createcomponent
-componentType OID
-componentName oid2
-adminHost myhost
-adminPort 7001
-Db_info "linux12.example.com:1521:orcl.example.com"
-Namespace "dc=domain_component1,dc=domain_component2..."

The DBHostName:Port:DBSvcName argument to the -DB_info parameter must be the same as that provided during installation. If it is not, the command fails. You can find this value in the file ORACLE_INSTANCE/config/tnsnames_copy.ora

If the Oracle Database is based on Real Application Clusters, the argument to the -DB_info parameter is of the form:

DBHostName1:Port1^DBHostName2:Port2@DBSvcName

The opmnctl command prompts for the WebLogic administrator's user name if you do not supply it. It also prompts for the passwords if you do not supply password file names on the command line. The opmnctl command also uses available ports if you do not specify -Port or -Sport

2.5.3.2 Registering an Oracle Instance

This example registers an Oracle instance with a WebLogic server:

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl registerinstance \
-adminHost myhost \
-adminPort 7001 \
-adminUsername weblogic

You are prompted for the WebLogic administrator's user name and password.

2.5.3.3 Unregistering an Oracle Instance

This example unregisters an Oracle instance with a WebLogic server:

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl unregisterinstance \
-adminHost myhost \
-adminPort 7001 \
-adminUsername weblogic

You are prompted for the WebLogic administrator's user name and password if you do not supply them.

2.5.3.4 Updating the Component Registration of an Oracle Instance

You must update the registration of an Oracle Internet Directory component in a registered Oracle instance whenever you change any of the configuration attributes orclhostname, orclsslport, or orclnonsslport in the instance-specific configuration entry, or if you change the password for the EMD administrator. If you do not update the component registration, you will be unable to use Fusion Middleware Control or wlst to manage that component.

This example updates the component registration of an Oracle instance that has been registered.

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl updatecomponentregistration \
-adminHost myhost \
-adminPort 7001 \
-adminUsername weblogic
-componentType OID  \
-componentName oid2 \
-Port 6589 \
-Sport 3032

You are prompted for the WebLogic administrator's user name and password if you do not supply them.

The default administrative port on the WebLogic Administration Server is 7001.

You must supply both a non-SSL port and an SSL port.

2.5.3.5 Deleting an Oracle Internet Directory Component

This example deletes an Oracle Internet Directory component that has been registered with a WebLogic server:

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl deletecomponent \
-adminHost myhost \
-adminPort 7001 \
-adminUsername weblogic \
-componentType OID  \
-compnentName oid2

You are prompted for the WebLogic administrator's user name and password if you do not supply them.

2.5.3.6 Stopping All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

The following example shows how to stop all running directory server processes (Oracle Internet Directory and Oracle Directory Replication server).

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl process-type=OID stop

2.5.3.7 Starting All Oracle Internet Directory Server Components

The following example shows how to start all directory server components.

$ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl startproc componentType=OID

2.5.3.8 Stopping a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

The following example shows how to stop a specific Oracle Internet Directory component.

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl stopproc componentName=oid1

2.5.3.9 Starting a Specific Oracle Internet Directory Server Component

The following example shows how to start a specific Oracle Internet Directory component.

ORACLE_INSTANCE/bin/opmnctl startproc componentName=oid1

2.5.3.10 Getting Status Information

The following example shows the status information provided by opmnctl.

$ opmnctl status -l

Processes in Instance: asinst_2
---------------------------------+--------------------+---------+----------+------------+----------+-----------+------ias-component                    | process-type       |     pid | status   |        uid |  memused |    uptime | ports---------------------------------+--------------------+---------+----------+------------+----------+-----------+------
oid2                             | oidldapd           |   24760 | Alive    |  988238800 |   102744 |   0:01:12 | N/A
oid2                             | oidldapd           |   24756 | Alive    |  988238799 |    55052 |   0:01:12 | N/A
oid2                             | oidmon             |   24745 | Alive    |  988238796 |    48168 |   0:01:14 | LDAPS:6789,LDAP:6788

oid1                             | oidldapd           |   21590 | Alive    |  988238048 |   103716 |  19:51:48 | N/A
oid1                             | oidldapd           |   21586 | Alive    |  988238047 |    54420 |  19:51:49 | N/A
oid1                             | oidmon             |   21577 | Alive    |  988238046 |    48168 |  19:51:49 | LDAPS:3133,LDAP:3060

2.5.4 Related Command-Line Tools for opmnctl

- See "oidmon"

- See "oidctl"

2.6 oidstats.sql

Use the Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection Tool (oidstats.sql) to analyze the various database ods (Oracle Directory Server) schema objects to estimate the statistics. It is located in the following directory: ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/. You must run this utility whenever there are significant changes in directory data—including the initial load of data into the directory.

If you load data into the directory by any means other than the bulk load tool (bulkload), then you must run the Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection tool after loading. Statistics collection is essential for the Oracle Optimizer to choose an optimal plan in executing the queries corresponding to the LDAP operations. You can run Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection tool at any time, without shutting down any of the Oracle Internet Directory processes.

Note:

If you do not use the bulkload utility to populate the directory, then you must run the oidstats.sql tool to avoid significant search performance degradation.

2.6.1 Syntax for oidstats.sql

sqlplus ods/ods_password@connect_string @oidstats.sql

2.6.2 Arguments for oidstats.sql

If you do not supply the ODS password on the command line, sqlplus prompts for it. Note that the default ODS password is the same as that for the Oracle Application Server administrator. (For security reasons, avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. When you supply a password at a prompt, it is not visible on the screen.)

connect_string

Required. The connect string for the ODS database. This is the network service name set in the tnsnames.ora file, which is located by default in $ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

2.6.3 Tasks and Examples for oidstats.sql

You can perform the following task using the oidstats.sql tool:

- Running the Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection Tool

2.6.3.1 Running the Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection Tool

Example:

sqlplus ods@dbs1 @oidstats.sql

2.6.4 Related Command-Line Tools for oidstats.sql

- See "bulkload".

2.7 oidcred

The Oracle Internet Directory Credential Management Tool is used to add, update, or delete a credential that has been created in the Credential Store Framework. It determines the instance name from the opmn.xml file

2.7.1 Syntax for oidcred

oidcred user_name option [InstancePath]

2.7.2 Arguments for oidcred

The oidcred command takes the following arguments:

user_name

Required. Value can be odssm or emd.

option

Required. Value can be update or delete.The update option adds the credential if it does not exists or updates it if it exists.

InstancePath

Required if ORACLE_INSTANCE environment is not set. Path of Oracle Instance directory.

If not specified on the command line, oidcred uses ORACLE_INSTANCE environment variable if set.

2.7.3 Tasks and Examples for oidcred

Update the password for user odssm in the Credential Store Framework.

oidcred odssm update /scratch/mydir/fmw_home/asinst_1
Enter password:
Confirm password:
Password set in CSF

2.8 oidrealm

The Oracle Internet Directory realm tool is used to create multiple realms in Oracle Internet Directory. The individual realms can be managed separately, so you can use oidrealm as a replacement for Delegated Administration Services.

The oidrealm tool supports creation, but not deletion, of a realm. A procedure for deleting a realm is provided in Note 604884.1, which is available on My Oracle Support at https://support.oracle.com/

2.8.1 Syntax for oidrealm

On UNIX or Linux:

oidrealm oid_host oid_port DN [-SSL]

On Windows:

oidrealm.bat oid_host oid_port DN [-SSL]

Note:

If you specify an SSL port, that port must be configured in SSL No Authentication Mode, that is, orclsslauthentication must be 1. For more information, see the section on SSL authentication modes in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

2.8.2 Arguments for oidrealm

oid_host

Name of host where Oracle Internet Directory is running.

oid_port

Specifies the port number to use, which can be either SSL or non-SSL

DN

DN of realm to add

[-SSL]

Specifies that the port is an SSL port. Only no-auth mode is supported.

2.8.3 Example for oidrealm

$ oidrealm myhost.example.com 3133 'dc=newrealm,dc=com' -SSL
Enter OID Admin Password: password

[info] ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidSubscriberCreateCommon.lst *
Feb 2, 2009 9:22:57 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader recursiveLoad
INFO: ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidSubscriberCreateCommon.lst *
[info]    ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreate.lst *
Feb 2, 2009 9:22:57 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader recursiveLoad
INFO:    ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreate.lst *
[info]       -> LOADING:  /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreateCommon.sbs
Feb 2, 2009 9:22:57 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader loadOneLdifFile
INFO:       -> LOADING:  /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreateCommon.sbs
[info]       ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextUpgradeFrom81600.lst *Feb 2, 2009 9:22:58 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader recursiveLoad
INFO:       ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextUpgradeFrom81600.lst*
[info]          -> LOADING:  /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextUpgradeFrom81600Common.sbs
Feb 2, 2009 9:22:58 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader loadOneLdifFile
INFO:          -> LOADING:  /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextUpgradeFrom81600Common.sbs
[info]       ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreate90100Changes.lst *
Feb 2, 2009 9:23:00 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader recursiveLoad
INFO:       ->> /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextCreate90100Changes.lst *
[info]          -> LOADING:  /scratch/mydir/mwhome/idm3/ldap/schema/oid/oidContextUpgradeFrom90000Common.sbs
Feb 2, 2009 9:23:00 PM oracle.ldap.util.LDIFLoader loadOneLdifFile
...
...
...
...

3 Oracle Internet Directory Data Management Tools

This chapter describes the following command-line tools used to administer the entries and data stored in Oracle Internet Directory:

- bulkdelete

- bulkload

- bulkmodify

- catalog

- ldapadd (LDAP Data Add Tool)

- ldapaddmt (Multi-Threaded LDAP Data Add Tool)

- ldapbind (Authentication Validation Tool)

- ldapcompare (Attribute Comparison Tool)

- ldapdelete (LDAP Data Deletion Tool)

- ldapmoddn (LDAP DN/RDN Modification Tool)

- ldapmodify (LDAP Data Modification Tool)

- ldapmodifymt (Multi-Threaded LDAP Data Modification Tool)

- ldapsearch (LDAP Search Tool)

- ldifwrite (Data Export Tool)

- ldifmigrator (Data Migration Tool)

- upgradecert.pl (Certificate Upgrade Tool)

Notes:

- The bulk tools do not support attribute uniqueness.

- If your schemas were created during installation of a version prior to 11g Release 1 (11.1.1.6.0), you must add datafiles to the OLTS_CT_STORE and OLTS_ATTRSTORE tablespaces if you intend to add more than a million entries to Oracle Internet Directory. Perform this step prior to the bulkload or ldapadd operation. For details, see the section "Creating Datafiles and Adding Datafiles to a Tablespace" in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide.

3.1 bulkdelete

The bulkdelete command-line tool enables you to delete one or more subtrees efficiently. It can be used when both an Oracle Internet Directory server and Oracle Directory Replication servers are in operation. It uses a SQL interface to benefit performance. For this release, the bulkdelete tool runs on only one node at a time.

This tool does not support filter-based deletion. That is, it deletes an entire subtree below the root of the subtree. If the base DN is a user-added DN, rather than a DN created as part of the installation of the directory, it is included in the delete. You must restrict LDAP activity against the subtree during deletion.

Note:

The bulkdelete command requires that the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE be set.

3.1.1 Syntax for bulkdelete

bulkdelete connect=connect_string {[basedn=Base_DN]|[file=file_name]}
[cleandb="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [size=transaction_size] [encode=character_set]
[debug="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [threads=num_of_threads] [verbose="TRUE"|"FALSE"]

3.1.2 Arguments for bulkdelete

connect

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

basedn | file

Required. The base DN of the subtree to be deleted, for example, "dc=company, dc=com". Enclose the DN in quotation marks. You can also specify multiple base DNs by putting them in a file and specifying the file name and path with the file argument.

cleandb

Optional. This is used to specify whether the deleted entries would be tomb stoned or deleted completely from the database. The default (cleandb="TRUE") is to delete the entries completely.

size

Optional. The number of entries to be committed as a part of one transaction.

encode

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

debug

Optional. The debug option reports the logging level. This is useful in case the command runs into errors. The output is logged to the bulkdelete.log file. This file can be found under ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools.

threads

Optional. The number of threads to create. The default value is the number of CPUs on the machine plus one.

verbose

Optional. This is used to run the command in verbose mode.

3.1.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkdelete

The following examples show how to delete one or more subtrees from the directory:

- Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context and Making Them Tombstone Entries

- Completely Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context

- Deleting Entries in Multiple Naming Contexts

3.1.3.1 Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context and Making Them Tombstone Entries

Example:

bulkdelete connect="dbs1" basedn="cn=OracleContext" cleandb="FALSE"

3.1.3.2 Completely Deleting All Entries in a Naming Context

Example:

bulkdelete connect="dbs1" basedn="cn=OracleContext"

3.1.3.3 Deleting Entries in Multiple Naming Contexts

This example uses a file that contains a list of DNs to delete.

Example:

bulkdelete connect="dbs1" file="~/myfiles/dn.txt"

3.1.4 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkdelete

- See "bulkload"

- See "bulkmodify"

- See "ldapdelete"

3.2 bulkload

The bulkload command-line tool is useful for loading large number of entries into a directory server. It uses Oracle SQL*Loader to load the directory entries. The bulkload tool expects the input file to be in LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF). See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for the correct format and syntax of an LDIF file.

Intermediate files used by bulkload are stored in ORACLE_INSTANCE/OID/load by default.

Note:

The bulkload command requires that the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE be set.

Using bulkload with Replication

When you add data to a node that is part of a Directory Replication Group (DRG), you can use either bulk tools or LDAP tools, depending on the circumstances. The following rules apply:

- When you add new entries to all nodes in the DRG, you can use either bulk tools or LDAP tools. For more than 20K entries, bulk tools are significantly faster. If you use LDAP tools, add the entries to only one node in the DRG and let replication propagate the entries. If you use bulk tools, generate the intermediate file only once from the LDIF file and use that intermediate file to load the entries onto all the nodes in the DRG.

- When you copy existing entries from one node to another in the same replication group, use bulk tools. Use the bulkload option restore=true when you upload the data.

- If the LDIF file contains operational attributes, which it does when created with ldifwrite, use bulkload to add the entries.

- If the replication agreement is a partial replication agreement, use ldifwrite with the base DN as the replication agreement DN to write the entries to the LDIF file. Then use bulkload with the restore=true option to load the data.

Overview of the Bulk Loading Tool Operations

The Bulk Loading Tool performs its operations in the following phases:

1. Check
In the check phase, all entries of LDIF files are verified for valid LDAP schema and duplicate entries. The Bulk Loading Tool reports any errors, which must be corrected before proceeding.

2. Generate
In the generate phase, the LDIF input is converted into intermediate files that can be used by SQL*Loader to load the data into the Oracle Internet Directory directory store.

3. Load
The Intermediate files generated in generate phase are loaded into the Oracle Internet Directory directory store. The Bulk Loading Tool supports two types of loading of data:

- Incremental Mode Loading
Incremental mode enables you to append data to existing directory data. Loading in this mode is faster than other add methods, but slower than bulk mode loading.

Use this mode when you want to append a small amount of data. Here, small amount is a relative number. It depends upon existing data in directory, the amount of data to be loaded, and the hardware capabilities to handle the load.

In this mode, the Bulk Loading Tool does not drop and rebuild catalog indexes. Instead, it uses SQL*Loader in insert mode to add data to the database and update indexes through inserts.

- Bulk Mode Loading
In bulk mode, you must be able to add or append large number of entries to a directory. By default, the Bulk Loading Tool runs in bulk mode. Bulk mode is faster than incremental mode.

In bulk mode, all Oracle Internet Directory server instances should be stopped. In this mode, the Bulk Loading Tool drops existing indexes and re-creates them after loading of data. For data loading, it uses SQL*Loader direct-path mode.

Notes:

- Running the bulkload -load operation sets the server mode to read-write. If you require a different mode, reset it after performing the load operation.

- At the start of the load operation, bulkload determines the current configured value of orclRIenabled, then disables referential integrity. At the end of load phase, bulkload returns orclRIenabled to its original value. If is any referential integrity violations occurred, however, referential integrity is disabled, and you see the message:

There is a violation of Referential Integrity and hence it is Disabled now. Run the OIDDIAG tool with diagnostic option to collect the Entries which have dangling DN attribute values and Fix the violation

Fix the violation and then set orclRIenabled to the desired value.

4. Index Creation
After the load is complete, the indexes are re-created if the load was done in bulk mode. Also, the Bulk Loading Tool provides an option just to re-create all indexes. This is useful in case if previous index creation was unsuccessful for some reason.

5. Directory Data Recovery
A failure in the load phase can leave directory data in an inconsistent state. The Bulk Loading Tool can revert back to original state that existed prior to the invocation of bulkload.

Before Using the bulkload Tool

Before running the bulkload tool:

1. Stop your Oracle Internet Directory server instance(s) before loading data in bulk mode.

2. Take a cold backup of the Oracle Internet Directory database.

3. If loading data in incremental mode, you do not need to stop the directory server, although you must put the directory server in read-modify mode. Read-modify mode restricts add, delete, and modify DN operations.

4. If loading an LDIF file with data from an older version of Oracle Internet Directory, see the Oracle Fusion Middleware Upgrade Planning Guide for any special instructions about upgrading orclguids before you begin.

3.2.1 Syntax for bulkload

bulkload [connect=connect_string]
{[check="TRUE"|"FALSE"  [file=ldif_file]] [generate="TRUE"|"FALSE"
[append="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [restore="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [thread=num_of_threads]
file=ldif_file]
[load="TRUE"|"FALSE"  [append="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [threads=num_of_threads]]
[index="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [missing="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [recover="TRUE"|"FALSE"]}
[encode=character_set] [debug="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [verbose="TRUE"|"FALSE"]

3.2.2 Arguments for bulkload

connect

Optional. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.) For loading data in single node, specify its connect string—for example orcl. For loading data in multiple nodes, specify connect strings of all nodes—for example:

bulkload connect="orcl1,orcl2,orcl3"

check | generate | load | recover | index | missing

Required. The operation to perform. The operations are:

- check - Checks the LDIF file provided for schema inconsistencies and for duplicate entry DNs. You must provide the full path or relative path and file name of an LDIF file. You can optionally specify the number of threads. The check and generate operations can be issued at the same time.

- generate - Creates intermediate files suitable for loading entries into Oracle Internet Directory using SQL*Loader. You must provide the full path or relative path and file name of an LDIF file from which to generate entries. You can optionally specify the number of threads. The check and generate operations can be issued at the same time.

Note:

- After the generate operation, the directory is left in the read-modify mode until you perform the load operation.

- bulkload updates the mode to read-only when performing a load operation.

- load - Loads the files generated in the generate operation into the database. You can use the append option to specify if the data needs to be appended to the existing directory data. For load to succeed, the LDAP server must be stopped. You can optionally specify the number of threads. If you set the ldplonly option to "TRUE", then the data is loaded in parallel but index creation takes place in serial mode. You must run a generate operation before a load operation.

- recover - In case of a failure during a load operation, recovers the directory with the original data. You cannot use any other option when using the recover option.

- index - Recreates indexes on all catalog tables.

- missing - Creates only missing indexes on catalog tables.

file

Required for the check and generate operations. The fully qualified path or relative path and file name of the LDIF file that contains the entries you want to load.

threads

Optional for the check,generate, and load operations. The number of threads to create. The default value is the number of CPUs on the machine plus one.

restore

Optional with the check and generate operations. Assumes operational attributes, such as orclguid, creatorsname, and createtimestamp, are already present in the specified LDIF file. Duplicate operational attribute values are not created in the output SQL*Loader files.

When the restore option is set to TRUE, then the operational attributes specified in the LDIF file are honored. If restore option is not specified or it is set to FALSE, then the operational attributes might not be retained, depending on the type of attribute. Best practice is to avoid having operational attributes in the LDIF file when the restore option value is FALSE.

append

Optional with the generate and load operations. Loads entries in incremental mode rather than bulk mode, which is the default. Incremental mode appends data to existing directory data, and is intended for loading small amounts of data.

encode

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

debug

Optional. The debug option turns debugging on or off. Turning debugging on (debug="TRUE") is useful when the command runs into errors. The output is logged to the bulkload.log file. This file can be found under ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools.

verbose

This is used to run the command in verbose mode.

3.2.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkload

Using the bulkload tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Loading Data in Bulk Mode

- Loading Data for Multiple Nodes in a Replicated Environment

- Loading Data in Incremental Mode

- Verifying Indexes

- Recreating Indexes

- Recovering Data After a Load Error

3.2.3.1 Loading Data in Bulk Mode

The typical usage scenario is to load directory data after Oracle Internet Directory installation. First check the LDIF file for schema errors and generate the intermediate files. Next, load the data into the Oracle Internet Directory store.

The following example shows how to run the bulkload tool. The tool is first run with the check and generate options. The check option checks the input for schema and data consistency violations. The generate option generates the input files for SQL*Loader. Next, the command is run with the load option to load the data into the directory.

Example:

bulkload connect="orcl" check="TRUE" generate="TRUE" file="~/myfiles/data.ldif"
bulkload connect="orcl" load="TRUE"

3.2.3.2 Loading Data for Multiple Nodes in a Replicated Environment

When you load the same data into multiple nodes in a replicated network, ensure that the orclGUID parameter (global ID) is consistent across all the nodes. You can accomplish this by generating the bulk load data file once only (using the generate argument), and then using the same data file to load the other nodes (using the load argument).

3.2.3.3 Loading Data in Incremental Mode

If you must add directory entries to an Oracle Internet Directory store already containing some user LDIF data, use the append argument to denote incremental mode. This mode is normally faster than other methods of adding entries to the directory. However, be sure that the directory server instances are in read-modify mode before you begin. The following example shows how to run bulkload in incremental mode.

Example:

bulkload connect="orcl" check="TRUE" generate="TRUE" load="TRUE" append="TRUE" file="~/myfiles/data.ldif"

3.2.3.4 Verifying Indexes

You can verify existing indexes in the directory using the check option along with the index option.

Example:

bulkload connect="orcl" check="TRUE" index="TRUE"

3.2.3.5 Recreating Indexes

The load operation either updates or creates the indexes. However, due to issues like improper sizing, the indexes may not be updated or created properly. For this reason, the bulkload tool enables you to re-create all the indexes.

Example:

bulkload connect="orcl" index="TRUE"

3.2.3.6 Recovering Data After a Load Error

Due to issues like improper disk sizing, the load operation may fail. If this happens, then directory data can be inconsistent. For this reason, bulkload enables you to recover the directory data to the state that existed prior to the invocation of bulkload.

Example:

bulkload connect="orcl" recover="TRUE"

3.2.4 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkload

- See "bulkdelete"

- See "bulkmodify"

- See "ldapadd"

- See "ldapaddmt"

3.3 bulkmodify

The bulkmodify command-line tool enables you to modify a large number of existing entries in an efficient way.

Note:

The bulkmodify command requires that the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE be set.

The bulkmodify tool supports the following:

- Subtree based modification

- LDAP search filter. For example, the filter could be objectclass=*, objectclass=oneclass, or '(&(sn=Baileys)(cn=Kalid Baileys))'.

- Attribute value addition and replacement. It modifies all matched entries in bulk.

The bulkmodify tool performs schema checking on the specified attribute name and value pair during initialization. All entries that meet the following criteria are modified:

- They are under the specified subtree.

- They meet the LDAP filter condition.

- They contain the attribute to be modified as either mandatory or optional.

The directory server and directory replication server may be running concurrently while bulk modification is in progress, but the bulk modification does not affect the replication server. You must perform bulk modification against all replicas.

Note:

LDIF file based modification is not supported by bulkmodify. This type of modification requires per-entry-based schema checking, and therefore the performance gain over the existing ldapmodify tool is insignificant.

Make sure that when bulkmodify is invoked, server side entry cache is disabled.

You must restrict user access to the subtree during bulk modification. If necessary, access control item (ACI) restriction can be applied to the subtree being updated by bulkmodify.

You cannot use bulkmodify to add a value to single-valued attributes that already contain one value. If a second value is added, you must alter the directory schema to make that attribute multi-valued.

You cannot use bulkmodify to update the following attributes:

- dn (use ldapmoddn instead)

- Binary Attributes

- orclCertificateHash

- orclCertificateMatch

- cn (use ldapmodify instead)

- userPassword (use ldapmodify instead)

- orclPassword (use ldapmodify instead)

- orclACI (use ldapmodify instead)

- orclEntryLevelACI (use ldapmodify instead)

3.3.1 Syntax for bulkmodify

bulkmodify connect=connect_string basedn=Base_DN
{[add="TRUE"|"FALSE"]|[replace="TRUE"|"FALSE"]} attribute=attribute_name
value=attribute_value [filter=filter_string] [size=transaction_size]
[threads=num_of_threads] [debug="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [encode=character_set]
[verbose="TRUE"|"FALSE"]

3.3.2 Arguments for bulkmodify

connect

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

basedn

Required. The DN of the subtree to be modified. Enclose the DN in quotes.

add | replace

Required. The operation to be performed on the attribute. Specifies whether you want to add an attribute value or replace an attribute value.

attribute

Required. The name of a single attribute for which a value needs to be added or replaced.

value

Required. The single attribute value to add or replace. If the value contains spaces, enclose it in quotes.

filter

Optional. A filter string that contains a single attribute. Defaults to objectclass=*.

size

Optional. The number of entries to be committed as part of one transaction. Defaults to 100.

threads

Optional. The number of threads to create. The default value is the number of CPUs on the machine plus one.

debug

Optional. The debug option reports the logging level. This is useful in case the command runs into errors. The output is logged to the bulkmodify.log file. This file can be found under ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools.

encode

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

verbose

This is used to run the command in verbose mode.

3.3.3 Tasks and Examples for bulkmodify

Using the bulkmodify tool, you can perform the following task:

- Updating an Attribute for Multiple Entries at Once

3.3.3.1 Updating an Attribute for Multiple Entries at Once

The following example shows how to modify an attribute for several entries using a filter. This command adds the telephone number 408-123-4567 to the entries of all employees who have Anne Smith as their manager.

Example:

bulkmodify connect="orcl" basedn="c=US" add="TRUE" attribute="telephoneNumber" value="408-123-4567" filter="manager=Anne Smith"

3.3.4 Limitations of bulkmodify

bulkmodify has the following limitations:

- bulkmodify does not distinguish between attributes with or without subtypes, when performing the replace operation. bulkmodify replaces the attribute value irrespective of whether the attribute contains subtypes.

- bulkmodify allows the RDN to be modified without modifying the DN. If an attribute is part of a DN, then the attribute value is modified but the DN entry in the directory is not modified.

- bulkmodify does not perform an object class check when performing an add operation. When adding a new attribute to a directory entry, bulkmodify does not verify if the entry has the required object class to support the attribute.

3.3.5 Related Command-Line Tools for bulkmodify

- See "bulkdelete"

- See "bulkload"

- See "ldapmodify"

- See "ldapmodifymt"

3.4 catalog

Oracle Internet Directory uses indexes to make attributes available for searches. When Oracle Internet Directory is installed, the cn=catalogs entry lists available attributes that can be used in a search. You can index only those attributes that have:

- An equality matching rule

- Matching rules supported by Oracle Internet Directory (see "Matching Rules")

As of Oracle Internet Directory 11g Release 1 (11.1.1.6.0) a new autocatalog feature is enabled by default in fresh installs. You can also enable it if you have upgraded from a previous release. When this feature is enabled, Oracle Internet Directory automatically invokes the catalog command to index attributes when you search for them. If the autocatalog feature is not enabled, and you want to use previously uncataloged attributes in search filters, you must add them to the catalog entry, as in previous releases.

If the autocatalog feature is not enabled, and you want to use additional attributes in search filters, then you must add them to the catalog entry. You can do this at the time you create the attribute by using Oracle Directory Services Manager. However, if the attribute already exists, then you can index it only by using ldapmodify or the Catalog Management Tool (catalog).

Notes:

- As of Oracle Internet Directory 11g Release 1 (11.1.1.6.0), you can use the LDAP tool ldapmodify to create and drop indexes from attributes. The ldapmodify tool actually invokes catalog, and you can still use catalog for this purpose.

- The catalog command requires that the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE be set.

- The catalog command cannot index more than 1000 attributes at a time. If more than 1000 attributes are present in the file, the tool throws an error. If you need to index more than 1000 attributes, use multiple files.

Before running catalog, be sure that the directory server is either stopped or in read-only mode.

Caution:

Do not use the catalog delete="TRUE" argument on indexes created by the Oracle Internet Directory base schema. Removing indexes from base schema attributes can adversely impact the operation of Oracle Internet Directory.

3.4.1 Syntax for catalog

catalog connect=connect_string {[add="TRUE"|"FALSE"]|[delete="TRUE"|"FALSE"]}
{[attribute=attribute_name]|[file=file_name]} [logging="TRUE"|"FALSE"]
[threads=num_of_threads] [debug="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [verbose="TRUE"|"FALSE"]

3.4.2 Arguments for catalog

connect

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

add | delete

Required. The operation to perform. The add argument indexes the specified attribute. The delete argument drops the index for the specified attribute.

attribute | file

Required. The attribute or attributes to catalog. Use the attribute argument to specify a single attribute name on the command-line. Use the file argument to provide the full path and file name of a file that contains a list of several attribute names.

logging

Optional. This option is used to decide if redo logs are generated when a catalog is created.

threads

Optional. The number of threads to create. The default value is the number of CPUs on the machine plus one.

debug

Optional. The debug option reports the logging level. This is useful in case the command runs into errors. The output is logged to the catalog.log file. This file can be found under ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools.

verbose

Optional. This option specifies whether the command should be run in verbose mode.

3.4.3 Tasks and Examples for catalog

Using the catalog tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Indexing a Single Attribute

- Indexing Multiple Attributes

- Removing an Attribute from the List of Indexed Attributes

3.4.3.1 Indexing a Single Attribute

The following example shows how to index a single attribute. The catalog tool prompts you for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password.

Example:

catalog connect="orcl" add="TRUE" attribute="orclGender"

3.4.3.2 Indexing Multiple Attributes

The following example shows how to index multiple values at once by supplying a file that contains a list of attribute names. The catalog tool prompts you for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password.

Example:

catalog connect="orcl" add="TRUE" file="~/myfiles/attrs.txt"

3.4.3.3 Removing an Attribute from the List of Indexed Attributes

The following example shows how to remove a single attribute from the list of indexed attributes. The catalog tool prompts you for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser password.

Example:

catalog connect="orcl" delete="TRUE" attribute="orclGender"

3.4.4 Related Command-Line Tools for catalog

- N/A

3.5 ldapadd

The ldapadd command-line tool enables you to add entries, their object classes, attributes, and values to the directory. To add attributes to an existing entry, use the ldapmodify command, explained in "ldapmodify".

See Also:

For information on using attribute aliases with ldapadd refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

3.5.1 Syntax for ldapadd

ldapadd -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-Y "proxy_dn"]
[-p ldap_port]  [-V ldap_version] {-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename}
[-b] [-n] [-c [-o log_file_name]] [-M] [-v] [-O ref_hop_limit] [-i 1|0]
[-k|-K] [-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}]
[-d debug_level] [-E character_set]

3.5.2 Arguments for ldapadd

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-Y "proxy_dn"

Optional. The DN of a proxy user. After binding to the directory, the add operation is performed as this user.

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename

Required. The full path and file name of the input file that contains the data you want to import.

Use the -f argument to supply an LDIF file. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information on formatting an LDIF file.

Use the -X argument to supply a Directory Service Markup Language (DSML) file. See "Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File" for more information about formatting a DSML file.

-b

Optional. Use this option if your input file has binary file names in it, which are preceded by the forward slash character. The tool retrieves the actual values from the file referenced.

-n

Optional. Enables you to preview what would occur in an operation without actually performing the operation.

-c

Optional. Proceeds in spite of errors. All errors are reported. If the -c argument is not used, the tool stops when an error occurs.

-o log_file_name

Optional. Used with the -c argument. Writes the LDIF entries with errors to a log file. Specify the full path and name of the log file.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-v

Optional. Runs the tool in verbose mode.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-i 1 | 0

Optional. Specifies whether to bind as the current user when following referrals. 1 means bind as the current user, 0 means bind anonymously. The default is 0 (zero).

-k | -K

Optional. The -k argument authenticates using Kerberos authentication instead of simple authentication. To enable this option, you must compile with KERBEROS defined.You must already have a valid ticket granting ticket. Use the -K argument if you want to only perform the first step of the Kerberos bind.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.5.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapadd

Using the ldapadd tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Adding Data to the Directory Using an LDIF File

- Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File

- Previewing an Add Operation

3.5.3.1 Adding Data to the Directory Using an LDIF File

You can use ldapadd to add entries or schema information to the directory from an LDIF file. The file must be correctly formatted. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information about formatting an LDIF file.

Example:

ldapadd -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-f ~/myfiles/input.ldif -v

3.5.3.2 Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File

You can use ldapadd to add entries or schema information to the directory from a Directory Service Markup Language (DSML) file that contains <addRequest> elements. For more information about the formatting DSML files, visit the OASIS Web site at http://www.oasis-open.org. The following example shows a sample DSML entry for a user.

Example:

<addRequest dn="CN=Alice,OU=HR,DC=Example,DC=COM">
<attr name="objectclass"><value>top</value></attr>
<attr name="objectclass"><value>person</value></attr>
<attr name="objectclass"><value>organizationalPerson</value></attr>
<attr name="sn"><value>Johnson</value></attr>
<attr name="givenName"><value>Alice</value></attr>
<attr name="title"><value>Software Design Engineer</value></attr>
</addRequest>

Once you have a correctly formatted DSML file, you can add data to the directory using ldapadd and supplying the DSML file as the input file.

Example:

ldapadd -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-X ~/myfiles/input.xml -v

3.5.3.3 Previewing an Add Operation

Use the -n argument with an ldapadd command to preview the results of an add operation before actually adding any data to the directory.

Example:

ldapadd -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-X ~/myfiles/input.xml -v -n

3.5.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapadd

- See "ldapaddmt"

- See "ldapmodify"

- See "bulkload"

3.6 ldapaddmt

The ldapaddmt tool performs the same functionality as the ldapadd command. It enables you to add entries, their object classes, attributes, and values to the directory. However, it also supports multiple threads for adding entries concurrently.

While it is processing entries, ldapaddmt logs errors in the add.log file within the current directory.

Note:

Increasing the number of concurrent threads improves the rate at which entries are created, but consumes more system resources.

3.6.1 Syntax for ldapaddmt

ldapaddmt -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password -T number_threads
[-p ldap_port] [-V ldap_version] {-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename}  [-b] [-c]
[-M] [-O ref_hop_limit] [-k|-K] [-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P
wallet_password}] [-d debug_level] [-E character_set]

3.6.2 Arguments for ldapaddmt

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-T number_threads

Required. The number of threads for concurrently processing entries.

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename

Required. The full path and file name of the input file that contains the data you want to import.

Use the -f argument to supply an LDIF file. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information on formatting an LDIF file.

Use the -X argument to supply a Directory Service Markup Language (DSML) file. See "Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File" for more information about formatting a DSML file.

-b

Optional. Use this option if your input file has binary file names in it, which are preceded by the forward slash character. The tool retrieves the actual values from the file referenced.

-c

Optional. Proceeds in spite of errors. All errors are reported. If the -c argument is not used, the tool stops when an error occurs.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-k | -K

Optional. The -k argument authenticates using Kerberos authentication instead of simple authentication. To enable this option, you must compile with KERBEROS defined.You must already have a valid ticket granting ticket. Use the -K argument if you want to only perform the first step of the Kerberos bind.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.6.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapaddmt

Using the ldapaddmt tool, you can perform the following task:

- Adding Concurrent Entries to the Directory Using an LDIF File

3.6.3.1 Adding Concurrent Entries to the Directory Using an LDIF File

You can use ldapaddmt to add concurrent entries or schema information to the directory from an LDIF file. The file must be correctly formatted. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information about formatting an LDIF file.

Example:

ldapaddmt -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -T 5 -p 3060 \
-f ~/myfiles/input.ldif -v

3.6.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapaddmt

- See "ldapadd"

- See "bulkload"

3.7 ldapbind

The ldapbind command-line tool enables you to see whether you can authenticate a client to a server.

3.7.1 Syntax for ldapbind

ldapbind -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-p ldap_port]
[-V ldap_version] [-n] [-O "auth"] [-Y "DIGEST-MD5|EXTERNAL"]
[-R SASL_realm] [-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}]
[-E character_set]

3.7.2 Arguments for ldapbind

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-O "auth"

Optional. Specifies SASL security properties. The security property supported is -O "auth". This security property is for DIGEST-MD5 SASL mechanism. It enables authentication with no data integrity or data privacy.

-Y "DIGEST-MD5 | EXTERNAL"

Optional. Specifies a Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) mechanism. The following mechanisms are supported:

- DIGEST-MD5

- EXTERNAL - The SASL authentication in this mechanism is done on top of two-way SSL authentication. In this case the identity of the user stored in the SSL wallet is used for SASL authentication.

-R SASL_realm

Optional. A SASL realm.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.7.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapbind

Using the ldapbind tool, you can perform the following task:

- Validating Authentication Credentials

3.7.3.1 Validating Authentication Credentials

The following example shows how to validate the authentication credentials used to bind to the directory server when using SSL.

Example:

ldapbind -h myhost.company.com -D "cn-orcladmin" -q -p 3133 \
-U 2 -W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet" -Q

3.7.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapbind

- N/A

3.8 ldapcompare

The ldapcompare command-line tool enables you to compare an attribute value that you specify on the command line to the attribute value in a directory entry.

3.8.1 Syntax for ldapcompare

ldapcompare -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-Y "proxy_dn"]
[-p ldap_port] -a attribute_name -b "base" -v "attribute_value"
[-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}]
[-d debug_level] [-E character_set]

3.8.2 Arguments for ldapcompare

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-Y "proxy_dn"

Optional. The DN of a proxy user. After binding to the directory, the add operation is performed as this user.

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-a attribute_name

Required. The attribute for which to perform the comparison of values.

-b "base"

Required. The DN of the entry for which to perform the comparison.

-v "attribute_value"

Required. The attribute value that you want to compare to the value in the entry.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.8.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapcompare

Using ldapcompare you can perform the following task:

- Comparing Attribute Values for an Entry

3.8.3.1 Comparing Attribute Values for an Entry

The following example shows how to check an entry for a person named Anne Smith to see if her title is Manager.

Example:

ldapcompare -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 -a title \
-b "cn=Anne Smith,ou=Sales,o=IMC,c=US" -v "Manager"

3.8.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapcompare

- N/A

3.9 ldapdelete

The ldapdelete command-line tool enables you to remove entire entries from the directory.

See Also:

For information on using attribute aliases with ldapdelete refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

3.9.1 Syntax for ldapdelete

ldapdelete -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-Y proxy_dn]
[-p ldap_port] [-V ldap_version] {-f ldif_filename | "entry_dn"}
[-n] [-M] [-v] [-O ref_hop_limit] [-k|-K]
[-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}] [-E character_set]

3.9.2 Arguments for ldapdelete

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-Y "proxy_dn"

Optional. The DN of a proxy user. After binding to the directory, the add operation is performed as this user.

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-f ldif_filename | "entry_dn"

Required. The full path and file name of the input file that contains the entry DNs you want to delete, or a single entry DN supplied on the command-line.

Use the -f argument to supply an LDIF file. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information on formatting an LDIF file.

To delete one entry, supply the DN of the entry in quotes.

-n

Optional. Enables you to preview what would occur in an operation without actually performing the operation.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-v

Optional. Runs the tool in verbose mode.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-k | -K

Optional. The -k argument authenticates using Kerberos authentication instead of simple authentication. To enable this option, you must compile with KERBEROS defined.You must already have a valid ticket granting ticket. Use the -K argument if you want to only perform the first step of the Kerberos bind.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.9.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapdelete

Using ldapdelete you can perform the following tasks:

- Deleting a Single Entry

- Deleting Multiple Entries Using an LDIF File

3.9.3.1 Deleting a Single Entry

The following example shows how to delete an entry for a person named Anne Smith.

Example:

ldapdelete -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q \
-p 3060 "cn=Anne Smith,ou=Sales,o=IMC,c=US"

3.9.3.2 Deleting Multiple Entries Using an LDIF File

The following example shows how to delete many entries at once by supplying an LDIF file that contains the DNs of the entries to delete. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information about formatting an LDIF file.

Example:

ldapdelete -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-f /home/mydir/delete.ldif

3.9.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapdelete

- See bulkdelete

3.10 ldapmoddn

The ldapmoddn command-line tool enables you to change the RDN of an entry, or to move an entry to a new parent node in the directory tree.

See Also:

For information on using attribute aliases with ldapmoddn refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

3.10.1 Syntax for ldapmoddn

ldapmoddn -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-p ldap_port]
[-V ldap_version] -b "base_dn" {-R "new_rdn"|-N "new_parent"}
[-r] [-M] [-O ref_hop_limit]
[-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}] [-E character_set]

3.10.2 Arguments for ldapmoddn

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-b "base_dn"

Required. The DN of the entry to be moved to a new parent DN or have its RDN updated.

-R "new_rdn" | -N "new_parent"

Required. The action to perform. Use the -R argument to change the RDN of the entry. Use the -N argument to move the entry to a new parent node in the directory tree.

-r

Optional. Specifies that the old RDN is not retained as a value in the modified entry. If not included, the old RDN is retained as an attribute in the modified entry.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

3.10.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmoddn

Using the ldapmoddn command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Changing the RDN of an Entry

- Moving an Entry

3.10.3.1 Changing the RDN of an Entry

The following example shows how to change the RDN of an entry from Mary Smith to Mary Jones.

Example:

ldapmoddn -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-b "cn=Mary Smith,dc=Americas,dc=IMC,dc=com" -R "cn=Mary Jones" -r

3.10.3.2 Moving an Entry

The following example shows how to move an entry to another parent node in the directory subtree. The entry with the RDN of Mary Smith is moved from the dc=Americas parent node to the dc=Australia parent node.

Example:

ldapmoddn -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060 \
-b "cn=Mary Smith,dc=Americas,dc=IMC,dc=com" -N "dc=Australia,dc=IMC,dc=com"

3.10.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmoddn

- See "ldapmodify"

3.11 ldapmodify

The ldapmodify command-line tool enables you to add, delete, or replace attributes for entries by supplying an LDIF file as input. You can also delete or add entries using ldapmodify.

See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for more information about the correct formatting of LDIF files.

See Also:

For information on using attribute aliases with ldapmodify refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

3.11.1 Syntax for ldapmodify

ldapmodify -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" [-Y "proxy_dn"] -q | -w password
[-p ldap_port] [-V ldap_version] {-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename}
[-a] [-b] [-c [-o log_file_name]] [-n] [-v] [-M] [-O ref_hop_limit]
[-i 1|0] [-k|-K]
[-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}]
[-E character_set] [-d debug_level]

3.11.2 Arguments for ldapmodify

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-Y "proxy_dn"

Optional. The DN of a proxy user. After binding to the directory, the add operation is performed as this user.

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename

Required. The full path and file name of the input file that contains the data you want to import.

Use the -f argument to supply an LDIF file. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information on formatting an LDIF file.

Use the -X argument to supply a Directory Service Markup Language (DSML) file. See "Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File" for more information about formatting a DSML file.

-a

Optional. Denotes that the LDIF or DSML input file has new entries to be added.

-b

Optional. Use this option if your input file has binary file names in it, which are preceded by the forward slash character. The tool retrieves the actual values from the file referenced.

-c

Optional. Proceeds in spite of errors. All errors are reported. If the -c argument is not used, the tool stops when an error occurs.

-n

Optional. Enables you to preview what would occur in an operation without actually performing the operation.

-v

Optional. Runs the tool in verbose mode.

-o log_file_name

Optional. Used with the -c argument. Writes the LDIF entries with errors to a log file. Specify the full path and name of the log file.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-i 1 | 0

Optional. Specifies whether to bind as the current user when following referrals. 1 means bind as the current user, 0 means bind anonymously. The default is 0 (zero).

-k | -K

Optional. The -k argument authenticates using Kerberos authentication instead of simple authentication. To enable this option, you must compile with KERBEROS defined.You must already have a valid ticket granting ticket. Use the -K argument if you want to only perform the first step of the Kerberos bind.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

3.11.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmodify

Using the ldapmodify command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Modifying the Directory Schema

- Modifying an Entry

- Indexing an Attribute

3.11.3.1 Modifying the Directory Schema

First, you must prepare your LDIF file to define the new schema elements you want to add. See "LDIF Format for Adding Schema Elements" for examples. Once you have a properly formatted LDIF file, you can use the ldapmodify tool to import the new schema definitions into the directory schema.

Example:

ldapmodify -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -p 3060  \
-f /home/myfiles/modify.ldif  -v

3.11.3.2 Modifying an Entry

To modify the attributes or attribute values for an entry, you must first prepare your LDIF file correctly. See "LDIF Format for Modifying Entries" for examples. Once you have a properly formatted LDIF file, you can use the ldapmodify tool to import the changes.

Example:

ldapmodify -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -q \
-p 3060 -f /home/myfiles/modify.ldif  -v

3.11.3.3 Indexing an Attribute

You can add or drop an attribute in the catalog entry by using ldapmodify.

As of Oracle Internet Directory 11g Release 1 (11.1.1.6.0) a new autocatalog feature is enabled by default in fresh installs. You can also enable it if you have upgraded from a previous release. When this feature is enabled, Oracle Internet Directory automatically invokes the catalog command to index attributes when you search for them. If the autocatalog feature is not enabled, and you want to use previously uncataloged attributes in search filters, you must add them to the catalog entry, as in previous releases.

To add an attribute, import an LDIF file by using ldapmodify. For example, to index the attribute displayName, import the following LDIF file by using ldapmodify:

Example:

dn: cn=catalogs
changetype: modify
add: orclindexedattribute
orclindexedattribute: displayName

Type a command similar to the following at the system prompt:

ldapmodify -D "cn=orcladmin" -q -h host -p port -f ldif_file_name

To index the attribute, the ldapmodify command invokes the Catalog Management tool, catalog. For information about that tool, see Section 3.4, "catalog"

To drop an index from an attribute by using ldapmodify, specify delete in the LDIF file. For example:

dn: cn=catalogs
changetype: modify
delete: orclindexedattribute
orclindexedattribute: displayName

3.11.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmodify

- See "ldapadd"

- See "ldapdelete"

- See "ldapmoddn"

3.12 ldapmodifymt

The ldapmodifymt command-line tool is similar to ldapmodify in that it enables you to add, delete, or modify entries by supplying an LDIF file as input. However, ldapmodifymt runs in multi-threaded mode allowing you to operate on multiple entries concurrently.

See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for more information about the correct formatting of LDIF files.

3.12.1 Syntax for ldapmodifymt

ldapmodifymt -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-p ldap_port]
[-V ldap_version] -T number_of_threads {-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename}
[-a] [-b] [-c [-o log_file_name]] [-M] [-O ref_hop_limit] [-k|-K]
[-U SSL_auth_mode {-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}]
[-E character_set] [-d debug_level]

3.12.2 Arguments for ldapmodifymt

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-T number_threads

Required. The number of threads for concurrently processing entries.

-f ldif_filename | -X dsml_filename

Required. The full path and file name of the input file that contains the data you want to import.

Use the -f argument to supply an LDIF file. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for information on formatting an LDIF file.

Use the -X argument to supply a Directory Service Markup Language (DSML) file. See "Adding Data to the Directory Using a DSML File" for more information about formatting a DSML file.

-a

Optional. Denotes that the LDIF file has entries to be added.

-b

Optional. Use this option if your input file has binary file names in it, which are preceded by the forward slash character. The tool retrieves the actual values from the file referenced.

-c

Optional. Proceeds in spite of errors. All errors are reported. If the -c argument is not used, the tool stops when an error occurs.

-o log_file_name

Optional. Used with the -c argument. Writes the LDIF entries with errors to a log file. Specify the full path and name of the log file.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-k | -K

Optional. The -k argument authenticates using Kerberos authentication instead of simple authentication. To enable this option, you must compile with KERBEROS defined.You must already have a valid ticket granting ticket. Use the -K argument if you want to only perform the first step of the Kerberos bind.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

3.12.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapmodifymt

Using the ldapmodifymt command-line tool, you can perform the following task:

- Modifying Multiple Entries Concurrently

3.12.3.1 Modifying Multiple Entries Concurrently

To modify multiple entries at once, you must first prepare your LDIF file correctly. See Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for examples. Once you have a properly formatted LDIF file, you can use the ldapmodifymt tool to import the changes.

The following example uses five concurrent threads to modify the entries specified in the file /home/myfiles/modify.ldif.

Example:

ldapmodify -h myhost.company.com -D "cn=orcladmin" -w password -p 3060 \
-T 5 -f /home/myfiles/modify.ldif  -v

3.12.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapmodifymt

- See "ldapaddmt"

- See "ldapmodify"

3.13 ldapsearch

The ldapsearch command-line tool enables you to search for and retrieve specific entries in the directory.

The LDAP filter that you use to search for entries must be compliant with the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standards as specified in RFC 2254. Refer to the IETF Web site at http://www.ietf.org for more information about the standard filter format. Oracle Internet Directory supports all elements of RFC 2254 except for extensible matching.

Note:

Various UNIX shells interpret some characters—for example, asterisks (*)—as special characters. Depending on the shell you are using, you might need to escape these characters.

See Also:

For information on using attribute aliases with ldapsearch refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

3.13.1 Syntax for ldapsearch

ldapsearch -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -q | -w password [-Y "proxy_dn"]
[-p ldap_port] [-V ldap_version] -b "basedn" {-s base|one|sub} {"filter_string"
attributes]|-f input_file} [-F separator] [-T [-]sort_attribute] [-j page_size]
[-A] [-a never|always|search|find] [-S] [-R] [-i 1|0] [-t] [-u] [-L|-X] [-B] [-M]
[-v] [-n] [-l time_limit] [-z size_limit] [-O ref_hop_limit] [-U SSL_auth_mode
{-W wallet_location -Q | -P wallet_password}] [-d debug_level]
[-E character_set][-c]

3.13.2 Arguments for ldapsearch

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-Y "proxy_dn"

Optional. The DN of a proxy user. After binding to the directory, the add operation is performed as this user.

-p ldap_port

Optional. The port number used to connect to the Oracle Internet Directory server. Defaults to port 3060.

-V ldap_version

Optional. The version of the LDAP protocol to use. Allowed values are 2 or 3. Defaults to 3 (LDAP v3).

-b "basedn"

Required. The base DN for the search.

-s base | one | sub

Required. The scope of the search within the DIT. The options are:

- base - Retrieves a particular directory entry. Along with this search depth, you use the search criteria bar to select the attribute objectClass and the filter Present.

- one - Limits your search to all entries beginning one level down from the root of your search.

- sub - Searches entries within the entire subtree, including the root of your search.

"filter_string" [attributes] | -f input_file

Required. Supply a single filter on the command-line within quotes followed by the attribute names whose values you want returned. Separate attributes with a space. If you do not list any attributes, all attributes are retrieved.

By default, ldapsearch does not return operational attributes. If you add the character "+" to the list of attributes in the search request, however, ldapsearch returns all operational attributes.

You can also supply an input file with the -f argument that contains a sequence of search operations to perform.

In the output, the attribute names are shown in lower case if the attribute orclReqattrCase is 0 in the instance-specific config entry. If orclReqattrCase is set to 1, the attribute names in the output are shown in the same case in which they were entered on the command line. See "Attribute Case in ldapsearch Output".

-F separator

Optional. Enables you to choose a separator to use between attribute names and values in the search output. The default is = (equal sign).

-T [-]sort_attribute

Optional. Instructs the tool to send a sort request to the server. The server returns entries sorted on the attribute, sort_attribute. A dash (-) before sort_attribute instructs the tool to sort the entries in reverse order.

-j page_size

Optional. Instructs the tool to send a page request to the server. The server returns paged entries with pages of size, page_size.

-A

Optional. Retrieves attribute names only (no values).

-a never | always | search | find

Optional. Specifies alias dereferencing. An alias entry in an LDAP directory is an entry that points to another entry. Following an alias pointer is known as dereferencing an alias. The options are:

- never - Never dereference alias entries. Choose this option to improve search performance if there are no alias entries in the directory that require dereferencing.

- always - Always dereference aliases. This selection is the default.

- search - Dereference alias entries subordinate to a specified search base, but do not dereference an alias search base entry.

- find - Deference an alias entry for a specified search base, but do not dereference alias entries subordinate to the search base.

-S attr

Optional. Sorts the results by the attribute specified.

-R

Optional. Disables the automatic following of referrals.

-i 1 | 0

Optional. Specifies whether to bind as the current user when following referrals. 1 means bind as the current user, 0 means bind anonymously. The default is 0 (zero).

-t

Optional. Writes files to /tmp.

-u

Optional. Includes user-friendly names in the output.

-L | -X

Optional. Prints entries in LDIF (-L) or DSML format (-X).

With the -L option, all attributes, including binary attributes are printed in LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF). Binary attributes are transformed into printable characters using BASE64 encoding.

See Also:

Appendix A, "LDIF File Format" for a description of LDAP Data Interchange Format.

-B

Optional. Allows printing of non-ASCII values. Binary attributes are printed as is, without encoding. The complete value might not be printed, as it might contain non-printable characters.

-M

Optional. Instructs the tool to send the ManageDSAIT control to the server. The ManageDSAIT control instructs the server not to send referrals to clients. Instead a referral entry is returned as a regular entry.

-n

Optional. Enables you to preview what would occur in an operation without actually performing the operation.

-v

Optional. Runs the tool in verbose mode.

-l time_limit

Optional. The maximum time in seconds to wait for an ldapsearch command to complete.

-z size_limit

Optional. The maximum number of entries to return.

-O ref_hop_limit

Optional. The number of referral hops that a client should process. Defaults to 5.

-U SSL_auth_mode

Optional. The SSL authentication mode:

- 1 for no authentication required.

- 2 for one way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

- 3 for two way authentication required. You must also supply a wallet location and wallet password.

-W wallet_location

Required if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The location of the wallet file that contains the server's SSL certificates.

Example for UNIX:

-W "file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet"

Example for Microsoft Windows:

-W "file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet"

-Q

Required, unless -P is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). Causes the command to prompt for the wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-P wallet_password

Required, unless -Q is used, if using one way or two way SSL authentication (-U 2|3). The wallet password for the wallet specified in the -W argument. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -P wallet_password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-d debug_level

Optional. If not specified the default of 0 (not enabled) is used. Debug levels are additive. Add the numbers representing the functions that you want to activate, and use the sum of those in the command-line option. For example, to trace search filter processing (512) and active connection management (256), enter 768 as the debug level (512 + 256 = 768). Debug levels are as follows:

- 1 — Heavy trace debugging

- 128 — Debug packet handling

- 256 — Connection management, related to network activities

- 512 — Search filter processing

- 1024 — Entry parsing

- 2048 — Configuration file processing

- 8192 — Access control list processing

- 491520 — Log of communication with the database

- 524288 — Schema related operations

- 4194304 — Replication specific operations

- 8388608 — Log of entries, operations and results for each connection

- 16777216 — Trace function call arguments

- 67108864 — Number and identity of clients connected to this server

- 117440511 — All possible operations and data

-E character_set

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

-C

Optional. ldapsearch -C option causes ldapsearch to traverse a hierarchy and report direct memberships. The ldapsearch -C option essentially includes the CONNECT_BY control (2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.3) in the request sent to the client. ldapsearch doesn't have any means to pass values with a control. So, it sends the CONNECT_BY control without values. In this case the default values are assumed, that is, the hierarchy-establishing attribute name is obtained from the filter, and the number of levels is 0. Thus, the -C option can only be used to fetch all containers of a containee queries, for example, fetch all groups of a user, fetch all employees of a manager and so forth. Also, all levels of the hierarchy are traversed. For more information, see Section 6.1.3, "Request Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory."

See Also:

The "Performing Hierarchical Searches" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Application Developer's Guide for Oracle Identity Management

3.13.3 Tasks and Examples for ldapsearch

Using the ldapsearch command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Performing a Base Object Search

- Performing a One-Level Search

- Performing a Subtree Search

- Searching for Attribute Values of Entries

- Searching for Operational Attributes of Entries

- Searching for Entries with Attribute Options

- Searching for All User Attributes and Specified Operational Attributes

- Searching for Entries (More Examples)

- Attribute Case in ldapsearch Output

3.13.3.1 Performing a Base Object Search

The following example performs a base-level search on the directory from the root.

- -b specifies base DN for the search, root in this case.

- -s specifies whether the search is a base search (base), one level search (one) or subtree search (sub).

- "objectclass=*" specifies the filter for search.

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "" -s base -v "objectclass=*"

3.13.3.2 Performing a One-Level Search

The following example performs a one level search starting at "ou=HR, ou=Americas, o=IMC, c=US".

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "ou=HR, ou=Americas, o=IMC, c=US" -s one \
-v "objectclass=*"

3.13.3.3 Performing a Subtree Search

The following example performs a subtree search and returns all entries having a DN starting with "cn=us".

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=US" -s sub -v "cn=Person*"

3.13.3.4 Searching for Attribute Values of Entries

The following example returns only the DN attribute values of the matching entries:

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=US" -s sub -v "objectclass=*" dn

The following example retrieves only the distinguished name along with the surname (sn) and description (description) attribute values:

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=US" -s sub -v "cn=Person*" dn sn description

The following example retrieves the distinguished name (dn), surname (sn), and description (description) attribute values. The entries are sorted by surname (sn). There are 10 entries returned per page.

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=US" -s sub -v "cn=Person*" dn sn description \
-T sn -j 10

3.13.3.5 Searching for Operational Attributes of Entries

The following example returns only operational attributes:

$ ldapsearch -h adc2190517 -p 3060 -D cn=orcladmin -w welcome -b "c=uk" -L -s base "(objectclass=*)" +

3.13.3.6 Searching for Entries with Attribute Options

The following example retrieves entries with common name (cn) attributes that have an option specifying a language code attribute option. This particular example retrieves entries in which the common names are in French and begin with the letter R.

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=US" -s sub "cn;lang-fr=R*"

Suppose that, in the entry for John, no value is set for the cn;lang-it language code attribute option. In this case, the following example does not return John's entry:

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "c=us" -s sub "cn;lang-it=Giovanni"

3.13.3.7 Searching for All User Attributes and Specified Operational Attributes

The following example retrieves all user attributes and the createtimestamp and orclguid operational attributes:

Example:

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h myhost -b "ou=Benefits,ou=HR,ou=Americas,o=IMC,c=US" \
-s sub "cn=Person*" "*" createtimestamp orclguid

The following example retrieves entries modified by Anne Smith:

Example:

ldapsearch -h sun1 \
-b "" "(&(objectclass=*)(modifiersname=cn=Anne Smith))"

The following example retrieves entries modified between 01 April 2001 and 06 April 2001:

Example:

ldapsearch -h sun1 -b "" \
"(&(objectclass=*)(modifytimestamp >= 20000401000000) \
(modifytimestamp <= 20000406235959))"

Note:

Because modifiersname and modifytimestamp are not indexed attributes, use catalog to index these two attributes. Then, restart the Oracle directory server before issuing the two previous ldapsearch commands.

3.13.3.8 Searching for Entries (More Examples)

Each of the following examples searches on port 3060 of host sun1, and searches the whole subtree starting from the DN "ou=hr,o=acme,c=us".

The following example searches for all entries with any value for the objectclass attribute.

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h sun1 -b "ou=hr, o=acme, c=us" -s subtree "objectclass=*"

The following example searches for all entries that have orcl at the beginning of the value for the objectclass attribute.

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h sun1 -b "ou=hr, o=acme, c=us" -s subtree "objectclass=orcl*"

The following example searches for entries where the objectclass attribute begins with orcl and cn begins with foo.

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h sun1 -b "ou=hr, o=acme, c=us" \
-s subtree "(&(objectclass=orcl*)(cn=foo*))"

The following example searches for entries in which cn begins with foo or sn begins with bar.

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h sun1 -b "ou=hr, o=acme, c=us" \
-s subtree "(|(cn=foo*)(sn=bar*))"

The following example searches for entries in which employeenumber is less than or equal to 10000.

ldapsearch -p 3060 -h sun1 -b "ou=hr, o=acme, c=us" \
-s subtree "employeenumber<=10000"

3.13.3.9 Attribute Case in ldapsearch Output

In the output from the ldapsearch command, the attribute names are shown in lower case if the attribute orclReqattrCasein the instance-specific configuration entry is 0. If orclReqattrCase is set to 1, the attribute names in the output are shown in the same case in which they were entered on the command line.

Example:

ldapsearch -h localhost -p 389 -b "dc=oracle,dc=com" -s base -L "objectclass=*" DC

If orclReqattrCase is 0 the output looks like this:

dn: dc=oracle,dc=comdc: oracle

If orclReqattrCase is 1, the output looks like this:

dn: dc=oracle,dc=comDC: oracle

3.13.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldapsearch

- See "ldapcompare"

- See "catalog"

3.14 ldifmigrator

The Oracle Internet Directory Data Migration Tool (ldifmigrator) is used to convert LDIF files output from other directories or application-specific repositories into a format recognized by Oracle Internet Directory. The Data Migration Tool takes as input an LDIF file containing substitution variables, and outputs an LDIF file suitable for loading into Oracle Internet Directory.

See "LDIF Format for Migrating Entries" for the correct format of the LDIF input file for this tool.

3.14.1 Syntax for ldifmigrator

ldifmigrator "input_file=filename" "output_file=filename"
[-lookup -h oid_hostname -D "binddn" -w password [-p ldap_port]
[subscriber=subscriberDN]] ["s_VariableName1=replacement_value"
"s_VariableName2=replacement_value"...]
[-load -reconcile SAFE|SAFE_EXTENDED|NORMAL]

3.14.2 Arguments for ldifmigrator

"input_file=filename"

The full path and file name of the LDIF file that contains directory entry data and one or more substitution variables.

"output_file=filename"

The full path and file name of the output file produced by the ldifmigrator tool.

-lookup

If this flag is specified, then values of certain substitution variables are obtained by looking up the correct values in the directory server. See "Substitution Variables for Migration Input Files" for a list of substitution variables that can be looked up.

-h oid_hostname

Required if the -lookup flag is used. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required if the -lookup flag is used. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

subscriber=subscriberDN

Optional. The subscriber whose attribute values is used in place of the substitution variables. If not specified, then the default identity management realm specified in the Root Oracle Context is used.

"s_VariableName=replacement_value"

Optional. You can specify a value for a substitution variable on the command-line. See "Substitution Variables for Migration Input Files" for instructions on adding a substitution variable to the input LDIF file. The ldifmigrator tool replaces all occurrences of the variable with the value you specify.

-load

Optional. Loads the data output by the ldifmigrator tool directly into Oracle Internet Directory. If an entry is already present in the directory then that directory entry is logged to the file. The addition of the directory entries could fail for other reasons as well, for instance not enough permission to add or parent entry not being present.

-reconcile SAFE | SAFE_EXTENDED | NORMAL

Optional. The -reconcile option enables you to specify different modes if the tool tries to load data for entries that already exist, or modify attributes of entries that may have conflicts. The following modes are available:

- SAFE - This mode only adds new entries that don't exist or appends new attributes to existing entries.

- SAFE-EXTENDED - This mode only adds new entries that don't exist or appends new attributes to existing entries. If you try to add a new value for existing attributes, then it adds it to the existing set of values.

- NORMAL - This mode applies all directives as intended, overwriting any conflicting attributes or entries with the data specified in the ldifmigrator output.

See "Reconcile Options for Migrated Entries" for more information about LDIF directives supported by the -reconcile option.

3.14.3 Tasks and Examples for ldifmigrator

Using the ldifmigrator command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Using the Data Migration Tool in Lookup Mode

- Overriding Data Migration Values in Lookup Mode

- Using the Data Migration Tool by Supplying Your Own Values

- Loading and Reconciling Data Using the Data Migration Tool
See "LDIF Format for Migrating Entries" for examples of correctly formatted LDIF input files for use with the Data Migration Tool.

3.14.3.1 Using the Data Migration Tool in Lookup Mode

In this example, Oracle Internet Directory server is present in the environment, and the migration tool looks up the directory server to figure out certain substitution variables specified in the LDIF input file.

Example:

$ldifmigrator "input_file=sample.dat" "output_file=sample.ldif" \
-lookup "host=ldap.acme.com" "subscriber=acme" \
"s_UserOrganization=Development"

3.14.3.2 Overriding Data Migration Values in Lookup Mode

In some cases, you want to use the lookup mode but would also like to override the values of one or more of the pre-defined substitution variables. This can be done by specifying the override value in the command-line. The following command line shows how one can set the UserNickNameAttribute to cn overriding the default of uid:

Example:

$ldifmigrator "input_file=sample.dat" "output_file=sample.ldif" \
-lookup "host=ldap.acme.com" "subscriber=acme" \
"s_UserOrganization=Development" "s_UserNicknameAttribute=cn"

3.14.3.3 Using the Data Migration Tool by Supplying Your Own Values

The following example shows how you can specify your own values for substitution variables found in the LDIF input file, rather than using lookup mode.

Example:

$ldifmigrator "input_file=sample.dat" "output_file=sample.ldif"  \
"s_UserContainerDN=cn=Users,o=Acme,dc=com" \
"s_UserNicknameAttribute=uid" "s_UserOrganization=Development"

3.14.3.4 Loading and Reconciling Data Using the Data Migration Tool

The Data Migration Tool gives your the option of loading the data directly into Oracle Internet Directory. Use the -load and -reconcile options to load data and safely reconcile any conflicts.

Example:

$ldifmigrator "input_file=sample.dat" "output_file=sample.ldif" \
-lookup "host=ldap.acme.com" "subscriber=acme" \
"s_UserOrganization=Development"
-load -reconcile SAFE

3.14.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldifmigrator

- See "ldapadd"

- See "ldapmodify"

- See "ldifwrite"

3.14.5 Error Messages for ldifmigrator

The Data Migration Tool can display these error messages:

Table 3-1 Error Messages of the Data Migration Tool

Message

Reason

Remedial Action

Environment variable ORACLE_HOME not defined

ORACLE_HOME is not defined.

Set the environment variable ORACLE_HOME

Environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE not defined

ORACLE_INSTANCE is not defined.

Set the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE

Error while parsing the input parameters. Please verify

Not all the required parameters are provided. The required parameters are Input_File, Output_File and at least one substitution variable

Specify the input parameters properly. Use the -help option to print the usage.

Input_File parameter not specified. Please specify

Input_File parameter is a mandatory parameter.

Specify the input parameters properly. Use the -help option to print the usage.

Output_File parameter not specified. Please specify

Output_File parameter is a mandatory parameter.

Specify the input parameters properly. Use the -help option to print the usage.

The specified input file does not exist

The specified file location is invalid.

Check the input file path

Check the input file. Zero byte input file

The input file does not contain any entries.

Provide a valid file with pseudo LDIF entries

Cannot create the output file. Output file already exists

The output file already exists

Check the Output_File flag

Access denied, cannot read from the input file

The specified input file does not have read permission

Check the read permission of the input file.

Access denied, cannot create the output file

You do not have permission to create the output file.

Check the permission of the directory under which the output file needs to be created.

Directory server name not specified. When -lookup option is used the host parameter should be specified

When the -lookup option is specified, the host parameter is mandatory.

Specify the host parameter.

Bind Dn parameter name not specified. When -lookup option is used the dn parameter should be specified

When the -lookup option is specified, the DN parameter is mandatory.

Specify the DN parameter.

The port number specified is invalid

The port number should be a numeric value.

Check the port number parameter

Unable to establish connection to directory. Please verify the input parameters: host, port, dn & password

The directory server may not be running on the specified host and port, or credentials may be invalid.

Check the host, port, DN and password parameters. Check ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/.

Naming exception occurred while retrieving the subscriber information from the directory. Please verify the input parameters

The specified identity management realm does not exist in the directory

Check the realm parameter

Not all the substitution variables are defined in the directory server specified

If the identity management realm entry does not contain the required attributes, then this error occurs.

Check the realm entry in the directory

Error occurred while migrating LDIF data to Oracle Internet Directory

This might occur if something goes wrong in the middle of a process—for example, a failure of the directory server or disk.

Report the error message to the administrator

When an error condition occurs, the log messages are logged to this file:

ORACLE_INSTANCE/ldap/install/LDIFMig_YYYY_MM_DD_HH_SS.log.

3.15 ldifwrite

The ldifwrite command-line tool enables you to convert to LDIF all or part of the information residing in an Oracle Internet Directory. Once you have converted the information, you can load it into a new node in a replicated directory or another node for backup storage.

Note:

The ldifwrite command requires that the environment variable ORACLE_INSTANCE be set.

Note:

The ldifwrite tool output does not include operational data of the directory itself—for example, cn=subschemasubentry, cn=catalogs, and cn=changelog entries. To export these entries into LDIF format, use ldapsearch with the -L flag.

The ldifwrite tool performs a subtree search, including all entries below the specified DN, including the DN itself.

Using ldifwrite with Replication

When you add data to a node that is part of a Directory Replication Group (DRG), you can use either bulk tools or LDAP tools, depending on the circumstances. The following rules apply:

- When you add new entries to all nodes in the DRG, you can use either bulk tools or LDAP tools. For more than 20K entries, bulk tools are significantly faster. If you use LDAP tools, add the entries to only one node in the DRG and let replication propagate the entries. If you use bulk tools, generate the intermediate file only once from the LDIF file and use that intermediate file to load the entries onto all the nodes in the DRG.

- When you copy existing entries from one node to another in the same replication group, use bulk tools. Use the bulkload option restore=true when you upload the data.

- If the LDIF file contains operational attributes, which it does when created with ldifwrite, use bulkload to add the entries.

- If the replication agreement is a partial replication agreement, use ldifwrite with the base DN as the replication agreement DN to write the entries to the LDIF file. Then use bulkload with the restore=true option to load the data.

3.15.1 Syntax for ldifwrite

ldifwrite connect=connect_string basedn=Base_DN ldiffile=LDIF_Filename [filter=LDAP_Filter] [threads=num_of_threads] [debug="TRUE"|"FALSE"] [encode=character_set] [verbose="TRUE"|"FALSE"]

3.15.2 Arguments for ldifwrite

connect

Required. The directory database connect string. If you already have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

basedn

Required. The base DN of the subtree to be written out in LDIF format.

If the base DN is a replication agreement entry, then you can back up part of the naming context based on the LDAP naming context configuration. Specify the replication agreement DN in this case.

ldiffile

Required. The full path and file name of the output LDIF file.

filter

Optional. This is the LDAP filter to be used. You can specify a filter to select entries that match a particular criteria. Only these entries would be written to the LDIF file.

threads

Optional. The number of threads used to read from the directory store and write to the LDIF output file. The default is the number of CPUs plus one.

debug

Optional. The debug option reports the logging level. This is useful in case the command runs into errors. The output is logged to the ldifwrite.log file. This file can be found under ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools.

encode

Optional. The native character set encoding. Defaults to the character set of the user's terminal. Each supported character set has a unique acronym, for example, WE8MSWIN1252, JA16SJIS, or AL32UTF8.

verbose

3.15.3 Tasks and Examples for ldifwrite

Using the ldifwrite command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks

- Converting All Entries under a Naming Context to an LDIF File

- Converting a Partial Naming Context to an LDIF File

- Converting Entries that Match Criteria to an LDIF File

3.15.3.1 Converting All Entries under a Naming Context to an LDIF File

The following example writes all the entries under ou=Europe,o=imc,c=us into the output1.ldif file.

The LDIF file and the intermediate file are always written to the current directory.

The ldifwrite tool includes the operational attributes of each entry in the directory, including createtimestamp, creatorsname, and orclguid.

When prompted for the Oracle Internet Directory password, enter the password of the ODS database user account.

Example:

ldifwrite connect="nldap" basedn="ou=Europe, o=imc, c=us" ldiffile="output1.ldif"

3.15.3.2 Converting a Partial Naming Context to an LDIF File

The following example uses the following naming context objects defined in partial replication:

dn: cn=includednamingcontext000001,
cn=replication namecontext,
orclagreementid=000001,
orclreplicaid=node replica identifier,
cn=replication configuration
orclincludednamingcontexts: c=us
orclexcludednamingcontexts: ou=Americas, c=us
orclexcludedattributes: userpassword
objectclass: top
objectclass: orclreplnamectxconfig

In this example, all entries under c=us are backed up except ou=Americas,c=us. The userpassword attribute is also excluded.

Example:

ldifwrite connect="nldap" basedn="cn=includednamingcontext000001, \
cn=replication namecontext,orclagreementid=000001, \
orclreplicaid=node replica identifier,cn=replication configuration" \
ldiffile="output2.ldif"

3.15.3.3 Converting Entries that Match Criteria to an LDIF File

The following example writes entries under ou=users,o=test,c=us that have sn="Stuart" to an output LDIF file, output3.ldif.

Example:

ldifwrite connect="nldap" basedn="ou=users, o= test, c=us" filter="sn=xyz" ldiffile="output3.ldif"

3.15.4 Related Command-Line Tools for ldifwrite

- "ldapsearch"

- "ldifmigrator"

- "bulkload"

3.16 upgradecert.pl

Starting with Release 10.1.2, a certificate hash value can be used to bind to Oracle Internet Directory. The introduction of this hash value requires that user certificates issued before Release 10.1.2 be updated in the directory. This is a post-upgrade step and it is required only if user certificates are provisioned in the directory. The upgradecert.pl tool is used for this purpose.

Before running the upgradecert.pl tool:

1. Make sure that the Oracle Internet Directory server instance is up and running.

2. Check that you are running Perl 5.6 or later. Run this command:

perl -version

3. Make sure that the environment variable PERL5LIB is set to the proper PERL library location.

4. Check that you can run ldapmodify and ldapsearch from your command prompt.

5. Determine whether you have enough disk space to run the tool. The amount of disk space required depends upon the number of certificates stored.

3.16.1 Syntax for upgradecert.pl

perl ORACLE_HOME/ldap/bin/upgradecert.pl -h oid_hostname -D "binddn"
-w password [-p ldap_port] [-t temp_dir]

3.16.2 Arguments for upgradecert.pl

-h oid_hostname

Required. The host name or IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

-D "binddn"

Required. The DN of the Oracle Internet Directory user needed to bind to the directory (for example, cn=orcladmin).

-q

Required unless -w is used. Causes the command to prompt for the user password needed to bind to the directory. A password supplied at the command prompt is not visible on the screen.

-w password

Required unless -q is used. The user password needed to bind to the directory. Avoid supplying a password on the command line whenever possible. A password typed on the command line is visible on your screen. The -w password option is disabled when LDAP_PASSWORD_PROMPTONLY is set to true. See "Using Passwords with Command-Line Tools".

-t temp_dir

Optional. The location of the temporary working directory. This is where the log file is found. The default is $ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools if the ORACLE_INSTANCE environment variable is set. If this variable is not set, the default is the current directory.

3.16.3 Tasks and Examples for upgradecert.pl

Using the upgradecert.pl tool, you can perform the following task:

- Upgrading User Certificates Stored in the Directory from Releases Prior to 10.1.2

3.16.3.1 Upgrading User Certificates Stored in the Directory from Releases Prior to 10.1.2

Example:

perl ORACLE_HOME/ldap/bin/upgradecert.pl -h myhost.company.com \
-D "cn=orcladmin" -w password

3.16.4 Related Command-Line Tools for upgradecert.pl

- N/A

4 Oracle Internet Directory Replication Management Tools

This chapter describes the following command-line tools used to administer Oracle Internet Directory replication:

- ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge (Human Intervention Queue Management Tools)

- oidcmprec (Oracle Internet Directory Compare and Reconcile Tool)

- remtool (Replication Environment Management Tool)

See Also:

The replication chapters in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

4.1 ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge

When a replication conflict arises, the Oracle Internet Directory replication server places the change in the retry queue and tries to apply it from there for a specified number of times. If it fails after the specified number of retries, the replication server puts the change in the human intervention queue. From there, the replication server repeats the change application process at less frequent intervals while awaiting your action.

At this point, you must:

1. Examine the change in the human intervention queue.

2. Reconcile the conflicting changes using the Compare and Reconcile Tool (see "oidcmprec"

3. Either place the change back into the retry queue, by using ManageHiq.retry, or into the purge queue, by using ManageHiq.purge.

Note:

The Oracle Internet Directory server parameter orclSizeLimit, which is 1000 by default, limits the number of entries that the human intervention queue manipulation tools can process. If you have more than 1000 entries in the human intervention queue, you must increase orclSizeLimit, or some entries will never be processed. Setting the parameter orclSizeLimit very high impacts server performance, because orclSizeLimit also controls the maximum number of entries to be returned by a search. The DN containing orclSizeLimit is

cn=componentname,cn=osdldapd,cn=subconfigsubentry

4.1.1 Syntax for ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge

You invoke ManageHiq.retry and ManageHiq.purge as PL/SQL commands at the SQL prompt, as follows:

$ sqlplus /nologSQL> connect ods;
SQL> Enter password
SQL> Set serveroutput ON
SQL> exec ManageHiq.retry(SupplierNode, EqualChgNo, StartChgNo, EndChgNo)
SQL> exit

$ sqlplus /nologSQL> connect ods;
SQL> Enter password
SQL> Set serveroutput ON
SQL> exec (ManageHiq.purgeSupplierNode, EqualChgNo, StartChgNo, EndChgNo)
SQL> exit

You must set server output ON to display the success or error message. The arguments are:

EqualChgNo–The change number to be moved to the retry queue.

StartChgNo–The starting number. All the change numbers after this should be moved to the retry queue.

EndChgNo–The ending change. All change numbers less than or equal to this change number that should be moved to the retry queue.

4.1.2 Examples for ManageHiq.retry

Move the changelog on node1, for change numbers between 300 and 1000 and supplier node2, to the retry queue.

exec Managehiq.retry('node2_orcl', 0, 300, 1000)

Move all the changelogs on node1 for supplier node2_orcl to the retry queue.

exec Managehiq.retry('node2_orcl', 0, 0, 0)

or

exec Managehiq.retry('node2_orcl')

4.1.3 Examples for ManageHiq.purge

Purge the changelog on node1 where the change number is 2152 and the supplier is node2 (supplierNode = node2_orcl)

exec Managehiq.purge('node2_orcl', 2152)

Purge the changelog on node1 where the change number is greater than 200 and the supplier is node2_orcl

exec Managehiq.purge('node2_orcl', 0, 200)

Or

exec Managehiq.purge('node2_orcl', 0, 200, 0)

Purge the changelog on node1 where the change number is less than 2000 and the supplier is node2_orcl

exec Managehiq.purge('node2_orcl', 0, 0, 2000)

4.2 oidcmprec

The Compare and Reconcile Tool allows you to compare one Oracle Internet Directory with another, detect conflicts or discrepancies, and optionally resolve them. The directories being compared can be standalone directories or part of the same replication group. You can compare two individual entries, subtrees, or entire directories. You can also compare directory schema.

See Also:

The section "Comparing and Reconciling Inconsistent Data by Using oidcmprec" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

The oidcmprec tool can detect and resolve the following conflict scenarios:

- Entry only in source directory (entos)

- Entry only in destination directory (entod)

- Attribute only in source directory (atros)

- Attribute only in destination directory (atrod)

- Single-valued attribute differs (svatrdif)

- Multi-valued attribute differs (mvatrdif)

- Entry DN differs (dndif)

The oidcmprec tool can also detect and resolve the following schema conflict scenarios:

- Object class definition exists only in source directory (odefos)

- Object class definition exists only in destination directory (odefod)

- Object class definition different in source and destination directory (odefdif)

- Attribute definition exists only in source directory (adefos)

- Attribute definition exists only in destination directory (adefod)

- Attribute definition different in source and destination directory (adefdif)

4.2.1 Syntax for oidcmprec

oidcmprec operation=compare | reconcile | merge | merge_dryrun |userdefinedcr
source=host:port
destination=host:port
base="'dn1' 'dn2' 'dn3' ..."
[ ssslport=true | false ]
[ dsslport=true | false ]
[ dns2exclude="'edn1' 'edn2' 'edn3' ..."]
[ scope=base | subtree | onelevel ]
[ filter=filter_that_conforms_to_RFC_2254]
[ threads=number_of_worker_threads ]
[ dnthreads=number_of_dn_threads ]
[ exclattr=space_separated_list_of_attributes_to_be_excluded |
inclattr=space_separated_list_of_attributes_to_be_included ]
[ compareby=tool | ldapserver ]
[ filename=file_name_without_extension_to_store_compare_report]
[ genchglog=d[efault] | t[rue] | f[alse] ]
[ reconaver=t[rue] | f[alse]]
[ verbose=t[rue] | f[alse] ]
[ force=t[rue] | f[alse] ]
[ contonerr = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logrpt = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logs2d = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logd2s = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logeos = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logeod = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logdif = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ logerr = t[rue] | f[alse]
[ qlogfreq=frequency ]
[ help=t[rue] | f[alse] ]
[ entos=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | log ]
[ entod=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | log ]
[ atros=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | usenewer |
log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid |
log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log ]
[ atrod=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | usenewer |
log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid |
log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log ]
[ svatrdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest |
usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder |
usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid
| log ]
[ mvatrdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | merge
| log2merge | usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder |
log2useolder | usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid |
log2usebigguid | log ]
[ dndif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | log ]
[ odefos=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log ]
[ odefod=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log ]
[ odefdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | merge |
log2merge | log ]
[ adefos=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log ]
[ adefod=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log ]
[ adefdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | log ]

oidcmprec  paramfile=file_containing_parameters]

oidcmprec [ xmlparamfile=file_containing_parameters_in_XML_format]

4.2.2 Arguments for oidcmprec

operation=compare | reconcile | merge | merge_dryrun | userdefinedcr

Required. The operation to perform. The operation argument can take the following values:

- compare: Compares the two directories, reports conflicts, and logs the changes that must be applied to the destination directory to resolve conflicts.

- reconcile: Compares the two directories, resolves conflicts, and logs the changes applied to the destination directory to resolve conflicts.

- merge: Compares the two directories and synchronizes them, updates both the source and destination directories. The source directory wins in case of a conflict.

- merge_dryrun: Performs a dry run of the merge operation. Logs all changes that must be made to synchronize the source and destination directories.

- userdefinedcr: Performs a user-defined compare and reconcile operation. Allows the user to choose the conflict resolution rules.

By default, the oidcmprec tool excludes operational attributes during comparison.That is, oidcmprec does not compare the operational attributes values in source and destination directory entries. During reconciliation of user defined attributes however, operational attributes might be changed.

source=host:port

Required. The connection string used to bind to the source Oracle Internet Directory node. You are prompted for the replication DN password. If you do not supply the hostname or port information on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the information. The connection string is composed of the following elements:

- The host name of the directory server that acts as the source directory

- The LDAP listening port of the directory server

destination=host:port

Required. The connection string used to bind to the source Oracle Internet Directory node. You are prompted for the replication DN password. If you do not supply the hostname or port information on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the information. The connection string is composed of the following elements:

- The host name of the directory server that acts as the destination directory

- The LDAP listening port of the directory server

base=" 'dn1' 'dn2' 'dn3' ..."

Required. Specifies the Distinguished Names (DNs) from where the comparison operation begins. The scope argument determines if child entries and subtrees of the base DNs would be compared as well.

ssslport=true | false

Optional. Specifies whether the source directory port is SSL or not. The default value is false. To specify this in an XML parameter file, use the isSSLPort parameter. See the example in "Using a Parameter File in XML Format".

dsslport=true | false

Optional. Specifies whether the destination port is SSL or not. The default value is false. To specify this in an XML parameter file, use the isSSLPort parameter. See the example in "Using a Parameter File in XML Format".

dns2exclude=" 'edn1' 'edn2' 'edn3' ..."

Optional. Specifies DNs that are to be excluded from the comparison operation. These DNs must be child entries or subtrees of the DNs specified in the base argument.

scope=base | subtree | onelevel

Optional. Specifies whether the child entries and subtrees of a base DN are also compared. The scope argument can take the following values:

- base: Only the DNs specified in the base argument are compared. This is the default value.

- subtree: Directory information trees (DITs) identified by the DNs specified in the base argument are compared.

- onelevel: Only the immediate children of the DNs specified in the base argument are compared.

filter=filter_that_conforms_to_RFC_2254

Optional. Only the entries that match the filter conditions are compared. The filter must be in the same format you would specify for ldapsearch. That is, it must conform to RFC 2254.

threads=number_of_worker_threads

Optional. Specifies the number of worker threads that should be created. Worker threads are responsible for comparing entries, and reconciling the differences. One worker thread is created, by default.

If the scope is base, then the threads argument is ignored and it spawns one worker thread and one DN thread.

dnthreads=number_of_dn_threads

Optional. Specifies the number of DN threads that should be created. DN threads are responsible for collecting all DNs that must be compared.

One DN thread is created, by default. The total number of DN threads and worker threads cannot exceed "6 * Number of CPUs - 2". If the total number of DN threads and worker threads exceeds the maximum value, the tool reduces both values proportionately to "6 * Number of CPUs - 2".

exclattr=space_separated_list_of_attributes_to_be_excluded | inclattr=space_separated_list_of_attributes_to_be_included

Optional. Specifies the list of attributes to be excluded or included for comparison. You can either specify a list of attributes to be excluded, using exclattrclattr, or specify a list of attributes to be included, using inclattr.

All attributes are included by default, except the following operational attributes:

- creatorsname

- createtimestamp

- modifiersname

- modifytimestamp

- orclentrydn

- orclnormdn

Notes:

- The exclattr and inclattr attributes cannot be used together, except when you use "*" for inclattr.

- By default, the oidcmprec tool excludes operational attributes during comparison.That is, oidcmprec does not compare the operational attributes values in source and destination directory entries. During reconciliation of user defined attributes however, operational attributes might be changed.

The option allows limited pattern matching. You can use attributename* to match all attributes starting with attributename. You can also use attributename;* to match all subtypes of attributename.

compareby=tool | ldapserver

Optional. Specifies whether the compare operation is performed by the tool or ldapserver. A compare operation performed by the tool is several times faster than a compare operation performed by ldapserver.

filename=file_name

Optional. Specifies a base name for the report files that would be generated by the tool. Do not specify an extension with the file name. The tool generates the following files:

- file_name.rpt: This file contains the DNs of all entries compared and the compare results. This file is known as the rpt file.

- file_name.s2d.ldif: This file contains all changes that were applied (or to be applied) to the destination directory. s2d stands for source directory to destination directory. This file is known as the s2d file.

- file_name.d2s.ldif: This file contains all changes that were applied (or to be applied) to the source directory. d2s stands for destination directory to source directory. This file is known as the d2s file.

- file_name.eos.rpt: This file lists DNs of entries that exist only in the source directory. eos stands for entries available only in the source directory. This file is known as the eos file.

- file_name.eod.rpt: This file lists DNs of entries that exist only in the destination directory. eod stands for entries available only in the destination directory. This file is known as the eod file.

- file_name.dif.rpt: This file lists the DNs that are different in the source and destination directories along with the names of the DN attributes that differ. This file is known as the dif file.

- file_name.err: This file contains all the error messages. It is known as the err file.

genchglog=d[efault] | t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Determines whether a change log is created for the changes made by the oidcmprec tool. The genchglog argument can have the following values:

- default: The OID server settings decide whether a change log is generated or not. Change logs are generated if the root entry's orcldiprepository attribute is set to true. A value of false means that change logs are not generated. The same rule applies for both the source and destination directories. default is the default value for gechglog.

- true: Change logs are always generated irrespective of the settings on the source and destination directories.

- false: Change logs are never generated irrespective of the settings on the source and destination directories.

reconaver=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Determines whether attribute version reconciliation support is provided. The default value is false. Source and destination directory versions must be greater than 11.1.1.0.0 or directories must have the appropriate patch.

verbose=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Determines whether the rpt file is shown on the screen. The default value is false. When set to true, verbose displays the report file on the screen as it is generated. When verbose is set to false, the tool shows its progress on the screen by displaying the count of entries it has processed.

force=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Determines whether the tool prompts the user for confirmation before performing the specified operation. The default value is false. When set to true, the tool does not prompt the user for confirmation before performing the specified operation.

contonerr=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Determines whether the tool shall continue when it encounters an error. The contonerr argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool continues to process other entries even if there is an error. This is the default value for contonerr.

- false: The tool stops if it encounters an error.

Note:

If the tool encounters a critical error, it stops irrespective of the value passed to contonerr.

logrpt=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.rpt file. The logrpt argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logs2d=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.s2d.ldif file. The logs2d argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logd2s=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.d2s.ldif file. The logs2d argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logeos=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.eos.rpt file. The logeos argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logeod=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.eod.rpt file. The logeod argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logdif=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.dif.rpt file. The logdif argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

logerr=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. Controls whether the tool generates the file_name.err file. The logdif argument can have the following values:

- true: The tool generates the file. This is the default.

- false: The tool does not generate the file.

qlogfreq=frequency

Optional. The tool can dump the total number of entries loaded by the tool in memory and the number of entries in each of oidcmprec's various queues. The entry counts are logged in the file oidcmprec.log. Use the qlogfreq argument to specify how frequently oidcmprec logs this information. Possible values are from 1 to 5000. The lower the value, the shorter the interval. For frequent entry counts, use a value between 5 and 10.

help=t[rue] | f[alse]

Optional. When set to true, the tool displays help on the oidcmprec command. The default value is false.

entos=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use in case an entry exists only in the source directory. The following values are allowed:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- add: Add the entry to the peer directory

- del: Delete the entry from the directory

- log2add: Same as add except that the change is logged to an LDIF file and not directly effected in the peer directory

- log2del: Same as del except that the change is logged to an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory

- log: Log the conflict in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-1shows the default values of the entos argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-1 Default Values for the entos Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2add

reconcile

add

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

entod=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use in case an entry exists only in the destination directory. The values allowed are the same as the entos argument.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-2 shows the default values of the entod argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-2 Default Values for the entod Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2delete

reconcile

delete

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

atros=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use in case an attribute exists only in the source directory. The following values are allowed:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- add: Add the attribute to the corresponding entry in the peer directory

- del: Delete the attribute from the directory

- log2add: Same as add, except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the peer directory.

- log2del: Same as del except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- usenewer: Check the modifytimestamp value to determine if the attribute should be deleted from the directory or added to the peer directory. The directory with the newer modifytimestamp value wins. If the modifytimestamp values are the same, then the source directory wins.

- log2usenewer: Same as usenewer except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- useolder: Check the modifytimestamp value to determine if the attribute should be deleted from the directory or added to the peer directory. The directory with the older modifytimestamp value wins. If the modifytimestamp values are the same, then the source directory wins.

- log2useolder: Same as useolder except that the change is logged to an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- usesmallguid: Check the GUID value to determine if the attribute should be deleted from the directory or added to the peer directory. The directory with the smaller GUID value wins. The GUID values would be the same in the same replication group. This rule is intended for nonreplication environments. If the GUID values are the same in both directories, then the source directory wins.

- log2usesmallguid: Same as usesmallguid except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- usebigguid: Check the GUID value to determine if the attribute should be deleted from the directory or added to the peer directory. The directory with the bigger GUID value wins. The GUID values would be the same in the same replication group. This rule is intended for nonreplication environments. If the GUID values are the same in both directories, then the source directory wins.

- log2usebigguid: Same as usebigguid except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- log: Log the conflict in the report file and take no other action.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-3 shows the default values of the atros argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-3 Default Values for the atros Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2add

reconcile

add

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

atrod=ignore | add | del | log2add | log2del | usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use in case an attribute exists only in the destination directory. The values allowed are the same as the atros argument.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-4 shows the default values of the atrod argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-4 Default Values for the atrod Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2delete

reconcile

delete

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

svatrdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when a single-valued attribute for an entry is different in the two directories. The following values are allowed for the svatrdif argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- usesrc: Replace the value of the attribute in the destination directory with the value of the attribute in the source directory

- log2usesrc: Same as usesrc, except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the destination directory

- usedest: Replace the value of the attribute in the source directory with the value of the attribute in the destination directory

- log2usedest: Same as usedest except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the source directory

- usenewer: If the modifystamp value of the attribute in the source directory is newer than the destination directory, then update the attribute value in the destination directory. If the modifystamp value of the attribute in the destination directory is newer, then change the attribute value in the source directory. If the modifystamp values in both directories are the same, then the source directory wins.

- log2usenewer: Same as usenewer except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- useolder: If the modifystamp value of the attribute in the source directory is older than the destination directory, then update the attribute value in the destination directory. If the modifystamp value of the attribute in the destination directory is older, then change the attribute value in the source directory. If the modifystamp values in both directories are the same, then the source directory wins.

- log2useolder: Same as useolder except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- usesmallguid: If the source directory entry's GUID is smaller than the destination directory entry's GUID, then update the attribute in the destination directory. If the destination directory entry's GUID is smaller, then update the attribute in the source directory. If the GUID values are the same, then the source directory wins. This rule is meant for nonreplication environments, as the GUID values would be the same in the same replication group.

- log2usesmallguid: Same as usesmallguid except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- usebigguid: If the source directory entry's GUID is bigger than the destination directory entry's GUID, then update the attribute in the destination directory. If the destination directory entry's GUID is bigger, then update the attribute in the source directory. If the GUID values are the same, then the source directory wins. This rule is meant for nonreplication environments, as the GUID values would be the same in the same replication group.

- log2usebigguid: Same as usebigguid except that the change is logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- log: Log the conflict in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-5 shows the default values of the svatrdif argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-5 Default Values for the svatrdif Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2usesrc

reconcile

usesrc

merge

usesrc

merge_dryrun

log2usesrc

userdefinedcr

ignore

mvatrdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | merge | log2merge | usenewer | log2usenewer | useolder | log2useolder | usesmallguid | log2usesmallguid | usebigguid | log2usebigguid | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when a multivalued attribute for an entry is different in the two directories. The values allowed are the same as the svatrdif argument. This argument also has other values that do not exist for the svatrdif argument. The following are values specific to the mvatrdif argument:

- merge: The missing attribute values in the destination directory are added from the source directory and those missing in the source directory are added from the destination directory.

- log2merge: Same as merge except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-6 shows the default values of the mvatrdif argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-6 Default Values for the mvatrdif Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2usesrc

reconcile

usesrc

merge

merge

merge_dryrun

log2merge

userdefinedcr

ignore

dndif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an entry has different DNs in the source and destination directories. The following values are allowed for the dndif argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- usesrc: Change the DN of the entry in the destination directory to that of the source directory

- log2usesrc: Same as usesrc except that the change is logged into an LDIF file, and not directly effected in the destination directory

- usedest: Change the DN of the entry in the source directory to that of the destination directory

- log2usedest: Same as usedest except that the change is logged into an LDIF file, and not directly effected in the source directory

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-7 shows the default values of the mvatrdif argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-7 Default Values for the mvatrdif Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2usesrc

reconcile

usesrc

merge

log2usesrc

merge_dryrun

usesrc

userdefinedcr

ignore

odefos=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an object class definition exists only in the source directory. The following values are allowed for the odefos argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and do not take any action

- add: Add the object class definition to the peer directory

- log2add: Same as add except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- del: Delete the object class definition from the directory

- log2del: Same as del except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory

- log: Log the conflict in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-8 shows the default values of the odefos argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-8 Default Values for the odefos Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2add

reconcile

add

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

odefod=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an object class definition exists only in the destination directory. The values allowed for the odefod argument are the same as the odefos argument.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-9 shows the default values of the odefod argument, corresponding to the operations specified.

Table 4-9 Default Values for the odefod Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2del

reconcile

del

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

odefdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | merge | log2merge | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an object class definition is different in the source and destination directories. The following values are allowed for the odefdif argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- usesrc: Replace the object class definition in the destination directory with the object class definition in the source directory

- log2usesrc: Same as usesrc except that the changes are logged in an LDIF file and not directly effected in the destination directory

- usedest: Replace the object class definition in the source directory with the object class definition in the destination directory

- log2usedest: Same as usedest except that the changes are logged in an LDIF file and not directly effected in the source directory

- merge: Merge the object class definitions. This involves adding optional and mandatory attributes available in one directory to the other directory

- log2merge: Same as merge except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory

- log: Log the conflicts in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-10 shows the default values of the odefdif argument, corresponding to the operation specified.

Table 4-10 Default Values for the odefdif Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2usesrc

reconcile

usesrc

merge

merge

merge_dryrun

log2merge

userdefinedcr

ignore

adefos=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an attribute definition exists only in the source directory. The following values are allowed for the adefos argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and do not take any action

- add: Add the attribute definition to the peer directory

- log2add: Same as add except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory.

- del: Delete the attribute definition from the directory

- log2del: Same as del except that the changes are logged into an LDIF file and not directly effected in the directory

- log: Log the conflict in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-11 shows the default values of the adefos argument, corresponding to the operation specified.

Table 4-11 Default Values for the adefos Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2add

reconcile

add

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

adefod=ignore | add | log2add | del | log2del | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an attribute definition exists only in the destination directory. The values allowed for the adefod argument are the same as the adefos argument.

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-12 shows the default values of the adefod argument, corresponding to the operation specified.

Table 4-12 Default Values for the adefod Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2del

reconcile

del

merge

add

merge_dryrun

log2add

userdefinedcr

ignore

adefdif=ignore | usesrc | log2usesrc | usedest | log2usedest | log

Optional. Specifies the conflict resolution rule to use when an attribute definition is different in the source and destination directories. The following values are allowed for the adefdif argument:

- ignore: Ignore the conflict and take no action

- usesrc: Replace the attribute definition in the destination directory with the attribute definition in the source directory

- log2usesrc: Same as usesrc except that the changes are logged in an LDIF file and not directly effected in the destination directory

- usedest: Replace the attribute definition in the source directory with the attribute definition in the destination directory

- log2usedest: Same as usedest except that the changes are logged in an LDIF file and not directly effected in the source directory

- log: Log the conflicts in the report file and take no other action

The default value depends on the operation specified. Table 4-13 shows the default values of the adefdif argument, corresponding to the operation specified.

Table 4-13 Default Values for the adefdif Argument

Operation

Default Value

compare

log2usesrc

reconcile

usesrc

merge

usesrc

merge_dryrun

log2usesrc

userdefinedcr

ignore

paramfile=filename_that_contains_the_above_parameters

Optional. Specifies a parameter file to supply argument values. A parameter file can be used to supply arguments that are normally entered at the command line. The file should contain argument=value pairs either separated by whitespace characters or entered on separate lines. If an argument is contained in the parameter file and also supplied through the command line, then the command line value overrides the parameter file value for that argument.

xmlParamFile=file_containing_parameters_in_XML_format

Optional. Specifies an XML parameter file to supply argument values. If an argument is contained in the parameter file and also supplied through the command line, then the command line value overrides the parameter file value for that argument.

4.2.3 Tasks and Examples for oidcmprec

This section provides examples for tasks that can be performed using the oidcmprec command. The following examples discuss various operations that can be performed with the oidcmprec tool:

- Comparing and Reconciling Individual Entries in Two Directories

- Comparing and Reconciling Subtrees in Two Directories

- Comparing and Reconciling Entire Directories

- Performing User-Defined Compare and Reconcile Operations

- Merging Two Directories

- Including and Excluding Attributes

- Overriding Default Conflict Resolution Rules

- Using a Parameter File

- Generating Change Logs

- Performing Directory Schema Operations

4.2.3.1 Comparing and Reconciling Individual Entries in Two Directories

This example compares the DN, "cn=Anne Smith,cn=users,dc=uk,dc=acme,dc=com", in the source and destination directories. The default conflict resolution rules for the compare operation are used. You are prompted for the source directory and destination directory passwords.

Example

oidcmprec base="'cn=Anne Smith,cn=users,dc=uk,dc=acme,dc=com'" \
operation=compare \
source=myhost1.acme.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.acme.com:3060

Enter replication DN password of the source directory      :
Enter replication DN password of the destination directory :

The following example compares the DN, cn=Anne Smith,cn=users,dc=uk,dc=acme,dc=com, in the source and destination directories. It resolves the conflicts that are detected. The default conflict resolution rules for the reconcile operation are used.

Example

oidcmprec base="'cn=Anne Smith,cn=users,dc=uk,dc=acme,dc=com'" \
operation=reconcile \
source=myhost1.acme.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.acme.com:3060

4.2.3.2 Comparing and Reconciling Subtrees in Two Directories

This example compares the naming context, dc=com, in the two directories. The scope attribute has been set to subtree. This allows the entire directory information tree (DIT) under the base DN, dc=com, to be compared. The threads and dnThreads arguments specify the number of worker threads and DN threads. The cmpres file is used to store the report for the operation.

Example

oidcmprec base="'dc=com'" \
operation=compare scope=subtree \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
threads=5 dnthreads=2 filename=cmpres

The following example performs the reconcile operation on two subtrees namely, dc=com and dc=org. The dns2exclude argument is used to exclude the c=us,dc=mycom,dc=com and c=uk,dc=myorg,dc=org subtrees from the operation.

Example

oidcmprec base="'dc=com'  'dc=org'" \
dns2exclude="'c=us,dc=mycom,dc=com' 'c=uk,dc=myorg,dc=org'"
operation=reconcile scope=subtree \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \

4.2.3.3 Comparing and Reconciling Entire Directories

The following example compares a directory residing on host1 with another directory residing on host2. The base argument is set to " " and the scope argument is set to subtree.

Example

oidcmprec operation=compare source=host1:3060 \
destination=host2:3070 \          base="' '" scope=subtree

The following example reconciles a directory residing on myhost1 with another directory residing on myhost2. Entire directories are compared except the DN, c=us,dc=mycom,dc=com.

Example

oidcmprec base="' '" \
dns2exclude="'c=us,dc=mycom,dc=com'"
operation=reconcile scope=subtree \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
threads=5 dnthreads=2 file=cmpres

Note:

When you compare entire directories, the following DNs and their subtrees are excluded:

- root DSE entry

- cn=auditlog

- cn=baseschema

- cn=catalogs

- cn=events

- cn=oracle internet directory

- cn=replication configuration

- cn=server configuration

- cn=subconfigsubentry

- cn=subregistrysubentry

- cn=subschemasubentry

You can include these entries by specifying them explicitly in the base argument.

4.2.3.4 Performing User-Defined Compare and Reconcile Operations

This example makes use of user-defined values for the -entos, -entod, -atros, -svatrdif, -mvatrdif, and -dndif arguments. Conflict resolution arguments not specified on the command line, like -atrod, are set to ignore.

Example

oidcmprec operation=userdefinedcr scope=subtree \
base="'dc=com'  'dc=org'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
entos=add entod=ignore atros=add \
svatrdif=usesrc mvatrdif=usesrc dndif=ignore \
threads=5 dnthreads=2 file=myreconcile

4.2.3.5 Merging Two Directories

This example synchronizes the dc=com subtree in two directories. The merge operation updates both the source and destination directories.

Example

oidcmprec operation=merge scope=subtree base="'dc=com'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
file=merge

4.2.3.6 Including and Excluding Attributes

The following example performs a compare operation. It uses the exclattr argument to exclude the orclguid, category, userpassword, and authpassword attributes. The example makes use of wildcard pattern matching to exclude the authpassword attribute subtypes.

Example

oidcmprec operation=compare scope=subtree base="'dc=com'  'dc=org'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
exclattr="userpassword authpassword authpassword;* orclguid category"
threads=5 dnthreads=2 file=compare

The following example makes use of the inclattr argument to include the userpassword, cn, sn givenname, and mail attributes.

Example

oidcmprec operation=compare scope=subtree base="'dc=com'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
inclattr="userpassword cn sn givenname mail"
file=cmpr

The following example includes all attributes for the compare operation except orclguid, creatorsname, and modifiersname attributes.

Example

oidcmprec operation=compare scope=subtree base="'dc=com'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
inclattr="*" exclattr="orclguid creatorsname modifiersname"
file=compare

4.2.3.7 Using a Filter

The following example restricts the comparison to entries that match the filter (cn=*).

Example

oidcmprec source=stadd54:3060 destination=stadd54:3060 \
base="' '" scope=sub operation=compare file=test \
filter="'(cn=*)'"

4.2.3.8 Overriding Default Conflict Resolution Rules

This example performs a compare operation on two directories. It overrides the default conflict resolution rules used for the dndif and mvatrdif arguments. The conflict resolution rule for these arguments is set to ignore.

Example

oidcmprec source=host1:3060 destination=host2:3070 \
base="' '" scope=subtree file=temp operation=compare \
dndif=ignore mvatrdif=ignore

4.2.3.9 Using a Parameter File

This example performs a compare operation on two directories. It uses a parameter file, comp_param to specify command-line arguments. The dnThreads argument is specified both in the file and at the command line. The command-line value of dnThreads overrides the value specified in the parameter file.

Example

oidcmprec paramfile=comp_param dnthreads=3

The following displays the parameter file that is used:

#############################################
#Parameter file for compare and reconcile tool
#Creator   : John
#Date      : 21-Mar-2006
#File Name : comp_param
#############################################
operation=compare
source=staqj13:3060
destination=staqj13:3070
base="cn=oraclecontext"
base="c=uk,dc=mycom,dc=com"
base="c=us,dc=mycom,dc=com"
verbose=false
force=true
threads=6
dnthreads=2
exclattr="orclguid userpassword authpassword authpassword;*"
filename=cmp2006Feb01

4.2.3.10 Using a Parameter File in XML Format

This example performs a compare operation on two directories.

Example

oidcmprec xmlParameterFile=param.xml

The following is an example of an XML parameter file:

<?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes" ?>
- <input>
<operation>compare</operation>
- <source>
<host>stadd54</host>
<port>3060</port>
<password>password</password>
<isSSLPort>false</isSSLPort>
</source>
- <destination>
<host>stadd54</host>
<port>3060</port>
<password>password</password>
<isSSLPort>true</isSSLPort>
</destination>
<base>cn=oraclecontext</base>
<base>o=apple</base>
<dns2exclude>cn=test instance,cn=oraclecontext</dns2exclude>
<dns2exclude>ou=support,o=apple</dns2exclude>
<scope>subtree</scope>
<filter />
<threads>1</threads>
<dnthreads>1</dnthreads>
<inclattr />
<exclattr />
<compareby>tool</compareby>
<filename>test</filename>
<genchglog>default</genchglog>
<force>true</force>
<verbose>false</verbose>
<contonerr>true</contonerr>
- <!--
<entod>ignore</entod>
<entos>ignore</entos>
<atros>ignore</atros>
<atrod>ignore</atrod>
<svatrdif>ignore</svatrdif>
<mvatrdif>ignore</mvatrdif>
<dndif>ignore</dndif>
<adefos>ignore</adefos>
<adefod>ignore</adefod>
<adefdif>ignore</adefdif>
<odefos>ignore</odefos>
<odefod>ignore</odefod>
<odefdif>ignore</odefdif>

-->
</input>

Substitute the password for password in the example. Because the file contains a password, ensure that it is not readable by unauthorized users.

4.2.3.11 Generating Change Logs

The following example uses the genchglog argument to ensure that change logs are generated for the operation. When genchglog is set to true, change logs are generated at both the source and destination directories.

Example

oidcmprec operation=merge scope=subtree base="'dc=com'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
inclattr="*" exclattr="orclguid creatorsname modifiersname"
file=merge  genchglog=true

4.2.3.12 Performing Directory Schema Operations

The following example includes the schema for the selected operation by adding the cn=subschemasubentry DN to the base argument.

Example

oidcmprec operation=merge scope=subtree \
base="'dc=com' 'cn=subschemasubentry'" \
source=myhost1.mycom.com:3060 \
destination=myhost2.mycom.com:3060 \
inclattr="*" exclattr="orclguid creatorsname modifiersname" \
file=merge genchglog=false

4.3 remtool

The Replication Environment Management Tool is used to manage Oracle Internet Directory replication configuration activities.

More specifically, the Replication Environment Management tool:

- Configures Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based multimaster replication.

- Scans the replication environment and verifies an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG).

- Rectifies any problems in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. If the tool cannot rectify a problem, it reports the point or points of failure, which you can then fix manually.

- Reports queue statistics, deferred transactions errors, and administrative request errors of an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG.

- Reconfigures the Oracle Database Advanced Replicationbased DRG.

- Configures LDAP-based replication.

- Reconfigures an LDAP-based directory replication group (DRG).

- Monitors replication progress in a DRG.

See Also:

The section "Managing and Monitoring Replication by Using the Command Line" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

4.3.1 Syntax for remtool

remtool operation [connection_argument] [-v]

operation :=  { -addnode    | -asrsetup   | -chgpwd     | -delnode    |
-asrcleanup | -asrverify  | -asrrectify | -asrdisplay |
-dispqstat  | -suspendasr | -resumeasr  | -asr2ldap   |
-dispasrerr | -paddnode   | -pdelnode   | -pcleanup   |
-pchgpwd    | -pdisplay   | -pchgmaster [ -multimaster]|
-pchgwalpwd | -pdispqstat | -pverify    | -presetpwd |
-psuspendrepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2] |
-presumerepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2]|
-pthput -interval time_in_seconds [-file filename}

connection_argument := { -bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port |

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name }

4.3.2 Terminology Used in remtool Argument Descriptions

In an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based Directory Replication Group (DRG), one node must be identified as the Master Definition Site (MDS). This is the group master. All other nodes in the DRG are termed Remote Master Sites (RMS).

ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG and ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT are tables in Oracle Internet Directory's underlying database that store changelog information. The directory uses change logs to keep track of entries that are being replicated or that are being synchronized by the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning.

4.3.3 Arguments for remtool

operation

Required. The name of the operation to perform using remtool. See the appropriate operation documentation for command-specific syntax, arguments, and usage. The following operations are available:

- -addnode - Adds a new node to an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG). See "The remtool -addnode Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asrsetup - Creates a new directory replication group (DRG) by configuring Oracle Database Advanced Replication. See "The remtool -asrsetup Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -chgpwd - Changes the replication administrator's database account password on all nodes of an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -chgpwd Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -delnode - Deletes a node from an existing Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -delnode Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asrcleanup - Cleans up the set up of an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -asrcleanup Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asrverify - Verifies the setup of Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG, and reports any problems found. See "The remtool -asrverify Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asrrectify - Verifies the setup of Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG, and corrects any problems found. See "The remtool -asrverify Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asrdisplay - Display all replica details in the replication group for an Oracle Database Advanced Replicationn-based setup.

- -dispqstat - Displays the queue statistics of all nodes in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -dispqstat Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -suspendasr - Suspends replication activity for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -suspendasr Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -resumeasr - Resumes replication activity for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -resumeasr Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -asr2ldap - Converts an existing Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based agreement to an LDAP multimaster agreement.

- -dispasrerr - Displays all deferred transaction errors and administrative request errors for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG. See "The remtool -dispasrerr Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -paddnode - Adds a partial replica to an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -paddnode Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pdelnode - Deletes a partial replica from an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -pdelnode Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pcleanup - Cleans up the partial replication setup of an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -pcleanup Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pchgpwd - Changes the password of a replication DN for a replica in an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -pchgpwd Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pdisplay - Displays all replica details in a partial replication group. See "The remtool -pdisplay Operation" for more information about this operation.

- pchgmaster - Breaks agreement with an old LDAP-based supplier (master copy of the naming context) and reestablishes agreement with a new supplier. See "The remtool -pchgmaster Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pchgwalpwd - Changes the wallet password of a replication DN for a replica in an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -pchgwalpwd Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pdispqstat - Displays the queue statistics for a directory replication group (DRG) that uses LDAP-based replication. See "The remtool -pdispqstat Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pverify - Verifies the replication configuration for a DRG node that uses LDAP-based replication. See "The remtool -pverify Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -presetpwd - Resets the password of a replication DN for a replica in an LDAP-based DRG. See "The remtool -presetpwd Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -pilotreplica - Begins or ends pilot mode for a replica. See "The remtool -pilotreplica Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -backupmetadata - Adds the metadata of a pilot replica to a master replica or backs up the metadata of a pilot replica into a file. This operation must be executed at the pilot replica. See "The remtool -backupmetadata Operation" for more information about this operation.

- -psuspendrepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2] - Only used during rolling upgrade. For more information, see the appendix "Performing a Rolling Upgrade" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

- -presumerepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2] - Only used during rolling upgrade. For more information, see the appendix "Performing a Rolling Upgrade" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

- -pthput -interval time_in_seconds [-file filename - Enables you to monitor replication progress in a directory replication group. See The remtool -pthput Operation for more information.]

connection_argument

The connection information to be supplied to remtool. The following connection details are available:

- -bind - Used with LDAP-based replication operations to specify the hostname and port of the supplier. See "The -bind Connection Argument" for more information.

- -connect - Used with Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based replication options to specify the connection string for the master definition site (MDS) or the Remote Master Site (RMS). See "The -connect Connection Argument" for more information.

-v

Optional. Runs the command in verbose mode. Shows detailed output for the command on the screen and also logs all operations in the remtool.log file created in ORACLE_INSTANCE/OID/log.

4.3.4 The remtool -asr2ldap Operation

If there is an existing Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based agreement between two or more nodes, you can convert this agreement to an LDAP multimaster agreement by using the as2ldap operation.

4.3.4.1 Syntax for remtool -asr2ldap

remtool -asr2ldap

4.3.4.2 Arguments for remtool -asr2ldap

The tool prompts you for information, as shown in the example.

4.3.4.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asr2ldap

Using the asr2ldap operation, you can perform the following tasks:

- Converting an Advanced Replication Agreement to an LDAP-Based Agreement

4.3.4.3.1 Converting an Advanced Replication Agreement to an LDAP-Based Agreement

Example:

remtool -asr2ldap

The results are:

Enter replication administrator's name       : repadmin

Enter replication administrator's password   :
Enter global name of MDS                     : inst1.regress.rdbms.dev.example.com
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
tst1     stacu14       INST1.REGRESS.RDBMS.DEV OID 11.1.1.0. stacu14_tst1  MDS
tst12    stacu14       INST2.REGRESS.RDBMS.DEV OID 11.1.1.0. stacu14_tst12 RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Migrating ASR agreement to LDAP MM agreement...

Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "INST2.REGRESS.RDBMS.DEV.EXAMPLE.COM" database at "stacu14" host :
Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "INST1.REGRESS.RDBMS.DEV.example.com" database at "stacu14" host :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASR setup has been cleaned up.------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.5 The remtool -addnode Operation

The addnode operation adds a new node to an existing directory replication group (DRG). You must first create the DRG using "The remtool -addnode Operation". The following usage rules apply to this operation:

- The node to be added must be empty.

- You must know the SYSTEM user password of the new node.

- Oracle Internet Directory processes on the master definition site (MDS) and other remote master sites (RMSs) must be down.

- After the addnode operation is complete, Oracle Internet Directory processes can be restarted.

4.3.5.1 Syntax for remtool -addnode

remtool -addnode [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.5.2 Arguments for remtool -addnode

The tool also prompts you for the database global name (as defined in the tnsnames.ora file) and SYSTEM password for each node to be added.

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.5.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -addnode

Using the addnode operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Adding a New Node to an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

4.3.5.3.1 Adding a New Node to an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

In this example, MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM is added to a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM.

Example:

remtool -addnode -v -connect repadmin@MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM  OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM  OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WARNING:
Make sure that the replication administrator database
account does not exist already in the new node to be
added to the DRG. If the account exists, that
account will be dropped and will be created newly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter global name of new node to be added          : MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM

Enter SYSTEM user password of new node to be added :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adding a new node...

MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating purge job...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Quiescing replication activity...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Adding replication site MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM to replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Resuming replication activity...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid3...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid3" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid3...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid3" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid2...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid2" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid3...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid3" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Node MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM has been added to this DRG.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1     my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2     my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
rid3     my_host       MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid3  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----

4.3.6 The remtool -asrcleanup Operation

The asrcleanup operation cleans up an existing Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based setup. You must know the system password of all nodes taking part in the directory replication group (DRG) to run this operation.

4.3.6.1 Syntax for remtool -asrcleanup

remtool -asrcleanup [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.6.2 Arguments for remtool -asrcleanup

The tool prompts you for the SYSTEM user password for each MDS and RMS node in the DRG

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.6.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrcleanup

Using the asrcleanup operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Cleaning Up an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG Setup

4.3.6.3.1 Cleaning Up an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG Setup

In this example, setup is cleaned up for a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM. The tool prompts you to enter the system password for each site.

Example:

remtool -asrcleanup -v

The results are:

Enter replication administrator's name       : repadmin

Enter replication administrator's password   :
Enter global name of MDS                     : my_host1.my_company.com

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1      my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cleaning up...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication site MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM from replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM" database at "my_host" host :
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MYCOMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM" database at "my_host" host :
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASR setup has been cleaned up.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.7 The remtool -asrrectify Operation

The asrrectify operation is used for detecting and rectifying problems in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG setup. It reports on errors and corrects them. Oracle Corporation recommends that, before running this operation, you stop Oracle Internet Directory servers.To use the asrrectify operation, all nodes in the DRG must be up and running. The operation fails if any of the nodes are not running.If necessary, the asrrectify operation prompts for the SYSTEM user password.

4.3.7.1 Syntax for remtool -asrrectify

remtool -asrrectify [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.7.2 Arguments for remtool -asrrectify

The tool may also prompt you for the SYSTEM user password for each MDS and RMS node in the DRG.

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.7.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrrectify

Using the asrrectify operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Detecting and Correcting Errors in an Advanced Replication-Based DRG Setup

4.3.7.3.1 Detecting and Correcting Errors in an Advanced Replication-Based DRG Setup

In this example, setup errors are deducted and rectified in a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM. The tool detects that a user has changed global name of MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM to NEWNAME.MY_COMPANY.COM after setting up Advanced Replication. It rectifies this error first before continuing with other checks.

Example:

remtool -asrrectify -v -conn repadmin@my_host1.my_company.com

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM" database at "my_host" host :
NEWNAME.MY_COMPANY.COM : Renaming global name to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM (instance name : rid2, hostname : my_host)
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Global name of database "rid2" at host "my_host" has been changed to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Global name of database "rid2" at host "my_host" has been changed to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1      my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rectifying ASR setup...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication administrator roles...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication administrator roles...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying database links...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying database links...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying purge job...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying purge job...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying scheduled links...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying scheduled links...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying availability of replication objects...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying availability of replication objects...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication group...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Resuming replication activity...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication group...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Resuming replication activity...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...

--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
DB Name               Init   Repl   DB     Purge  Sch.   Repl   Repl
Param  Admin  Links  Job    Links  Group  Agrmt
Role                               Entry
--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.  Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd
--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
Legends :
Chkd  - Checked. No errors.
Crtd  - ASR setup errors were found and corrected.
Err   - Error occurred while doing ASR setup verification.
NCrtd - ASR setup has errors, but not corrected.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.8 The remtool -asrsetup Operation

The asrsetup operation is used to create a new Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG). A DRG consists of a master definition site (MDS) and one or more remote master sites (RMS).

Before you begin, stop all Oracle Internet Directory server processes on the MDS and RMS sites. After the setup operation is completed, you can restart all Oracle Internet Directory processes and replication server processes.

4.3.8.1 Syntax for remtool -asrsetup

remtool -arssetup [-v]

4.3.8.2 Arguments for remtool -asrsetup

Only the optional -v argument is specified on the command-line. The tool prompts you for the following information.

- The database global name of the MDS (as defined in the tnsnames.ora file).

- A replication administrator password for the MDS

- The SYSTEM password for the MDS

- The database global for each RMS (as defined in the tnsnames.ora file).

- The SYSTEM password for each RMS

4.3.8.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrsetup

Using the asrsetup operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Creating an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

4.3.8.3.1 Creating an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

In this example, a DRG is created consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM.

Example:

remtool -asrsetup -v

The results are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASR Setup for OID Replication
WARNING:
Make sure that the replication administrator that you
enter below does not exist already in any of the nodes
that will be part of the DRG to be created now. If the
user exists, that user will be dropped and will be
created newly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter replication administrator's name       : repadmin

Enter replication administrator's password   :
Reenter replication administrator's password :
Enter Master Definition Site (MDS) details   :
Enter global name of MDS                     : MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

Enter SYSTEM user password of MDS            :
Enter Remote Master Site (RMS) details       :
Enter global name of RMS #  1                : MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM

Enter SYSTEM user password of MDS            :
Are there more Remote Master Sites in the group? [y/n/q] : n

Verify the details you had entered.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication administrator's name   : repadmin
Master Definition Site             : MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM
Remote Master Site #  1            : MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM
Are these details correct? [y/n/q] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASR setup in progress...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating purge job...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Granting privileges or roles required for replication administrator to repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating purge job...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Scheduling push job to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Adding object TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG to replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Generating replication support for TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Adding object TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT to replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Generating replication support for TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Adding replication site MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM to replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Executing deferred administrative requests...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid2...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid2" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid1" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Inserting replication agreement entry my_host_rid2...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid2" hostname has been added to replication agreement entry.
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Resuming replication activity...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASR setup has been configured successfully.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1      my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----

4.3.9 The remtool -asrverify Operation

This asrverify operation detects and reports on problems found in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG). This operation reports errors, but does not correct them. To run this operation, all nodes in the DRG must be up and running. You do not have to stop your Oracle Internet Directory server processes to run this operation.

The asrverify operation fails or report errors for the following situations. You can use the asrrectify operation to correct these errors. See "The remtool -asrverify Operation" for more information about that operation.

- If, by mistake, the replication administrator account is dropped in any of the nodes, the asrverify operation fails. Use asrrectify to re-create the replication administrator account and add it back to the DRG.

- If, by mistake, the password for the replication administrator account has changed on any of the nodes in the DRG, the asrverify operation fails. Use remtool asrrectify to change the replication administrator account and add it back to the DRG.

- If the global database name of any node has changed after Advanced Replication setup, asrverify reports an error and does not proceed further. Use asrrectify to revert back to the previous global name and rectify other issues.

4.3.9.1 Syntax for remtool -asrverify

remtool -asrverify [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.9.2 Arguments for remtool -asrverify

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.9.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -asrverify

Using the asrverify operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Detecting Errors in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-Based DRG Setup

4.3.9.3.1 Detecting Errors in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-Based DRG Setup

In this example, errors are found in a DRG consisting of two nodes.

Example:

remtool -asrverify -v -conn repadmin@my_host1.my_company.com

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
--------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1     my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1   MDS
rid2     my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2   RMS
-------------------------------------------- ------------- -----------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verifying ASR setup...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying initialization parameter...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication administrator roles...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication administrator roles...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying database links...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying database links...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying purge job...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying purge job...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying scheduled links...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying scheduled links...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying availability of replication objects...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying availability of replication objects...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication group...
ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG.
ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication group...
ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG.
ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT.
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...

--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
DB Name               Init   Repl   DB     Purge  Sch.   Repl   Repl
Param  Admin  Links  Job    Links  Group  Agrmt
Role                               Entry
--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   NCrtd  Chkd
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.  Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   Chkd   NCrtd  Chkd
--------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
Legends :
Chkd  - Checked. No errors.
Crtd  - ASR setup errors were found and corrected.
Err   - Error occurred while doing ASR setup verification.
NCrtd - ASR setup has errors, but not corrected.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of findings:
ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG.

ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT.

ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ASR_CHG_LOG.

ASR SETUP ERROR/WARNING:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Replication support is not available for TABLE ODS.ODS_CHG_STAT.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.10 The remtool -backupmetadata Operation

The backupmetadata operation adds the metadata of a pilot replica to the master replica, or backs up the metadata of a pilot replica into a file.

Note:

The -backupmetadata option does not work if anonymous bind is disabled at the pilot replica or master replica.

4.3.10.1 Syntax for remtool -backupmetadata

remtool -backupmetadata -replica pilot_hostname:port {-master master_hostname:port | -bkup file_name}

4.3.10.2 Arguments for remtool -backupmetadata

-replica pilot_hostname:port

Required. The connection string for the pilot replica. You are prompted for the password for the replication DN of the pilot replica.The string is comprised of the following elements:

- The host name where the pilot replica's LDAP server is running.

- The pilot replica's LDAP listening port, for example 3060.

-master master_hostname:port

Either -master or -bkup argument is required. (You can provide both arguments.) The connection string for the master replica. You are prompted for the password for the replication DN of the master replica. The string is comprised of the following elements:

- The host name where the master replica's LDAP server is running.

- The master replica's LDAP listening port, for example 3060.

-bkup file_name

Either -master or -bkup argument is required. (You can provide both arguments.) The full path and file name of the LDIF output file. The metadata entries are written to this file in LDIF format.

4.3.10.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -backupmetadata

Using the backupmetadata operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Adding the Metadata of a Pilot Replica to a Master Replica

- Backing Up the Metadata of a Pilot Replica to an LDIF File

4.3.10.3.1 Adding the Metadata of a Pilot Replica to a Master Replica

This example shows how to add the metadata entries from a pilot replica to a master replica.

Example:

remtool -backupmetadata -replica mypilot.company.com:3060 \
-master mymaster.company.com:3060 -bkup /myfiles/backup.ldif

In this example, a backup file was specified with -bkup. The command output is:

Backup of metadata will be stored in /myfiles/backup.ldifMetadata copied successfully.

Example:

remtool -backupmetadata -replica mypilot.company.com:3060 \
-master mymaster.company.com:3060

In this example, no backup file was specified, so remtool uses the default location. The command output is:

Backup of metadata will be stored in
ORACLE_INSTANCE/diagnostics/logs/OID/tools/ocbkup.replicaid_pilot.TO.replcicaid_master.timestamp.ldif.
Metadata copied successfully.

The output contains the expanded path ORACLE_INSTANCE.

Note:

If Oracle Delegated Administration Services is not configured, then you might see an error message similar to this when you run remtool with the -backupmetadata option:

Failed to add "orclApplicationCommonName=ias.acme.com,
cn=IAS Instances, cn=IAS, cn=Products, cn=OracleContext"
as "uniquemember" to entry "cn=Associated Mid-tiers,
orclapplicationcommonname=DASApp, cn=DAS,cn=products,
cn=OracleContext at replica ldap://myhost:3060

Please ignore this error message.

4.3.10.3.2 Backing Up the Metadata of a Pilot Replica to an LDIF File

This example shows how to back up the metadata entries for a pilot replica into an LDIF file.

Example:

remtool -backupmetadata -replica mypilot.company.com:3060 \
-bkup /home/myfiles/obckup.ldif

The output from this command is:

Backup of metadata will be stored in /home/myfiles/obckup.ldif

Metadata copied successfully

4.3.11 The remtool -chgpwd Operation

The chgpwd operation is used to change the replication administrator password for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG) that has already been setup using asrsetup.

The replication administrator password is the same for all nodes in an Advanced Replication DRG. This operation changes the password for all nodes in the DRG.

4.3.11.1 Syntax for remtool -chgpwd

remtool -chgpwd [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.11.2 Arguments for remtool -chgpwd

The tool also prompts you to enter the new password for the replication administrator.

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.11.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -chgpwd

Using the chgpwd operation you can perform the following task:

- Changing the Administrator Password for an Advanced Replication-based DRG

4.3.11.3.1 Changing the Administrator Password for an Advanced Replication-based DRG

In this example, the password of the replication administrator of a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is changed.

Example:

remtool -chgpwd -v -conn repadmin@MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1       my_host     MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2       my_host     MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Enter new password of the replication administrator   :
Reenter new password of the replication administrator :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changing the password of all nodes...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Changing password of replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Changing password of replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Creating database link to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Password has been changed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.12 The remtool -delnode Operation

The delnode operation removes a remote master site (RMS) node from an existing directory replication group (DRG). You must first create the DRG using "The remtool -asrsetup Operation". The following usage rules apply to this operation:

- You can only delete RMS nodes from a DRG, not the master definition site (MDS).

- Oracle Internet Directory processes on the master definition site (MDS) and other remote master sites (RMSs) in the DRG must be stopped before running the operation.

- If the RMS node being deleted is down when the delnode operation is invoked, it is selected for deletion.

- After the delnode operation is complete, Oracle Internet Directory processes can be restarted.

4.3.12.1 Syntax for remtool -delnode

remtool -delnode [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.12.2 Arguments for remtool -delnode

The tool also prompts you for the global database name (as defined in the tnsnames.ora file of the RMS node to be deleted from the DRG.

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.12.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -delnode

Using the delnode operation you can perform the following task:

- Removing a RMS Node from an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

4.3.12.3.1 Removing a RMS Node from an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

In this example, MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM is removed from a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM, MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM

Example:

remtool -delnode -v -conn repadmin@MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1      my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
rid3      my_host      MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid3  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

Enter globalname of node to be deleted : MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deleting an existing node...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication site MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM from replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication group LDAP_REP...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM...
Enter "SYSTEM" user password for "MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM" database at "my_host" host :
MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping replication administrator repadmin...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Unscheduling push job to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Dropping database link made to MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying uniqueness of replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Deleting replication agreement entry my_host_rid3...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid3" hostname has been removed from replication agreement entry as it is not part of DRG or was repeated.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Verifying replication agreement entry...
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : Deleting replication agreement entry my_host_rid3...
CORRECTED:
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM : "my_host_rid3" hostname has been removed from replication agreement entry as it is not part of DRG or was repeated.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Node MY_HOST3.MY_COMPANY.COM has been deleted from this DRG.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1     my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2     my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----

================================================================================

4.3.13 The remtool -dispasrerr Operation

The dispasrerr operation displays errors for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG). It shows both administrative request errors and deferred transaction errors.

4.3.13.1 Syntax for remtool -dispasrerr

remtool -dispasrerr [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.13.2 Arguments for remtool -dispasrerr

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.13.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -dispasrerr

Using the dispasrerr operation you can perform the following task:

- Displaying Errors for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

4.3.13.3.1 Displaying Errors for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG

In this example, the tool reports Advanced Replication errors for a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM.

Example:

remtool -dispasrerr -v -conn repadmin@my_host1.my_company.com

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid      my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2     my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Following administrative request errors were found at MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

--------------------  --------------------  -------------------------------
Admin request         Request raised at     Error
raised by
--------------------  --------------------  -------------------------------
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23309: object ODS.ASR_CHG_L
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23309: object ODS.ODS_CHG_S
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23416: table "ODS"."ODS_CHG
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23308: object ODS.ODS_CHG_S
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23416: table "ODS"."ASR_CHG
REPADMIN              MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.  ORA-23308: object ODS.ASR_CHG_L
--------------------  --------------------  -------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Following deferred transaction errors were found at MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------------------
Deferred         Deferred Trans   Destination      Error
Transaction ID   Origin DB
---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------------------
1.2.3733         MY_HOST1.MY_COM  MY_HOST1.MY_COM  ORA-01403: no data found

---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------------------
No deferred transaction errors were found at MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.14 The remtool -dispqstat Operation

The dispqstat operation displays the queue statistics for a directory replication group (DRG) that uses Oracle Database Advanced Replication. This operation cannot be used for DRGs that use LDAP-based replication. If a DRG uses both Advanced and LDAP-based replication, this operation displays queue statistics for nodes that use Advanced Replication only.

4.3.14.1 Syntax for remtool -dispqstat

remtool -dispqstat [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.14.2 Arguments for remtool -dispqstat

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

The connection string for the master definition site (MDS) or the Remote Master Site (RMS). You are prompted for the password for the replication administrator. If you do not supply an argument on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the information. The connect string is composed of the following elements:

- The name of the replication administrator.

- The net service name of the MDS or RMS. If you have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

4.3.14.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -dispqstat

Using the dispqstat operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Displaying Queue Statistics for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

4.3.14.3.1 Displaying Queue Statistics for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

In this example, queue statistics for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM are reported.

Example:

remtool -dispqstat -v -conn repadmin@my_host1.my_company.com

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1     my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2     my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Queue Statistics :
-------------- -------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Supplier       Consumer       New      Retry     Purge      HIQ    Change #
-------------- -------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
MY_HOST1.MY CO MY_HOST1.MY CO     3         9         10         6      2003
MY_HOST1.MY CO MY HOST2.MY CO     2         7         8          5      2001
MY_HOST2.MY CO MY_HOST1.MY CO     2         8         5          8      2002
MY_HOST2.MY CO MY_HOST2.MY CO     2        10         7          8      2000
-------------- -------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Legends
New: No. of new change logs
Retry: No. of change logs in retry queue
Purge: No. of change logs in purge queue
HIQ: No. of change logs in Human Intervention Queue (HIQ)
Change # : Last applied change log no.

4.3.15 The remtool -paddnode Operation

The paddnode operation adds a replica or partial replica to a directory replication group (DRG). This operation has the following usage rules:

- The supplier node (the master copy) can be part of a DRG that uses Advanced Replication, LDAP-based replication, or both.

- If you want to specify a supplier node that uses Advanced Replication, you must bind using that node's connection information.

- The new replica to be added should not be a member of any DRG.

- A consumer node (the destination of replication updates) can be any node that uses LDAP-based replication.

- After adding a replica, you can choose the naming context(s) to participate in replication, or choose the entire directory by selecting * (asterisk). Choosing specific naming contexts replicates only that portion of the directory. Choosing the entire directory replicates all directory data except for directory-specific entries (DSE).

- The cn=oraclecontext naming context is included for replication whether or not any naming contexts are specified by the user.

4.3.15.1 Syntax for remtool -paddnode

remtool -paddnode [-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port] [-v]

4.3.15.2 Arguments for remtool -paddnode

You are prompted for the password for the replication DN on the consumer node. You are prompted for the following arguments if you do not specify them:

- Consumer Host Name of Host Running OID Server - The host name of the Oracle Internet Directory server where you want to create the replica. This node can be added to the DRG as a read-only or updateable replica.

- Consumer Port - The LDAP listening port of the consumer node.

In addition, the tool prompts you for the following information:

- Replica ID of Supplier - If the DRG contains multiple nodes that can be used as the supplier, you are prompted to enter the replica ID of the one you want to use.

- Naming Context - For a partial replica, you can enter the name(s) of the naming context you want to replicate. To select the entire directory, enter * (asterisk). To select none, enter e (end).

-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.15.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -paddnode

Using the paddnode operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Adding a Read-Only Replica to a DRG

- Adding a Partial Replica to a DRG

4.3.15.3.1 Adding a Read-Only Replica to a DRG

In this example, directory server ldap://my_host:3060 is added as a replica to directory server ldap://my_host:3040, which is part of the DRG consisting of ldap://my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3080, which both use LDAP-based replication.

Example:

remtool -paddnode -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1       my_host:3040             --                      RW

002 my_host_rid3       my_host:3080             my_host_rid1            RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Enter consumer directory details:
Enter hostname of host running OID server    : my_host

Enter port on which OID server is listening  : 3060

Enter replication dn password                :
Enter replica type [1 - LDAP read-only replica; 2 - LDAP updateable replica] : 1
Enter replicaid of the supplier              : my_host_rid1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_r[my_host_rid1]id2] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replica ldap://my_host:3060(my_host_rem2) has been added to this DRG.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1        my_host:3040               --                     RW

002 my_host_rid2       my_host:3060               my_host_rid1           RO

003 my_host_rid3       my_host:3080               my_host_rid1           RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Replica ldap://my_host:3060 (my_host_rid2) can be made partial replica by specifying naming contexts to be replicated.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

List of available naming contexts in supplier replica ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rid1) :

1. *  [replicate whole directory]
Enter naming context (e-end, q-quit) : e

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.15.3.2 Adding a Partial Replica to a DRG

In this example, the directory server ldap://my_host:3060 is added as a partial replica by specifying the naming contexts to be replicated to directory server ldap://my_host:3040.

Example:

remtool -paddnode -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid        my_host:3040             --                      RW

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Enter consumer directory details:
Enter hostname of host running OID server    : my_host

Enter port on which OID server is listening  : 3060

Enter replication dn password                :
Enter replica type [1 - LDAP read-only replica; 2 - LDAP updateable replica] : 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000001,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=usunnae07_prep,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000001,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=usunnae07_prep,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replica ldap://my_host:3060(my_host_rid2) has been added to this DRG.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1        my_host:3040            --                      RW

002 my_host_rid2        my_host:3060            my_host_rid1            RW

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Replica ldap://my_host:3060 (my_host_rem2) can be made partial replica by specifying naming contexts to be replicated.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
List of available naming contexts in supplier replica ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rid1) :

1. * [replicate whole directory]
2. dc=com
3. dc=org
4. dc=net
5. dc=edu
Enter naming context (e-end, q-quit) : dc=org

Enter naming context (e-end, q-quit) : dc=edu

Enter naming context (e-end, q-quit) : e

Following naming contexts will be included for replication:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. dc=org
2. dc=edu
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000002,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000002,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000003,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000003,orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid,cn=replication configuration...

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected naming contexts have been included for replication.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.16 The remtool -pdisplay Operation

The pdisplay operation displays all replica details in a partial replication group.

4.3.16.1 Arguments to remtool -pdisplay

-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.17 The remtool -pchgmaster Operation

The pchgmaster operation is used to break the agreement with the old supplier and reestablish the agreement with a new supplier. This operation is part of configuring replication failover.

See Also:

"Configuring Replication Failover" in Oracle Internet Directory Administrator's Guide for details on performing the replication failover process

The pchgmaster operation has the following usage rules:

1. If you do not supply consumer directory details using the -bind option, then you are prompted to specify consumer details.

2. If the consumer details are valid, then remtool identifies all nodes in the DRG, if any, and displays their details.

3. You are next prompted for the retiring and new supplier details.

4. After the change master operation completes successfully, you might need to use remtool -pcleanup -agrmt on the old supplier to remove the old agreement. This would be the case if the old supplier was offline during the change master operation. See "The remtool -pcleanup Operation" for details about the pcleanup operation.

4.3.17.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgmaster

remtool -pchgmaster [-bind replica_hostname:ldap_port] [ multimaster ] [-v]

4.3.17.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgmaster

The tool prompts you for the host names and port numbers of the retiring supplier and the new supplier.

-bind replica_hostname:port_number

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

-multimaster

This suboption causes changeMaster to change the primary replica in a multimaster agreement.

4.3.17.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgmaster

Using the pchgmaster operation, you can perform the following tasks:

- Breaking a Supplier Agreement and Creating a New One for a Consumer

4.3.17.3.1 Breaking a Supplier Agreement and Creating a New One for a Consumer

In this example, the supplier of directory server ldap://my_host:3060 is changed from directory server ldap://my_host:3040 to directory server ldap://my_host:3080.

Example:

remtool -pchgmaster -v -bind my_host:3060

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl   Replicaid         Directory Information    Supplier Information   Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid2        my_host:3060            my_host_rid1            RW

002 my_host_rid3        my_host:3080            my_host_rid1            RW

003 my_host_rid1        my_host:3040            my_host_rid3            RW
my_host_rid2

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----

Enter replica ID of the retiring supplier                  : my_host_rid1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter hostname of the new supplier                         : my_host

Enter port number of the new supplier                     : 3080
Enter replication DN password of the new supplier :
* WARNING *: Moving my_host_rid1 to be consumer of my_host_rid3 might cause discrepancy in data.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Deleting entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry orclagreementid=000004,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry cn=replication namecontext,orclagreementid=000004,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000002,cn=replication namecontext,orclagreementid=000004,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Adding entry cn=includednamingcontext000001,cn=replication namecontext,orclagreementid=000004,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid2        my_host:3060            my_host_rid3            RW

002 my_host_rid3        my_host:3080            my_host_rid1            RW
my_host_rid2

003 my_host_rid1        my_host:3040            my_host_rid3            RW

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Change master of my_host_rid2 to my_host_rid3 successfully.

4.3.17.3.2 Changing the Primary Node

In this example, the primary node in a three-node LDAP multimaster agreement is changed from stacu14_tst1 to stacu14_tst13

Example:

remtool -pchgmaster -multimaster

The result is:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 stacu14_tst1       stacu14:3069            stacu14_tst13           RW
stacu14_tst12
002 stacu14_tst13      stacu14:3089            stacu14_tst12           RW
stacu14_tst1
003 stacu14_tst12      stacu14:3079            stacu14_tst13           RW
stacu14_tst1
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Enter new primary replica ID     : stacu14_tst13

Changed primary replica from stacu14_tst1 to stacu14_tst13 successfully.

4.3.18 The remtool -pchgpwd Operation

This pchgpwd operation changes the replication DN password for an Oracle Internet Directory server. The password is changed in both the directory and in wallet.

If the replica is taking part in replication, the password is changed in other replicas for the local replica's replication DN. Note that, unlike Advanced Replication, the replication DN password for each replica can be different.

The operation must be run on the host of the Oracle Internet Directory server whose password you are changing in order to update the wallet password at the same time. You can also update the wallet password separately using "The remtool -pchgwalpwd Operation".

4.3.18.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgpwd

remtool -pchgpwd [-bind oid_hostname:ldap_port] [-v]

4.3.18.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgpwd

In addition to the arguments specified on the command-line, the tool also prompts you for the new replication DN password for the host specified in the bind connection string.

-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.18.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgpwd

Using the pchgpwd operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Changing the Replication DN Password Used for LDAP-Based Replication

4.3.18.3.1 Changing the Replication DN Password Used for LDAP-Based Replication

In this example, the replication DN password of the Oracle Internet Directory server ldap://my_host:3040 is changed.

Example:

remtool -pchgpwd -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1       my_host:3040             --                     RW

002 my_host_rid3       my_host:3080             my_host_rid1           RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication DN password of ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rem) associated with database 'rid' will be changed.
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

Enter new password of replication DN         :
Reenter new password of replication DN       :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Password has been changed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.19 The remtool -pchgwalpwd Operation

The pchgwalpwd operation is used to change the replication DN password only in the wallet of an Oracle Internet Directory server. It sets the wallet password to the same replication DN password stored in the Oracle Internet Directory repository for the host specified in the bind connection string.

4.3.19.1 Syntax for remtool -pchgwalpwd

remtool -pchgwalpwd [-bind oid_hostname:ldap_port] [-v]

4.3.19.2 Arguments for remtool -pchgwalpwd

-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.19.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pchgwalpwd

Using the pchgwalpwd operation you can perform the following task:

- Changing the Replication DN Password in the Oracle Internet Directory Wallet

4.3.19.3.1 Changing the Replication DN Password in the Oracle Internet Directory Wallet

In this example, the replication DN password for Oracle Internet Directory server ldap://my_host:3040 is set in wallet to match the password in the repository.

Example:

remtool -pchgwalpwd -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1       my_host:3040            --                      RW

002 my_host_rid3       my_host:3080            my_host_rid1            RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication DN password of ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rid1) associated with database 'rid' will be set in wallet.
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

4.3.20 The remtool -pcleanup Operation

The pcleanup operation is used to clean up an LDAP-based directory replication group (DRG) setup. It cleans up a replica which has incomplete or flawed LDAP-based DRG setup. It only cleans up the replica identified by the bind connection string.

If replication configuration information is corrupted, or the replication DN entry is not available, then the tool prompts for the Oracle Internet Directory superuser DN and password.

This operation only cleans up LDAP-based DRG setup. For clean up of an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based DRG setup, see "The remtool -asrcleanup Operation".

4.3.20.1 Syntax for remtool -pcleanup

remtool -pcleanup [-bind oid_hostname:ldap_port] [-agrmt] [-v]

4.3.20.2 Arguments for remtool -pcleanup

-bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

-agrmt

Optional. Use this option to clean up dead LDAP agreements at a node. Dead agreements might exist if:

- A node in the DRG was offline when you ran remtool -pcleanup.

- The node being deleted was offline when you ran remtool -delnode.

- The supplier node was offline when you ran remtool -pchgmaster.

Alternatively, in the first two cases, you could run remtool -pcleanup (without -agrmt) to delete all the agreements.

4.3.20.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pcleanup

Using the pcleanup operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Cleaning Up an Incomplete or Flawed LDAP-based DRG Setup

- Cleaning Up Specific LDAP Agreements

4.3.20.3.1 Cleaning Up an Incomplete or Flawed LDAP-based DRG Setup

In this example, the tool cleans up the replication setup of a DRG that has three replicas taking part in LDAP based replication.

Example:

remtool -pcleanup -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1       my_host:3040             --                      RW

002 my_host_rid3       my_host:3080            my_host_rid1             RO

003 my_host_rid2       my_host:3060            my_host_rid1             RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
DRG identified by replica ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rid1) will be cleaned up.
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclagreementid=000003,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem2,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3060 [my_host_rid2] : Deleting entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replica ldap://my_host:3040(my_host_rid1) has been cleaned up.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.20.3.2 Cleaning Up Specific LDAP Agreements

In this example, the agreement between directory servers ldap://my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3060 is cleaned up. The agreement between directory servers ldap://my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3080 is also cleaned up.

Example:

remtool -pcleanup -v -agrmt -bind my_host:3040

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001  my_host_rid1       my_host:3040            my_host_rid2            RW
my_host_rid3

002  my_host_rid3       my_host:3080            my_host_rid1            RW

003  my_host_rid2       my_host:3060            my_host_rid1            RW
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----

Enter replica ID of replica(s) for which its(their) agreement(s) with replica ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rid1) will be cleaned up.
Enter replica ID [Enter "e" to end selection] : my_host_rid2

Enter replica ID [Enter "e" to end selection] : my_host_rid3

Enter replica ID [Enter "e" to end selection] : e

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement(s) with the following replica(s) would be cleaned up:
0. my_host_rid2
1. my_host_rid3
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Successfully cleaned up agreement between my_host_rid1 and my_host_rid2.
Successfully cleaned up agreement between my_host_rid1 and my_host_rid3.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replica ldap://my_host:3040(my_host_rid1) has been cleaned up.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.21 The remtool -pdelnode Operation

The pdelnode operation deletes an LDAP-based replica or partial replica from a directory replication group (DRG). To delete an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based replica, used the "The remtool -pdelnode Operation".

4.3.21.1 Syntax for remtool -pdelnode

remtool -pdelnode [-bind hostname:ldap_port] [-v]

4.3.21.2 Arguments for remtool -pdelnode

In addition to the arguments specified on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the following information:

- The replica ID of the replica to be deleted - The replica ID of the LDAP-based replica you want to delete.

-bind hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.21.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pdelnode

Using the pdelnode operation you can perform the following tasks:

- "Deleting a Read-Only Replica from a DRG"

4.3.21.3.1 Deleting a Read-Only Replica from a DRG

In this example, replica ldap://my_host:3080 is removed from the DRG. This DRG consists of three replicas: ldap://my_host:3040, ldap://my_host:3060, and ldap://my_host:3080, of which ldap://my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3060 uses Advanced Replication and ldap:my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3080 uses LDAP-based replication. To delete replica ldap://my_host:3080, user has to give bind details of either ldap://my_host:3040 or ldap://my_host:3080.

Example:

remtool -pdelnode -v -bind my_host:3040
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl   Replicaid         Directory Information    Supplier Information   Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001  my_host_rid1       my_host:3040            my_host_rid2           RW

002  my_host_rid2       --                      my_host_rid1           RW

003  my_host_rid3       my_host:3080            my_host_rid1           RO

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Enter replicaid of the replica to be deleted : my_host_rid3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclagreementid=000002,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem3,cn=replication configuration...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Modifying entry ...
ldap://my_host:3080 [my_host_rid3] : Deleting entry orclreplicaid=my_host_rem,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replica ldap://my_host:3080(my_host_rid3) has been deleted from this DRG.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 my_host_rid1       my_host:3040            my_host_rid2             RW

002 my_host_rid2       --                      my_host_rid1             RW

--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----

4.3.22 The remtool -pdispqstat Operation

The pdispqstat operation displays the queue statistics for a directory replication group (DRG) that uses LDAP-based replication. This operation cannot be used for DRGs that use ASR-based (advanced) replication. If a DRG uses both ASR and LDAP-based replication, the pdispqstat operation displays queue statistics for nodes that use LDAP-based replication only.

Note:

The dispqstat operation is used to display the queue statistics for a DRG that uses ASR-based replication.

See Also:

"The remtool -dispqstat Operation" for more details on displaying the queue statistics for a DRG that uses ASR-based replication

4.3.22.1 Syntax for remtool -pdispqstat

remtool -pdispqstat [-bind hostname:ldap_port] [-v]

4.3.22.2 Arguments for remtool -pdispqstat

-bind hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.22.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pdispqstat

Using the pdispqstat operation, you can perform the following tasks:

- Display queue statistics for LDAP-based replicas

4.3.22.3.1 Display queue statistics for LDAP-based replicas

In this example, queue statistics for a DRG consisting of directory servers ldap://my_host:3040 and ldap://my_host:3060 are displayed.

Example:

remtool -pdispqstat -v -bind my_host:3040

Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl   Replicaid         Directory Information    Supplier Information   Repl.
No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001  my_host_rid1       my_host:3040             my_host_rid2           RW
002  my_host_rid2       my_host:3060             my_host_rid1           RW
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Queue Statistics:
--------     --------     ----- --- ----- ----- --- ------- -------- -------
Supplier     Consumer     PROTO New Retry Purge HIQ LA Chg# Logs TBP LT Chg#
--------     --------     ----- --- ----- ----- --- ------- -------- -------
my_host_rid2 my_host_rid1 LDAP  0   0     1     2   2001     0        2001
my_host_rid1 my_host_rid2 LDAP  0   0     2     3   2082     3        70335
--------     --------     ----- --- ----- ----- --- ------- -------- -------
Legends:
New      : No. of new change logs
Retry    : No. of change logs in retry queue
Purge    : No. of change logs in purge queue
HIQ      : No. of change logs in Human Intervention Queue (HIQ)
LA Chg # : Last applied change log no.
Logs TBP : Logs to be transported.
LT Chg # : Last transported change log no.

4.3.23 The remtool -pilotreplica Operation

The pilotreplica operation begins or ends pilot mode for a replica.

4.3.23.1 Syntax for remtool -pilotreplica

remtool -pilotreplica {begin|end} -bind hostname:ldap_port [-bkup file_name]

4.3.23.2 Arguments for remtool -pilotreplica

begin | end

Required. Begin or end pilot mode.

-bind hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

-bkup file_name

Name of backup file in which entries modified after pilot mode is started are to be stored in LDIF format.

4.3.23.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pilotreplica

Using the pilotreplica operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Beginning Pilot Mode for a Replica

- Ending Pilot Mode for a Replica

4.3.23.3.1 Beginning Pilot Mode for a Replica

Example:

remtool -pilotreplica begin -bind myhost:3060

4.3.23.3.2 Ending Pilot Mode for a Replica

Example:

remtool -pilotreplica end -bind myhost:3060

4.3.24 The remtool -presetpwd Operation

This presetpwd operation resets the replication DN password for the given Oracle Internet Directory server in both the directory repository and wallet. It does not reset the passwords for any other directories of the directory replication group (DRG) of which this directory is a member.

You need the Oracle Internet Directory superuser DN and password to reset the replication DN password.

4.3.24.1 Syntax for remtool -presetpwd

remtool -presetpwd -bind hostname:ldap_port [-v]

4.3.24.2 Arguments for remtool -presetpwd

You are prompted for the new replication DN password. In addition to the password and arguments supplied on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the following information:

- The superuser DN, for example cn=orcladmin.

- The superuser password.

-bind hostname:ldap_port

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

4.3.24.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -presetpwd

Using the presetpwd operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Resetting the Replication DN Password for a Single Directory

4.3.24.3.1 Resetting the Replication DN Password for a Single Directory

In this example, the replication DN password is reset for replica my_host:3040.

Example:

remtool -presetpwdd -v -bind my_host:3040

The results are:

Enter superuser DN                           : cn=orcladmin

Enter superuser password                     :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication DN password of ldap://my_host:3040 (my_host_rem) associated with database 'rid1' will be reset.
Do you want to continue? [y/n] : y

Enter new password of replication DN         :
Reenter new password of replication DN       :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ldap://my_host:3040 [my_host_rid1] : Modifying entry cn=replication dn,orclreplicaid=my_host_rid1,cn=replication configuration...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Password has been changed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.25 The remtool -pthput Operation

The -pthput option enables you to monitor replication progress in a directory replication group. The tool binds to the specified node and collects information about all the nodes in the directory replication group. It displays this information at intervals of specified duration.

4.3.25.1 Syntax for remtool -pthput

remtool -pthput [-bind hostname:ldap_port_number] -interval time_in_seconds [-file filename]

4.3.25.2 Arguments for remtool -pthput

-bind hostname:ldap_port_number

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

-interval time_in_seconds

The interval for displaying information. This is an optional parameter. Provide its value in seconds. Its default value is 60 seconds.

-file filename

The file to write information to. This is an optional argument. If you specify a file argument, the output shown on the command line is logged to that file. Otherwise, the output is logged to a file name based on the timestamp.

4.3.25.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pthput

Using the -pthput option, you can perform the following tasks:

- Section 4.3.25.3.1, "Listing DRG Information at Intervals"

4.3.25.3.1 Listing DRG Information at Intervals

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information    Repl. No.                                                                    Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
001 adc2101322_nldap32 adc2101322.us.oracle.com:3070 adc2101322_nldap3       RW
002 adc2101322_nldap3  adc2101322.us.oracle.com:3061 adc2101322_nldap32      RW
--- ------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----
Queue Statistics :
------------ ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- --------------------------------
Supplier            Consumer           Queued      Last Applied     Applied      Average
Changes     Change Number    Changes      Throughput
Of 3 intervals
------------- ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- -----------------------------
adc2101322_nldap3    adc2101322_nldap32        0          134369             0            0
adc2101322_nldap32   adc2101322_nldap3         0           47342             0            0
------------- ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- --------------------------
adc2101322_nldap3    adc2101322_nldap32     2286          136214          1845           615
adc2101322_nldap32   adc2101322_nldap3         0           47342             0             0
------------- ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- -----------------------
adc2101322_nldap3    adc2101322_nldap32     1608          137886          1672          1172
adc2101322_nldap32   adc2101322_nldap3         0           47342             0             0
------------- ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- ------------------------
adc2101322_nldap3    adc2101322_nldap32      189          140302          2416          1977
adc2101322_nldap32   adc2101322_nldap3         0           47342             0             0
------------- ------------- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --------- --------- -----------------------

4.3.26 The remtool -pverify Operation

The pverify operation verifies the replication configuration for a directory replication group (DRG) that uses LDAP-based replication. This operation cannot be used for a DRG that uses ASR based replication. If a DRG uses both ASR and LDAP-based replication, then this option verifies the replication configuration between nodes that use LDAP-based replication only.

The pverify operation has the following usage rules:

- This option only verifies agreements that involve the node specified in the command argument.

- The remtool_VERIFY_LOG.rpt report contains the verification results.

4.3.26.1 Syntax for remtool -pverify

remtool -pverify [-bind hostname:ldap_port_number] [-hiqmax hiqmax] [-tbtmax tbtmax] [-v]

4.3.26.2 Arguments for remtool -pverify

-bind hostname:ldap_port_number

See "The -bind Connection Argument" for information.

-hiqmax hiqmax

The maximum number of change logs in the Human Intervention Queue (HIQ) after which warnings are generated.

-tbtmax tbtmax

The maximum number of logs to be transported (tbt) after which warnings are generated.

4.3.26.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -pverify

Use the pverify operation to perform the following tasks:

- Verify Replication Configuration for an LDAP-Based DRG

4.3.26.3.1 Verify Replication Configuration for an LDAP-Based DRG

In this example, the replication configuration for a DRG comprising of directory servers ldap://my_host:3040, ldap://my_host:3060, and ldap://my_host:3080 is verified.

Example

remtool -pverify -v -bind my_host:3040

Node ID: my_host_rid1  Test Category: Connection
Test Against: my_host_rid1
Test: Wallet
Check: Corruption passed
Check: Authentication passed
Check: Replicationdn passed

Test Against: my_host_rid2
Test: URL
Check: Format (Primary) passed
Check: Format (Secondary) passed

Test Against: my_host_rid3
Test: URL
Check: Format (Primary) passed
Check: Format (Secondary) passed

Test Against: my_host_rid1
Test: URL
Check: Format (Primary) passed
Check: Format (Secondary) passed

Test Category: Agreements
Test Against: Agrmt 000002
Test: orclreplicadn
Check: Validity passed
Check: Match agreement type passed

Test: agreement DN
Check: Format passed

Test Against: Agrmt 000002 with my_host_rid2
Test: lastAppliedChangeNumber (my_host_rid2 to my_host_rid1)
Check: Format (transport) passed
Check: Logs TBP passed
Check: Format (apply) passed
Check: HIQ passed

Test: Filtering (my_host_rid2 to my_host_rid1)
Check: Format passed
Check: Configuration passed

Test Against: Agrmt 000002 with my_host_rid2
Test: Connection
Check: Authentication passed

Test: Replica Pair
Check: Validity passed
Check: Consistency passed

Test: orclreplicationid
Check: Availability passed

Test: Replication Protocol
Check: Availability passed

Test: lastAppliedChangeNumber (my_host_rid1 to my_host_rid2)
Check: Format (transport) passed
Check: Logs TBP passed
Check: Format (apply) passed
Check: HIQ passed

Test: Filtering (my_host_rid1 to my_host_rid2)
Check: Format passed
Check: Configuration passed

Test Against: Agrmt 000003
Test: orclreplicadn
Check: Validity passed
Check: Match agreement type passed

Test: agreement DN
Check: Format passed

Test Against: Agrmt 000003 with my_host_rid3
Test: lastAppliedChangeNumber (my_host_rid3 to my_host_rid1)
Check: Format (transport) passed
Check: Logs TBP passed
Check: Format (apply) passed
Check: HIQ passed

Test: Filtering (my_host_rid3 to my_host_rid1)
Check: Format passed
Check: Configuration failed

Test Against: Agrmt 000003 with my_host_rid3
Test: Connection
Check: Authentication passed

Test: Replica Pair
Check: Validity passed
Check: Consistency passed

Test: orclreplicationid
Check: Availability passed

Test: Replication Protocol
Check: Availability passed

Test: lastAppliedChangeNumber (my_host_rid1 to my_host_rid3)
Check: Format (transport) passed
Check: Logs TBP passed
Check: Format (apply) passed
Check: HIQ passed

Test: Filtering (my_host_rid1 to my_host_rid3)
Check: Format passed
Check: Configuration failed

Verify replication configuration for my_host_rid1 successfully.

Refer to remtool_VERIFY_LOG.rpt for details.

2 checks failed.

4.3.27 The remtool -resumeasr Operation

The resumeasr operation resumes replication activity for an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication group (DRG) that was previously suspended using the "The remtool -suspendasr Operation".

4.3.27.1 Syntax for remtool -resumeasr

remtool -resumeasr [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.27.2 Arguments for remtool -resumeasr

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

For more information, see "The -connect Connection Argument".

4.3.27.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -resumeasr

Using the resumeasr operation you can perform the following tasks:

- Resuming Replication Activity for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

4.3.27.3.1 Resuming Replication Activity for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

In this example, replication activity of DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is resumed.

Example:

remtool -resumeasr -v -conn repadmin@MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid1      my_host      MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 9.0.4.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2      my_host      MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 9.0.4.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altering replication status...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Resuming replication activity...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication status has been altered successfully.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.28 The remtool -suspendasr Operation

The suspendasr operation suspends Oracle Database Advanced Replication activity for a directory replication group (DRG) that uses it for replication. While Advanced Replication activity is suspended, replication does not take place.

4.3.28.1 Syntax for remtool -suspendasr

remtool -suspendasr [-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name] [-v]

4.3.28.2 Arguments for remtool -suspendasr

-connect repl_admin_name@net_service_name

The connection string for the master definition site (MDS) or the Remote Master Site (RMS). You are prompted for the password for the replication administrator. If you do not supply an argument on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the information. The connect string is composed of the following elements:

- The name of the replication administrator.

- The net service name of the MDS or RMS. If you have a tnsnames.ora file configured, then this is the net service name specified in that file, which is located by default in ORACLE_INSTANCE/config. (You can set the TNS_ADMIN environment variable if you want to use a different location.)

4.3.28.3 Tasks and Examples for remtool -suspendasr

Using the suspendasr operation you can perform the following tasks:

- "Suspending Replication Activity for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG"

4.3.28.3.1 Suspending Replication Activity for an Advanced Replication-Based DRG

n this example, replication activity of a DRG consisting of MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM and MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is suspended.

Example:

remtool -suspendasr -v -conn repadmin@my_host1.my_company.com

The results are:

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM is Master Definition Site (MDS). Connected to MDS.
MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM is Remote Master Site (RMS). Connected to RMS.
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :

-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
Instance Host Name     Global Name             Version       Replicaid     Site
Name                                                                       Type
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
rid      my_host       MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid1  MDS
rid2     my_host       MY_HOST2.MY_COMPANY.COM OID 10.1.2.0.0 my_host_rid2  RMS
-------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altering replication status...

MY_HOST1.MY_COMPANY.COM : Quiescing replication activity...
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Replication status has been altered successfully.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.29 The -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl Operations

The -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl operations provide rolling upgrade support for multimaster replication DRGs by suspending and resuming replication, respectively.

4.3.29.1 Syntax for -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

remtool -psuspendrepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2]

remtool -presumerepl -fromnode host1:port1 [-tonode host2:port2]

Note:

You must apply all required patches before starting the rolling upgrade procedure.

4.3.29.2 Arguments to -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

-fromnode host1:port1

Specifies the host and port of the node from which replication is to be suspended.

-tonode host2:port2

Specifies the host and port of the node to which replication is to be suspended

If you do not specify the -tonode parameter with -psuspendrepl or -presumerepl, remtool displays the replicaids of all the replicas and prompts you for the replica to which to replication is to be suspended or resumed. To suspend or resume replication to all the replicas, enter all.

For example:

remtool -psuspendrepl -fromnode :5060/ods
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory Replication Group (DRG) details :
--- ------------------ ----------------------- -------------------- -----  -------
Sl  Replicaid          Directory Information   Supplier Information  Repl   OID
Version.
No.                                                                  Type
--- ------------------ ----------------------- --------------------- ----- -------
001 adc2101322_gps3    adc2101322:3060         adc2170827_sldap2     RW    111140

002 adc2170827_sldap2  adc2170827:3070         adc2101322_gps3       RW    111140

--- ------------------ ----------------------- --------------------- ----- -------
Enter replicaid of the replica to be suspended[Enter "all" to select all replicas]:

4.3.29.3 Tasks for -psuspendrepl and -presumerepl

The procedure for rolling upgrade can be summarized as follows:

1. Stop the replication server on the replica to be upgraded.

2. Run remtool -psuspendrepl.

3. Stop Oracle Internet Directory on the replica to be upgraded.

4. Upgrade the replica.

5. Start Oracle Internet Directory on the upgraded replica.

6. Run remtool -presumerepl.

7. Start the replication server on the upgraded replica.

See Also:

The appendix "Performing a Rolling Upgrade" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory for more details and an example of rolling upgrade.

4.3.30 The -bind Connection Argument

This argument is used with LDAP-based operations to supply the host and port of the supplier. The syntax is:

bind supplier_hostname:ldap_port

You are prompted for the replication DN password. If you omit either the hostname or port or both, remtool uses the local host name or default port (3060) or both as arguments. If you omit the -bind argument, you are prompted for the missing information.

4.3.31 The -connect Connection Argument

This argument is used with Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based operations to specify connection string for the master definition site (MDS) or the Remote Master Site (RMS). The syntax is:

-connectrepl_admin_name@net_service_name

You are prompted for the replication DN password. If you do not supply an argument on the command-line, the tool prompts you for the information.

4.3.32 Related Command-Line Tools for remtool

- See "oidctl"

- See "opmnctl"

5 Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools

This chapter describes the following command-line tools used to administer Oracle Directory Integration Platform:

- manageDIPServerConfig

- manageSyncProfiles

- syncProfileBootstrap

- expressSyncSetup

- provProfileBulkProv

- oidprovtool (Provisioning Registration Tool)

- dipStatus

- schemasync

Notes:

- Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command.

- You must set the environment variables WLS_HOME and ORACLE_HOME before executing any of the Oracle Directory Integration Platform commands.

- The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute the Oracle Directory Integration Platform commands in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

5.1 manageDIPServerConfig

The Manage DIP Server Configuration utility, manageDIPServerConfig, allows you to manage the Oracle Directory Integration Platform server configuration.

5.1.1 Syntax for manageDIPServerConfig

manageDIPServerConfig

manageDIPServerConfig {get | set} -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser -attribute {sslmode |
refreshinterval | quartzthreadcount | quartzdbretryinterval | oidhostport |
keystorelocation} [-ssl -keystorePath PATH_TO_KEYSTORE -keystoreType TYPE]
[-value ATTRIBUTE_VALUE] [-help]

5.1.2 Arguments for manageDIPServerConfig

get | set

Operation to perform.

- get: Displays the current value of the config parameter in DIP configuration file

- set: Updates the value of the config parameter in DIP configuration file.

-h | -host

Oracle WebLogic Server host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | -wlsuser

WebLogic Server login ID.

Note:

You are prompted for the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute manageDIPServerConfig from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary.

-attr | -attribute

Identifies the attribute that manageDIPServerConfig performs the operation on. The following is a list and description of the attributes manageDIPServerConfig can perform operations on:

- sslmode: The SSL mode Oracle Directory Integration Platform uses to connect to Oracle Internet Directory. Supported values are 1 and 2. Use 1 to connect to Oracle Internet Directory using SSL Mode 1 (No Authentication). Use 2 to connect to Oracle Internet Directory using SSl Mode 2 (Server Only Authentication).

- refreshinterval: The time interval (amount of time in seconds) that controls how often the Oracle Directory Integration Platform server refreshes profile configuration details.

- quartzthreadcount: Controls how many profiles can be scheduled in parallel. The default value is 15. If you have more than 15 profiles, increase the quartzthreadcount attribute accordingly.

- quartzdbretryinterval: Controls how often Oracle Directory Integration Platform's Quartz scheduler attempts to reconnect to the Oracle Internet Directory database.

- oidhostport: Identifies the host and port of the Oracle Internet Directory associated with Oracle Directory Integration Platform. Specify values for the oidhostport attribute in the form of host:port.

- keystorelocation: Specifies the absolute path to the Java Keystore (JKS) based on the host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed. When you specify the value for the keystorelocation attribute, be sure you use the appropriate path separators (that is, / for UNIX and Linux platforms, and \ for Windows platforms).

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-val | -value

The value to set for the attribute This parameter is required with the set operation.

-help

Provides usage help for the command.

5.1.3 Tasks and Examples for manageDIPServerConfig

manageDIPServerConfig get -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-attr sslmode

manageDIPServerConfig set -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-attr sslmode -val 2

5.2 manageSyncProfiles

The Manage Synchronization Profiles utility, manageSyncProfiles, allows you to manage synchronization profiles.

5.2.1 Syntax for manageSyncProfiles

managSyncProfiles

manageSyncProfiles {activate | deactivate | copy | deregister | get | isexists |
update | testProfile | validateProfile | validateMapRules | register |
updatechgnum | associateProfile | dissociateProfile | getAllAssociatedProfiles |
getAssociatedProfile | list } -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser [-ssl -keystorePath
PATH_TO_KEYSTORE -keystoreType TYPE] [-profile] [-newProfile]
[-associateProfile][-file] [-params 'prop1 val1 prop2 val2 ...']
[-conDirHost] [-conDirPort] [-conDirBindDn] [-mode] [-conDirType] [-conDirSSL]
[-profileStatus] [-help]

5.2.2 Arguments for manageSyncProfiles

Operations

activate

Changes a profile state to ENABLE

deactivate

Changes a profile state to DISABLE

copy

Copies an existing profile profile to profile newProfile

deregister

Deletes an existing profile from OID.

get

Gets the profile details from OID.

isexists

Checks if the profile profile exists in OID.

update

Modifies an existing profile profile in OID.

testProfile

Changes the state of a disabled profile profile to TEST and schedules the profile for testing to ensure the profile successfully performs synchronization. After executing the manageSyncProfiles command with the testProfile operation, the results of the test are available in the following log file, where DOMAIN_HOME represents the Oracle WebLogic Server Domain home and ORACLE_WEBLOGIC_MANAGED_SERVER_NAME represents the name of the managed server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed:

DOMAIN_HOME/servers/ORACLE_WEBLOGIC_MANAGED_SERVER_NAME/logs/ORACLE_WEBLOGIC_MANAGED_SERVER_NAME.log

Note:

The testProfile operation cannot schedule profiles that are in ENABLE state for testing.

validateProfile

Validates the syntax of the values in the specified profile for correctness.

validateMapRules

Validates the map rules provided.

register

Creates a new profile in OID.

updatechgnum

Updates the last applied change number in the profile to latest.

associateProfile

Associates associateProfileName with profileName to prevent information back flow.

dissociateProfile

Dissociates an associated profile to profileName

getAllAssociatedProfiles

Lists all the profiles to which profile profileName is associated.

getAssociatedProfile

Displays the profile name associated with profile profileName.

list

Displays all profiles registered in OID.

Options

-h | host

Oracle WebLogic Server host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed.

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | wlsuser

Oracle WebLogic Server login ID

Note:

You are prompted for the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute a command from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary. If you must provide more than one password to manageSyncProfiles, put each on a separate line in the file, in the following order: connected directory bind DN password, then Oracle WebLogic Server login password.

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-pf | -profile

The name of the synchronization profile to use when performing the operation.

-newpf | -newProfile

The name of the new profile which will be a copy of profile.

-assopf

The name of the profile that will be associated with profile

-f | -file

The full path and file name of the profile properties file containing the properties. See the "Example Properties File for Synchronization Profiles" appendix in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Directory Integration Platform for an example of such a file.

-params

A value is of the form prop1 val1 prop2 val2 ... where prop is the name of a profile property and val is the new value for that property. This keyword is used only for modification of a profile. You can specify as many key values as required

-conDirHost

Host where connected directory server is running.

-conDirPort

Port at which connected directory server listens.

-conDirBindDn

Connected directory server bind DN.

Examples:

- Active Directory

administrator@idm2003.net

- Sun ONE or iPlanet

cn=Directory Manager

- Oracle Internet Directory

cn=orcladmin

Note:

You are prompted for the connected directory bind DN password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute manageSyncProfiles from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the connected directory bind DN password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary. If you must provide more than one password to manageSyncProfiles, put each on a separate line in the file, in the following order: connected directory bind DN password, then Oracle WebLogic Server login password.

-mode

Synchronization mode map rules to be used: import or export

-conDirType

Connected directory type. Supported values are ActiveDirectory, EDirectory, iPlanet, OpenLDAP, ADAM, Tivoli, ExchangeServer2003, and OID.

-conDirSSL

SSL mode value used to connect connected directory server

-prfSt | -profileStatus

Displays status for the profile. Used only with the list operation.

-help

Provides command usage help.

5.2.3 Tasks and Examples for manageSyncProfiles

manageSyncProfiles register -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-f /opt/ldap/odip/iPlImport.profile

manageSyncProfiles deregister -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles updatechgnum -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles activate -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles deactivate -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles get -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles testProfile -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles associateprofile -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile -assopf myProfile1

manageSyncProfiles dissociateprofile -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles getAllAssociatedProfiles -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles getAssociatedProfile -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles update -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -pf myProfile -f /opt/ldap/odip/iPlImport.profile

manageSyncProfiles validateMapRules -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 \
-D weblogic -f /opt/ldap/odip/iPlImport.map -conDirHost server.example.com \
-conDirPort 8000 -conDirBindDn administrator@idm2003.net -mode IMPORT \
-conDirType IPLANET

manageSyncProfiles isexists -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-pf myProfile

manageSyncProfiles copy -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-pf myProfile -newpf yourProfile

manageSyncProfiles list -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic -profileStatus

5.3 syncProfileBootstrap

The Synchronization Profile Bootstrap utility, syncProfileBootstrap, performs the initial migration of data between a connected directory and Oracle Internet Directory for a synchronization profile.

5.3.1 Syntax for syncProfileBootstrap

syncProfileBootstrap

syncProfileBootstrap -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser {-file FILENAME |-profile
-PROFILE_NAME} [-ssl -keystorePath PATH_TO_KEYSTORE -keystoreType TYPE]
[-loadParallelism INTEGER] [-loadRetry INTEGER][-help]

5.3.2 Arguments for syncProfileBootstrap

-h | -host

Oracle WebLogic Server host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed.

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | wlsuser

Oracle WebLogic Server login ID

Note:

You are prompted for the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute syncProfileBootstrap from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary.

-f | -file

Bootstrap properties file.

-pf | -profile

The name of the synchronization profile to use when performing the operation.

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-lp | -loadParallelism

Indicator that loading to Oracle Internet Directory is to take place in parallel by using multiple threads. For example, -loadparallelism 5 means that 5 threads are to be created, each of which tries to load the entries in parallel to Oracle Internet Directory.

-lr | -loadRetry

The number of times the retry should be made (when the load to the destination fails) before marking the entry as bad entry.

-help

Provides command usage help.

5.3.3 Tasks and Examples for syncProfileBootstrap

manageSyncProfileBootstrap -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-pf myProfile -lp 5

manageSyncProfileBootstrap -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-f /opt/ldap/odip/bootstrap.properties -lr 3

5.4 expressSyncSetup

The Express Synchronization Setup utility, expressSyncSetup, creates import and export synchronizations profiles.

5.4.1 Syntax for expressSyncSetup

expressSyncSetup

expressSyncSetup -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser -pf PROFILE
-conDirType CONNECTED_DIRECTORY_TYPE -conDirURL CONNECTED_DIRECTORY_URL
-conDirBindDN CONNECTED_DIRECTORY_BIND_DN -conDircontainer SYNC_CONTAINER
[-ssl -keystorePath PATH_TO_KEYSTORE -keystoreType TYPE] [-enableProfiles {true |
false}] [-help]

5.4.2 Arguments for expressSyncSetup

-h | -host

Oracle WebLogic Server host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed.

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | wlsusser

Oracle WebLogic Server login ID

Note:

You are prompted for the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute expressSyncSetup from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary. If you must provide more than one password to expressSyncSetup, put each on a separate line in the file, in the following order: connected directory bind DN password, then Oracle WebLogic Server login password.

-pf | -profile

Profile name.

-conDirType

Connected directory type. Supported values are ActiveDirectory, EDirectory, iPlanet, OpenLDAP, ADAM, Tivoli, ExchangeServer2003, and OID.

-conDirUrl

URL where the connected directory is running. The format is host:port.

-conDirBindDN

Connected directory server bind DN. For example:

administrator@idm2003.net

cn=orcladmin, cn=Directory Manager

Note:

You are prompted for the connected directory bind DN password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute expressSyncSetup from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the connected directory bind DN password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary. If you must provide more than one password to expressSyncSetup, put each on a separate line in the file, in the following order: connected directory bind DN password, then Oracle WebLogic Server login password.

-conDirContainer

The synchronization container. For example:

ou=sales,dc=us,dc=com

OU=Groups,DC=imtest,DC=com

CN=Users,DC=imtest,DC=com

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-enableProfiles

Specify true to enable created profiles, false if not.

-help

Provides command usage help.

5.4.3 Tasks and Examples for expressSyncSetup

expressSyncSetup -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic -pf myProfile \
-conDirType ACTIVEDIRECTORY -conDirUrl server.mycompany.com:5432 \
-conDirBindDN administrator@idm2003.net -conDirContainer ou=sales,dc=us,dc=com \
-enableProfiles false \

expressSyncSetup -help

5.5 provProfileBulkProv

The Provisioning Profile Bulk utility, provProfileBulkProv, performs initial migration of data from an LDIF file to Oracle Internet Directory for a provisioning profile.

5.5.1 Syntax for provProfileBulkProv

provProfileBulkProv

provProfileBulkProv -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser -file LDIF_FILE -realm REALM_DN
[-ssl -keystorePath PATH_TO_KEYSTORE -keystoreType TYPE]
[-encoding INPUT_ENCODING] [-help]

5.5.2 Arguments for provProfileBulkProv

-h | -host

Oracle WebLogic Server host where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed.

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | -wlsuser

Oracle WebLogic Server login ID

Note:

You are prompted for the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument. Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute provProfileBulkProv from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the Oracle WebLogic Server login password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary.

-f | -file

LDIF file containing the data to be migrated.

-realm

The realm in which the users are to be provisioned.

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-encoding

Input file encoding.

-help

Provides command usage help.

5.5.3 Tasks and Examples for provProfileBulkProv

provProfileBulkprov -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic \
-f /opt/ldap/odip/users.ldif -realm cn=aaaa,ou=bbbb,dc=cccc

5.6 oidprovtool

Provisioning enables you to ensure that an application is notified of directory changes, such as changes to user or group information. Such changes can affect whether the application allows a user access to its processes and resources.

When you install an application that you want to provision, you must create a provisioning integration profile by using the Provisioning Registration Tool (oidprovtool).

You can use the Provisioning Registration Tool to:

- Create a new provisioning profile. A new provisioning profile is created and set to the enabled state so that Oracle Directory Integration Platform can process it.

- Disable an existing provisioning profile.

- Enable a disabled provisioning profile.

- Modify an existing provisioning profile.

- Delete an existing provisioning profile.

- Get the current status of a given provisioning profile.

- Clear all of the errors in an existing provisioning profile.

The Provisioning Registration Tool shields the location and schema details of the provisioning profile entries from the callers of the tool. From the callers' perspective, the combination of an application and a realm uniquely identify a provisioning profile. The constraint in the system is that there can be only one provisioning profile for each application for each realm.

Once a profile is created, its mode—that is, INBOUND, OUTBOUND, or BOTH—cannot be changed by using the modify operation. To change the mode, you must delete, then re-create, the profile.

The Oracle directory integration platform server automatically monitors provisioning profile configuration changes in Oracle Internet Directory, including the creation, modification, and deletion of provisioning profiles. For this reason, you do not need to manually enable or disable a provisioning profile.

Note:

For improved security, do not supply a password on the command line. The oidprovtool command prompts you for a password if you do not supply one on the command line.

5.6.1 Syntax for oidprovtool

oidprovtool

oidprovtool operation=[create|modify] ldap_host=oid_hostname ldap_port=port
ldap_user_dn="bindDN" ldap_user_password=password
[profile_mode=INBOUND|OUTBOUND|BOTH]
application_dn="DN" application_type=type [application_name=name]
[application_display_name=display name] organization_dn=DN
[application_isdasvisible=TRUE|FALSE] [manage_application_defaults=TRUE|FALSE]
[enable_bootstrap=TRUE|FALSE]  [user_data_location=DN]
[default_provisioning_policy=PROVISIONING_REQUIRED|PROVISIONING_NOT_REQUIRED]
interface_name=SCHEMA.PACKAGE [interface_type=PLSQL|JAVA]
interface_version=1.1|2.0|3.0] interface_connect_info=connection_string
schedule=number_seconds lastchangenumber=number
max_prov_failure_limit=number
max_events_per_schedule=number max_events_per_invocation=number
event_mapping_rules="OBJECT_TYPE:FILTER:DOMAIN"
event_permitted_operations="OBJECT:DOMAIN:OPERATION(attributes,...)"
event_subscription="USER|GROUP:DOMAIN:OPERATION(attributes,...)"
max_events_per_schedule=number max_retries=number profile_group=number
profile_status=ENABLED | DISABLED profile_debug=debug_level

oidprovtool {operation=enable|disable|delete|status|reset}
application_dn=DN [organization_dn=DN] [ldap_host=oid_hostname] [ldap_port=port]
[ldap_user_dn=bindDN] [ldap_user_password=password] [profile_debug=debug_level]

5.6.2 Arguments for oidprovtool

operation=create | modify | enable | disable | delete | status | reset

Required. The operation to perform using oidprovtool. You can only perform one operation at a time. The operations are:

- create—Creates a new provisioning profile.

- modify—Modifies the given properties of an existing provisioning profile.

- enable—Enables a provisioning profile.

- disable—Disables a provisioning profile.

- delete—Deletes a provisioning profile.

- status—Shows the current status of a given provisioning profile.

- reset—Clears all errors for a provisioning profile.

ldap_host=oid_hostname

Optional. The host name of the Oracle Internet Directory server. If not provided then the name of the local host is used.

ldap_port=port

Optional. The LDAP listening port of Oracle Internet Directory. The default is 3060.

ldap_user_dn=bindDN

Required. The DN of the superuser or a user that has sufficient permissions to perform provisioning subscription operations. The default is cn=orcladmin.

ldap_user_password=password

Optional.The user password used to bind to the directory. If you do not specify the password on the command line, you are prompted for it. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt.

profile_mode=OUTBOUND | INBOUND | BOTH

Optional for the create operation only. The direction of the provisioning events. The default is OUTBOUND (data is provisioned from Oracle Internet Directory to the application).

application_dn=DN

Required. The distinguished name of the application to which the provisioning subscription belongs. The combination of the application DN and organization DN uniquely identifies a provisioning profile. For example, here is the application DN for Portal:

"orclApplicationCommonName=PORTAL,cn=Portal,cn=Products,cn=OracleContext"

application_type=type

Required. The type of application being provisioned.

application_name=name

Optional. The name of the application being provisioned. If not provided, defaults to the distinguished name assigned to application_dn.

application_display_name=name

Optional. The display name of the application being provisioned. If not provided, defaults to the value assigned to application_name.

organization_dn=DN

Optional. If not provided, defaults to the default identity management realm. The distinguished name of the organization to which the provisioning subscription belongs, for example "dc=company,dc=com". The combination of the application DN and organization DN uniquely identifies a provisioning profile.

application_isdasvisible=TRUE | FALSE

Optional. Determines whether the application is visible as a provisioning-integrated application in the Oracle Internet Directory Provisioning Console. The default value is TRUE.

manage_application_default=TRUE | FALSE

Optional. Determines whether the Oracle Internet Directory Provisioning Console manages the application's default values. The default value is TRUE.

enable_bootstrap=TRUE | FALSE

Optional. Indicates whether the application should receive provisioning events for users that existed in Oracle Internet Directory before creating the application's provisioning integration profile. The default value is FALSE.

user_data_location=DN

Optional. Identifies the DN of the container in which to store application-specific user information.

default_provisioning_policy=PROVISIONING_REQUIRED | PROVISIONING_NOT_REQUIRED

Optional. Specifies the application's default provisioning policy. The default value is PROVISIONING_REQUIRED.

interface_name=SCHEMA.PACKAGE

Required for create or modify operations. The database schema name for the PLSQL package. The format of the value is schema.package_name, for example here is the schema and PLSQL package information for Portal:

interface_name=PORTAL.WWSEC_OID_SYNC

interface_version=1.1 | 2.0 | 3.0

The version of the interface protocol. Allowed values are 1.1, 2.0, or 3.0. The default value is 2.0.

interface_type=PLSQL | JAVA

Optional. The type of interface to which events will be propagated. The default is PLSQL.

interface_connect_info=connection_string

Required for create or modify operations. To connect to an Oracle database and propagate events, use one of the following formats for the connection string:

- DBURL=ldap://ldaphost:ldapport/service:username:password (recommended)

- host:port:sid:username:password

- DBSVC=service:username:password

schedule=number_seconds

Optional for create and modify operations only. The number of seconds between executions of this profile. The default is 3600, which means the profile is scheduled to be executed every hour.

lastchangenumber=number

Optional for create and modify operations on OUTBOUND events only. The last change number in Oracle Internet Directory after which all qualifying events should be provisioned to the application. Defaults to the latest current change number.

max_prov_failure_limit=number

Optional. Determines the number of times the Oracle Provisioning System attempts to provision a user. The default is 1.

max_events_per_schedule=number

Optional for create and modify operations only. The maximum number of events that the Oracle directory integration platform server sends to an application during one execution of a provisioning profile. The default is 100.

max_events_per_invocation=number

Optional for create and modify operations only. The maximum number of events that can be packaged and sent to a target in one invocation of the interface.

event_mapping_rules="OBJECT_TYPE:FILTER:DOMAIN"

Required for create and modify operations on INBOUND events only. This rule maps the object type received from the application (using an optional filter condition) to a domain in Oracle Internet Directory A provisioning profile can have multiple mapping rules defined.

The following example shows two mapping rules. The first rule shows that an employee object (EMP) whose locality attribute equals America (l=AMERICA) should be mapped to the domain l=AMER,cn=users,dc=company,dc=com. The second rule shows that an employee object (EMP) should be mapped to the domain cn=users,dc=company,dc=com (no filter conditions).

event_mapping_rules="EMP:l=AMERICA:l=AMER,cn=users,dc=company,dc=com"
event_mapping_rules="EMP::cn=users,dc=company,dc=com"

event_permitted_operations="OBJECT:DOMAIN:OPERATION(attributes,...)

Required for create and modify operations on INBOUND events only. This property is used to define the types of events that the application is allowed to send to the Oracle Directory Integration Platform service. A provisioning profile can have multiple permitted operations defined.

For example, if you wanted to permit the application to send events whenever a user object was added or deleted, or when certain attributes were modified, you would have three permitted operations such as this:

event_permitted_operations="USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)"
event_permitted_operations="USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:MODIFY(cn,sn,mail,password)"
event_permitted_operations="USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)"

event_subscription="USER | GROUP:DOMAIN:OPERATION(attributes,...)"

Required for create and modify operations on OUTBOUND events only. This property is used to define the types of events that the Oracle Directory Integration Platform service should send to the application. A provisioning profile can have multiple event subscriptions defined.

For example, if you wanted the directory integration server to send events to the application whenever a user or group object was added or deleted, you would have four event subscriptions such as this:

event_subscription="GROUP:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)"
event_subscription="GROUP:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)"
event_subscription="USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)"
event_subscription="USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)"

max_events_per_schedule=number

Optional for create and modify operations only. The maximum number of events to be provisioned in one schedule. The default is 100.

max_retries=number

Optional for create and modify operations only. The number of times a failed event should be retried. The default is 5.

profile_group=number

Required for create and modify operations only. The group number of the profile. Default is "DEFAULT". This is required to address scalability issues when different Oracle Directory Integration Platform server instances will be used to execute different selected groups.

profile_status=ENABLED | DISABLED

Required for the create operation only. Determines whether the profile is enabled or disabled. The default is ENABLED.

profile_debug=debug_level

Required. The debug level for the profile.

5.6.3 Tasks and Examples for oidprovtool

Using the Provisioning Registration Tool (oidprovtool) you can perform the following tasks:

- Creating a Provisioning Profile

- Modifying a Provisioning Profile

- Deleting a Provisioning Profile

- Disabling a Provisioning Profile

5.6.3.1 Creating a Provisioning Profile

The following example creates a new provisioning profile that makes Portal aware of updates to the user and group information that is maintained in Oracle Internet Directory.

Example:

oidprovtool operation=create ldap_host=myhost.mycompany.com ldap_port=3060 \
ldap_user_dn="cn=orcladmin" application_dn="orclApplicationCommonName=PORTAL,cn=Portal,cn=Products,cn=OracleContext" \
organization_dn="dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com" interface_name=PORTAL.WWSEC_OID_SYNC \
interface_type=PLSQL interface_connect_info=myhost:1521:iasdb:PORTAL:password \
schedule=360 event_subscription="USER:dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE" \
event_subscription="GROUP:dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE" \
event_subscription="USER:dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com:MODIFY(orclDefaultProfileGroup,userpassword)" \
event_subscription="GROUP:dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com:MODIFY(uniqueMember)" \
profile_mode=OUTBOUND

5.6.3.2 Modifying a Provisioning Profile

The following example modifies an existing provisioning profile for the Portal application. It changes the event subscription for the attributes that are provisioned when a user entry is modified.

Example:

oidprovtool operation=modify ldap_host=myhost.mycompany.com ldap_port=3060 \
ldap_user_dn="cn=orcladmin" application_dn="orclApplicationCommonName=PORTAL,cn=Portal,cn=Products,cn=OracleContext" \
organization_dn="dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com" \
subscription="USER:dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com:MODIFY(orclDefaultProfileGroup,userpassword,mail,cn,sn)"

5.6.3.3 Deleting a Provisioning Profile

The following example disables a provisioning profile for the Portal application.

Example:

oidprovtool operation=delete ldap_host=myhost.mycompany.com ldap_port=3060 \
ldap_user_dn="cn=orcladmin" application_dn="orclApplicationCommonName=PORTAL,cn=Portal,cn=Products,cn=OracleContext" \
organization_dn="dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com"

5.6.3.4 Disabling a Provisioning Profile

The following example disables a provisioning profile for the Portal application.

Example:

oidprovtool operation=disable ldap_host=myhost.mycompany.com ldap_port=3060 \
ldap_user_dn="cn=orcladmin" application_dn="orclApplicationCommonName=PORTAL,cn=Portal,cn=Products,cn=OracleContext" \
organization_dn="dc=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com"

5.7 dipStatus

The dipStatus utility allows you to check the status of Oracle Directory Integration Platform and whether it is registered.

5.7.1 Syntax for dipStatus

dipStatus

dipStatus -h HOST -p PORT -D wlsuser [-ssl -keystorePath PATH_TO_KEYSTORE
-keystoreType TYPE] [-help]

5.7.2 Arguments for dipStatus

-h | -host

Host name of the WebLogic server running the Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed.

-p | -port

Listen port of Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform application is deployed.

-D | -wlsuser

WebLogic Server login ID.

Note:

You are prompted for the WebLogic server login password. You cannot provide the password as a command-line argument.
Best security practice is to provide a password only in response to a prompt from the command. If you must execute dipStatus from a script, you can redirect input from a file containing the WebLogic Server password. Use file permissions to protect the file and delete it when it is no longer necessary.

-ssl

Executes the command in SSL mode.

Note:

The Oracle WebLogic Managed Server where Oracle Directory Integration Platform is deployed must be configured for SSL to execute this command in SSL mode. Refer to the Configuring SSL chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Securing Oracle WebLogic Server for more information.

-keystorePath

The full path to the keystore.

-keystoreType

The type of the keystore identified by -keystorePath. For example: -keystorePath jks or -keystorePath PKCS12

-help

Provides usage help for the command.

5.7.3 Examples for dipStatus

dipStatus -h myhost.mycompany.com -p 7005 -D weblogic

dipStatus -help

5.8 schemasync

The schemasync utility enables you to synchronize schema elements—namely attributes and object classes—between an Oracle Internet Directory server and a third-party LDAP directory.

The errors that occur during schema synchronization are logged in the following files:

- ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/log/attributetypes.log

- ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/log/objectclasses.log

5.8.1 Syntax for schemasync

schemasync

schemasync -srchost hostname -srcport port -srcdn bindDN -srcpwd password
-dsthost hostname -dstport port -dstdn bindDN -dstpwd password [-ldap]

5.8.2 Arguments for schemasync

-srchost hostname

Required. The host name of the source directory server.

-srcport port

Required. The LDAP listening port of the source directory server, for example 3060.

-srcdn bindDN

Required. The DN of the user used to bind to the source directory. This user must have permissions to modify the directory schema, for example the superuser (cn=orcladmin).

-srcpwd password

Optional. The user password used to bind to the source directory. If you do not specify the password on the command line, you are prompted for it. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt.

-dsthost hostname

Required. The host name of the destination directory server.

-dstport port

Required. The LDAP listening port of the destination directory server, for example 3060.

-dstdn bindDN

Optional. The DN of the user used to bind to the destination directory. This user must have permissions to modify the directory schema, for example the superuser.

-dstpwd password

Required. The user password used to bind to the destination directory. If you do not specify the password on the command line, you are prompted for it. Best security practice is to provide the password in response to a prompt.

-ldap

Optional. If specified, then the schema changes are applied directly from the source LDAP directory to the destination LDAP directory. If it is not specified, then the schema changes are placed in the following LDIF files:

- ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/data/attributetypes.ldif: This file has the new attribute definitions.

- ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/data/objectclasses.ldif: This file has the new object class definitions.

If you do not specify -ldap, then you must use "ldapmodify" to upload the definitions from these two files, first attribute types and then object classes.

5.8.3 Tasks and Examples for schemasync

Using the schemasync command-line tool, you can perform the following tasks:

- Synchronizing the Schema between Oracle Internet Directory and a Third-Party Directory

5.8.3.1 Synchronizing the Schema between Oracle Internet Directory and a Third-Party Directory

The following example shows how to synchronize the schema between Oracle Internet Directory and a third-party directory server.

Example:

schemasync -srchost myhost1.mycompany.com -srcport 3060 -srcdn "cn=orcladmin" \
-dsthost myhost2.mycompany.com -dstport 3060 \
-dstdn "uid=superuser,ou=people,dc=mycompany,dc=com" -ldap

5.8.4 Related Command-Line Tools for schemasync

- See "ldapmodify"

Part II

Schema Reference

Part II of the Oracle Fusion Middleware Reference for Oracle Identity Management contains information about the LDAP schema elements for Oracle Identity Management.

Part II contains the following chapters:

- Chapter 6, "LDAP Schema Overview"

- Chapter 7, "LDAP Object Class Reference"

- Chapter 8, "LDAP Attribute Reference"

- Chapter 9, "Oracle Adaptive Access Manager Database Schema"

6 LDAP Schema Overview

This chapter provides an overview of some of the basic concepts of the LDAP directory schema, and provides categorized lists of the schema elements for Oracle Identity Management. This chapter contains the following topics:

- Section 6.1, "Overview of Directory Schema"

- Section 6.2, "Overview of Oracle Identity Management Schema Elements"

6.1 Overview of Directory Schema

A directory schema specifies, among other rules, the types of objects that a directory may have and the mandatory and optional attributes of each object type. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) version 3 defines a schema based on the X.500 standard for common objects found in a network, such as countries, localities, organizations, people, groups, and devices. In the LDAP v3, the schema is available from the directory. That is, it is represented as entries in the directory and its information as attributes of those entries.

6.1.1 Object Classes

An object class is an LDAP directory term that denotes the type of object being represented by a directory entry or record. There are also object classes that define an object's relationship to other objects, such as object class top denotes that the object may have subordinate objects under it in a hierarchical tree structure. Some LDAP object classes may be combined to create an entry in the directory. For example, and entry for a user uses the top, person, organizationalPerson, inetOrgPerson, and orclUserV2 object classes.

Required and Allowed Attributes

The definition of an object class includes a list of required attributes (MUST) and allowed attributes (MAY). Required attributes include the attributes that must be present in entries using the object class. Allowed attributes include the attributes that may be present in entries using the object class.

Object Class Types

The X.500 1993 specification requires that object classes be assigned to one of four categories:

- Structural: Object classes that can have instances in the directory. Structural classes are used to create directory objects or entries.

- Abstract: Template object classes that are used only to derive new structural classes. Abstract classes cannot be instantiated in the directory.

- Auxiliary: A list of attributes that can be appended to the definition of a Structural or Abstract class. An Auxiliary class cannot be instantiated in the directory.

- 88 Classes: Assigning object classes to categories was not required in the X.500 1988 specification. Classes that were defined prior to the X.500 1993 standards, default to the 88 class. Do not define new 88 classes.

Object Class Inheritance

Inheritance, which is also referred to as derivation, is the ability to build new object classes from existing object classes. The new object is defined as a subclass of the parent object. A subclass is a class that inherits from some other class; for example, a subclass inherits structure and content rules from the parent. The parent object becomes a superclass of the new object. A superclass is a class from which one or more other classes inherit information.

6.1.2 Attributes

Directory data is represented as attribute-value pairs. Any piece of information in the directory is associated with a descriptive attribute. For example, the cn (commonName) attribute is used to store a nickname. A person named William (Bill) Smith can be represented in the directory as:

cn: Bill Smith

Attribute Name Limitations

The length of an attribute name must not exceed 127 characters. For more information about attribute management, refer to the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

Oracle Internet Directory imposes no limitations on the characters that can be used in attribute names. Other components of Oracle Identity Management, however, do limit the characters that can be used for certain attributes.

Oracle Delegated Administration Services and Oracle Directory Integration Platform prohibit the use of spaces and of any of the following characters in UserID: & ' % ? \ / + = ( ) * ^ , ; | ' ~

Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On requires that a password should not contain the following characters: & { } < > " ' ( )

Attribute Syntax

An attribute syntax is the basic building block of an attribute. Every attribute is assigned a syntax that defines the attribute value's data format. For example, attribute syntaxes determine whether an attribute stores an integer, string, or binary data. The syntax also defines the matching rules that control the type of comparison operations you can perform on the attribute value.

Oracle Internet Directory recognizes attribute syntax as specified in RFC 2252, that is, it enables you to associate the attribute syntax described in that document with an attribute. Oracle Internet Directory enforces attribute syntax for the following types:

- DN

- OID (object identifier)

- Telephone Number

The following table describes the attribute syntax most commonly used in Oracle Internet Directory:

Table 6-1 Attribute Syntax Commonly Used in Oracle Internet Directory

Syntax and Object ID

Description

ACI Item

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.1

Values for this attribute are access control identifier items.

Binary

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.5

Values for this attribute are binary.

Boolean

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7

The attribute can contain only one of two values: true (1) or false (0).

Directory String

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Values for this attribute are strings which are not case-sensitive.

DN

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12

Values for this attribute are DNs (distinguished names).

Generalized Time

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24

Values for this attribute are encoded as printable strings. A time zone must be specified (such as GMT).

IA5String

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26

International Reference Alphabet Reference Alphabet No. 5 string. Values for this attribute are case-sensitive.

Integer

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Valid values for this attribute are numbers.

JPEG

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.28

Valid values for this attribute are JPEG files.

Name

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34

Valid values for this attribute are names or optional UIDs.

OID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.38

A unique object identifier.

Printable String

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44

A string that does NOT allow extended characters. Values for this attribute are not case-sensitive.

Telephone Number

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.50

Values for this attribute are in the form of telephone numbers.

Attribute Aliases

As of 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), you can create aliases for attribute names. For example. you could create the user-friendly alias surname for the attribute sn. Once you create an alias for an attribute name, a user can specify the alias instead of the attribute name in an LDAP operation.

You define an alias for an attribute in the LDAP schema definition of the attribute. The directory schema operational attribute attributeTypes has been enhanced to allow you to include aliases in the attribute name list. In previous releases, the format for an attribute name list was:

attributeTypes=( ObjectIdentifier NAME 'AttributeName'  ... )

As of 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), you may optionally specify:

attributeTypes=( ObjectIdentifier NAME ( 'AttributeName' 'Alias1' 'Alias2' ...) ... )

This is consistent with the LDAP protocol as specified by RFC 2251 and RFC 2252. In the attribute name list, the first item is recognized as the name of the attribute and rest of the items in the list are recognized as attribute aliases. For example, to specify the alias surname for the attribute sn, you would change the schema definition for sn from:

attributeTypes=( 2.5.4.4 NAME 'sn' SUP name )

to:

attributeTypes=( 2.5.4.4 NAME ( 'sn' 'surname' ) SUP name )

See Also:

For more information regarding attribute alias rules, managing attribute aliases using command-line tools, and using attribute aliases refer to the "Attribute Aliases In the Directory" section in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

Matching Rules

Matching rules are the rules for matching two attribute values that comply with the same attribute syntax. Oracle Internet Directory recognizes the following matching rule definitions in the schema.

- accessDirectiveMatch

- IntegerMatch

- bitStringMatch

- numericStringMatch

- caseExactMatch

- objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch

- caseExactIA5Match

- ObjectIdentifierMatch

- caseIgnoreIA5Match

- OctetStringMatch

- caseIgnoreListMatch

- presentationAddressMatch

- caseIgnoreMatch

- protocolInformationMatch

- caseIgnoreOrderingMatch

- telephoneNumberMatch

- distinguishedNameMatch

- uniqueMemberMatch

- generalizedTimeMatch

- generalizedTimeOrderingMatch

- orclpkimatchingrule

Of the matching rules in the previous list, Oracle Internet Directory actually enforces the following when it compares attribute values:

- distinguishedNameMatch

- caseExactMatch

- caseIgnoreMatch

- numericStringMatch

- IntegerMatch

- telephoneNumberMatch

- orclpkimatchingrule

Sizing of Attribute Values

Attribute syntax does not put any specific size constraint on attribute values. You can, however, specify the size of the attribute value when defining the attribute. Some attributes in Oracle Internet Directory may have size constraints defined, however length characteristics of an attribute are not enforced.

For example, to limit an attribute foo to a size of 64, you would define the attribute as follows:

(object_identifier_of_attribute NAME 'foo' EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch SYNTAX 'object_identifier_of_syntax{64}' )

Single-Valued and Multi-Valued Attributes

By default, most attributes are multi-valued. This means that an entry can contain the same attribute with multiple values. For single-valued attributes, only one instance of the attribute can be specified in an entry. For example, the attribute orclObjectGUID attribute can only have one possible value.

Attribute Usage

Attribute Usage defines how the attribute is used in the directory. The attribute usage types are:

- User applications attribute–Default attribute usage if not explicitly defined for the attribute.

- System Operational attribute–Attributes that control operation of the directory itself.

See Also:

"Managing System Operational Attributes" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory

Not User Modifiable

Attributes that are designated as "not user modifiable" can only be modified by the directory server. They cannot be modified by any other user or process.

6.1.3 LDAP Controls

As an LDAP Version 3 directory, Oracle Internet Directory extends the standard LDAP operations by using controls. These are extra pieces of information carried along with existing operations, altering the behavior of the operation. When a client application passes a control along with the standard LDAP command, the behavior of the commanded operation is altered accordingly.

The controls supported by Oracle Internet Directory 11g Release 1 (11.1.1) are listed in Table 6-2, "Request Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory" and Table 6-3, "Response Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory".

Table 6-2 Request Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory

Object Identifier

Name

Description

1.2.840.113556.1.4.319

OID_SEARCH_PAGING_CONTROL

See the "Extensions to the LDAP Protocol" chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Application Developer's Guide for Oracle Identity Management

1.2.840.113556.1.4.473

OID_SEARCH_SORTING_REQUEST_CONTROL

See the "Extensions to the LDAP Protocol" chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Application Developer's Guide for Oracle Identity Management

2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.2

GSL_MANAGE_DSA_CONTROL

Used to manage referrals, dynamic groups, and alias objects in Oracle Internet Directory. For more information, please see RFC 3296, "Named Subordinate References in Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Directories," at http://www.ietf.org.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.1

OID_RESET_PROXYCONTROL_IDENTITY

Used to perform a proxy switch of an identity on an established LDAP connection. For example, suppose that Application A connects to the directory server and then wishes to switch to Application B. It can simply do a rebind by supplying the credentials of Application B. However, there are times when the proxy mechanism for the application to switch identities could be used even when the credentials are not available. With this control, Application A can switch to Application B provided Application A has the privilege in Oracle Internet Directory to proxy as Application B.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.2

OID_APPLYUSEPASSWORD_POLICY

Sent by applications that require Oracle Internet Directory to check for account lockout before sending the verifiers of the user to the application. If Oracle Internet Directory detects this control in the verifier search request and the user account is locked, then Oracle Internet Directory does not send the verifiers to the application. It sends an appropriate password policy error.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.3

CONNECT_BY

See the "Extensions to the LDAP Protocol" chapter in Oracle Fusion Middleware Application Developer's Guide for Oracle Identity Management

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.4

OID_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS

Intended for a client to send the end user IP address if IP lockout is to be enforced by Oracle Internet Directory.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.5

GSL_REQDATTR_CONTROL

Used with dynamic groups. Directs the directory server to read the specific attributes of the members rather than the membership lists.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.6

PasswordStatusRequestControl

When packaged as part of the LDAP Bind/Compare operation request, this control causes the server to generate a password policy response control. The actual response control depends on the situation. Cases include imminent password expiration, number of grace logins remaining, password expired, and account locked.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.14

OID_DYNAMIC_VERIFIER_REQUEST_CONTROL

The request control that the client sends when it wants the server to create a dynamic password verifier. The server uses the parameters in the request control to construct the verifier.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.16

AccountStatusRequestControl

When packaged with the LDAP search operation associated with the authentication process, the Oracle Internet Directory returns a password policy response control to inform the client application of account state related information like account lockout, password expiration etc. The application can then parse and enforce the results.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.23

GSL_CERTIFICATE_CONTROL"

Certificate search control. The request control that the client sends to specify how to search for a user certificate. See the appendix "Searching the Directory for User Certificates" in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.29

EffectivePolicyControl

This control is packaged as part of an LDAP base search, where the base DN is that of the user entry being tested. The entry need not exist in the directory at the time. Passing this control results in the return of the LDAP entry describing the applicable password policy, assuming the entity performing the search has the access rights to view the password policy entry. If the desired password is provided as the optional testPassword parameter, the directory server returns the response control 2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.32.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.36

DelSubtreeControl

When this control is sent with a delete operation, it causes the deletion of the entire subtree below the DN provided. Any user having necessary privileges can perform this operation.

1.3.6.1.1.21.2

Transaction Specification Control

This is an LDAPControl indicating association of an operation to a transaction by means of the transaction identifier, which is the value of this control. Its criticality is TRUE.

Table 6-3 Response Controls Supported by Oracle Internet Directory

Object Identifier

Name

Description

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.7

OID_PASSWORD_EXPWARNING_CONTROL

Password policy control. Response control that the server sends when the pwdExpireWarning attribute is enabled and the client sends the request control. The response control value contains the time in seconds to password expiration.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.8

OID_PASSWORD_GRACELOGIN_CONTROL

Password policy control. The response control that the server sends when grace logins are configured and the client sends a request control. The response control value contains the remaining number of grace logins.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.9

OID_PASSWORD_MUSTCHANGE_CONTROL

Password policy control. The response control that the server sends when forced password reset is enabled and the client sends the request control. The client must force the user to change the password upon receipt of this control.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.15

OID_DYNAMIC_VERIFIER_RESPONSE_CONTROL

The response control that the server sends to the client when an error occurs. The response control contains the error code.

2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.32

PasswordValidationControl

The server sends this in response to control 2.16.840.1.113894.1.8.29 when the desired password is provided as the optional testPassword parameter. A client application can parse the validationResult to determine whether the password can be accepted by the server ("Success") or the reason it has been rejected. The same type of error message generated during a failed LDAP modify operation on userpassword is returned as the value.

6.2 Overview of Oracle Identity Management Schema Elements

This section lists the Oracle Identity Management schema elements by category. Each category contains a list of applicable LDAP object classes and attributes that link to the detailed information for the specified attribute or object class. The schema elements are grouped into the following categories:

- System Operational Schema Elements

- Oracle Internet Directory Configuration Schema Elements

- Audit and Error Logging Schema Elements

- Server Manageability Schema Elements

- Oracle Directory Replication Schema Elements

- Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning Schema Elements

- Oracle Delegated Administration Services Schema Elements

- Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority and PKI Schema Elements

- Application Schema Elements

- Resource Schema Elements

- Plug-in Schema Elements

- Directory User Agents Schema Elements

- User, Group, and Subscriber Schema Elements

- Password Policy Schema Elements

- Password Verifier Schema Elements

6.2.1 System Operational Schema Elements

System operational schema elements are those used by the directory server. System operational object classes are used by the directory server to create entries that pertain to directory server operations. Certain system operational attributes may be available for use on every entry in the directory, regardless of whether they are defined for the object class of the entry. This section contains the following topics:

- Directory Schema

- Access Control

- Change Logs

- Password Policy

6.2.1.1 Directory Schema

This section lists the operational attributes and object classes for the directory schema.

Attributes

attributeTypes, contentRules, ldapSyntaxes, matchingRules, objectClasses

Object Classes

subschema

6.2.1.2 Access Control

This section lists the operational attributes for access control.

Attributes

orclACI, orclEntryLevelACI

6.2.1.3 Change Logs

This section lists the operational attributes for change logs.

Attributes

createTimestamp, creatorsName, modifiersName, modifyTimestamp

6.2.1.4 Password Policy

This section lists the operational attributes for password policy.

Attributes

orclPwdAccountUnlock, orclPwdIPAccountLockedTime, orclPwdIPFailureTime, orclRevPwd, orclUnsyncRevPwd, pwdAccountLockedTime, pwdChangedTime, pwdExpirationWarned, pwdFailureTime, pwdGraceUseTime, pwdHistory, pwdReset

6.2.2 Oracle Internet Directory Configuration Schema Elements

This section lists the schema elements that pertain to the configuration of Oracle Internet Directory. It contains the following topics:

- Oracle Internet Directory Server

- Oracle Context

- Oracle Network Services

- Garbage Collection

- Attribute Uniqueness

6.2.2.1 Oracle Internet Directory Server

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to the configuration of Oracle Internet Directory server.

Attributes

namingContexts, orclAnonymousBindsFlag, orclCatalogEntryDN, orclConfigSetNumber, orclCryptoScheme, orclDBType, orclDebugFlag, orclDebugForceFlush, orclDebugOp, orclDIPRepository, orclDirectoryVersion, orclDITRoot, orclEcacheEnabled, orclEcacheMaxEntries, , orclEcacheMaxSize, orclEnableGroupCache, orclEventLevel, orclGUPassword, orclHostname, orclIndexedAttribute, orclIpAddress, orclLDAPConnTimeout, orclMatchDnEnabled, orclMaxCC, orclNonSSLPort, orclNormDN, orclNwrwTimeout, orclPKIMatchingRule, orclPrName, orclPrPassword, orclReplAgreements, orclReplicaID, orclSASLAuthenticationMode, orclSASLCipherChoice, orclSASLMechanism, orclsDumpFlag, orclServerMode, orclServerProcs, orclSizeLimit, orclSkewedAttribute, orclSkipRefInSQL, orclSSLAuthentication, orclSSLCipherSuite, orclSSLEnable, orclSSLPort, orclSSLVersion, orclSSLWalletURL, orclStatsDN, orclStatsFlag, orclStatsLevel, orclStatsOp, orclStatsPeriodicity, orclSUAccountLocked, orclSuffix, orclSULoginFailureCount, orclSUName, orclSUPassword, orclTimeLimit, orclTLimitMode, orclUpgradeInProgress

Object Classes

orclDSAConfig, orclIndexOC, orclLDAPInstance, orclLDAPSubConfig, subentry, subregistry

6.2.2.2 Oracle Context

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to the configuration of the Oracle Context.

Attributes

orclCommonAutoRegEnabled, orclCommonContextMap, orclCommonDefaultUserCreateBase, orclCommonGroupCreateBase, orclCommonNamingAttribute, orclCommonNicknameAttribute, orclCommonSASLRealm, orclCommonUserSearchBase, orclDefaultSubscriber, orclProductVersion, orclSubscriberNickNameAttribute, orclSubscriberSearchBase, orclUserObjectClasses, orclVersion

Object Classes

orclCommonAttributes, orclCommonAttributesV2, orclRootContext, orclSchemaVersion

6.2.2.3 Oracle Network Services

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to the configuration of Oracle Network Services.

Attributes

labeledURI, orclActiveEndDate, orclActiveStartdate, orclAssocDB, orclAssocIasInstance, orclEnabled, orclFlexAttribute1, orclIsEnabled, orclMasterNode, orclNetDescName, orclNetDescString, orclOracleHome, orclServiceInstanceLocation, orclServiceMember, orclServiceSubscriptionLocation, orclServiceSubType, orclServiceType, orclSID, orclSuiteType, orclSystemName, orclVersion

Object Classes

orclService, orclServiceInstance, orclServiceInstanceReference, orclServiceRecipient, orclServiceSuite, orclServiceSubscriptionDetail

6.2.2.4 Garbage Collection

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to the configuration of garbage collection.

Attributes

orclPurgeBase, orclPurgeDebug, orclPurgeEnable, orclPurgeFileLoc, orclPurgeFileName, orclPurgeFilter, orclPurgeInterval, orclPurgeNow, orclPurgePackage, orclPurgeStart, orclPurgeTargetAge, orclPurgeTranSize

Object Classes

orclPurgeConfig, tombstone

6.2.2.5 Attribute Uniqueness

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to the configuration of attribute uniqueness.

Attributes

orclUniqueAttrName, orclUniqueEnable, orclUniqueObjectClass, orclUniqueScope, orclUniqueSubtree

Object Classes

orclUniqueConfig

6.2.3 Audit and Error Logging Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to audit logs and error logs.

Attributes

orclAuditAttribute, orclAuditMessage, orclDBConnCreationFailed, orclDNSUnavailable, orclEventTime, orclEventType, orclFDIncreaseError, orclMaxFDLimitReached, orclMaxProcessLimitReached, orclMemAllocError, orclNWCongested, orclNwUnavailable, orclOpResult, orclORA28error, orclORA3113error, orclORA3114error, orclSequence, orclThreadSpawnFailed, orclUserDN

Object Classes

orclAuditOC, orclEventLog, orclEvents, orclSysResourceEvents

6.2.4 Server Manageability Schema Elements

This section lists the schema elements for Oracle Internet Directory server manageability statistics.

Attributes

orclACLResultsLatency, orclActiveConn, orclActiveThreads, orclAttrACLEvalLatency, orclAuditMessage, orclBERgenLatency, orclDBLatency, orclDIMEonlyLatency, orclEcacheHitRatio, orclEcacheNumEntries, orclEcacheSize, orclEntryACLEvalLatency, orclEventTime, orclEventType, orclFilterACLEvalLatency, orclFrontLatency, orclGenObjLatency, orclGetNearACLLatency, orclHostname, orclIdleConn, orclIdleThreads, orclInitialServerMemSize, orclIpAddress, orclLDAPInstanceID, orclLDAPProcessID, orclOpAbandoned, orclOpCompleted, orclOpenConn, orclOpFailed, orclOpInitiated, orclOpLatency, orclOpPending, orclOpResult, orclOpSucceeded, orclOpTimedOut, orclQueueDepth, orclQueueLatency, orclReadWaitThreads, orclSequence, orclServerAvgMemGrowth, orclSMSpec, orclSQLexeFetchLatency, orclSQLGenReusedParsed, orclTcpConnToClose, orclTcpConnToShutDown, orclTotFreePhyMem, orclTraceDimesionLevel, orclTraceFileLocation, orclTraceFileSize, orclTraceLevel, orclTraceMode, orclUserDN, orclWriteWaitThreads

Object Classes

orclGeneralStats, orclHealthStats, orclPerfStats, orclSecRefreshEvents, orclSM, orclTraceConfig, orclUserStats

6.2.5 Oracle Directory Replication Schema Elements

This section lists the schema elements for directory replication.

Attributes

orclAgreementId, orclChangeLogLife, orclChangeRetryCount, orclConfigSetNumber, orclDirReplGroupAgreement, orclDirReplGroupDSAs, orclExcludedAttributes, orclExcludedNamingContexts, orclHIQSchedule, orclHostname, orclIncludedNamingContexts, orclLastAppliedChangeNumber, orclLDAPConnKeepALive, orclPilotMode, orclPurgeSchedule, orclReplicaDN, orclReplicaID, orclReplicaSecondaryURI, orclReplicaState, orclReplicationProtocol, orclReplicaType, orclReplicaURI, orclReplicaVersion, orclThreadsPerSupplier, orclUpdateSchedule, pilotStartTime

Object Classes

orclReplAgreementEntry, orclReplInstance, orclReplicaSubentry, orclReplNameCtxConfig, orclReplSubConfig

6.2.6 Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning Schema Elements

This section lists the schema elements for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning. It contains the following topics:

- Applications

- Change Logs

- Events and Objects

- Plug-ins and Interfaces

- Server Configuration

- Profiles

- Schema

- Active Directory Users

6.2.6.1 Applications

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning applications.

Attributes

orclApplicationType, orclInterval, orclODIPAgent, orclODIPApplicationName, orclODIPCommand, orclODIPDbConnectInfo, orclODIPEventSubscriptions, orclOwnerGUID, orclStatus, orclVersion

Object Classes

orclODIPApplicationCommonConfig, orclODIPAppSubscription

6.2.6.2 Change Logs

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning change logs.

Attributes

orclLastAppliedChangeNumber, orclSubscriberDisable, serverName, userPassword

Object Classes

orclChangeSubscriber

6.2.6.3 Events and Objects

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning events and objects.

Attributes

orclODIPAttributeMappingRules, orclODIPEventFilter, orclODIPFilterAttrCriteria, orclODIPMustAttrCriteria, orclODIPObjectCriteria, orclODIPObjectEvents, orclODIPObjectName, orclODIPObjectSyncBase, orclODIPOperationMode, orclODIPOptAttrCriteria, orclODIPProvEventCriteria, orclODIPProvEventLDAPChangeType, orclODIPProvEventObjectType, orclODIPProvEventRule, orclODIPProvEventRuleDTD, orclStatus

Object Classes

orclODIPEventContainer, orclODIPObject, orclODIPProvEventDefn, orclODIPProvEventTypeConfig

6.2.6.4 Plug-ins and Interfaces

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning plug-ins and interfaces.

Attributes

orclODIPPluginAddInfo, orclODIPPluginConfigInfo, orclODIPPluginEvents, orclODIPPluginExecData, orclODIPPluginExecName, orclODIPProfileProvSubscriptionMode, orclODIPProfileStatusUpdate, orclODIPProvInterfaceFilter, orclODIPProfileInterfaceType, orclODIPProvInterfaceProcessor, orclStatus

Object Classes

orclODIPProvInterfaceDetails, orclODIPPlugin, orclODIPPluginContainer

6.2.6.5 Server Configuration

This section lists the attributes and object classes for configuring the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Attributes

cn, orclConfigSetNumber, orclHostname, orclODIPConfigDNs, orclODIPConfigRefreshFlag, orclODIPInstanceStatus, orclODIPProfileExecGroupID, orclODIPSearchCountLimit, orclODIPSearchTimeLimit, orclODIPServerCommitSize, orclODIPServerDebugLevel, orclODIPServerRefreshIntvl, orclODIPServerSSLMode, orclODIPServerWalletLoc, orclSSLEnable, orclVersion, seeAlso, userPassword

Object Classes

orclODIPServerConfig, orclODISConfig, orclODIServer, orclODISInstance

6.2.6.6 Profiles

This section the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning synchronization and provisioning profiles.

Attributes

cn, orclODIPAgentConfigInfo, orclODIPAgentControl, orclODIPAgentExeCommand, orclODIPAgentHostName, orclODIPAgentName, orclODIPAgentPassword, orclODIPAttributeMappingRules, orclODIPBootStrapStatus, orclODIPConDirAccessAccount, orclODIPConDirAccessPassword, orclODIPConDirLastAppliedChgNum, orclODIPConDirMatchingFilter, orclODIPConDirURL, orclODIPEncryptedAttrKey, orclODIPInterfaceType, orclODIPLastExecutionTime, orclODIPLastSuccessfulExecutionTime, orclODIPOIDMatchingFilter, orclODIPProfileDebugLevel, orclODIPProfileExecGroupID, orclODIPProfileInterfaceAdditionalInformation, orclODIPProfileInterfaceConnectInformation, orclODIPProfileInterfaceName, orclODIPProfileInterfaceType, orclODIPProfileInterfaceVersion, orclODIPProfileLastAppliedAppEventID, orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileMaxErrors, orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerInvocation, orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerSchedule, orclODIPProfileMaxRetries, orclODIPProfileName, orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors, orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus, orclODIPProfileSchedule, orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningAppName, orclODIPProvisioningEventMappingRules, orclODIPProvisioningEventPermittedOperations, orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription, orclODIPProvisioningOrgGUID, orclODIPProvisioningOrgName, orclODIPSchedulingInterval, orclODIPSynchronizationErrors, orclODIPSynchronizationMode, orclODIPSynchronizationStatus, orclODIPSyncRetryCount, orclPasswordAttribute, orclStatus, orclVersion, userPassword

Object Classes

orclODIPIntegrationProfile, orclODIProfile, orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfile, orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfileV2, orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfile, orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfileV2

6.2.6.7 Schema

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning schema information.

Attributes

orclODIPApplicationsLocation, orclODIPInstancesLocation, orclODIPObjectDefnLocation, orclODIPProvProfileLocation, orclODIPRootLocation, orclODIPSchemaVersion, orclODIPServerConfigLocation, orclODIPSyncProfileLocation

Object Classes

orclODIPSchemaDetails

6.2.6.8 Active Directory Users

The following attributes and object classes are used for users that are imported into Oracle Internet Directory from Microsoft Active Directory using Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning.

Attributes

orclObjectGUID, orclObjectSID, orclSAMAccountName, orclUserPrincipalName

Object Classes

orclADGroup, orclADUser, orclNTUser

6.2.7 Oracle Delegated Administration Services Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes for Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Attributes

orclDASAdminModifiable, orclDASAttrDispOrder, orclDASAttrName, orclDASEnableProductLogo, orclDASEnableSubscriberLogo, orclDASIsEnabled, orclDASIsMandatory, orclDASIsPersonal, orclDASLOV, orclDASPublicGroupDNs, orclDASSearchable, orclDASSearchColIndex, orclDASSearchFilter, orclDASSearchSizeLimit, orclDASSelfModifiable, orclDASUIType, orclDASURL, orclDASURLBase, orclDASValidatePwdReset, orclDASViewable

Object Classes

orclDASAppContainer, orclDASAttrCategory, orclDASConfigAttr, orclDASConfigPublicGroup, orclDASLOVVal, orclDASOperationURL, orclDASSubscriberContainer

6.2.8 Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority and PKI Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to public key infrastructure (PKI), certificates, and Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority.

Attributes

orclCertExtensionAttribute, orclCertExtensionOID, orclCertificateHash, orclCertificateMatch, orclCertMappingAttribute, orclPKINextUpdate, orclPKIValMecAttr, x509issuer

Object Classes

orclCertIdMapping, orclPKICRL, orclPKIValMecCl

6.2.9 Application Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to applications.

Attributes

authPassword, description, labeledURI, orclAppFullName, orclApplicationCommonName, orclCategory, orclDBSchemaIdentifier, orclOwnerGUID, orclPasswordVerifier, orclResourceIdentifier, orclTrustedApplicationGroup, orclVersion, protocolInformation, seeAlso, userCertificate;binary, userPassword, userPKCS12

Object Classes

orclApplicationEntity, orclAppSpecificUserInfo, orclAppUserEntry

6.2.10 Resource Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to resources.

Attributes

description, displayName, javaClassName, orclConnectionFormat, orclFlexAttribute1, orclFlexAttribute2, orclFlexAttribute3, orclOwnerGUID, orclPasswordAttribute, orclResourceName, orclResourceTypeName, orclResourceViewers, orclUserIDAttribute, orclUserModifiable

Object Classes

orclResourceDescriptor, orclResourceType

6.2.11 Plug-in Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes for configuring Plug-ins for Oracle Internet Directory.

Attributes

orclPluginAttributeList, orclPluginCheckEntryExist, orclPluginEnable, orclPluginEntryProperties, orclPluginIsReplace, orclPluginKind, orclPluginLDAPOperation, orclPluginName, orclPluginPort, orclPluginRequestGroup, orclPluginRequestNegGroup, orclPluginResultCode, orclPluginSASLCallBack, orclPluginSearchNotFound, orclPluginShareLibLocation, orclPluginSubscriberDNList, orclPluginTiming, orclPluginType, orclPluginVersion, userPassword

Object Classes

orclPluginConfig, orclPluginContainer, orclPluginUser

6.2.12 Directory User Agents Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes for configuring directory user agents (DUAs).

Attributes

attributeMap, authenticationMethod, bindTimeLimit, cn, credentialLevel, defaultSearchBase, defaultSearchScope, defaultServerList, followReferrals, objectClass, objectClassMap, preferredServerList, profileTTL, serviceAuthenticationMethod, serviceCredentialLevel, serviceSearchDescriptor

Object Classes

duaConfigProfile

6.2.13 User, Group, and Subscriber Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes used for users, groups, and subscribers. It contains the following topics:

- Groups

- Dynamic Groups

- Users

6.2.13.1 Groups

Oracle Internet Directory uses the standard object classes groupOfNames and groupOfUniqueNames as defined in RFC 2256. In addition to the standard attributes and object classes, the following are also used for groups.

Attributes

displayName, mail, orclGlobalID, orclIsVisible

Object Classes

orclGroup

6.2.13.2 Dynamic Groups

This section lists the attributes and object classes for dynamic groups.

Attributes

labeledURI, mail, orclConnectByAttribute, orclConnectBySearchBase, orclConnectByStartingValue

Object Classes

orclDynamicGroup

6.2.13.3 Users

Oracle Internet Directory uses the standard object classes person and inetOrgPerson as defined in RFC 2256. In addition to the standard attributes and object classes, the following are also used for users.

Attributes

authPassword, c, jpegPhoto, krbPrincipalName, middleName, orclActiveEndDate, orclActiveStartdate, orclContact, orclDateOfBirth, orclDefaultProfileGroup, orclDisplayPersonalInfo, orclGender, orclHireDate, orclHostedCreditCardExpireDate, orclHostedCreditCardNumber, orclHostedCreditCardType, orclHostedDunsNumber, orclHostedPaymentTerm, orclIsEnabled, orclIsVisible, orclMaidenName, orclPassword, orclPasswordHint, orclPasswordHintAnswer, orclPasswordVerifier, orclPKCS12Hint, orclSAMAccountName, orclSearchFilter, orclSubscriberFullName, orclSubscriberType, orclTimeZone, orclTxnMaxOperations, orclVersion, orclWirelessAccountNumber, orclWorkflowNotificationPref, userPKCS12

Object Classes

orclSubscriber, orclUserV2

6.2.14 Password Policy Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to password policy configuration.

Attributes

cn, displayName, orclPwdAllowHashCompare, orclPwdAlphaNumeric, orclPwdEncryptionEnable, orclPwdIllegalValues, orclPwdIPLockout, orclPwdIPLockoutDuration, orclPwdIPMaxFailure, orclPwdPolicyEnable, pwdAllowUserChange, pwdCheckSyntax, pwdExpireWarning, pwdFailureCountInterval, pwdGraceLoginLimit, pwdInHistory, pwdLockout, pwdLockoutDuration, pwdMaxAge, pwdMaxFailure, pwdMinAge, pwdMinLength, pwdMustChange, pwdSafeModify

Object Classes

pwdpolicy

6.2.15 Password Verifier Schema Elements

This section lists the attributes and object classes that pertain to password verifiers.

Attributes

cn, displayName, orclAppId, orclPwdVerifierParams, owner

Object Classes

orclPwdVerifierProfile

7 LDAP Object Class Reference

This chapter contains reference information about the object classes used for Oracle Identity Management. It contains the following topics:

- Section 7.1, "Standard LDAP Object Classes"

- Section 7.2, "Oracle Identity Management Object Class Reference"

For a list of object classes grouped by functional categories, see "Overview of Oracle Identity Management Schema Elements".

7.1 Standard LDAP Object Classes

Oracle Internet Directory supports the following standard LDAP object classes as defined in the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Requests for Comments (RFC) specifications.

Details of RFC specifications can be found on the IETF Web site at: http://www.ietf.org.

Table 7-1 Standard LDAP Object Classes Used By Oracle Internet Directory

Object Class Name

Specification

accessControlSubentry

RFC 1274

account

RFC 1274

alias

RFC 2256

applicationEntity

RFC 2256

applicationProcess

RFC 2256

bootableDevice

RFC 2307

certificationAuthority

RFC 2256

certificationAuthority-V2

RFC 2256

collectiveAttributeSubentry

RFC 3671

country

RFC 2256

crlDistributionPoint

RFC 2256

device

RFC 2256

dmd

RFC 2256

dnsDomain

RFC 1274

documentSeries

RFC 1274

domain

RFC 1274

domainRelatedObject

RFC 1274

dsa

RFC 1274

extensibleObject

RFC 2252

friendlyCountry

RFC 1274

groupOfNames

RFC 2256

groupOfUniqueNames

RFC 2256

ieee802Device

RFC 2307

inetOrgPerson

RFC 2798

ipHost

RFC 2307

ipNetwork

RFC 2307

ipProtocol

RFC 2307

ipService

RFC 2307

javaContainer

RFC 2713

javaMarshalledObject

RFC 2713

javaNamingReference

RFC 2713

javaObject

RFC 2713

javaSerializedObject

RFC 2713

labeledURIObject

RFC 2079

locality

RFC 2256

newPilotPerson

RFC 2377

nisDomainObject

RFC 2307

nisKeyObject

RFC 2307

nisMap

RFC 2307

nisNetgroup

RFC 2307

nisObject

RFC 2307

oldQualityLabelledData

RFC 2307

oncRpc

RFC 2307

organization

RFC 2256

organizationalPerson

RFC 2256

organizationalRole

RFC 2256

organizationalUnit

RFC 2256

person

RFC 2256

pilotDSA

RFC 2256

pilotObject

RFC 2256

pilotOrganization

RFC 2256

posixAccount

RFC 2307

posixGroup

RFC 2307

referral

RFC 3296

residentialPerson

RFC 2256

room

RFC 1274

shadowAccount

RFC 2307

simpleSecurityObject

RFC 1274

strongAuthenticationUser

RFC 2256

7.2 Oracle Identity Management Object Class Reference

This section contains an alphabetical listing of the Oracle Identity Management object classes. These are the object classes used to create entries pertaining to Oracle Internet Directory, Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning, Oracle Delegated Administration Services, Oracle Single Sign-On, and Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority. For more information about an attribute or the superior of an object class, click the link of the attribute name or superior object class name.

7.2.1 duaConfigProfile

Description

Configuration profile for a directory user agent (DUA). A DUA is software that accesses the LDAP directory service on behalf of the directory user. The directory user may be a person or another software element.

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.2.4

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

88

Required Attributes

cn, objectClass

Allowed Attributes

attributeMap, authenticationMethod, bindTimeLimit, credentialLevel, defaultSearchBase, defaultSearchScope, defaultServerList, followReferrals, objectClassMap, preferredServerList, profileTTL, serviceAuthenticationMethod, serviceCredentialLevel, serviceSearchDescriptor

7.2.2 orclADGroup

Description

Contains Microsoft Active Directory group attributes, which are used to synchronize Active Directory group objects with Oracle Internet Directory group objects in an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning environment.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.899

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclSAMAccountName

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclObjectGUID, orclObjectSID

7.2.3 orclADUser

Description

Contains Microsoft Active Directory user attributes, which are used to synchronize Active Directory user objects with Oracle Internet Directory user objects in an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning environment.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.900

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclSAMAccountName

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclObjectGUID, orclObjectSID, orclUserPrincipalName

7.2.4 orclApplicationEntity

Description

Defines an application entity.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.55

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

authPassword, description, labeledURI, orclAppFullName, orclApplicationAddress, orclApplicationCommonName, orclCategory, orclDBSchemaIdentifier, orclPasswordVerifier, orclResourceIdentifier, orclTrustedApplicationGroup, orclVersion, protocolInformation, seeAlso, userCertificate;binary, userPassword, userPKCS12

7.2.5 orclAppSpecificUserInfo

Description

An auxiliary object class for an application entity that defines user information.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.13894.8.2.420

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

orclOwnerGUID

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.6 orclAppUserEntry

Description

The user associated with an application entity.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.13894.8.2.423

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclOwnerGUID

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.7 orclAuditOC

Description

Generic audit log attributes that can be used in a server audit log entry.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.18

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclAuditMessage, orclEventTime, orclEventType, orclSequence

Allowed Attributes

orclAuditAttribute, orclOpResult, orclUserDN

7.2.8 orclCertIdMapping

Description

Oracle Internet Directory public key infrastructure (PKI) structural object class for mapping attributes in a client certificate to entries in Oracle Internet Directory.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.130

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

description, orclCertExtensionAttribute, orclCertExtensionOID, orclCertMappingAttribute

7.2.9 orclChangeSubscriber

Description

Status information for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning change subscriber event.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.21

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclLastAppliedChangeNumber, orclSubscriberDisable

Allowed Attributes

cn, serverName, userPassword

7.2.10 orclCommonAttributes

Description

Oracle Context configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.2.1004

Superior Object Class

orclContainer

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclCommonAutoRegEnabled, orclCommonContextMap, orclCommonDefaultUserCreateBase, orclCommonGroupCreateBase, orclCommonNamingAttribute, orclCommonNicknameAttribute, orclCommonSASLRealm, orclCommonUserSearchBase, orclVersion

7.2.11 orclCommonAttributesV2

Description

Oracle Context configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.51

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

88

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclDefaultSubscriber, orclSubscriberNickNameAttribute, orclSubscriberSearchBase, orclUserObjectClasses

7.2.12 orclConfigSet

Description

Configuration set entry for a server instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.2

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

description, seeAlso

7.2.13 orclContainer

Description

Container object for an Oracle Context.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.2.2

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclVersion, orclServiceType

7.2.14 orclDASAppContainer

Description

Container object for a Oracle Delegated Administration Services application.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.61

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclDASURLBase

7.2.15 orclDASAttrCategory

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services attribute categories.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.59

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, displayName, orclDASAttrDispOrder, orclDASAttrName

7.2.16 orclDASConfigAttr

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.56

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclDASAdminModifiable, orclDASIsMandatory, orclDASIsPersonal, orclDASLOV, orclDASSearchable, orclDASSearchColIndex, orclDASSearchFilter, orclDASSelfModifiable, orclDASUIType, orclDASValidatePwdReset, orclDASViewable

7.2.17 orclDASConfigPublicGroup

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services public group configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.60

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclDASIsEnabled, orclDASPublicGroupDNs

7.2.18 orclDASLOVVal

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services list of values.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.919

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, displayName

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.19 orclDASOperationURL

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services URL.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.54

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, description, orclDASURL

7.2.20 orclDASSubscriberContainer

Description

Oracle Delegated Administration Services subscriber container object.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.66

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclDASEnableProductLogo, orclDASEnableSubscriberLogo, orclDASSearchSizeLimit

7.2.21 orclIDMapping

Description

Auxilliary object class defining the attributes that hold information about directory operations to be performed for mapping.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.131

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclMappedDN, orclSearchBaseDN, orclSearchFilter, orclSearchScope

7.2.22 orclDSAConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Internet Directory server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.70

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclAnonymousBindsFlag, orclCatalogEntryDN, orclCryptoScheme, orclDebugFlag, orclDebugForceFlush, orclDebugOp, orclDIPRepository, orclEcacheEnabled, orclEcacheMaxEntries, , orclEcacheMaxSize, orclEnableGroupCache, orclGUPassword, orclIpAddress, orclLDAPConnTimeout, orclMatchDnEnabled, orclMaxConnInCache, orclNwrwTimeout, orclPKIMatchingRule, orclPrName, orclPrPassword, orclReplAgreements, orclReplicaID, orclsDumpFlag, orclServerMode, orclSizeLimit, orclSkewedAttribute, orclSkipRefInSQL, orclStatsDN, orclStatsFlag, orclStatsLevel, orclStatsOp, orclStatsPeriodicity, orclSUAccountLocked, orclSULoginFailureCount, orclSUName, orclSUPassword, orclTimeLimit, orclTLimitMode, orclUpgradeInProgress

7.2.23 orclDynamicGroup

Description

Object class that is used to create dynamic groups. A dynamic group is one whose membership, rather than being maintained in a list, is computed on the fly, based on rules and assertions you specify. In the case of orclDynamicGroup using labeleduri attribute, the members of the list are cached.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.190

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

labeledURI, mail, orclConnectByAttribute, orclConnectBySearchBase, orclConnectByStartingValue

7.2.24 orclDynamicList

Description

Objectclass that is used to create dynamic groups. A dynamic group is one whose membership, rather than being maintained in a list, is computed on the fly, based on rules and assertions you specify. In the case of orclDynamicList, members are not cached.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.425

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

labeledURI

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.25 orclEventLog

Description

Object class used for audit logging of server events.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.17

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

7.2.26 orclEvents

Description

Object class used for audit logging of events.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.19

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclEventType

7.2.27 orclGeneralStats

Description

Statistical information for Oracle Internet Directory server operations.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.30

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclOpAbandoned, orclOpCompleted, orclOpInitiated, orclOpPending, orclOpTimedOut, orclQueueDepth

7.2.28 orclGroup

Description

Additional optional attributes for a group.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.53

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

displayName, mail, orclGlobalID, orclIsVisible

7.2.29 orclHealthStats

Description

Statistical information for Oracle Internet Directory server performance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.27

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclActiveThreads, orclEcacheHitRatio, orclEcacheNumEntries, orclEcacheSize, orclIdleConn, orclIdleThreads, orclInitialServerMemSize, orclOpenConn, orclQueueDepth, orclQueueLatency, orclReadWaitThreads, orclServerAvgMemGrowth, orclTcpConnToClose, orclTcpConnToShutDown, orclTotFreePhyMem, orclWriteWaitThreads

7.2.30 orclIndexOC

Description

Configuration of the indexed attributes for the Oracle Internet Directory server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.15

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclIndexedAttribute

7.2.31 orclLDAPInstance

Description

Configuration attributes for an Oracle Internet Directory server instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.13

Superior Object Class

top, orclLDAPSubConfig

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclConfigSetNumber, orclHostname

Allowed Attributes

description, seeAlso

7.2.32 orclLDAPSubConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Internet Directory server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.3

Superior Object Class

top, orclConfigSet

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclMaxCC, orclNonSSLPort, orclSASLAuthenticationMode, orclSASLCipherChoice, orclSASLMechanism, orclServerProcs, orclSSLAuthentication, orclSSLCipherSuite, orclSSLEnable, orclSSLPort, orclSSLVersion, orclSSLWalletURL

7.2.33 orclNTUser

Description

Contains Microsoft NT user attributes, which are used to synchronize NT user objects with Oracle Internet Directory user objects in an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning environment.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.898

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclSAMAccountName

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclObjectGUID, orclObjectSID

7.2.34 orclODIPApplicationCommonConfig

Description

Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.13894.8.2.421

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclApplicationType

7.2.35 orclODIPAppSubscription

Description

Application subscription attributes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.2.1

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclInterval, orclODIPAgent, orclODIPApplicationName, orclODIPCommand, orclODIPDbConnectInfo, orclODIPEventSubscriptions, orclOwnerGUID, orclStatus, orclVersion

7.2.36 orclODIPEventContainer

Description

Container object for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning event.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.414

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

88

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPAttributeMappingRules, orclODIPEventFilter, orclODIPOperationMode, orclODIPProvEventRule, orclStatus

7.2.37 orclODIPIntegrationProfile

Description

Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning integration profiles for integrating with third-party directories.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.200

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclODIPProfileName, orclVersion

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPEncryptedAttrKey, orclODIPProfileDebugLevel, orclODIPProfileExecGroupID, orclODIPProfileInterfaceAdditionalInformation, orclODIPProfileInterfaceConnectInformation, orclODIPProfileInterfaceName, orclODIPProfileInterfaceType, orclODIPProfileInterfaceVersion, orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileMaxErrors, orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerInvocation, orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerSchedule, orclODIPProfileMaxRetries, orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors, orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus, orclODIPProfileSchedule, orclPasswordAttribute, orclStatus, userPassword

7.2.38 orclODIPObject

Description

Attributes to identify Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning objects.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.431

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

orclODIPObjectCriteria, orclODIPObjectName

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPFilterAttrCriteria, orclODIPMustAttrCriteria, orclODIPOptAttrCriteria

7.2.39 orclODIPPlugin

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning plug-ins.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.412

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclODIPPluginEvents, orclODIPPluginExecName

Allowed Attributes

description, orclODIPPluginAddInfo, orclStatus

7.2.40 orclODIPPluginContainer

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning plug-ins.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.411

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

description, orclODIPPluginConfigInfo, orclODIPPluginExecData

7.2.41 orclODIPProvEventDefn

Description

Defines a provisioning event.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.413

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

88

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, orclODIPEventFilter, orclODIPObjectEvents, orclODIPObjectName, orclODIPObjectSyncBase, orclODIPProvEventRule, orclStatus

7.2.42 orclODIPProvEventTypeConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for a provisioning event type.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.500

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclODIPProvEventObjectType

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPProvEventCriteria, orclODIPProvEventLDAPChangeType

7.2.43 orclODIPProvInterfaceDetails

Description

Provisioning interface details.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.16

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

orclODIPProfileInterfaceType, orclODIPProfileProvSubscriptionMode

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPProfileStatusUpdate, orclODIPProvInterfaceFilter, orclODIPProvInterfaceProcessor

7.2.44 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationInBoundProfileV2

Description

Configuration for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile for imports from third-party directories.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.402

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclODIPProfileLastAppliedAppEventID, orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningEventMappingRules, orclODIPProvisioningEventPermittedOperations

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors, orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus, orclStatus

7.2.45 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfile

Description

Configuration for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile for exports to third-party directories. This object class is used for profiles created prior to release 10g.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.404

Superior Object Class

top, orclChangeSubscriber

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPProfileProvSubscriptionMode, orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors, orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus, orclStatus, orclVersion

7.2.46 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfileV2

Description

Configuration for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile for exports to third-party directories.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.403

Superior Object Class

top, orclChangeSubscriber

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime, orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors, orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus, orclStatus

7.2.47 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfile

Description

Configuration for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile for integration with third-party directories. This object class is used for profiles created in releases prior to 10g.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.400

Superior Object Class

top, orclODIPIntegrationProfile, orclChangeSubscriber

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclODIPProvisioningAppName, orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningOrgName, orclODIPProvisioningOrgGUID, orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.48 orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfileV2

Description

Configuration for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile for integration with third-party directories.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.401

Superior Object Class

top, orclODIPIntegrationProfile

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID, orclODIPProvisioningAppName, orclODIPProvisioningOrgGUID, orclODIPProvisioningOrgName

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.49 orclODIProfile

Description

Profile for Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.1

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPAgentConfigInfo, orclODIPAgentControl, orclODIPAgentExeCommand, orclODIPAgentHostName, orclODIPAgentName, orclODIPAgentPassword, orclODIPAttributeMappingRules, orclODIPBootStrapStatus, orclODIPConDirAccessAccount, orclODIPConDirAccessPassword, orclODIPConDirLastAppliedChgNum, orclODIPConDirMatchingFilter, orclODIPConDirURL, orclODIPInterfaceType, orclODIPLastExecutionTime, orclODIPLastSuccessfulExecutionTime, orclODIPOIDMatchingFilter, orclODIPProfileDebugLevel, orclODIPSchedulingInterval, orclODIPSynchronizationErrors, orclODIPSynchronizationMode, orclODIPSynchronizationStatus, orclODIPSyncRetryCount, orclVersion, userPassword

7.2.50 orclODIPSchemaDetails

Description

Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning DIT configuration.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.11

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, orclODIPApplicationsLocation, orclODIPInstancesLocation, orclODIPObjectDefnLocation, orclODIPProfileDataLocation, orclODIPProvProfileLocation, orclODIPRootLocation, orclODIPSchemaVersion, orclODIPServerConfigLocation, orclODIPSyncProfileLocation

7.2.51 orclODIPServerConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.501

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, orclODIPSearchCountLimit, orclODIPSearchTimeLimit, orclODIPServerCommitSize, orclODIPServerDebugLevel, orclODIPServerRefreshIntvl, orclODIPServerSSLMode, orclODIPServerWalletLoc

7.2.52 orclODISConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.3

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclODIPConfigDNs, orclODIPConfigRefreshFlag

7.2.53 orclODIServer

Description

Configuration attributes for the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.2

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, orclHostname, orclVersion, userPassword

7.2.54 orclODISInstance

Description

Configuration attributes for the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.2.4

Superior Object Class

top, orclODISConfig

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclconfigsetnumber, orclhostname

Allowed Attributes

description, orclODIPInstanceStatus, orclODIPProfileExecGroupID, orclSSLEnable, seeAlso

7.2.55 orclPerfStats

Description

Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability performance statistics.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.26

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclACLResultsLatency, orclAttrACLEvalLatency, orclBERgenLatency, orclDBLatency, orclDIMEonlyLatency, orclEntryACLEvalLatency, orclFilterACLEvalLatency, orclFrontLatency, orclGenObjLatency, orclGetNearACLLatency, orclOpLatency, orclSQLexeFetchLatency, orclSQLGenReusedParsed

7.2.56 orclPKICRL

Description

Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority certificate revocation list (CRL).

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.2.2.300.1

Superior Object Class

crlDistributionPoint (RFC 2256)

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclPKINextUpdate, x509issuer

7.2.57 orclPKIValMecCl

Description

Used by Oracle Application Server Certificate Authority.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.2.2.300.2

Superior Object Class

orclContainer

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclPKIValMecAttr

7.2.58 orclPluginConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Internet Directory plug-ins.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.90

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclPluginLDAPOperation, orclPluginName, orclPluginType

Allowed Attributes

orclPluginAttributeList, orclPluginCheckEntryExist, orclPluginEnable, orclPluginEntryProperties, orclPluginIsReplace, orclPluginKind, orclPluginRequestGroup, orclPluginRequestNegGroup, orclPluginResultCode, orclPluginSASLCallBack, orclPluginSearchNotFound, orclPluginShareLibLocation, orclPluginSubscriberDNList, orclPluginTiming, orclPluginVersion

7.2.59 orclPluginContainer

Description

Container object for Oracle Internet Directory plug-ins.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.92

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclPluginPort

7.2.60 orclPluginUser

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Internet Directory plug-ins.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.91

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, userPassword

Allowed Attributes

description

7.2.61 orclPurgeConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for Oracle Internet Directory garbage collectors. Oracle Internet Directory provides several predefined garbage collectors that, together, clean up all unwanted data in the directory server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.150

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclPurgeBase

Allowed Attributes

orclPurgeDebug, orclPurgeEnable, orclPurgeFileLoc, orclPurgeFileName, orclPurgeFilter, orclPurgeInterval, orclPurgeNow, orclPurgePackage, orclPurgeStart, orclPurgeTargetAge, orclPurgeTranSize

7.2.62 orclPwdVerifierPolicy

Description

A password verifier policy entry associates a password policy with an application.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.42

Superior Object Class

pwdpolicy

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

orclAppId

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.63 orclPwdVerifierProfile

Description

Oracle Internet Directory and other Oracle components both store the user password in the user entry, but use different attributes. A password verifier profile entry associates the correct user password attribute with a component or application.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.41

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclAppId

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclPwdVerifierParams, owner

7.2.64 orclReplAgreementEntry

Description

Configuration attributes for replication.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.8

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclAgreementId, orclReplicationProtocol, orclUpdateSchedule

Allowed Attributes

orclDirReplGroupDSAs, orclExcludedAttributes, orclExcludedNamingContexts, orclHIQSchedule, orclIncludedNamingContexts, orclLastAppliedChangeNumber, orclLDAPConnKeepALive, orclReplicaDN

7.2.65 orclReplicaSubentry

Description

Configuration attributes for replication.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.151

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclReplicaID

Allowed Attributes

orclPilotMode, orclReplicaSecondaryURI, orclReplicaState, orclReplicaType, orclReplicaURI, orclReplicaVersion, pilotStartTime, seeAlso

7.2.66 orclReplInstance

Description

Configuration attributes for an Oracle Directory Replication server instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.14

Superior Object Class

top, orclReplSubConfig

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclConfigSetNumber, orclHostname

Allowed Attributes

description, seeAlso

7.2.67 orclReplNameCtxConfig

Description

Configuration attributes for replication naming contexts.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.104

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclIncludedNamingContexts

Allowed Attributes

orclExcludedAttributes, orclExcludedNamingContexts

7.2.68 orclReplSubConfig

Description

Directory Replication server configuration attributes.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.4

Superior Object Class

top, orclConfigSet

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

orclChangeLogLife, orclChangeRetryCount, orclDirReplGroupAgreement, orclPurgeSchedule, orclThreadsPerSupplier

7.2.69 orclResourceDescriptor

Description

Configuration attributes for a resource.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.65

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclResourceName

Allowed Attributes

description, displayName, orclFlexAttribute1, orclFlexAttribute2, orclFlexAttribute3, orclOwnerGUID, orclPasswordAttribute, orclResourceTypeName, orclResourceViewers, orclUserIDAttribute, orclUserModifiable

7.2.70 orclResourceType

Description

Configuration attributes for resource types.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.63

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclResourceTypeName

Allowed Attributes

description, javaClassName, orclConnectionFormat, orclFlexAttribute1, orclFlexAttribute2, orclFlexAttribute3, orclPasswordAttribute, orclUserIDAttribute

7.2.71 orclRootContext

Description

Configuration of the Oracle Context.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.2.1006

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

description

7.2.72 orclSchemaVersion

Description

Configuration of the Oracle Context.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.2.6

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclProductVersion

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.73 orclSecRefreshEvents

Description

Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability attributes for security refresh events.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.28

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclAuditMessage, orclEventType, orclOpResult, orclUserDN

7.2.74 orclService

Description

Configuration attributes for a service.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.2.1001

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

description, orclNetDescName, orclNetDescString, orclOracleHome, orclServiceType, orclSID, orclSystemName, orclVersion

7.2.75 orclServiceInstance

Description

Configuration attributes for a service instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.191

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclServiceType

Allowed Attributes

description, displayName, labeledURI, orclAssocDB, orclAssocIasInstance, orclEnabled, orclFlexAttribute1, orclMasterNode, orclNetDescName, orclNetDescString, orclOracleHome, orclServiceSubType, orclSID, orclSystemName, orclVersion

7.2.76 orclServiceInstanceReference

Description

Reference for a service instance.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.200

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

cn, description, orclServiceInstanceLocation, orclServiceSubscriptionLocation, seeAlso

7.2.77 orclServiceRecipient

Description

Additional attributes for a service recipient.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.68

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclActiveEndDate, orclActiveStartdate, orclIsEnabled

7.2.78 orclServiceSubscriptionDetail

Description

Service subscription detail.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.201

Superior Object Class

orclReferenceObject

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclActiveEndDate, orclActiveStartdate, orclIsEnabled

7.2.79 orclServiceSuite

Description

Configuration for a suite of services.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.193

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn, orclSuiteType

Allowed Attributes

description, displayName, orclEnabled, orclFlexAttribute1, orclServiceMember, orclVersion

7.2.80 orclSM

Description

Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability statistics.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.25

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclSequence

Allowed Attributes

orclEventTime, orclHostname, orclLDAPInstanceID, orclLDAPProcessID, orclSMSpec

7.2.81 orclSubscriber

Description

Subscriber info for a user entry.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.58

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

c, jpegPhoto, orclContact, orclHostedCreditCardExpireDate, orclHostedCreditCardNumber, orclHostedCreditCardType, orclHostedDunsNumber, orclHostedPaymentTerm, orclSubscriberFullName, orclSubscriberType, orclVersion

7.2.82 orclSysResourceEvents

Description

Error log entry for Oracle Internet Directory server.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.29

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclDBConnCreationFailed, orclDNSUnavailable, orclEventType, orclFDIncreaseError, orclMaxFDLimitReached, orclMaxProcessLimitReached, orclMemAllocError, orclNWCongested, orclNwUnavailable, orclORA28error, orclORA3113error, orclORA3114error, orclThreadSpawnFailed

7.2.83 orclTraceConfig

Description

Configuration for Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.31

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclTraceDimesionLevel, orclTraceFileLocation, orclTraceFileSize, orclTraceLevel, orclTraceMode

7.2.84 orclUniqueConfig

Description

Configuration for attributes that must have unique values for each entry that meets the specified requirements.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.103

Superior Object Class

orclCommonAttributes

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

orclUniqueAttrName

Allowed Attributes

orclUniqueEnable, orclUniqueObjectClass, orclUniqueScope, orclUniqueSubtree

7.2.85 orclUserStats

Description

Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability statistics for users.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.32

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

orclACLResultsLatency, orclAttrACLEvalLatency, orclBERgenLatency, orclDBLatency, orclDIMEonlyLatency, orclEntryACLEvalLatency, orclFilterACLEvalLatency, orclFrontLatency, orclGenObjLatency, orclGetNearACLLatency, orclIpAddress, orclOpAbandoned, orclOpCompleted, orclOpenConn, orclOpFailed, orclOpInitiated, orclOpLatency, orclOpPending, orclOpSucceeded, orclOpTimedOut, orclSQLexeFetchLatency, orclSQLGenReusedParsed, orclUserDN

7.2.86 orclUserV2

Description

Optional attributes for user entries.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.52

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

88

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

authPassword, c, krbPrincipalName, middleName, orclActiveEndDate, orclActiveStartdate, orclDateOfBirth, orclDefaultProfileGroup, orclDisplayPersonalInfo, orclGender, orclHireDate, orclIsEnabled, orclIsVisible, orclMaidenName, orclPassword, orclPasswordHint, orclPasswordHintAnswer, orclPasswordVerifier, orclPKCS12Hint, orclSAMAccountName, orclSearchFilter, orclTimeZone, orclTxnMaxOperations, orclWirelessAccountNumber, orclWorkflowNotificationPref, userPKCS12

7.2.87 pwdpolicy

Description

Defines password policy information for a set of users in a given DIT. It contains attributes that define the password policy information for the entire directory.

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.2.1

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

displayName, orclPwdAllowHashCompare, orclPwdAlphaNumeric, orclPwdEncryptionEnable, orclPwdIllegalValues, orclPwdIPLockout, orclPwdIPLockoutDuration, orclPwdIPMaxFailure, orclPwdPolicyEnable, pwdAllowUserChange, pwdCheckSyntax, pwdExpireWarning, pwdFailureCountInterval, pwdGraceLoginLimit, pwdInHistory, pwdLockout, pwdLockoutDuration, pwdMaxAge, pwdMaxFailure, pwdMinAge, pwdMinLength, pwdMustChange, pwdSafeModify

7.2.88 subentry

Description

Oracle Internet Directory DIT configuration for subentries.

Object ID

2.5.17.0

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.89 subregistry

Description

Oracle Internet Directory DIT configuration.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.12

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

cn

Allowed Attributes

N/A

7.2.90 subschema

Description

Oracle Internet Directory schema elements.

Object ID

2.5.20.1

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Auxilliary

Required Attributes

attributetypes, objectclasses

Allowed Attributes

contentRules, ldapSyntaxes, matchingRules

7.2.91 tombstone

Description

Garbage collector to clean up entries marked as deleted.

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.2.24

Superior Object Class

top

Object Class Type

Structural

Required Attributes

N/A

Allowed Attributes

ref

7.2.92 top

Description

Contains common and operational attributes used by various objects in Oracle Internet Directory.

Object ID

2.5.6.0

Superior Object Class

N/A

Object Class Type

Abstract

Required Attributes

objectClass

Allowed Attributes

authPassword, createTimestamp, creatorsName, modifiersName, modifyTimestamp, orclACI, orclEntryLevelACI, orclGUID, orclNormDN, orclObjectGUID, orclPwdAccountUnlock, orclPwdIPAccountLockedTime, orclPwdIPFailureTime, orclRevPwd, orclUnsyncRevPwd, pwdAccountLockedTime, pwdChangedTime, pwdExpirationWarned, pwdFailureTime, pwdGraceUseTime, pwdHistory

8 LDAP Attribute Reference

This chapter contains reference information about the LDAP attributes used for Oracle Identity Management. It contains the following topics:

- Section 8.1, "Standard LDAP Attributes"

- Section 8.2, "Oracle Identity Management Attribute Reference"

For a list of attributes grouped by functional categories, see "Overview of Oracle Identity Management Schema Elements".

8.1 Standard LDAP Attributes

Oracle Internet Directory supports the following standard LDAP attributes as defined in the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Requests for Comments (RFC) specifications.

Details of RFC specifications can be found on the IETF Web site at: http://www.ietf.org.

Table 8-1 Standard LDAP Attributes Used By Oracle Internet Directory

Attribute Name

Specification

aliasedObjectName

RFC 2256

applicationEntity

RFC 2256

associatedDomain

RFC 1274

associatedName

RFC 1274

audio

RFC 1274

authorityRevocationList

RFC 2256

authPassword

RFC 3112

bootFile

RFC 2307

bootParameter

RFC 2307

businessCategory

RFC 2256

c

RFC 2256

caCertificate

RFC 2256

carLicense

RFC 2798

certificateRevocationList

RFC 2256

cn

RFC 2256

co

RFC 1274

crossCertificatePair

RFC 2256

dc

RFC 2247

deltaRevocationList

RFC 2256

departmentNumber

RFC 2798

description

RFC 2256

destinationIndicator

RFC 2256

displayName

RFC 2798

dITRedirect

RFC 1274

dmdName

RFC 2256

dNSRecord

RFC 1274

drink

RFC 1274

dSAQuality

RFC 1274

employeeNumber

RFC 2798

employeeType

RFC 2798

facsimileTelephoneNumber

RFC 2256

gecos

RFC 2307

gidNumber

RFC 2307

givenName

RFC 2798

homeDirectory

RFC 2307

homePhone

RFC 1274

homePostalAddress

RFC 1274

host

RFC 1274

initials

RFC 2256

internationalISDNNumber

RFC 2256

ipHostNumber

RFC 2307

ipNetmaskNumber

RFC 2307

ipNetworkNumber

RFC 2307

ipProtocolNumber

RFC 2307

ipServicePort

RFC 2307

ipServiceProtocol

RFC 2307

javaClassName

RFC 2713

javaClassNames

RFC 2307

javaCodebase

RFC 2307

javaDoc

RFC 2307

javaFactory

RFC 2307

javaReferenceAddress

RFC 2713

javaSerializedData

RFC 2713

janetMailbox

RFC 1274

jpegPhoto

RFC 1488

knowledgeInformation

RFC 2256

l

RFC 2256

labeledURI

RFC 2079

lastModifiedBy

RFC 1274

lastModifiedTime

RFC 1274

loginShell

RFC 2307

macAddress

RFC 2307

mail

RFC 2798

mailAlternateAddress

RFC 2256

mailHost

RFC 2256

mailPreferenceOption

RFC 1274

mailRoutingAddress

RFC 2256

manager

RFC 1274

member

RFC 2256

memberNisNetgroup

RFC 2307

memberUid

RFC 2307

mobile

RFC 1274

nisDomain

RFC 2307

nisMapEntry

RFC 2307

nisMapName

RFC 2307

nisNetgroupTriple

RFC 2307

nisPublicKey

RFC 2307

nisSecretKey

RFC 2307

o

RFC 2256

oncRpcNumber

RFC 2307

organizationalStatus

RFC 1274

otherMailbox

RFC 1274

ou

RFC 2256

owner

RFC 2256

pager

RFC 1274

personalSignature

RFC 1274

personalTitle

RFC 1274

photo

RFC 1274

physicalDeliveryOfficeName

RFC 2256

postalAddress

RFC 2256

postalCode

RFC 2256

postOfficeBox

RFC 2256

preferredDeliveryMethod

RFC 2256

preferredDeliveryMethod

RFC 2377

preferredLanguage

RFC 2798

presentationAddress

RFC 2256

protocolInformation

RFC 2256

ref

RFC 3296

registeredAddress

RFC 2256

roleOccupant

RFC 2256

roomNumber

RFC 1274

searchGuide

RFC 2256

secretary

RFC 1274

seeAlso

RFC 2256

serialNumber

RFC 2256

shadowExpire

RFC 2307

shadowFlag

RFC 2307

shadowInactive

RFC 2307

shadowLastChange

RFC 2307

shadowMax

RFC 2307

shadowMin

RFC 2307

shadowWarning

RFC 2307

sn

RFC 2256

st

RFC 2256

street

RFC 2256

subtreeMaximumQuality

RFC 1274

subtreeMinimumQuality

RFC 1274

supportedApplicationContext

RFC 2256

telephoneNumber

RFC 2256

teletexTerminalIdentifier

RFC 2256

telexNumber

RFC 2256

textEncodedORaddress

RFC 2377

title

RFC 2256

uid

RFC 2253

uidNumber

RFC 2307

uniqueIdentifier

RFC 1274

uniqueMember

RFC 2256

userCertificate;binary

RFC 2256

userClass

RFC 1274

userPassword

RFC 2256

userPKCS12

RFC 2798

userSMIMECertificate

RFC 2798

x121Address

RFC 2256

x500UniqueIdentifier

RFC 2256

8.2 Oracle Identity Management Attribute Reference

This section contains an alphabetical listing of the Oracle Identity Management attributes. These are the attributes used in entries pertaining to Oracle Internet Directory, Oracle Directory Integration Platform, Oracle Delegated Administration Services, and Oracle Single Sign-On.

Note:

Oracle Fusion Middleware 11g Release 1 (11.1.1) does not include Oracle Single Sign-On or Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Oracle Internet Directory 11g Release 1 (11.1.1), however, is compatible with Oracle Single Sign-On and Oracle Delegated Administration Services 10g (10.1.4.3.0) or later.

See Also:

The chapter on managing system configuration attributes in Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory.

8.2.1 attributeMap

Description

Attribute mappings used by the POSIX naming directory user agent (DUA).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.9

8.2.2 attributeTypes

Description

Attribute types supported by the directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.3 (Attribute Type Description)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch

Object ID

2.5.21.5

Other

Directory operational attribute.

8.2.3 authenticationMethod

Description

Identifies the type of authentication method used to contact the directory server agent (DSA).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.4 authPassword

Description

Attribute for storing a password to an Oracle component when that password is the same as that used to authenticate the user to the directory, namely, userPassword. The value in this attribute is synchronized with that in the userPassword attribute.

Several different applications can require the user to enter the same clear text password used for the directory, but each application may hash it with a different algorithm. In this case, the same clear text password can become the source of several different password verifiers.

This attribute is multivalued and can contain all the other verifiers that different applications use for this user's clear text password. If the userpassword attribute is modified, then the authpassword values for all applications are regenerated.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.3.4

8.2.5 bindTimeLimit

Description

Maximum time in seconds a POSIX directory user agent (DUA) should allow for a search to complete.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.4

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.6 c

Description

Specifies the country associated with a user's address.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.7 changestatus

Description

The last change number transported by the replication server.

Syntax

DN

Matching Rule

DistinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.22

8.2.8 cn

Description

The common name (nickname) attribute which contains the name of an object. If the object corresponds to a user, it is typically the user's full name. A cn (common name) isn't unique, whereas a dn (distinguished name) is unique.

For example, if ABC corp employs two people with the name John Smith, one in HR and one in Finanace then they both would have a cn=John Smith, but they would have unique DNs because the DN would take the form:

cn=John Smith, ou=HR, o=ABC or
cn=John Smith, ou=Finance, 0=ABC

Where ou= organizational unit, and o=organization

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44 (Printable String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.3

8.2.9 contentRules

Description

Specifies the permissible content of entries of a particular structural object class through the identification of an optional set of auxiliary object classes, mandatory, optional, and precluded attributes.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.16 (DIT Content Rule Description)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1004

8.2.10 createTimestamp

Description

The time that the entry was created.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rules

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.5.18.1

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.11 creatorsName

Description

The DN of the entity (such as a user or an application) that created the entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.5.18.3

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.12 credentialLevel

Description

Identifies the type of credentials a POSIX directory user agent (DUA) should use when binding to the directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.10

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.13 defaultSearchBase

Description

The default base DN used by a POSIX directory user agent (DUA).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.1

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.14 defaultSearchScope

Description

User defined search scope used by a POSIX directory user agent (DUA).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.12

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.15 defaultServerList

Description

The IP addresses of the default servers that a directory user agent (DUA) should use in a space separated list. After the servers in preferredServerList are tried, those default servers on the client's subnet are tried, followed by the remaining default servers, until a connection is made. At least one server must be specified in either preferredServerList or defaultServerList. This attribute has no default value.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.0

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.16 description

Description

An optional description for the entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{1024} (Directory String, 1024 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.13

8.2.17 displayName

Description

The preferred name used when displaying the entry in the GUI tools.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113730.3.1.241

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.18 followReferrals

Description

Tells a POSIX directory user agent (DUA) if it should follow referrals returned by a directory server agent (DSA) search result.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.5

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.19 javaClassName

Description

Fully qualified name of a distinguished Java class or interface.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseExactMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.4.1.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.20 jpegPhoto

Description

A photograph file in JPEG format.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.28 (Binary)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

0.9.2342.19200300.100.1.60

8.2.21 krbPrincipalName

Description

Contains the Kerberos principal name.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

1.3.18.0.2.4.1091

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.22 labeledURI

Description

Uniform Resource Locator (URL).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseExactIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.57

8.2.23 ldapSyntaxes

Description

Identifies the LDAP syntaxes implemented in the directory schema.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.54 (LDAP Syntax Description)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.16

Other

Directory operational attribute.

8.2.24 mail

Description

This attribute is defined in RFC 1274. Identifies a user's primary e-mail address (the e-mail address retrieved and displayed by "white-pages" lookup applications).

For example: mail: user.name@example.com

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26{256} (IA5 String, 256 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

0.9.2342.19200300.100.1.3

8.2.25 matchingRules

Description

Identifies the matching rules implemented in the directory schema.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.30 (Matching Rule Description)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch

Object ID

2.5.21.4

Other

Directory operational attribute.

8.2.26 middleName

Description

A user's middle name.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.34

8.2.27 modifiersName

Description

The DN of the entity (such as a user or application) that last updated the entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.5.18.4

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.28 modifyTimestamp

Description

The time the entry was last modified.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.5.18.2

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.29 namingContexts

Description

Top-level DNs for the naming contexts contained in this server. You must have superuser privileges to publish a DN as a naming context. There is no default value.

This attribute is part of the root DSE (DSA-Specific Entry). The root DSE contains a number of attributes that store information about the directory server itself.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.5

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.30 objectClass

Description

The list of object classes from which this object class is derived.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.38 (Object Identifier)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.0

8.2.31 objectClasses

Description

Defines the object classes which are in force within a subschema.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.37 (Object Class Description)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch

Object ID

2.5.21.6

Other

Directory operational attribute.

8.2.32 objectClassMap

Description

A mapping from an object class defined by a directory user agent (DUA) to an object class in an alternative schema used in the directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.11

8.2.33 orclACI

Description

Access control instructions are stored in the directory as attributes of entries. The orclACI attribute is an operational attribute; it is available for use on every entry in the directory, regardless of whether it is defined for the object class of the entry. It is used by the directory server to evaluate what rights are granted or denied when it receives an LDAP request from a client.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.1 (Access Control Item)

Matching Rule

accessDirectiveMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.42

8.2.34 orclACLResultsLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.129

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.35 orclActivateReplication

Description

Specifies that replication be activated on the replication server designated by orclOidInstanceName and orclOidComponentName. 1: Start replication server, 0: Stop replication server.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.616

8.2.36 orclActiveConn

Description

Specifies the number of active connections to the Oracle Internet Directory server, including client LDAP connections and database connections.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.150

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.37 orclActiveEndDate

Description

Specifies the date and time beyond which a user account is no longer active and beyond which the user is not allowed to authenticate.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.339

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.38 orclActiveStartdate

Description

Specifies the date and time that a user account is active and the user is allowed to authenticate. If not specified, then the user is considered active immediately.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.330

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.39 orclActiveThreads

Description

Specifies the number of active threads on the Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.140

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.40 orclAgreementId

Description

Naming attribute for the replication agreement entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.26

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.41 orclagreementtype

Description

Replication agreement type: '0-OneWay 1-TwoWay, 2-LDAP Multimaster, 3-ASR Multimaster.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.511

8.2.42 orclAnonymousBindsFlag

Description

Specifies whether anonymous binds to the directory are allowed or not. If set to 2, anonymous binds are allowed, but only search operations on root DSE entry are allowed for anonymous users. If set to 1, then anonymous binds are allowed. If set to 0 (zero), then anonymous binds are not allowed. The default is 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.299

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.43 orclAppFullName

Description

The full name of an application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.320

8.2.44 orclAppId

Description

The unique identifier of an application entry associated with a password verifier.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 characters maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.207

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.45 orclApplicationAddress

Description

The address of the application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.318

8.2.46 orclApplicationCommonName

Description

The common name (cn) of the application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.319

8.2.47 orclApplicationType

Description

Identifies the application type, such as Oracle Portal.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.280

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.48 orclAssocDB

Description

Identifies the associated Oracle Database instance with the application or service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1007

8.2.49 orclAssocIasInstance

Description

Identifies the associated Oracle Application Server instance with the application or service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1006

8.2.50 orclAttrACLEvalLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.138

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.51 orclAudCustEvents

Description

A comma-separated list of events and category names to be audited. Custom events are only applicable when orclAudFilterPreset is Custom.

Examples include:

Authentication.SUCCESSESONLY,
Authorization(Permission -eq 'CSFPerfmission")

Syntax

IA5 String

Matching Rule

caseExactIAI5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.373

8.2.52 orclAudFilterPreset

Description

Replaces the audit levels used in 10g (10.1.4.0.1) and earlier releases. Values are None, Low, Medium, All, and Custom.

Syntax

IA5 String

Matching Rule

caseExactIAI5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.372

8.2.53 orclAuditAttribute

Description

Identifies the audit attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.58

8.2.54 orclAuditMessage

Description

Stores an audit message.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.59

8.2.55 orclAudSplUsers

Description

A comma separated list of users for whom auditing is always enabled, even if orclAudFilterPreset is None.

For example:

cn=orcladmin.

Syntax

IA5 String

Matching Rule

caseExactIAI5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.374

8.2.56 orclBERgenLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.139

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.57 orclCatalogEntryDN

Description

Contains the DN of the catalog entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.50

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.58 orclCategory

Description

Identifies the business category of a service or an application entity

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.317

8.2.59 orclCertExtensionAttribute

Description

Holds the OID of a field within an extension field of the client certificate.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.38 (Object Identifier)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.711

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.60 orclCertExtensionOID

Description

Holds the extension field OID of the client certificate.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.38 (Object Identifier)

Matching Rule

objectIdentifierMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.709

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.61 orclCertificateHash

Description

This is a special catalog attribute used for certificate matching. The value of this attribute is computed by calculating a hash of the user certificate when it is added to Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.184

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.62 orclCertificateMatch

Description

This is a special catalog attribute used for certificate matching. The value of this attribute contains the correct matching value to use for a user certificate based on the orclPKIMatchingRule setting.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44 (Printable String)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.183

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.63 orclCertMappingAttribute

Description

Holds the standard field OID of the client certificate.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.708

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.64 orclChangeLogLife

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.806

Other

Single-valued attribute.

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.65 orclChangeRetryCount

Description

The number of processing retry attempts for a replication change-entry before being moved to the human intervention queue. The value for this parameter must be equal to or greater than 1 (one).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.23

Other

Single-valued attribute.

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.66 orclCommonAutoRegEnabled

Description

Specifies if auto-registration is enabled or disabled. Allowed values are 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.567

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.67 orclCommonContextMap

Description

Stores the common context map.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.904

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.68 orclCommonDefaultUserCreateBase

Description

Identifies the default user creation base where users are created.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.908

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.69 orclCommonGroupCreateBase

Description

Identifies the group creation base under which Oracle Delegated Administration Services creates groups

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.903

8.2.70 orclCommonNamingAttribute

Description

Specifies the name of the attribute that is used as an RDN component when creating a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.900

8.2.71 orclCommonNicknameAttribute

Description

Specifies the name of the attribute that uniquely identifies users.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.7

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.72 orclCommonSASLRealm

Description

Identifies the common SASL realm. This attribute contains a string value specifying a subset of related entries under a subscriber realm.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.20

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.73 orclCommonUserSearchBase

Description

Identifies the branch that contains user entries.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.10

8.2.74 orclCommonVerifierEnable

Description

If this attribute is enabled then the common verifier is used for all related applications. If this attribute is disabled then each application must setup their own verifier profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.214

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.75 orclConfigSetNumber

Description

The configuration parameters for each Oracle Internet Directory server instance are stored in an entry called a configuration set entry (configset). This attribute specifies a number of a configset entry, which can be referenced when starting an Oracle Internet Directory server instance. The number of the default configset entry is 0 (zero).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.40

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.76 orclconflresolution

Description

Automatically resolve replication conflicts. When this feature is enabled, conflicts in the Human Intervention Queue are automatically moved to the purge queue if the supplier's schema and consumer's schema match.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.828

8.2.77 orclConnectByAttribute

Description

The attribute type name that you want to use as the filter for a dynamic group query—for example, manager.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1001

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.78 orclConnectBySearchBase

Description

A naming context in the DIT that you want to use as the base for a dynamic group query—for example, l=us,dc=mycompany,dc=com. This attribute is currently not used.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1003

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.79 orclConnectByStartingValue

Description

For a dynamic group query, this specifies the DN of the attribute you specified in the orclConnectByAttribute attribute—for example, Anne Smith.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1002

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.80 orclConnectionFormat

Description

Specifies the format used to construct the connect string associated with a resource.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.354

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.81 orclContact

Description

Identifies a contact person for an organization or an application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.332

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.82 orclCryptoScheme

Description

The hash algorithm used to encrypt passwords that are stored in the directory. Options are: MD4, MD5, No encryption, SHA, SSHA,SHA256, SHA384, SHA512, SSHA256, SSHA384, SSHA512, SMD5, or UNIX Crypt. The default is MD4.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 characters maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.68

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.83 orclDASAdminModifiable

Description

Specifies whether administration of this entry is available through Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.324

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.84 orclDASAttrDispOrder

Description

Specifies the display order of an attribute in Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.341

8.2.85 orclDASAttrName

Description

Specifies the name of an attribute to show in Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.340

8.2.86 orclDASEnableProductLogo

Description

Specifies whether to display a product logo on the Identity Management Realm Configuration window of Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.362

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.87 orclDASEnableSubscriberLogo

Description

Specifies whether to display a realm logo on the Identity Management Realm Configuration window of Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.361

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.88 orclDASIsEnabled

Description

Specifies whether an attribute is enabled for Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.344

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.89 orclDASIsMandatory

Description

Specifies whether an attribute is mandatory for Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.321

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.90 orclDASIsPersonal

Description

Specifies whether an attribute is personal information to be supplied by a user in Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.326

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.91 orclDASLOV

Description

The list of values to display to users in the UI when the orclDASUIType=Predefined List.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.328

8.2.92 orclDASPublicGroupDNs

Description

Specifies the DNs of groups available for Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.343

8.2.93 orclDASSearchable

Description

Specifies whether of not this attribute is searchable in Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.906

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.94 orclDASSearchColIndex

Description

Indicates the position in the DAS search result table column, if present.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.902

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.95 orclDASSearchFilter

Description

Specifies whether the attribute is searchable through Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.325

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.96 orclDASSearchSizeLimit

Description

The maximum number of entries to return in a Oracle Delegated Administration Services search.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.363

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.97 orclDASSelfModifiable

Description

Specifies whether an attribute is modifiable by the user in Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.322

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.98 orclDASUIType

Description

Specifies the UI field type for an attribute when displayed in Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Options are:

- Single Line Text

- Multi Line Text

- Predefined List

- Date

- Browse and Select

- Number

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.327

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.99 orclDASURL

Description

The corresponding URL of an Oracle Delegated Administration Services unit.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.310

8.2.100 orclDASURLBase

Description

This holds the URL base in install area for Oracle Delegated Administration Services.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.345

8.2.101 orclDASValidatePwdReset

Description

Specifies whether this attribute can be used for password reset validation purposes in Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.905

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.102 orclDASViewable

Description

Specifies whether this attribute is viewable through Oracle Delegated Administration Services. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.323

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.103 orcldataprivacymode

Description

Data Privacy mode. Sensitive attributes encrypted when returned.

0: Disabled, 1: Enabled

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.890

8.2.104 orclDateOfBirth

Description

Specifies the date on which a user was born.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.307

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.105 orclDBConnCreationFailed

Description

Indicates a connection failure to the database in an error log entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.155

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.106 orclDBLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.130

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.107 orclDBSchemaIdentifier

Description

DN of the DB registration entry in OID that an application entity uses.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.347

8.2.108 orclDBType

Description

The type of database used. This attribute is part of the root DSE (DSA-Specific Entry). The root DSE contains a number of attributes that store information about the directory server itself.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.5

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.109 orclDebugFlag

Description

The debug level associated with a server instance. The default for is 0 (zero). The valid range is 0 to 402653184.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.97

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.110 orclDebugForceFlush

Description

Specifies whether debug messages are to be written to the log file when a message is logged by the directory server. To enable it, set its value to 1. To disable it set it to 0, which is its default value.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.193

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.111 orcldebuglevel

Description

Replication server debug level.

Values are additive:

0: No Debug Log, 2097152: Replication Performance Log, 4194304: Replication Debug Log, 8388608: Function Call Trace, 16777216: Heavy Trace Log

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.3

8.2.112 orclDebugOp

Description

To make logging more focused, limits logged information to particular directory server operations by specifying the debug dimension to those operations. Values for operations are:

- 1 - ldapbind

- 2 - ldapunbind

- 4 - ldapadd

- 8 - ldapdelete

- 16 - ldapmodify

- 32 - ldapmodrdn

- 64 - ldapcompare

- 128 - ldapsearch

- 264 - ldapabandon

- 511 - all operations

To log more than one operation, add the values of their dimensions. For example, if you want to trace ldapbind (1), ldapadd (4) and ldapmodify (16) operations, then the value would be 21 (1 + 4 + 16 = 21).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.601

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.113 orclDefaultProfileGroup

Description

Holds the DN of the group to designate the default group for a user, such that a default profile can be built for the user based on this attribute value.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.309

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.114 orclDefaultSubscriber

Description

Identifies the default realm.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.312

8.2.115 orclDIMEonlyLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.131

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.116 orclDIPRepository

Description

Used to determine if the directory is used as the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning repository.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.124

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.117 orclDirectoryVersion

Description

The version of Oracle Internet Directory. This attribute is part of the root DSE (DSA-Specific Entry). The root DSE contains a number of attributes that store information about the directory server itself.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.67

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.118 orclDirReplGroupAgreement

Description

Contains the directory replication group agreement DN.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.25

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.119 orclDirReplGroupDSAs

Description

For Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based directory replication groups (DRGs), the orclReplicaID values of all the nodes in the DRG. This list must be identical on all nodes in the group. This attribute is not applicable for LDAP-based replication agreements.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.48

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.120 orclDisplayPersonalInfo

Description

Specifies if the user's personal information should be displayed in white pages queries. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.304

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.121 OrclDispThreads

Description

Number of dispatcher threads per server process.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.613

8.2.122 orclDITRoot

Description

The root of the directory information tree (DIT). This attribute is part of the root DSE (DSA-Specific Entry). The root DSE contains a number of attributes that store information about the directory server itself.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.7

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.123 orclDNSUnavailable

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.161

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.124 orclEcacheEnabled

Description

Specifies whether entry caching is enabled. The value for enabled is 1; the value for disabled is 0. The default is 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.400

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.125 orclEcacheHitRatio

Description

Stores the cache hit ratio.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.170

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.126 orclEcacheMaxEntries

Description

Maximum number of entries that can be present in the entry cache. The default is 25,000.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.402

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.127 orclEcacheMaxSize

Description

Maximum number of bytes of RAM that the entry cache can use. The default is 100 MB.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.401

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.128 orclEcacheNumEntries

Description

The number of entries currently in the entry cache.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.171

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.129 orclEcacheSize

Description

The current size of the entry cache.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.172

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.130 orclEnabled

Description

Determines whether an application is enabled or disabled for use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1008

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.131 orclEnableGroupCache

Description

Whether to cache privilege groups and ACL groups. Using this cache improves the performance of access control evaluation for users.

Use the group cache when a privilege group membership does not change frequently. If a privilege group membership does change frequently, then it is best to turn off the group cache. This is because, in such a case, computing a group cache increases overhead. The default is 1 (enabled). Change to 0 (zero) to disable.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.403

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.132 orclencryptedattributes

Description

List of attributes to be stored in an encrypted form.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.419

8.2.133 orclEntryACLEvalLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.136

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.134 orclEntryLevelACI

Description

Specifies the ACI that holds object level ACL.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.1 (Access Control Item)

Matching Rule

accessDirectiveMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.43

8.2.135 orclEventLevel

Description

Specifies critical events related to security and system resources to be recorded for server manageability statistics. The default value is 0. Table 8-2 lists the level values.

Table 8-2 Event Levels

Level Value

Critical Event

Information It Provides

1

Superuser login

Super uses bind (successes or failures)

2

Proxy user login

Proxy user bind (failures)

4

Replication login

Replication bind (failures)

8

Add access

Add access violation

16

Delete access

Delete access violation

32

Write access

Write access violation

64

ORA 3113 error

Loss of connection to database

128

ORA 3114 error

Loss of connection to database

256

ORA 28 error

ORA-28 Error

512

ORA error

ORA errors other an expected 1, 100, or 1403

1024

Oracle Internet Directory server termination count

2047

All critical events

For events other than superuser, proxy user, and replication login, set the value of the orclStatsFlag attribute to 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.195

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.136 orclEventTime

Description

The time that a logged directory event occurred.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.60

8.2.137 orclEventType

Description

The type of logged directory event.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.57

8.2.138 orclExcludedAttributes

Description

Specifies an attribute (within the specified naming context) to be excluded from replication. Applies to partial replication only.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.506

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.139 orclExcludedNamingContexts

Description

For Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based agreements, this attribute specifies one or more subtrees to be excluded from replication.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.47

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.140 orclFDIncreaseError

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.163

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.141 orclFilterACLEvalLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.137

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.142 orclFlexAttribute1

Description

An additional attribute for storing more information about a resource, service, or component.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.355

8.2.143 orclFlexAttribute2

Description

An additional attribute for storing more information about a resource, service, or component.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.356

8.2.144 orclFlexAttribute3

Description

An additional attribute for storing more information about a resource, service, or component.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.357

8.2.145 orclFrontLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.128

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.146 orclGender

Description

The gender of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.346

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.147 orclgeneratechangelog

Description

Enables change log generation 1-generate change log, 0-Do not generate change log

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.617

8.2.148 orclGenObjLatency

Description

Stores the general object latency.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.133

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.149 orclGetNearACLLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.135

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.150 orclGlobalID

Description

Specifies the attribute that is used to identify the global ID of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.8

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.151 orclGUID

Description

This is the global unique identifier for an entry within Oracle Internet Directory. The value for this attribute is automatically generated when an entry is created and remains constant, even if an entry is moved.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.37

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.152 orclGUPassword

Description

Password for the guest user account in Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.12

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.153 orclHashedAttributes

Description

List of attributes whose values are hashed, using the crypto scheme set in the root DSE attribute orclcryptoscheme.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.376

Other

Multi-valued attribute

Notes:

- Never include the same attribute in both orclhashedattributes and orclencryptedattributes.

- Only single-valued attributes can be hashed attributes.

8.2.154 orclHIQSchedule

Description

The interval, in seconds, at which the directory replication server repeats the change application process.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.98

Other

Single-valued attribute.

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.155 orclHireDate

Description

Specifies the date on which a user was hired by the organization.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.308

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.156 orclHostedCreditCardExpireDate

Description

The credit card expiration date for a subscriber.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.338

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.157 orclHostedCreditCardNumber

Description

The credit card number for a subscriber.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.337

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.158 orclHostedCreditCardType

Description

The credit card type for a subscriber.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.336

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.159 orclHostedDunsNumber

Description

The DUNS number of a business subscriber. DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) is a unique nine character company identification number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corporation used to identify a US corporate entity.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.334

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.160 orclHostedPaymentTerm

Description

Payment terms for a subscriber account.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.335

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.161 orclHostname

Description

The host name of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.41

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.162 orclIdleConn

Description

The number of open connections that are currently inactive. Oracle Internet Directory tracks the idle connections for server manageability statistics.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.151

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.163 orclIdleThreads

Description

The number of Oracle Internet Directory server process threads that are currently inactive. Oracle Internet Directory tracks the idle threads for server manageability statistics.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.141

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.164 orclIncludedNamingContexts

Description

The naming context included in a partial replica. For each naming context object, you can specify only one unique subtree.

In partial replication, except for subtrees listed in the orclExcludedNamingContexts attribute, all subtrees in the specified included naming context are replicated.

Only LDAP-based replication agreements respect this attribute to define one or more partial replicas. If this attribute contains any values in an Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based replication agreement, then it is ignored.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.819

Other

Single-valued attribute.

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.165 orclIndexedAttribute

Description

Attributes that are indexed in the Oracle Internet Directory catalog.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.49

8.2.166 orclInitialServerMemSize

Description

The memory size of the Oracle Internet Directory server at start up.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.147

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.167 orclinmemfiltprocess

Description

Search filters to be processed in memory.

Syntax

Printable String

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.608

8.2.168 orclInterval

Description

Time interval in seconds between executions of Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profiles.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.8

8.2.169 orclIpAddress

Description

The IP address of the Oracle Internet Directory server host.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.186

8.2.170 orclIsEnabled

Description

Whether a user or service subscriber is enabled in Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.316

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.171 orclIsVisible

Description

This attribute is used to determine if users or groups is visible to applications managed by Oracle Delegated Administration Services, such as Oracle Portal. Oracle Single Sign-On does not use this attribute. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.303

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.172 orclLastAppliedChangeNumber

Description

For Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning export operations, the last change from Oracle Internet Directory that was applied to the connected directory. The default value is 0. If you have used the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning Assistant to bootstrap the connected directory, then this value is set automatically at the end of the bootstrapping process. This is valid only in the export profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.69

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.173 orclLastLoginTime

Description

Last login time of a user

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.378

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.174 orclLDAPConnKeepALive

Description

For replication, whether to keep the LDAP connection to the connected directory alive due to activity. If not set Oracle Internet Directory will drop inactive connections after a period of time. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.822

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.175 orclLDAPConnTimeout

Description

The number of minutes before Oracle Internet Directory times out and drops an inactive connection.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.194

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.176 orclLDAPInstanceID

Description

The instance number of a particular Oracle Internet Directory server instance.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.125

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.177 orclLDAPProcessID

Description

The process ID of a particular Oracle Internet Directory server instance.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.126

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.178 orclMaidenName

Description

The maiden name of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.306

8.2.179 orclMappedDN

Description

Holds the required information for generating the mapped identity.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.704

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.180 orclMaskFilter

Description

LDAP filter specifying entries to be exposed. Others are masked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44 (Printable String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.427

Other

Multivalued, User-modifiable

8.2.181 orclMaskRealm

Description

List of DIT subtrees to be exposed. Others are masked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34 (DN)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.426

Other

Multivalued, User-modifiable

8.2.182 orclMasterNode

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1010

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.183 orclMatchDnEnabled

Description

If the base DN of a search request is not found, then the directory server returns the nearest DN that matches the specified base DN. Whether the directory server tries to find the nearest match DN is controlled by this attribute. If set to 1, then match DN processing is enabled. If set to 0, then match DN processing is disabled. The default is 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.404

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.184 orclMaxCC

Description

The number of connections established by the Oracle Internet Directory server to its backend data base. The default value is 2.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.4

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.185 orclMaxConnInCache

Description

The number of connection DNs whose privileged groups can be cached is controlled by orclMaxConnInCache in the instance-specific configuration entry. The default value is 100000 identities (connection DNs). Increase the value of orclMaxConnInCache if your installation has more than 25000 users.

See Also:

section "Caching of Connection DNs" of Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Internet Directory for more information.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.605

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.186 orclMaxFDLimitReached

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.156

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.187 orclmaxfiltsize

Description

Max size of the filter to be allowed for ldap search operation.

Syntax

Matching Rule

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.610

8.2.188 OrclMaxLdapConns

Description

Max LDAP connections per server.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.611

8.2.189 orclmaxlogfiles

Description

Maximum number of log files to keep in rotation.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.615

8.2.190 orclmaxlogfilesize

Description

Maximum size of the log file.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.614

8.2.191 orclMaxProcessLimitReached

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.164

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.192 orclMaxServerRespTime

Description

Maximum Time in seconds for Server process to respond back to Dispatcher process

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.620

8.2.193 orclMemAllocError

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.162

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.194 orclMemberOf

Description

This attribute contains the groups to which the entry belongs. This includes static groups and dynamic groups of objectclass orclDynamicGroup, using labeleduri attribute, which are cached. The membership includes both direct groups and nested groups. The attribute values are computed during search and are not stored. This attribute cannot be used in search filters.

orclMemberOf is an operational attribute and is returned by a search only when explicitly requested in the required attributes list.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.424

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

Aliases: memberof, ismemberof.

8.2.195 orclNetDescName

Description

The DN of an Oracle Net Service description entry. Oracle Net directory naming allows net service names to be stored in and retrieved from Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.3.1.12

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.196 orclNetDescString

Description

The description string for an Oracle Net Service. For example:

(DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)
(HOST = hostname)(PORT =1521))) (CONNECT_DATA = (SID = ORCL)))

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.3.1.13

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.197 orclNonSSLPort

Description

The non-SSL LDAP listening port for Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.102

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.198 orclNormDN

Description

Identifies the normalized DN of an entry.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1000

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.199 orclNWCongested

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.160

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.200 orclNwrwTimeout

Description

Stores the network read/write time out. When an LDAP client initiates an operation, then does not respond to the server for a configured number of seconds, the server closes the connection. The number of seconds is controlled by the attribute orclnwrwtimeout in the DSA configuration entry. The default is 300 seconds.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.603

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.201 orclNwUnavailable

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.159

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.202 orclObjectGUID

Description

Stores Microsoft Active Directory's OBJECTGUID attribute value for users and groups migrated to Oracle Internet Directory from Active Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.901

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.203 orclObjectSID

Description

Stores Microsoft Active Directory's OBJECTSID attribute value for users and groups migrated to Oracle Internet Directory from Active Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.902

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.204 orclODIPAgent

Description

The DN of a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.6

8.2.205 orclODIPAgentConfigInfo

Description

Any configuration information that you want the connector to store in Oracle Internet Directory. It is passed by the Directory Integration Platform server to the connector at time of connector invocation. The information is stored as an attribute and the Directory Integration Platform server does not have any knowledge of its content. When the connector is scheduled for execution, the value of the attribute is stored in the file, ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/conf/profile_name.cfg that can be processed by the connector.

Upload the file by using:

manageSyncProfiles update -h host -p port -D WLS_userid -profile profile_name -params "odip.profile.configfile ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/conf/profile_name.cfg"

or

manageSyncProfiles update -h host -p port -D WLS_userid -profile profile_name -file properties_file

where properties_file specifies odip.profile.configfile=ORACLE_HOME/ldap/odi/conf/profile_name.cfg.

Do this for both import and export agents.

See Chapter 5, "Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools" and the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Directory Integration Platform for more information

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.24

8.2.206 orclODIPAgentControl

Description

Whether a synchronization profile is enabled or disabled. Valid values are ENABLE or DISABLE. The default is DISABLE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.3

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.207 orclODIPAgentExeCommand

Description

The executable name and argument list used by the Directory Integration Platform server to invoke a connector. It can be passed as a command-line argument when the connector is invoked. For example, here is a command to invoke the Oracle HR connector:

odihragent OracleHRAgent connect=hrdb login=%orclodipConDirAccessAccount pass=%orclodipConDirAccessPassword date=%orclODIPLastSuccessfulExecutionTime

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.21

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.208 orclODIPAgentHostName

Description

The host name of the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server where the synchronization profile is run.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.5

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.209 orclODIPAgentName

Description

The name of a third-party synchronization profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.1

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.210 orclODIPAgentPassword

Description

Password that the synchronization profile uses to bind to the directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.4

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.211 orclODIPApplicationName

Description

The name of an application to which a provisioning subscription belongs.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.7

8.2.212 orclODIPApplicationsLocation

Description

The DN of the application to which a provisioning subscription belongs.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.918

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.213 orclODIPAttributeMappingRules

Description

Attribute for storing the mapping rules used by a synchronization profile. Store the mapping rules in a file by using the Directory Integration Platform Assistant. See Chapter 5, "Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools" and the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Directory Integration Platform for more information about mapping rules.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.41

8.2.214 orclODIPBootStrapStatus

Description

The bootstrap status of a synchronization profile (the initial migration of data between a connected directory and Oracle Internet Directory).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.101

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.215 orclODIPCommand

Description

The command to invoke a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.5

8.2.216 orclODIPConDirAccessAccount

Description

Valid user account in the connected directory to be used by the connector for synchronization. The value is specific to the connected directory with which you are integrating. For instance, for the SunONE synchronization connector, it is the valid bind DN in the SunONE Directory Server. For the Human Resources Connector, it is a valid user identifier in the Oracle Human Resources database. For other connectors, it can be passed as a command-line argument when the connector is invoked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.22

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.217 orclODIPConDirAccessPassword

Description

Password to be used by the user specified in the orclODIPConDirAccessAccount attribute to connect to the connected directory. The value is specific to the third-party directory with which you are integrating. For instance, for the SunONE synchronization connector, it is the valid bind password in the SunONE Directory Server. For the Human Resources Agent, it is the Oracle Human Resources database password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.23

8.2.218 orclODIPConDirLastAppliedChgNum

Description

For Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning import operations, the last change from the connected directory that was applied to Oracle Internet Directory. The default value is 0. If you have used the Directory Integration Platform Assistant to bootstrap the connected directory, then this value is set automatically. See Chapter 5, "Oracle Directory Integration Platform Tools" and the Oracle Fusion Middleware Administrator's Guide for Oracle Directory Integration Platform for more information about the bootstrap operation. This is valid only in the import profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.65

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.219 orclODIPConDirMatchingFilter

Description

This attribute specifies the filter to apply to the third-party directory change log. It is used in the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning import profile. The filter must be set in the import profile when both the import and export integration profiles are enabled, as follows:

Modifiersname != connected_directory_account

This prevents the same change from being exchanged between the two directories indefinitely. To avoid confusion, make this account specific to synchronization.

See Also: Note 280474.1, "Setting Up Filtering in a DIP Synchronization Profile" available at My Oracle Support (formerly MetaLink) at http://metalink.oracle.com/.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.42

8.2.220 orclODIPConDirURL

Description

Connection string required to connect to the third-party connected directory. This value refers to the host name and port number as host:port:[sslmode].

To connect by using SSL, enter host:port:1.

Make sure the certificate to connect to the directory is stored in the wallet, the location of which is specified in the file odi.properties.

Note: To connect to SunONE Directory Server by using SSL, the server certificate needs to be loaded into the wallet.

See Also: The chapter on Oracle Wallet Manager in Oracle Database Advanced Security Administrator's Guide.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.25

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.221 orclODIPConfigDNs

Description

Stores the DNs of integration profiles for a particular configuration set in Oracle Directory Integration Platform.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.72

8.2.222 orclODIPConfigRefreshFlag

Description

Stores a flag which indicates whether any integration profiles have been added, deleted, or modified. Used in association with a configuration set.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.71

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.223 orclODIPDbConnectInfo

Description

The connection string for the database of a provisioning profile subscriber. The format of the string is host:port:sid:username:password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.2

8.2.224 orclODIPEncryptedAttrKey

Description

Stores a key which is used to encrypt and decrypt sensitive data that is transmitted by the Oracle directory integration platform server to other applications.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.215

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.225 orclODIPEventFilter

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.433

8.2.226 orclODIPEventSubscriptions

Description

Store configuration information for events to which a provisioned-integrated application subscribes.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubStringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.1

8.2.227 orclODIPFilterAttrCriteria

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.605

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.228 orclODIPInstancesLocation

Description

Identifies the location in the directory that stores information about instances of the Oracle directory integration platform server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.913

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.229 orclODIPInstanceStatus

Description

Stores a flag that indicates whether an instance of the Oracle directory integration platform server should continue running or shut down. This flag provides a means of communication between the OID Monitor, OID Control, and the Oracle directory integration platform server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.76

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.230 orclODIPInterfaceType

Description

The data format or protocol used in synchronization with a third-party directory. Supported values are:

- LDIF—Import or export from a LDIF File.

- Tagged—Import or export from a tagged file—a proprietary format supported by the Oracle Directory Integration Platform server, similar to LDIF format.

- LDAP—Import from or export to an LDAP-compliant directory.

- DB —Import from or export to an Oracle Database directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.28

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.231 orclODIPLastExecutionTime

Description

Status attribute set to the last time the integration profile was executed by the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server. Its format is dd-mon-yyyy hh:mm:ss, where hh is the time of day in 24-hour format. This attribute is initialized during profile creation.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.61

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.232 orclODIPLastSuccessfulExecutionTime

Description

Status attribute set to the last time the integration profile was executed successfully by the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server. Its format is dd-mon-yyyy hh:mm:ss, where hh is the time of day in 24-hour format. This attribute is initialized during profile creation.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.62

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.233 orclODIPMustAttrCriteria

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.603

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.234 orclODIPObjectCriteria

Description

Used in an object definition to identify and classify a particular type of object.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.602

8.2.235 orclODIPObjectDefnLocation

Description

Identifies the location of the various object definitions used by the Oracle directory integration platform server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.917

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.236 orclODIPObjectEvents

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.432

8.2.237 orclODIPObjectName

Description

Used in an object definition to store the name of an object.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.601

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.238 orclODIPObjectSyncBase

Description

The search base in the directory for an object associated with an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning synchronization profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.431

8.2.239 orclODIPOIDMatchingFilter

Description

In export profiles, this attribute specifies the filter to apply to the Oracle Internet Directory change log container. It is used in the export profile. It must be set in the export profile when both the import and export integration profiles are enabled, as in the following example:

Modifiersname !=orclodipagentname=iPlanetImport,cn=subscriber profile,cn=changelog subscriber,cn=oracle internet directory

This prevents the same change from being exchanged between the two directories indefinitely.

In import profiles, this attribute specifies a key for mapping entries between Oracle Internet Directory and the connected directory. This is useful when the DN cannot be used as the key.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.43

8.2.240 orclODIPOperationMode

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.430

8.2.241 orclODIPOptAttrCriteria

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.604

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.242 orclODIPPluginAddInfo

Description

Additional information that may be needed by an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning connector plug-in.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.264

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.243 orclODIPPluginConfigInfo

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.261

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.244 orclODIPPluginEvents

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.265

8.2.245 orclODIPPluginExecData

Description

The Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning connector plug-in executable data, which is typically a JAR file.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.5 (Binary Data)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.262

8.2.246 orclODIPPluginExecName

Description

The fully qualified name of the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning connector plug-in executable, which is typically a Java class.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.263

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.247 orclODIPProfileDataLocation

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.914

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.248 orclODIPProfileDebugLevel

Description

The debugging level for an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning synchronization profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.251

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.249 orclODIPProfileExecGroupID

Description

Associates a group number with a particular provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.250

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.250 orclODIPProfileInterfaceAdditionalInformation

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.223

8.2.251 orclODIPProfileInterfaceConnectInformation

Description

Contains information that is used by the Oracle directory integration platform server on how to connect to a provisioning-integrated application for event propagation.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.222

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.252 orclODIPProfileInterfaceName

Description

Contains a provisioning-integrated application's interface name, which is used by the Oracle directory integration platform server for event propagation. The value assigned to this attribute depends on the interface type.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.220

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.253 orclODIPProfileInterfaceType

Description

Specifies the type of interface to which events is propagated by the Oracle directory integration platform server. Valid values for this attribute are PLSQL or JAVA.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.221

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.254 orclODIPProfileInterfaceVersion

Description

Specifies the provisioning profile version to which events is propagated by the Oracle directory integration platform server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.224

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.255 orclODIPProfileLastAppliedAppEventID

Description

Contains the number of the last event that was generated by a provisioning-integration application and updated in Oracle Internet Directory by the Oracle directory integration platform server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.234

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.256 orclODIPProfileLastProcessingTime

Description

The last time the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning synchronization profile was executed.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.232

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.257 orclODIPProfileLastSuccessfulProcessingTime

Description

The last time the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning synchronization profile was successfully executed.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.233

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.258 orclODIPProfileMaxErrors

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.214

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.259 orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerInvocation

Description

Specifies the maximum number of events that the Oracle directory integration platform server packages and sends to an application during one invocation of a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.212

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.260 orclODIPProfileMaxEventsPerSchedule

Description

Specifies the maximum number of events that the Oracle directory integration platform server sends to an application during one execution of a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.213

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.261 orclODIPProfileMaxRetries

Description

The maximum number of times an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile is retried in the event of an error.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.211

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.262 orclODIPProfileName

Description

The name of the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.201

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.263 orclODIPProfileProcessingErrors

Description

Contains errors raised during event propagation by the Oracle directory integration platform server for a particular provisioning-integrated application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.231

8.2.264 orclODIPProfileProcessingStatus

Description

Contains the Oracle directory integration platform server's event propagation status for a particular provisioning-integrated application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.230

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.265 orclODIPProfileProvSubscriptionMode

Description

The subscription mode for a provisioning profile: INBOUND, OUTBOUND, or BOTH.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.408

8.2.266 orclODIPProfileSchedule

Description

The number of seconds between executions of an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning profile. The default is 3600, which means the profile is scheduled to run every hour.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.210

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.267 orclODIPProfileStatusUpdate

Description

Indicates whether the Oracle directory integration platform server should perform a provisioning profile status update while propagating events to a provisioning-integrated application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.610

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.268 orclODIPProvEventCriteria

Description

Used with version 2.0 provisioning profiles to convert a change in Oracle Internet Directory to an event before propagating it to a provisioning-integrated application. This attribute is used to identify a particular type of event.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.503

8.2.269 orclODIPProvEventLDAPChangeType

Description

Used with version 2.0 provisioning profiles to convert a change in Oracle Internet Directory to an event before propagating it to a provisioning-integrated application. This attribute is used to indicate what type of operation in LDAP (add, modify, delete) can cause some type of event.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.502

8.2.270 orclODIPProvEventObjectType

Description

Used with version 2.0 provisioning profiles to convert a change in Oracle Internet Directory to an event before propagating it to a provisioning-integrated application. This attribute is used to indicate the type of object (i.e whether it is a USER or a GROUP and so forth) based on other qualifying criteria.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.501

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.271 orclODIPProvEventRule

Description

Stores the XML-based rule definitions used by the Oracle directory integration platform server to convert changes in Oracle Internet Directory into events before propagating them to a provisioning-integrated application.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.607

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.272 orclODIPProvEventRuleDTD

Description

Stores the XML DTD for event rule definitions used by the Oracle directory integration platform server to understand and parse event rule definitions.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.606

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.273 orclODIPProvInterfaceFilter

Description

Used with version 3.0 provisioning profiles to identify and classify an object based on the entry's object class. This attribute is used in the object definitions stored in Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.609

8.2.274 orclODIPProvInterfaceProcessor

Description

Used by the Oracle directory integration platform server to identify the Java classes to use for reading and writing events from and to provisioning-integration applications and for processing event propagation results. The default configurations in this attribute should not be changed.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.608

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.275 orclODIPProvisioningAppGUID

Description

The global unique identifier for the application entry associated with a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.402

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.276 orclODIPProvisioningAppName

Description

The distinguished name (DN) of the application to which the provisioning subscription belongs. The combination of the application name and organization name uniquely identifies a provisioning profile, for example, Email.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.401

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.277 orclODIPProvisioningEventMappingRules

Description

The event mapping rule maps the object type received from the application (using an optional filter condition) to a domain in Oracle Internet Directory. An inbound provisioning profile can have multiple mapping rules defined.

The following example shows a sample mapping rule value. The rule shows that a user object (USER) whose locality attribute equals US (l=US) should be mapped to the domain l=US,cn=users,dc=company,dc=com.

USER:l=US:l=US,cn=users,dc=company,dc=com

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.406

8.2.278 orclODIPProvisioningEventPermittedOperations

Description

Defines the types of events that the application is allowed to send to the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning service. An inbound provisioning profile can have multiple permitted operations defined.

For example, if you wanted to permit the application to send events whenever a user object was added or deleted, or when certain attributes were modified, you would have three permitted operation values such as this:

USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)
USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:MODIFY(cn,sn,mail,password)
USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.407

8.2.279 orclODIPProvisioningEventSubscription

Description

Defines the types of events that the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning service should send to the application. An outbound provisioning profile can have multiple event subscriptions defined.

For example, if you wanted the directory integration server to send events to the application whenever a user or group object was added or deleted, you would have four event subscription values such as this:

GROUP:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)
GROUP:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)
USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:ADD(*)
USER:dc=mycompany,dc=com:DELETE(*)

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.405

8.2.280 orclODIPProvisioningOrgGUID

Description

The global unique identifier for the organization entry associated with a provisioning profile.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.404

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.281 orclODIPProvisioningOrgName

Description

The distinguished name (DN) of the organization to which the provisioning subscription belongs, for example dc=company,dc=com. The combination of the application DN and organization DN uniquely identifies a provisioning profile. Defaults value is the DN of the default identity management realm.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.403

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.282 orclODIPProvProfileLocation

Description

Contains the DN of the directory container that stores provisioning profiles.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.916

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.283 orclODIPRootLocation

Description

Refers to the root location in the directory tree where the Oracle Directory Integration Platform configuration is stored.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.912

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.284 orclODIPSchedulingInterval

Description

Time interval in seconds after which a connected directory is synchronized with Oracle Internet Directory. The default is 600.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.285 orclODIPSchemaVersion

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.911

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.286 orclODIPSearchCountLimit

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.511

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.287 orclODIPSearchTimeLimit

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.512

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.288 orclODIPServerCommitSize

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.515

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.289 orclODIPServerConfigLocation

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.919

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.290 orclODIPServerDebugLevel

Description

The number that corresponds to the debugging level for the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.516

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.291 orclODIPServerRefreshIntvl

Description

The number of minutes between server refreshes for any changes in Oracle Directory Integration Platform profiles. If not specified, the default of 2 is used.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.514

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.292 orclODIPServerSSLMode

Description

The number of the corresponding SSL mode. The default is 0. The modes are as follows:

- 0 — SSL is not used.

- 1 — SSL is used for encryption only, not for authentication.

- 2 — SSL is used for one-way authentication. With this mode you must also specify the complete path and file name of the server's Oracle Wallet.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.513

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.293 orclODIPServerWalletLoc

Description

The complete path and file name of the Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server's Oracle Wallet.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.517

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.294 orclODIPSynchronizationErrors

Description

Messages explaining the errors if the last execution of the synchronization profile failed. This attribute is updated by Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.64

8.2.295 orclODIPSynchronizationMode

Description

Direction of synchronization between Oracle Internet Directory and the connected directory. Allowed values are: IMPORT or EXPORT.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.2

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.296 orclODIPSynchronizationStatus

Description

Status of the last execution of a synchronization profile: SUCCESS or FAILURE. Initially, this attribute has the value YET TO BE EXECUTED.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.63

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.297 orclODIPSyncProfileLocation

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.915

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.298 orclODIPSyncRetryCount

Description

Maximum number of times Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning server tries to run the third-party directory connector in the event of a failure. The default is 5.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.7

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.299 orclOidComponentName

Description

Name of OID component where replication server is started.

Syntax

Directory String

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.832

8.2.300 orclOidInstanceName

Description

Name of instance where replication server is started.

Syntax

Directory String

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.830

8.2.301 orclOpAbandoned

Description

Specifies the number of abandoned LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.168

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.302 orclOpCompleted

Description

Specifies the number of completed LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.166

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.303 orclOpenConn

Description

Specifies the number of open connections to the Oracle Internet Directory server, including client LDAP connections and database connections.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.149

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.304 orclOpFailed

Description

Specifies the number of failed LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.190

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.305 orclOpInitiated

Description

Specifies the number of initiated LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.165

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.306 orclOpLatency

Description

Stores operation latency.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.127

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.307 orclOpPending

Description

Specifies the number of pending LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.167

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.308 orclOpResult

Description

Stores the operation result.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.64

8.2.309 orclOpSucceeded

Description

Specifies the number of successful LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.189

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.310 orclOpTimedOut

Description

Specifies the number of LDAP search operations that timed out.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.169

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.311 orcloptracklevel

Description

Security event tracking level.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.180

8.2.312 orcloptrackmaxtotalsize

Description

Maximum number of bytes of RAM that security events tracking can use for each type of operation.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.178

8.2.313 orcloptracknumelemcontainers

Description

Number of in-memory cache containers to be allocated for security event tracking. The 1stlevel subtype is for setting the number of in-memory cache containers for storing information about users performing operations. The 2ndlevel subtype, which is applicable only to compare operation, sets the number of in-memory cache containers for information about the users whose userpassword is compared and tracked when detailed compare operation statistics is programmed.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.181

8.2.314 orclORA28error

Description

Specifies the number of ORA-28 errors encountered by Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.182

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.315 orclORA3113error

Description

Specifies the number of ORA-3113 errors encountered by Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.157

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.316 orclORA3114error

Description

Specifies the number of ORA-3114 errors encountered by Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.158

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.317 orclOracleHome

Description

The ORACLE_HOME location of an Oracle service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.2

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.318 orclOwnerGUID

Description

The global unique identifier of the user who owns an application or resource.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.358

8.2.319 orclPassword

Description

Identifies an Oracle-specific password for custom authentication schemes like O3Logon for the database server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44 (Printable String)

Matching Rule

caseExactMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.13

8.2.320 orclPasswordAttribute

Description

Specifies the password value to access the resource.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.353

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.321 orclPasswordHint

Description

Specifies the password hint to be displayed when users forget their password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.314

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.322 orclPasswordHintAnswer

Description

The answer related to the password hint question stored in orclPasswordHint.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.315

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Note:

orclPasswordHintAnswer is hashed using the SHA-1 algorithm. The hexadecimal value of this is Base64 encoded.
Oracle Internet Directory hashes the value only if it is provided as plaintext. Prehashed values are not hashed again.

8.2.323 orclPasswordVerifier

Description

Attribute for storing a password to an Oracle component when that password is different from that used to authenticate the user to the directory, namely, userPassword. The value in this attribute is not synchronized with that in the userPassword attribute.

Like authPassword, this attribute is multivalued and can contain all the other verifiers that different applications use for this user's clear text password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.210

8.2.324 orclPilotMode

Description

Whether to BEGIN or END pilot mode for a replica.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch, equality integermatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.824

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.325 orclPKCS12Hint

Description

Password hint for the user's PKCS12 private key store.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.11

8.2.326 orclPKIMatchingRule

Description

This is used to specify the matching rule for mapping a user's PKI certificate DN to the user's entry DN in Oracle Internet Directory. The following matching rule values are allowed:

- 0 - Exact match. The PKI certificate DN must match the user entry DN.

- 1 - Certificate search. Check to see if the user has a PKI certificate provisioned into Oracle Internet Directory.

- 2 - A combination of exact match and certificate search. If the exact match fails, then a certificate search is performed.

- 3 - Mapping rule only. Use a mapping rule to map user PKI certificate DNs to Oracle Internet Directory DNs.

- 4 - Try in order: 1 (mapping rule), 2 (certificate search), 3 (exact match).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.703

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.327 orclPKINextUpdate

Description

The universal time when the certificate revocation list (CRL) should be updated.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.53 (UTC Time)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.2.1.300.1

8.2.328 orclPKIValMecAttr

Description

Contains the certificate validation mechanism supported. Currently, only validation with crls is supported, hence the value of this attribute is CRL.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.2.1.300.2

8.2.329 orclPluginAttributeList

Description

A semicolon-separated attribute name list that controls whether the plug-in takes effect. If the target attribute is included in the list, the plug-in is invoked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.563

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.330 orclPluginCheckEntryExist

Description

If enabled, then the Plug-in is invoked when the base entry does not exist. This only applies to search operation with scope base.

Allowed values are 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.569

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.331 orclPluginEnable

Description

Whether a plug-in is enabled or disabled. Allowed values are 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled). The default is 0 (disabled).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.554

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.332 orclPluginEntryProperties

Description

An LDAP search filter that specifies entry criteria that will cause the plug-in to not be invoked. For example, if the following filter is used, the plug-in will not be invoked if the target entry has objectclass equal to inetorgperson and sn equal to Cezanne.

(&(objectclass=inetorgperson)(sn=Cezanne))

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.568

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.333 orclPluginIsReplace

Description

For plug-ins that use WHEN timing only. 0 is disabled (default). 1 is enabled. This attribute can be set to enabled only if the orclPluginLDAPOperation attribute value is ldapbind, ldapcompare, or ldapmodify.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.559

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.334 orclPluginBinaryFlexfield

Description

Custom binary information (Java only)

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.5

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.574

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.335 orclPluginFlexfield

Description

Custom text information (Java only). To indicate a subtype, specify orclPluginFlexfield; subtypename, for example, orclPluginFlexfield; minPwdLength: 8

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.573

Other

Single-Valued attribute.

8.2.336 orclPluginSecuredFlexfield

Description

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.577

Other

Single-Valued attribute.

8.2.337 orclPluginKind

Description

The kind of plug-in. PL/SQL is the only allowed value.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.562

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.338 orclPluginLDAPOperation

Description

The LDAP operation that this plug-in supplements. Allowed values are:

- ldapcompare

- ldapmodify

- ldapbind

- ldapadd

- ldapdelete

- ldapsearch

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.557

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.339 orclPluginName

Description

The plug-in package name.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.552

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.340 orclPluginPort

Description

The port that the plug-in is using.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.566

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.341 orclPluginRequestGroup

Description

A semicolon-separated group list that controls if the plug-in takes effect. You can use this group to specify who can actually invoke the plug-in. For example, if you specify orclpluginrequestgroup:cn=security,cn=groups,dc=oracle,dc=com, when you register the plug-in, then the plug-in will not be invoked unless the ldap request comes from the person who belongs to the group cn=security,cn=groups,dc=oracle,dc=com.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.564

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.342 orclPluginRequestNegGroup

Description

A semicolon-separated group list that controls if the plug-in takes effect. You can use this group to specify who cannot invoke the plug-in. For example, if you specify orclpluginrequestneggroup: cn=security,cn=groups,dc=oracle,dc=com, when you register the plug-in, then the plug-in will not be invoked if the ldap request comes from the person who belongs to the group cn=security,cn=groups,dc=oracle,dc=com.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.571

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.343 orclPluginResultCode

Description

An integer value to specify the LDAP result code. If this value is specified, then the plug-in is invoked only if the ldap operation is in that result code scenario. This only applies if the value for the orclPluginTiming attribute is POST.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.565

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.344 orclPluginSASLCallBack

Description

Controls the type of bind used when the LDAP_PLUGIN package connects back to the same Oracle Internet Directory server.

- 1= SASL bind (default).

- 0= Simple bind.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.572

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.345 orclPluginSearchNotFound

Description

This only applies if the value for the orclPluginTiming attribute is POST. Brings in the external entries if the entry is not found in Oracle Internet Directory. Provides additional plug-in invocation checking and ensures that the plug-in will only be invoked when the entry is not present in Oracle Internet Directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.570

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.346 orclPluginShareLibLocation

Description

File location of the program libraries for the plug-in. If this value is not present, then the Oracle Internet Directory server assumes the plug-in language is PL/SQL.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.556

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.347 orclPluginSubscriberDNList

Description

A semicolon-separated DN list that controls if the plug-in takes effect. For example:

dc=COM,c=us;dc=us,dc=oracle,dc=com;dc=org,dc=us;o=IMC,c=US

If the target DN of an LDAP operation is included in the list, then the plug-in is invoked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.561

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.348 orclPluginTiming

Description

Specifies when the plug-in is to be invoked in relation to the LDAP operation it supplements. The following values are allowed:

- PRE

- WHEN

- POST

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.558

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.349 orclPluginType

Description

Valid value is operational — Operational plug-ins augment existing LDAP operations. The work they perform depends on whether they execute before, after, or in addition to normal directory server operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.553

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.350 orclPluginVersion

Description

The supported version number of the plug-in.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.555

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.351 OrclPluginWorkers

Description

Number of plug-in threads per server process.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.612

8.2.352 orclPrName

Description

Stores a process name.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.55

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.353 orclProductVersion

Description

Identifies the product version.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.6

8.2.354 orclPrPassword

Description

Contains a password for the OID proxy user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.56

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.355 orclPurgeBase

Description

The base DN in the directory information tree (DIT) where the garbage collection task is applied. This attribute value is reserved for each garbage collector and it must not be modified. Defaults to the RDN of the garbage collector configuration entry DN.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.805

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.356 orclPurgeDebug

Description

Flag to enable (1) or disable (0) collection of debugging messages. Default value is 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.810

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.357 orclPurgeEnable

Description

Flag to enable (1) or disable (0) this garbage collector. Default value is 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.808

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.358 orclPurgeFileLoc

Description

Absolute file directory where the garbage collection log file is saved. Default value is. (period - the current directory).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.812

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.359 orclPurgeFileName

Description

The file name of the garbage collection log file. Default value is oidgc001.log.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.811

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.360 orclPurgeFilter

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.803

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.361 orclPurgeInterval

Description

Time interval in hours that the garbage collection job is executed again. This can be measured from either the point in time specified in the orclPurgeStart attribute or from the last time it was run. Default value is 24.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.801

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.362 orclPurgeNow

Description

Every time this attribute is added or modified to a garbage collection entry, then the submitted job is executed immediately.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.809

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.363 orclPurgePackage

Description

Specifies the package name for purging directory objects.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.804

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.364 orclPurgeSchedule

Description

Specifies the schedule for purging directory objects.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integermatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.24

Other

Single-valued attribute.

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.365 orclPurgeStart

Description

The time when the garbage collector starts to run. The format is yyyymmddhhmmss. Default value is 12:00 a.m. of the day Oracle Internet Directory is installed.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.813

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.366 orclPurgeTargetAge

Description

This attribute enables time-based purging of change log records. Set this to the number of hours after which old change logs are purged. Time-based purging respects the change status of replication, but not the change status of other consumers. When time-based purging is enabled, the change log garbage collector purges all change logs that are not needed by replication and that are at least the specified number of hours old.

The default behavior is change number-based purging, meaning this attribute is NULL or set to a value less than zero. Change number-based purging respects the change status of all change log consumers. That is, it does not purge change logs unless they have been consumed by all consumers. In addition, it does not purge change logs until they are 10 days old.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.800

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.367 orclPurgeTranSize

Description

The number of objects to be purged in one commit transaction. The default value is 1000.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.802

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.368 orclPwdAccountUnlock

Description

It allows a user with the appropriate admininstration rights and priviledges to unlock an already locked account. However, it doesn't necessarily imply that the user affected (that is, who's account was locked) can unlock it by changing this attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.203

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.369 orclPwdAllowHashCompare

Description

Whether to allow password validations by comparing the hash values of encrypted passwords. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.218

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.370 orclPwdAlphaNumeric

Description

Number of numeric characters required in a password. The default value is 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.205

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.371 orclPwdEncryptionEnable

Description

If the value is 1, then the user password is stored in reversible encrypted form. If the value is 0, then the user password is stored in plain text.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.215

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.372 orclPwdIllegalValues

Description

Lists the common words and attribute types whose values cannot be used as a valid password. By default, all words are acceptable password values.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{1024} (Directory String, 1024 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.204

8.2.373 orclPwdIPAccountLockedTime

Description

The time when a user account was locked for a specific IP address.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.211

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.374 orclPwdIPFailureTime

Description

The time of a password failure.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.212

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.375 orclPwdIPLockout

Description

Whether to enable account lockouts for a specific IP address. The value can be are 1 (for true) or 0 (for false).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.200

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.376 orclPwdIPLockoutDuration

Description

The number of seconds you want to enforce account lockout for a specific IP address. A user account stays locked even after the lockout duration has passed unless the user binds with the correct password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.201

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.377 orclPwdIPMaxFailure

Description

The maximum number of failed logins from a specific IP address after which the account is locked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.202

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.378 orclPwdMaxInactivity

Description

Maximum period of time in seconds after which an inactive account is automatically locked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.379

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.379 orclPwdMaxRptchars

Description

Maximum number of times a single character type can be repeated in a password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.415

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.380 orclPwdMinAlphachars

Description

Minimum number of alphabetic characters required in a password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.411

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.381 orclPwdMinSpecialchars

Description

Minimum number of non-alphanumeric characters required in a password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.412

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.382 orclPwdMinUppercase

Description

Minimum number of uppercase characters required in a password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.413

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.383 orclpwdminlowercase

Description

orclpwdminlowercase

Syntax

Minimum number of lowercase characters required in a password.

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.414

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.384 orclPwdPolicyEnable

Description

Whether to enable or disable the password policy. The value can be are 1 (for enable) or 0 (for disable).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.213

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.385 orclPwdTrackLogin

Description

Enables or disables tracking of user's last login time; 1 for enabling and 0 for disabling (default).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.377

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.386 orclPwdVerifierParams

Description

This attribute contains the values of different password verifier types, such as:

orclpwdverifierparams;authpassword: crypto:SASL/MDS $ realm:dc=com

orclpwdverifierparams;orclpasswordverifier: crypto:ORCLLM

orclpwdverifierparams;authpassword: crypto:ORCLWEBDAV $ realm:dc=com

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{256} (Directory String, 256 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.209

8.2.387 orclQueueDepth

Description

Indicates the queue depth.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.144

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.388 orclQueueLatency

Description

Defines the queue latency.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.145

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.389 orclReadWaitThreads

Description

Specifies the number of Oracle Internet Directory server threads waiting to read from the network.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.142

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.390 orclReqAttrCase

Description

Disables or enables preserving the letter case of required attributes in search result. Allowed values are 0 (disable) or 1 (enable). The default value is 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.423

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.391 orclrefreshdgrmems

Description

Refresh Dynamic Group Memberships.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch (Integer)

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.416

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.392 orclReplAgreements

Description

The DNs of the replication agreement entries.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.105

8.2.393 orclReplAttrConfl

Description

Specifies whether timestamp or attribute version should be honored first during attribute level conflict resolution. 0 (default): timestamp first, 1: version number first

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27(Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.899

Other

Single valued attribute

8.2.394 orclreplautotune

Description

Dynamically vary the number of threads assigned to transport and apply tasks based on load. 0: Off, 1: On.

If you set the server to auto tune, you must specify the number of maximum number of threads to be shared between these tasks. Restart server after changing.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.827

8.2.395 orclReplicaDN

Description

For LDAP-based replication only. The DN of the consumer replica in the replication agreement.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.817

8.2.396 orclReplicaID

Description

Naming attribute for the replica subentry. Its value is unique to each directory server node that is initialized at installation. The value of this attribute, assigned during installation, is unique to each directory node, and matches that of the orclreplicaID attribute at the root DSE. You cannot modify this value.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.106

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.397 orclReplicaSecondaryURI

Description

Contains the set of ldapURI formatted addresses that can be used if the orclReplicaURI values cannot be used.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseExactIA5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.815

8.2.398 orclReplicaState

Description

Defines the state of the replica. Possible values are:

- 0 (boot strapping)

- 1 (online)

- 2 (offline)

- 3 (bootstrap in progress)

- 4 (bootstrap in progress, cn=oraclecontext bootstrap has completed)

- 5 (bootstrap completed, failure detected for one or more naming contexts)

- 6 (database copy based add node)

- 7 (sync schema)

- 8 (boot strap without schema sync)

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.818

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.399 orclreplicationid

Description

Unique identifier of a one-way, two-way, or peer-to-peer replication group

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.509

8.2.400 orclReplicationProtocol

Description

Defines the replication protocol for change propagation to replica. Values are:

- ODS_ASR_1.0 (Oracle Database Advanced Replication-based protocol)

- ODS_LDAP_1.0 (LDAP-based replication)

You cannot modify this attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.29

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.401 orclReplicationState

Description

Activation state of the replication server. 0-Inactive, 1-Active

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.831

8.2.402 orclReplicaType

Description

Defines the type of replica such as read-only or read/write. Possible values are:

- 0 (Read/Write)

- 1 (Read-Only)

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.816

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.403 orclReplicaURI

Description

Contains information in ldapURI format that can be used to open a connection to this replica.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseExactIA5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.814

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.404 orclReplicaVersion

Description

Oracle Internet Directory version of the replica.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.820

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.405 orclreplmaxworkers

Description

Maximum number of worker threads. Required if orclreplautotune is set.

Syntax

Integer

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.826

8.2.406 orclreplusesasl;digest-md5

Description

Use SASL for replication binds. Values are auth, auth-int, and auth-conf.

Syntax

Directory String

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch; caseIgnoreSubstringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.829

8.2.407 orclResourceIdentifier

Description

Stores the resource identifier.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.348

8.2.408 orclResourceName

Description

Specifies the name of the resource for which the connection information is being maintained.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.350

8.2.409 orclResourceTypeName

Description

Specifies the name of the resource, for example, database, XMLPDS, JDBCPDS.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.351

8.2.410 orclResourceViewers

Description

Lists the users or groups of users who can view a Resource Access Descriptor.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.366

8.2.411 orclRevPwd

Description

Reversible encrypted value of the user password. This attribute is generated only if the attribute value of orclPwdEncryptionEnable in the password policy entry is set to 1. This attribute cannot be queried.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.216

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.412 orclrienabled

Description

Enables referential integrity. 0: disabled, 1: enabled.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1300

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.413 orclrscacheattr

Description

Result set cache attributes.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.624

Other

Typically these attributes are not modified for the life of the entry.

8.2.414 orclSAMAccountName

Description

Stores the value of Active Directory's SAMAccountName attribute. In Oracle Internet Directory, this attribute is defined as a directory string type. However, in Active Directory this attribute cannot accept any special or non-printable characters. If any entry is added in Oracle Internet Directory with this attribute, it can only contain a simple text string or synchronization from Oracle Internet Directory to Active Directory will fail.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.903

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.415 orclSASLAuthenticationMode

Description

SASL authentication mode indicates different modes depending on the type of authentication required and the level of security, such as, auth-only, auth-int, or auth-conf.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.700

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.416 orclSASLCipherChoice

Description

Contains the SASL cipher choice. when the authentication mode is auth-conf, the SASL cipher choices can be 3DES, DES, RC4, RC4-56, or RC4-40.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.702

8.2.417 orclSASLMechanism

Description

Indicates the different kinds of SASL mechanisms supported in the LDAP server. Currently, OID supports SASL-EXTERNAL and DIGEST-MD5.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.701

8.2.418 orclsDumpFlag

Description

Determines whether to generate or stack file (default value 0) or OS level core file (value 1) in case the OID server crashes.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.407

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.419 orclSearchBaseDN

Description

Contains search base information to be used when performing the directory query for identity mapping.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.706

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.420 orclSearchFilter

Description

Contains search filter information to be used when performing the directory query for identity mapping.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.705

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.421 orclSearchScope

Description

Contains search scope information to be used when performing the directory query for identity mapping.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.707

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.422 orclSecondaryUID

Description

Indicates the secondary UID of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.360

8.2.423 orclSequence

Description

Specifies the sequence number for audit log entries.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.62

8.2.424 orclServerAvgMemGrowth

Description

Specifies the Oracle Internet Directory server process memory growth as a percentage.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.148

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.425 orclServerMode

Description

Specifies if data can be written to the server. Valid values are:

- r (read-only)

- rw (read/write)

- rm (read-modify, that is, to read and modify, but not to add or delete)

The default value is rw.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.51

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.426 orclServerProcs

Description

Number of server processes to start. The default for configset0 is 1. You cannot use a negative value for this attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.364

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.427 orclServiceInstanceLocation

Description

Specifies the DN of an instance of a service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseExactMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1102

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.428 orclServiceMember

Description

Identifies all the service instances that are members of a logical service entity.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1005

8.2.429 orclServiceSubscriptionLocation

Description

Specifies the DN where the list of users subscribed to a service is available.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseExactMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1100

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.430 orclServiceSubType

Description

Identifies the sub-types of a Service e.g. IMAP, SMTP are sub-type of an e-mail service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1009

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.431 orclServiceType

Description

Identifies the type of Service e.g. Email, Calendar, and so forth.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.4

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.432 orclSID

Description

Stores the SID.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.5

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.433 orclsimplemodchglogattributes

Description

List of multivalued attributes that, when changed, cause a simplified change log to be generated.

Syntax

DN

Matching Rule

DistinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.823

8.2.434 orclSizeLimit

Description

Maximum number of entries to be returned by a search.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.10

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.435 orclSkewedAttribute

Description

Attribute that contains names of attributes which are skewed. A skewed attribute has very different search response times depending on its value. You can uniform the response times for searches for such an attribute by adding it as a value of the orclskewedattribute attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.405

8.2.436 orclSkipRefInSQL

Description

Specifies whether to skip referral in SQL generated for searches. Its default value is 0. Set it to 1 if there are no referral entries in the directory; this will help optimizing search performance.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.410

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.437 orclSMSpec

Description

Represents a structural object class that includes common attributes for server manageability object classes.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.185

8.2.438 orclSQLexeFetchLatency

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.132

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.439 orclSQLGenReusedParsed

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.134

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.440 orclSSLAuthentication

Description

Type of SSL authentication to use for this instance of Oracle Internet Directory server. The default value of 1, specifies no SSL authentication. Different instances can have different values. One-way and two-way SSL authentication requires a wallet. You may use one of the following three values:

- 1 = Neither the client nor the server authenticates itself to the other. No certificates are sent or exchanged. If you selected the SSL Enabled check box on the Credentials tab, and choose this option, then only SSL encryption/decryption is used.

- 32 = One-way authentication. Only the directory server authenticates itself to the client by sending its certificate to the client.

- 64 = Two-way authentication. Both client and server send certificates to each other.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.13

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.441 orclSSLCipherSuite

Description

A cipher suite is a set of authentication, encryption, and data integrity algorithms used for exchanging messages between network nodes. During an SSL handshake, the two nodes negotiate to see which cipher suite they will use when transmitting messages back and forth. The following cipher suites are supported:

Table 8-3 SSL Cipher Suites Supported in Oracle Internet Directory

Cipher Suite

Authentication

Encryption

Data Integrity

SSL_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

RSA

3DES

SHA

SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA

RSA

RC4

SHA

SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5

RSA

RC4

MD5

SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA

RSA

DES

SHA

SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5

RSA

RC4_40

MD5

SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA

RSA

DES40

SHA

SSL_DH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

None

3DES

SHA

SSL_DH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_MD5

None

RC4

MD5

SSL_DH_anon_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA

None

DES

SHA

SSL_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

RSA

AES

SHA

SSL_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

RSA

AES

SHA

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum.

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.19

8.2.442 orclSSLEnable

Description

Flag for enabling or disabling SSL. Use this flag when you use different instances of the same server for either SSL or non-SSL. Allowed values are:

- 0—for non-secure operation only

- 1—for SSL authentication only

- 2— for both non-secure operation and SSL authentication
The default value is 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.14

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.443 orclsslinteropmode

Description

Enable SSL interoperability with Oracle applications using legacy no-auth mode. Default Value 1. This allows legacy Oracle components to connect with Oracle Internet Directory. New clients using JSSE (Java Secure Socket Extensions) need an instance with the interopmode disabled (0). With interomode disabled, Oracle Internet Directory is fully compliant with the Sun JDK's SSL support.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.422

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.444 orclSSLPort

Description

The default SSL default port for the directory server. Default value is 3133. When you run the directory in the secure mode, it listens at default port 3133 and accepts only SSL-based TCP/IP connections. (When you run the directory in the normal mode, it listens at default port 389, accepting normal TCP/IP connections.) You might want to change this port when you add multiple LDAP server instances.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.17

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.445 orclSSLVersion

Description

SSL version. The default value is 3.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.18

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.446 orclSSLWalletURL

Description

Sets the location of the Oracle Wallet. You initially set this value when you create the wallet. If you elect to change the location of the Oracle Wallet, you must change this parameter. You must set the wallet location on both the client and the server. For example, on UNIX, you could set this parameter as follows:

file:/home/my_dir/my_wallet

On Microsoft Windows, you could set this parameter as follows:

file:C:\my_dir\my_wallet

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.15

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.447 orclStatsDN

Description

Specifies list of user DNs for which to track LDAP operations.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.187

8.2.448 orclStatsFlag

Description

Enable or disable the Oracle Internet Directory Server Manageability framework. To enable, set this to 1. To disable, set it to 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.197

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.449 orclStatsLevel

Description

Level of statistics collection for users. There is only one valid value in this release, 1. Specifying this value collects the number of bind and compare operations against the directory and the user who performed each one.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.199

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.450 orclStatsOp

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.188

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.451 orclStatsPeriodicity

Description

Time interval in minutes for gathering server manageability statistics. The default value is 60.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.198

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.452 orclStatus

Description

Depending on the context of the object that it is applied to, like a service, it indicates if the service is available or not.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.9.1.9

8.2.453 orclSUAccountLocked

Description

Determines whether a superuser account is locked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.192

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.454 orclSubscriberDisable

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.100

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.455 orclSubscriberFullName

Description

Stores the full name of the configured realm.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.333

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.456 orclSubscriberNickNameAttribute

Description

Stores a name of an attribute that holds the unique identifier of a realm.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.302

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.457 orclSubscriberSearchBase

Description

Specifies the DIT node that contains all realms.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.301

8.2.458 orclSubscriberType

Description

Defines the type of realm created.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.331

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.459 orclSuffix

Description

To have the directory server manage part of an LDAP directory, you can specify the highest level parent DNs in the server configuration. These DNs are called suffixes. The server can access all objects in the directory that are below the specified suffix in the directory hierarchy. This attribute is part of the root DSE (DSA-Specific Entry). The root DSE contains a number of attributes that store information about the directory server itself.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.460 orclSuiteType

Description

Identifies the type of suite e.g ocs, ebiz, and so forth.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.1011

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.461 orclSULoginFailureCount

Description

The number of failed login attempts for the directory superuser.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.191

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.462 orclSUName

Description

The distinguished name of the directory superuser account, for example, cn=orcladmin.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.8

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.463 orclSUPassword

Description

Oracle Internet Directory superuser password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{128} (Directory String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.9

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.464 orclSystemName

Description

Identifies the host name on which a particular instance of a service is running.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.3

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.465 orclTcpConnToClose

Description

Specifies the number of clients for which the Oracle Internet Directory server will close TCP connections.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.153

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.466 orclTcpConnToShutDown

Description

Specifies the number of clients for which the Oracle Internet Directory server will shut down TCP connections.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.152

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.467 orclThreadSpawnFailed

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.154

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.468 orclThreadsPerSupplier

Description

Specifies the number of threads per supplier for the Oracle directory replication server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integermatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.31

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.469 orclTimeLimit

Description

Maximum number of seconds allowed for a search to be completed. The default value is 3600.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.65

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.470 orclTimeZone

Description

Specifies the time zone applicable for a user location.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.311

8.2.471 orclTLimitMode

Description

Defines the time limit mode.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.406

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.472 orclTotFreePhyMem

Description

Stores the total amount of free system physical memory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.146

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.473 orclTraceDimesionLevel

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.174

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.474 orclTraceFileLocation

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.176

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.475 orclTraceFileSize

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.177

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.476 orclTraceLevel

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.173

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.477 orclTraceMode

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.175

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.478 orclTrustedApplicationGroup

Description

Identifies the DN of the group that list all the applications that specific application trusts for Service to Service Authentication.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.368

8.2.479 orclTraceMode

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.175

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.480 orclTxnMaxOperations

Description

Maximum number of operations allowed in a transaction.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.381

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.481 orclTxnTimeLimit

Description

Maximum allowed time in a transaction (sec).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.380

Other

Single-valued attribute

8.2.482 orclUIAccessibilityMode

Description

Set to TRUE to display a user interface that is accessible to people with impaired vision.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.367

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.483 orclUniqueAttrName

Description

The name of an attribute that you want to be unique. Autoboot uniqueness means that each entry must have a unique value for this attribute type.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.500

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.484 orclUniqueEnable

Description

Disables or enables attribute uniqueness constraints. Allowed values are 0 (disable) or 1 (enable). The default value is 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.508

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.485 orclUniqueObjectClass

Description

Specifies an object class filter for an attribute uniqueness constraint entry. This means the attribute specified in orclUniqueAttrNamemust be unique in an instance of this object class.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.503

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.486 orclUniqueScope

Description

The scope of the attribute uniqueness constrain in the DIT. Allowed values are:

- base—Searches the root entry only

- onelevel—Searches one level only

- sub—Searches the entire directory

The default value is sub.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.501

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.487 orclUniqueSubtree

Description

When multiple attribute uniqueness constraints have the same values in orclUniqueAttrName, orclUniqueScope and orclUniqueObjectClass, but different values in orcluniquesubtree, the union of subtree scopes specified by those attribute uniqueness constraints is checked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.502

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.488 orclUnsyncRevPwd

Description

This attribute stores a password that is not synchronized with the entry in the userpassword.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.217

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.489 orclUpdateSchedule

Description

Replication update interval for new changes and those being retried. The value is in seconds.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27

Matching Rule

integermatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.30

Other

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.490 orclUpgradeInProgress

Description

Indicates whether rolling upgrade is in progress.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.104

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.491 orclUserDN

Description

The distinguished name (DN) of the user who performed an operation.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.61

8.2.492 orclUserIDAttribute

Description

Specifies the attribute to use as the user identifier value when accessing the resource.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.352

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.493 orclUserModifiable

Description

Specifies if the data is modifiable by the user that this resource access descriptor entry is created for.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

1.2.3.4.5.6.1.11

8.2.494 orclUserObjectClasses

Description

A list of the object classes that comprise a user entity.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.329

8.2.495 orclUserPrincipalName

Description

The is the Kerberos user principal name for Microsoft Active Directory users.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.8.1.904

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.496 orclVersion

Description

The release version of the Oracle Internet Directory server.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.7.1.1

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.497 orclWirelessAccountNumber

Description

Stores the wireless account number of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.365

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.498 orclWorkflowNotificationPref

Description

Identifies workflow notification preferences for a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.313

8.2.499 orclWriteWaitThreads

Description

Specifies the number of Oracle Internet Directory server threads waiting to write to the network.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.143

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.500 owner

Description

Specifies the distinguished name (DN) of some object which has some responsibility for the associated object.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.32

8.2.501 pilotStartTime

Description

The time stamp of when pilot mode was started for a replica.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.825

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.502 preferredServerList

Description

The IP addresses of the preferred servers that a directory user agent should use in a space separated list. The servers in this list are tried in order before those in the defaultServerList until a successful connection is made. This has no default value. At least one server must be specified in either preferredServerList or defaultServerList.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (Printable String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.2

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.503 profileTTL

Description

The time to live before a client directory user agent (DUA) should re-read this configuration profile. The values for profileTTL can be zero, to indicate no expiration, or a positive integer combined with one of the following letters to indicate the unit of measure:

d: indicates days

h: indicates hours

m: indicates minutes

s: indicates seconds

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.7

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.504 protocolInformation

Description

This attribute is used in conjunction with the presentationAddress attribute, to provide additional information to the Open System Interconnection (OSI) network service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.42 (Protocol Information)

Matching Rule

protocolInformationMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.48

8.2.505 pwdAccountLockedTime

Description

The time stamp of when a user's account was locked.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.17

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.506 pwdAllowUserChange

Description

Reserved for future use.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.14

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.507 pwdChangedTime

Description

The time stamp indicating when the user's current password was created or modified.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.16

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.508 pwdCheckSyntax

Description

A value of 1 (default) means passwords are checked for syntax errors. A value of 0 means syntax checking is disabled.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.5

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.509 pwdExpirationWarned

Description

The time stamp when the first password expiration warning was sent to the user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.18

Other

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.510 pwdExpireWarning

Description

The number of seconds before a password expires that a warning should be sent to the user. The user will see the warning when they attempt to log on during the warning period. If the user does not modify the password before it expires, the user is locked out until the password is changed by the administrator. The default value is 0, which means no warnings are sent.

For this feature to work, the client application must support it.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.7

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.511 pwdFailureCountInterval

Description

The number of seconds after which the password failure times are purged from the user entry. If this attribute is not present, or if it has a value of 0, then failure times are never purged. The default value is 0.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.12

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.512 pwdFailureTime

Description

The time stamp of consecutive failed login attempts by the user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.19

Other

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.513 pwdGraceLoginLimit

Description

Maximum number of grace logins allowed after a password expires. The default value is 0 (no grace logins allowed). The recommended value is 3.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.8

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.514 pwdGraceLoginTimeLimit

Description

Number of seconds after account lockout to allow grace logins.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27(Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.418

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.515 pwdGraceUseTime

Description

The time stamps of each grace login for a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 (Generalized Time)

Matching Rule

generalizedTimeMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.21

Other

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.516 pwdHistory

Description

A history of a user's previous passwords. The number of passwords stored in the history is determined by the pwdInHistory attribute.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.20

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

No user modification.

8.2.517 pwdInHistory

Description

Number of previous passwords to be stored in the password history (pwdHistory). If a user attempts to reuse one of the passwords stored in the history, then the password is rejected. The default value is 0 (no previous passwords stored in the history).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.4

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.518 pwdLockout

Description

Specification for whether users are locked out of the directory after the number of consecutive failed bind attempts specified by pwdMaxFailure. If the value of this policy attribute is TRUE, then users are locked out. If this attribute is not present, or if the value is FALSE, then users are not locked out and the value of pwdMaxFailure is ignored. By default, account lockout is enforced.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.9

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.519 pwdLockoutDuration

Description

The number of seconds a user is locked out of the directory if both of the following are true:

- Account lockout is enabled.

- The user has been unable to bind successfully to the directory for at least the number of times specified by pwdMaxFailure.

You can set user lockout for a specific duration, or until the administrator resets the user's password. A default value of 0 (zero) means that the user is locked out forever. A user account stays locked even after the lockout duration has passed unless the user binds with the correct password.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.10

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.520 pwdMaxAge

Description

The maximum number of seconds that a given password is valid. If this attribute is not present, or if the value is 0 (zero), then the password does not expire. By default, the passwords expire in 60 days.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.3

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.521 pwdMaxFailure

Description

The number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which a user account is locked. If this attribute is not present, or if the value is 0 (zero), then the account is not locked due to failed bind attempts, and the value of the password lockout policy is ignored. The default is 4.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.11

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.522 pwdMinAge

Description

This attribute holds the number of seconds that must elapse between modifications to the password. If this attribute is not present, 0 seconds is assumed.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.2

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.523 pwdMinLength

Description

The minimum number of characters required in a password. The default is 5. The value for this attribute must be at least 1.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 (Integer)

Matching Rule

integerMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.6

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.524 pwdMustChange

Description

Indicator of whether users must change their passwords after the first login, or after the password is reset by the administrator. Enabling this option requires users to change their passwords even if user-defined passwords are disabled. By default, users need not change their passwords after reset. Allowed values are 1 (true) or 0 (false).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.13

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.525 pwdpolicysubentry

Description

DN of the password policy applicable at the subtree rooted at this DN.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.417

8.2.526 pwdReset

Description

Indicator that the password has been reset and must be changed by the user on first authentication. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.22

Other

Single-valued attribute.

Directory operational attribute.

Not user modifiable.

8.2.527 pwdSafeModify

Description

Indicator of whether user must supply old password with new one when modifying password. By default, the old password is not required. Allowed values are TRUE or FALSE.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 (Boolean)

Matching Rule

booleanMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.1.15

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.528 ref

Description

A named reference. Values placed in the attribute must conform to the specification given for the labeledURI attribute (RFC 2079).

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseExactIA5Match

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113730.3.1.34

Other

DSA operational attribute.

8.2.529 seeAlso

Description

Specifies the distinguished names of other directory objects which may be other aspects (in some sense) of the same real world object.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.34

8.2.530 serverName

Description

The name of the server involved in an Oracle Directory Integration and Provisioning change subscription.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch

caseignoresubstringsmatch

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113894.1.1.34

8.2.531 serviceAuthenticationMethod

Description

The authentication method for the service.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (Directory String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.15

8.2.532 serviceCredentialLevel

Description

The credential level to be used by a service. The default value for all services is NULL. The supported credential levels are anonymous or proxy.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.13

8.2.533 serviceSearchDescriptor

Description

Defines how and where an LDAP naming service client should search for information for a particular service. Contains a service name, followed by one or more semicolon-separated base-scope-filters.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 (IA5 String)

Matching Rule

caseExactIA5Match

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.11.1.3.1.1.8

8.2.534 sn

Description

The surname or last name of a user.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{32768} (Directory String, 32768 character maximum)

Matching Rule

caseIgnoreMatch, caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.4

8.2.535 supportedcontrol

Description

List of controls supported by directory server.

Syntax

OID

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.13

8.2.536 supportedextension

Description

List of extended operation supported

Syntax

OID

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.7

8.2.537 supportedldapversion

Description

LDAP versions supported.

Syntax

Integer

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.15

8.2.538 uniqueMember

Description

The distinguished name for the member of a group.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.34 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.50

8.2.539 supportedsaslmechanisms

Description

List of SASL mechanism supported.

Syntax

Directory String

Matching Rule

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.120.14

8.2.540 userCertificate;binary

Description

The user's certificate.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.8 (Certificate)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.36

8.2.541 userPassword

Description

The password used to authenticate a user to the directory.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.44{128} (Printable String, 128 character maximum)

Matching Rule

octetStringMatch

Object ID

2.5.4.35

Other

Single-valued attribute.

8.2.542 userPKCS12

Description

PKCS#12 PFX PDU for exchange of personal identity information.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.5 (Binary)

Matching Rule

N/A

Object ID

2.16.840.1.113730.3.1.216

8.2.543 x509issuer

Description

The DN of the certificate authority who issued the X.509 certificate revocation list.

Syntax

1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 (Distinguished Name)

Matching Rule

distinguishedNameMatch

Object ID

1.3.6.1.4.1.10126.1.5.3.4

9 Oracle Adaptive Access Manager Database Schema

This document describes the Oracle Adaptive Access Manager tables. It contains the following sections:

- Section 9.1, "Database/Application Objects"

- Section 9.2, "Details of Each Class"

9.1 Database/Application Objects

9.1.1 List of All Classes

- VActionLog (V_ACTION_LOGS)

- VActionLogSession (V_ACTION_LOG_SESS)

- VAdminUser (V_ADMIN_USER)

- VAdminUserGroup (V_ADMIN_USERGROUP)

- VAdminUserGroupHist (V_ADMIN_USER_GROUP_HIST)

- VAdminUserGroupMap (V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP)

- VAdminUserGroupMapHist (V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP_HIST)

- VAdminUserHist (V_ADMIN_USER_HIST)

- VAdminUserProfile (V_ADMIN_USERPROFILE)

- VAdminUserProfileHist (V_ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_HIST)

- VAlert (VCRYPT_ALERT)

- VAlertTemplate (VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES)

- VAlertTemplateHist(VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES_HIST)

- VBharosaConfig (V_B_CONFIG)

- VBharosaConfigHist (V_B_CONFIG_HIST)

- VBharosaConfigRB (V_B_CONFIG_RB)

- VBharosaEnum (V_B_ENUM)

- VBharosaEnumElement (V_B_ENUM_ELMNT)

- VBharosaEnumElementAttribute (V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR)

- VBharosaEnumElementAttributeHist (V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR_HIST)

- VBharosaEnumElementHist (V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_HIST)

- VBharosaEnumHist (V_B_ENUM_HIST)

- VBharosaLocale (V_B_LOCALE)

- VBharosaLocaleHist (V_B_LOCALE_HIST)

- VCSRCase (V_CASE)

- VCSRCaseHist (V_CASE_HIST)

- VCacheStatus (VCRYPT_CACHE_STATUS)

- VCaseActionLogSessionMap (V_ACTION_LOG_SESS_MAP)

- VCaseMap (V_CASE_MAP)

- VCaseMapHist (V_CASE_MAP_HIST)

- VCity (VCRYPT_CITY)

- VCityHist (V_CITY_HIST)

- VCountry (VCRYPT_COUNTRY)

- VCountryHist (V_COUNTRY_HIST)

- VCryptAccount (VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS)

- VCryptAccountHist (VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS_HIST)

- VCryptAnswerHint (V_ANS_HINT)

- VCryptAnswerHintHist (V_ANS_HINT_HIST)

- VCryptAuthAttempt (VCRYPT_AUTH_ATTEMPTS)

- VCryptAuthSession (VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSIONS)

- VCryptAuthSessionGroup (VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSION_GROUPS)

- VCryptDBPatch (VCRYPT_DB_PATCHES)

- VCryptFPMap (V_FP_MAP)

- VCryptFPNameValue (V_FP_NV)

- VCryptFingerPrint (V_FPRINTS)

- VCryptGlobalAnswerHint (V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT)

- VCryptGlobalAnswerHintHist (V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT_HIST)

- VCryptPinReset (VCRYPT_PIN_RESETS)

- VCryptPinRetrieval (VCRYPT_PIN_RETRIEVALS)

- VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMap (V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP)

- VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMapHist (V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP_HIST)

- VCryptQuestionGlobalValidation (V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID)

- VCryptQuestionGlobalValidationHist (V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID_HIST)

- VCryptQuestionValidationMap (V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP)

- VCryptQuestionValidationMapHist (V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP_HIST)

- VCryptScoreAttributes (V_SCORE_ATTR)

- VCryptScoreAttributesHist (V_SCORE_ATTR_HIST)

- VCryptScoringPolicy (V_SCORING_POLICY)

- VCryptScoringPolicyHist (V_SCORING_POLICY_HIST)

- VCryptSystemMessage (VCRYPT_SYS_MESSAGES)

- VCryptTrackerNode (VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE)

- VCryptTrackerNodeHistory (VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE_HISTORY)

- VCryptTrackerUserNodeLog (VCRYPT_TRACKER_USERNODE_LOGS)

- VCryptUser (VCRYPT_USERS)

- VCryptUserGroup (VCRYPT_USER_GROUPS)

- VCryptUserGroupRoleMap (VCRYPT_USERGROUP_ROLE_MAPS)

- VCryptUserHist (VCRYPT_USERS_HIST)

- VCryptUserLog (VCRYPT_USER_LOGS)

- VCryptUserQA (V_USER_QA)

- VCryptUserQAHist (V_USER_QA_HIST)

- VCryptUserQuestion (V_USER_QUESTIONS)

- VCryptUserQuestionHist (V_USER_QUESTIONS_HIST)

- VCryptUserRole (VCRYPT_USER_ROLES)

- VCryptValidation (V_VALIDATION)

- VCryptValidationHist (V_VALIDATION_HIST)

- VDateValueElement (VCRYPT_DATE_VALUE_ELEMENT)

- VDynamicAction (VR_DYN_ACTION)

- VDynamicActionExecLog (VT_DYN_ACT_EXEC_LOG)

- VDynamicActionHist (VR_DYN_ACTION_HIST)

- VDynamicActionInstance (VR_DYN_ACTION_INST)

- VDynamicActionInstanceHist (VR_DYN_ACTION_INST_HIST)

- VDynamicActionParam (VR_DYN_ACT_PAR)

- VDynamicActionParamHist (VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_HIST)

- VDynamicActionParamValue (VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL)

- VDynamicActionParamValueHist (VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL_HIST)

- VGlobalLookup (V_G_LOOKUP)

- VGlobalLookupHist (V_G_LOOKUP_HIST)

- VIPCluster (VT_IP_CLUSTER)

- VIPClusterGroup (VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUP)

- VIPClusterGroupMap (VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUPMAP)

- VIPLocationMap (VCRYPT_IP_LOCATION_MAP)

- VIPLocationMapHist (V_IP_LOC_MAP_HIST)

- VIPLocationMapSplit (V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT)

- VIPLocationMapSplitHist (V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT_HIST)

- VISP (VCRYPT_ISP)

- VISPHist (V_ISP_HIST)

- VIntValueElement (VCRYPT_INT_VALUE_ELEMENT)

- VJavaBinaryClass (VR_JAVA_BIN)

- VJavaBinaryClassHist (VR_JAVA_BIN_HIST)

- VLocationLookup (V_LOC_LOOKUP)

- VLocationUpdateLogs (V_UPD_LOGS)

- VLocationUpdateSession (V_LOC_UPD_SESS)

- VLongValueElement (VCRYPT_LONG_VALUE_ELEMENT)

- VMaxBlock (VR_MAX_BLOCKS)

- VMaxBlockHist (VR_MAX_BLOCKS_HIST)

- VMaxBlockLogs (VR_MAX_BLOCKS_LOGS)

- VModelLog (VR_MODEL_LOGS)

- VMonitorData (V_MONITOR_DATA)

- VPattern (V_PATTERN)

- VPatternEntity (V_PATTERN_ENTITY)

- VPatternEntityHist (V_PATTERN_ENTITY_HIST)

- VPatternEntityOperation (V_PAT_ENT_OPER)

- VPatternEntityOperationHist (V_PAT_ENT_OPER_HIST)

- VPatternHist (V_PATTERN_HIST)

- VPatternParam (V_PATTERN_PARAM)

- VPatternParamHist (V_PATTERN_PARAM_HIST)

- VPolicy (VR_POLICY)

- VPolicyHist (VR_POLICY_HIST)

- VPolicyLog (VR_POLICY_LOGS)

- VPolicySet (VR_POLICY_SET)

- VPolicySetHist (VR_POLICY_SET_HIST)

- VPolicySetLog (VR_POLICYSET_LOGS)

- VPolicySetPkg (V_POLICY_SET_PKG)

- VProfile (VCRYPT_PROFILE)

- VProfileHist (VCRYPT_PROFILE_HIST)

- VProfileListMap (VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP)

- VProfileListMapHist (VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP_HIST)

- VProfileRuleMap (VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP)

- VProfileRuleMapHist (VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP_HIST)

- VQuestionCategory (V_Q_CATEGORY)

- VQuestionCategoryHist (V_Q_CATEGORY_HIST)

- VRAConfig (VRA_CONFIG)

- VRAConfigHist (VRA_CONFIG_HIST)

- VRAConfigProperty (VRA_CONFIG_PROP)

- VRAConfigPropertyHist (VRA_CONFIG_PROP_HIST)

- VRADeviceMap (VRA_DEVICE_MAP)

- VRAReports (VRA_REPORTS)

- VRARunLogs (VRA_RUN_LOGS)

- VRARunSession (VRA_RUN_SESS)

- VRARunSessionHist (VRA_RUN_SESS_HIST)

- VRASchedule (VRA_SCHEDULE)

- VRAScheduleHist (VRA_SCHEDULE_HIST)

- VRASessionSet (VRA_SESS_SET)

- VRASessionSetHist (VRA_SESS_SET_HIST)

- VReportQuery (V_REP_QUERY)

- VReportQueryHist (V_REP_QUERY_HIST)

- VReportSaved (V_REP_SAVED)

- VReportSavedHist (V_REP_SAVED_HIST)

- VReportSchedule (V_REP_SCHED)

- VReportScheduleHist (V_REP_SCHED_HIST)

- VRule (VCRYPT_RULE)

- VRuleCondition (VR_RULE_CONDN)

- VRuleConditionHist (VR_RULE_CONDN_HIST)

- VRuleConditionMap (VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP)

- VRuleConditionMapHist (VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP_HIST)

- VRuleConditionScope (VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE)

- VRuleConditionScopeHist (VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE_HIST)

- VRuleException (VR_EXCEPTION)

- VRuleExceptionHist (VR_EXCEPTION_HIST)

- VRuleHist (VCRYPT_RULE_HIST)

- VRuleLog (VR_RULE_LOGS)

- VRuleOverRide (VR_OVERRIDE)

- VRuleOverRideHist (VR_OVERRIDE_HIST)

- VRuleOverRideLog (VR_OVERRIDE_LOGS)

- VRuleParam (VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS)

- VRuleParamCustom (VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM)

- VRuleParamCustomHist (VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM_HIST)

- VRuleParamHist (VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS_HIST)

- VRuleParamValue (VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES)

- VRuleParamValueHist (VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES_HIST)

- VRuleSetColumn (VR_RULESET_COL)

- VRuleSetColumnHist (VR_RULESET_COL_HIST)

- VRuleSetRow (VR_RULESET_ROW)

- VRuleSetRowHist (VR_RULESET_ROW_HIST)

- VRuleVersion (VR_VERSION)

- VRuleVersionHist (VR_VERSION_HIST)

- VRuleVersionMap (VR_VERSION_MAP)

- VRuleVersionTree (VR_VERSION_TREE)

- VRunStatus (V_RUN_STATUS)

- VRunStatusHist (V_RUN_STATUS_HIST)

- VScoreAction (VR_SCORE_ACTION)

- VScoreActionHist (VR_SCORE_ACTION_HIST)

- VState (VCRYPT_STATE)

- VStateHist (V_STATE_HIST)

- VStringValueElement (VCRYPT_STRING_VALUE_ELEMENT)

- VSystemLogs (V_SYS_LOGS)

- VTBaseIPProfile (VT_BASE_IP_PROFILE)

- VTCityProfile (VT_CITY_PROFILE)

- VTCountryProfile (VT_COUNTRY_PROFILE)

- VTDataDef (VT_DATA_DEF)

- VTDataDefElement (VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM)

- VTDataDefElementHist (VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM_HIST)

- VTDataDefElementTranslation (VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS)

- VTDataDefElementTranslationHist (VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS_HIST)

- VTDataDefHist (VT_DATA_DEF_HIST)

- VTDataDefMap (VT_DATA_DEF_MAP)

- VTDataDefMapHist (VT_DATA_DEF_MAP_HIST)

- VTDataDefTranslation (VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS)

- VTDataDefTranslationHist (VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS_HIST)

- VTDeviceProfile (VT_DEVICE_PROFILE)

- VTEntityDef (VT_ENTITY_DEF)

- VTEntityDefEntityDefMap (VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP)

- VTEntityDefEntityDefMapHist (VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST)

- VTEntityDefHist (VT_ENTITY_DEF_HIST)

- VTEntityOne (VT_ENTITY_ONE)

- VTEntityOneMap (VT_USER_ENTITY1_MAP)

- VTEntityOneProfile (VT_ENTITY_ONE_PROFILE)

- VTEntityTrxMap (VT_ENT_TRX_MAP)

- VTIPProfile (VT_IP_PROFILE)

- VTInvalidUser (VT_INVALID_USERS)

- VTSessionActionMap (VT_SESSION_ACTION_MAP)

- VTSesssionFPMap (VT_SESS_FP_MAP)

- VTStateProfile (VT_STATE_PROFILE)

- VTTranslationSourceElement (VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM)

- VTTranslationSourceElementHist (VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM_HIST)

- VTTrxData (VT_TRX_DATA)

- VTTrxDef (VT_TRX_DEF)

- VTTrxDefEntityDefMap (VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP)

- VTTrxDefEntityDefMapHist (VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST)

- VTTrxDefHist (VT_TRX_DEF_HIST)

- VTTrxInputDef (VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF)

- VTTrxInputDefHist (VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF_HIST)

- VTUser (VT_USER)

- VTUserDeviceMap (VT_USER_DEVICE_MAP)

- VTUserGroup (VT_USER_GROUPS)

- VTUserProfile (VT_USER_PROFILE)

- VTUserSession (VT_USER_SESS)

- VTWFDays (VT_WF_DAYS)

- VTWFHours (VT_WF_HOURS)

- VTWFMonths (VT_WF_MONTHS)

- VTWFYears (VT_WF_YEARS)

- VTransactionLog (VT_TRX_LOGS)

- VValueList (VCRYPT_VALUE_LIST)

- VValueListHist (VCRYPT_VALUE_LIST_HIST)

9.1.2 Tables and Index in category 1

Class Name

Table Name

Table TS

Index TS

Table Initrans

Index Initrans

VCryptAccount

VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAccountHist

VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserGroup

VCRYPT_USER_GROUPS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserRole

VCRYPT_USER_ROLES

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserGroupRoleMap

VCRYPT_USERGROUP_ROLE_MAPS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserHist

VCRYPT_USERS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VQuestionCategory

V_Q_CATEGORY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VQuestionCategoryHist

V_Q_CATEGORY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserQuestion

V_USER_QUESTIONS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserQuestionHist

V_USER_QUESTIONS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionGlobalValidation

V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionGlobalValidationHist

V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionValidationMap

V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionValidationMapHist

V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptValidation

V_VALIDATION

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptValidationHist

V_VALIDATION_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptGlobalAnswerHint

V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptGlobalAnswerHintHist

V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMap

V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMapHist

V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAnswerHint

V_ANS_HINT

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAnswerHintHist

V_ANS_HINT_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserQA

V_USER_QA

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserQAHist

V_USER_QA_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptScoringPolicy

V_SCORING_POLICY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptScoringPolicyHist

V_SCORING_POLICY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptScoreAttributes

V_SCORE_ATTR

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptScoreAttributesHist

V_SCORE_ATTR_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VMonitorData

V_MONITOR_DATA

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaConfig

V_B_CONFIG

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaConfigHist

V_B_CONFIG_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnum

V_B_ENUM

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnumHist

V_B_ENUM_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnumElement

V_B_ENUM_ELMNT

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnumElementHist

V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnumElementAttribute

V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaEnumElementAttributeHist

V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaLocale

V_B_LOCALE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaLocaleHist

V_B_LOCALE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VBharosaConfigRB

V_B_CONFIG_RB

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPattern

V_PATTERN

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternHist

V_PATTERN_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternEntity

V_PATTERN_ENTITY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternEntityHist

V_PATTERN_ENTITY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternParam

V_PATTERN_PARAM

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternParamHist

V_PATTERN_PARAM_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternEntityOperation

V_PAT_ENT_OPER

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPatternEntityOperationHist

V_PAT_ENT_OPER_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptFingerPrint

V_FPRINTS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptFPNameValue

V_FP_NV

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptFPMap

V_FP_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptUserLog

VCRYPT_USER_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptPinReset

VCRYPT_PIN_RESETS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptPinRetrieval

VCRYPT_PIN_RETRIEVALS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAuthSessionGroup

VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSION_GROUPS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAuthSession

VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSIONS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptAuthAttempt

VCRYPT_AUTH_ATTEMPTS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptSystemMessage

VCRYPT_SYS_MESSAGES

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VSystemLogs

V_SYS_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCryptDBPatch

VCRYPT_DB_PATCHES

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VActionLogSession

V_ACTION_LOG_SESS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VActionLog

V_ACTION_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTInvalidUser

VT_INVALID_USERS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTSessionActionMap

VT_SESSION_ACTION_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTUserGroup

VT_USER_GROUPS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTWFYears

VT_WF_YEARS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

16

16

VTWFMonths

VT_WF_MONTHS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

16

16

VTWFDays

VT_WF_DAYS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

16

16

VTWFHours

VT_WF_HOURS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

16

16

VTTrxDef

VT_TRX_DEF

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTrxDefHist

VT_TRX_DEF_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTrxInputDef

VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTrxInputDefHist

VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTEntityDef

VT_ENTITY_DEF

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTEntityDefHist

VT_ENTITY_DEF_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTrxDefEntityDefMap

VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTrxDefEntityDefMapHist

VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTEntityDefEntityDefMap

VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTEntityDefEntityDefMapHist

VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDef

VT_DATA_DEF

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefHist

VT_DATA_DEF_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefElement

VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefElementHist

VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefMap

VT_DATA_DEF_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefMapHist

VT_DATA_DEF_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefTranslation

VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefTranslationHist

VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefElementTranslation

VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTDataDefElementTranslationHist

VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTranslationSourceElement

VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VTTranslationSourceElementHist

VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCountry

VCRYPT_COUNTRY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCountryHist

V_COUNTRY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VState

VCRYPT_STATE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VStateHist

V_STATE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCity

VCRYPT_CITY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCityHist

V_CITY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VISP

VCRYPT_ISP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VISPHist

V_ISP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VLocationLookup

V_LOC_LOOKUP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPLocationMap

VCRYPT_IP_LOCATION_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPLocationMapHist

V_IP_LOC_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPLocationMapSplit

V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPLocationMapSplitHist

V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VLocationUpdateSession

V_LOC_UPD_SESS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VLocationUpdateLogs

V_UPD_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPCluster

VT_IP_CLUSTER

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPClusterGroup

VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VIPClusterGroupMap

VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUPMAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleVersion

VR_VERSION

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleVersionHist

VR_VERSION_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleVersionTree

VR_VERSION_TREE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleVersionMap

VR_VERSION_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRule

VCRYPT_RULE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleHist

VCRYPT_RULE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleCondition

VR_RULE_CONDN

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleConditionHist

VR_RULE_CONDN_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleConditionScope

VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleConditionScopeHist

VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleConditionMap

VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleConditionMapHist

VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParam

VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParamHist

VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParamCustom

VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParamCustomHist

VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfile

VCRYPT_PROFILE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfileHist

VCRYPT_PROFILE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfileRuleMap

VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfileRuleMapHist

VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfileListMap

VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VProfileListMapHist

VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParamValue

VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleParamValueHist

VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleOverRide

VR_OVERRIDE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleOverRideHist

VR_OVERRIDE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleOverRideLog

VR_OVERRIDE_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleException

VR_EXCEPTION

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleExceptionHist

VR_EXCEPTION_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleSetRow

VR_RULESET_ROW

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleSetRowHist

VR_RULESET_ROW_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleSetColumn

VR_RULESET_COL

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRuleSetColumnHist

VR_RULESET_COL_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VScoreAction

VR_SCORE_ACTION

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VScoreActionHist

VR_SCORE_ACTION_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VMaxBlock

VR_MAX_BLOCKS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VMaxBlockHist

VR_MAX_BLOCKS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VMaxBlockLogs

VR_MAX_BLOCKS_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPolicySetPkg

V_POLICY_SET_PKG

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPolicySet

VR_POLICY_SET

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPolicySetHist

VR_POLICY_SET_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPolicy

VR_POLICY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VPolicyHist

VR_POLICY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicAction

VR_DYN_ACTION

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionHist

VR_DYN_ACTION_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionParam

VR_DYN_ACT_PAR

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionParamHist

VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionInstance

VR_DYN_ACTION_INST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionInstanceHist

VR_DYN_ACTION_INST_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionParamValue

VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionParamValueHist

VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VDynamicActionExecLog

VT_DYN_ACT_EXEC_LOG

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAlertTemplate

VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAlertTemplateHist

VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRunStatus

V_RUN_STATUS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRunStatusHist

V_RUN_STATUS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCacheStatus

VCRYPT_CACHE_STATUS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VGlobalLookup

V_G_LOOKUP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VGlobalLookupHist

V_G_LOOKUP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportQuery

V_REP_QUERY

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportQueryHist

V_REP_QUERY_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportSchedule

V_REP_SCHED

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportScheduleHist

V_REP_SCHED_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportSaved

V_REP_SAVED

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VReportSavedHist

V_REP_SAVED_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VJavaBinaryClass

VR_JAVA_BIN

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VJavaBinaryClassHist

VR_JAVA_BIN_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAlert

VCRYPT_ALERT

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

16

16

VCSRCase

V_CASE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCSRCaseHist

V_CASE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCaseActionLogSessionMap

V_ACTION_LOG_SESS_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCaseMap

V_CASE_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VCaseMapHist

V_CASE_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUser

V_ADMIN_USER

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserHist

V_ADMIN_USER_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserGroup

V_ADMIN_USERGROUP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserGroupHist

V_ADMIN_USER_GROUP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserGroupMap

V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserGroupMapHist

V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserProfile

V_ADMIN_USERPROFILE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VAdminUserProfileHist

V_ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAConfig

VRA_CONFIG

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAConfigHist

VRA_CONFIG_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAConfigProperty

VRA_CONFIG_PROP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAConfigPropertyHist

VRA_CONFIG_PROP_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRARunLogs

VRA_RUN_LOGS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRASessionSet

VRA_SESS_SET

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRASessionSetHist

VRA_SESS_SET_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRARunSession

VRA_RUN_SESS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRARunSessionHist

VRA_RUN_SESS_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAReports

VRA_REPORTS

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRASchedule

VRA_SCHEDULE

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRAScheduleHist

VRA_SCHEDULE_HIST

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

VRADeviceMap

VRA_DEVICE_MAP

BRSATBS1

BRSAINDX1

2

2

9.1.3 Tables and Index in category 2

Class Name

Table Name

Table TS

Index TS

Table Initranss

Index Initranss

VCryptTrackerNode

VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE

BRSATBS2

BRSAINDX2

16

16

VCryptTrackerNodeHistory

VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE_HISTORY

BRSATBS2

BRSAINDX2

16

16

9.1.4 Tables and Index in category 3

Class Name

Table Name

Table TS

Index TS

Table Initranss

Index Initranss

VTUserSession

VT_USER_SESS

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VCryptTrackerUserNodeLog

VCRYPT_TRACKER_USERNODE_LOGS

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTSesssionFPMap

VT_SESS_FP_MAP

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTUserDeviceMap

VTUserDeviceMap

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTEntityOneProfile

VT_ENTITY_ONE_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTEntityOneMap

VT_USER_ENTITY1_MAP

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTEntityTrxMap

VT_ENT_TRX_MAP

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTUserProfile

VT_USER_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTDeviceProfile

VT_DEVICE_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTIPProfile

VT_IP_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTBaseIPProfile

VT_BASE_IP_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTCountryProfile

VT_COUNTRY_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTStateProfile

VT_STATE_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTCityProfile

VT_CITY_PROFILE

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

VTTrxData

VT_TRX_DATA

BRSATBS3

BRSAINDX3

16

16

9.1.5 Tables and Index in category 4

Class Name

Table Name

Table TS

Index TS

Table Initranss

Index Initranss

VTransactionLog

VT_TRX_LOGS

BRSATBS4

BRSAINDX4

16

16

VPolicySetLog

VR_POLICYSET_LOGS

BRSATBS4

BRSAINDX4

16

16

VPolicyLog

VR_POLICY_LOGS

BRSATBS4

BRSAINDX4

16

16

VModelLog

VR_MODEL_LOGS

BRSATBS4

BRSAINDX4

16

16

VRuleLog

VR_RULE_LOGS

BRSATBS4

BRSAINDX4

16

16

9.2 Details of Each Class

9.2.1 VCryptAccount

Description: These are the vcrypt accounts.

Database table name : VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS

Primary Keys : acctId (ACCT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

acctId

ACCT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this account

16

-

acctName

ACCT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of this account

4000

-

acctStatus

ACCT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of this account.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_INACTIVE

STATUS_DELETED

acctType

ACCT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of this account.

-

-

groupId

GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Group Id to which account belongs to

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this account was created

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

acctContact

ACCT_CONTACT

TEXT

String

Contact information for this account.

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this account

4000

-

9.2.2 VCryptAccountHist

Description: These are the vcrypt accounts shadow table.

Database table name : VCRYPT_ACCOUNTS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

BIGINT

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

BIGINT

Date

Active from time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

acctId

ACCT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this account

16

acctName

ACCT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of this account

4000

acctStatus

ACCT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of this account.

2

acctType

ACCT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of this account.

-

groupId

GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Group Id to which account belongs to

16

acctContact

ACCT_CONTACT

TEXT

String

Contact information for this account.

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this account

4000

9.2.3 VCryptUserGroup

Description: This contains the user group details.

Database table name : VCRYPT_USER_GROUPS

Primary Keys : userGroupId (GROUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

userGroupId

GROUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the UserGroup

16

-

groupName

GROUP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the group

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description for this group.

4000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time.

-

-

groupType

USERGROUP_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the User group

-

-

status

USERGROUP_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the User group

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.4 VCryptUserRole

Description: This contains the user role details.

Database table name : VCRYPT_USER_ROLES

Primary Keys : roleId (ROLE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

roleId

ROLE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the UserRole

16

-

roleName

ROLE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the role

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description for this role.

4000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time.

-

-

roleType

ROLE_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the User role

-

-

status

USERROLE_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the role

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.5 VCryptUserGroupRoleMap

Description: This contains mapping of roles to user groups.

Database table name : VCRYPT_USERGROUP_ROLE_MAPS

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

groupId

GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Group Id.

16

roleId

ROLE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Role Id.

16

9.2.6 VCryptUser

Description: This contains the user details.

Database table name : VCRYPT_USERS

Primary Keys : userId (USER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum value

userId

USER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the User

16

-

externalUserId

EXT_USER_ID

VARCHAR

String

User id used by the external system

255

-

loginId

LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Login id of the User

255

-

groupId

GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Group Id.

16

-

acctId

ACCT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Account Id to which this user belongs to

16

-

userName

USER_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Name of the User

255

-

userEmail

USER_EMAIL

VARCHAR

String

Email address of the User.

255

-

password

PASSWORD

VARCHAR

String

Password for the User

255

-

pin

PIN

VARCHAR

String

Password for the User

255

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

statusUpdateTime

STATUS_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the status was updated.

-

-

userType

USER_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the User

2

USER_USER

authMode

AUTH_MODE_CODE

INT

int

Mode of authorization

2

-

authType

AUTH_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of authorization

2

AUTH_TYPE_NORMAL
AUTH_TYPE_VCRYPT

AUTH_TYPE_PERSONALIZED_VCRYPT

status

USER_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the User

2

STATUS_PENDING_ACTIVATION
STATUS_ACTIVE

STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

isPinEnabled

IS_PIN_ENABLED

CHAR

boolean

Whether PIN is enabled for this user

-

-

isADA

IS_ADA

CHAR

boolean

Is ADA

-

-

isLocked

IS_LOCKED

CHAR

boolean

Is this user locked.

-

-

lockedTime

LOCKED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this user was locked.

-

-

passwordStatus

PASSWORD_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the password

2

-

passwordUpdateTime

PASSWORD_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the password was last updated.

-

-

passwordHistory

PASSWORD_HISTORY

TEXT

String

List of password which was used by this user.

4000

-

pinStatus

PIN_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the pin

2

-

pinUpdateTime

PIN_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the pin was last updated.

-

-

pinHistory

PIN_HISTORY

TEXT

String

List of pin which was used by this user.

4000

-

imagePath

IMAGE_PATH

VARCHAR

String

Path to the image file

255

-

personalNote

PERSONAL_NOTE

TEXT

String

Personalized note

4000

-

imageStatus

IMAGE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the image

4

-

phraseStatus

PHRASE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the phrase

4

-

questionStatus

QUESTION_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the question

4

-

currentQAId

CURRENT_QA_ID

BIGINT

Long

The Id of the current question given to the user

-

-

defaultLocaleId

DEFAULT_LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Default locale for the user

16

-

phraseLocaleId

PHRASE_LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Locale for the phrase

16

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.7 VCryptUserHist

Description: This contains the user details.

Database table name : VCRYPT_USERS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the User

16

externalUserId

EXT_USER_ID

VARCHAR

String

User id used by the external system

255

loginId

LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Login id of the User

255

groupId

GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Group Id.

16

acctId

ACCT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Account Id to which this user belongs to

16

userName

USER_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Name of the User

255

userEmail

USER_EMAIL

VARCHAR

String

Email address of the User.

255

password

PASSWORD

VARCHAR

String

Password for the User

255

pin

PIN

VARCHAR

String

Password for the User

255

statusUpdateTime

STATUS_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the status was updated.

-

userType

USER_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the User

2

authMode

AUTH_MODE_CODE

INT

int

Mode of authorization

2

authType

AUTH_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of authorization

2

status

USER_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the User

2

isPinEnabled

IS_PIN_ENABLED

CHAR

boolean

Whether PIN is enabled for this user

-

isADA

IS_ADA

CHAR

boolean

Is ADA

-

isLocked

IS_LOCKED

CHAR

boolean

Is this user locked.

-

lockedTime

LOCKED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this user was locked.

-

passwordStatus

PASSWORD_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the password

2

passwordUpdateTime

PASSWORD_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the password was last updated.

-

passwordHistory

PASSWORD_HISTORY

TEXT

String

List of password which was used by this user.

4000

pinStatus

PIN_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the pin

2

pinUpdateTime

PIN_UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the pin was last updated.

-

pinHistory

PIN_HISTORY

TEXT

String

List of pin which was used by this user.

4000

imagePath

IMAGE_PATH

VARCHAR

String

Path to the image file

255

personalNote

PERSONAL_NOTE

TEXT

String

Personalized note

4000

imageStatus

IMAGE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the image

4

phraseStatus

PHRASE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the phrase

4

questionStatus

QUESTION_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the question

4

currentQAId

CURRENT_QA_ID

BIGINT

Long

The Id of the current question given to the user

-

defaultLocaleId

DEFAULT_LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Default locale for the user

16

phraseLocaleId

PHRASE_LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Locale for the phrase

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

9.2.8 VQuestionCategory

Description: Question category

Database table name : V_Q_CATEGORY

Primary Keys : categoryId (CATEGORY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

categoryId

CATEGORY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the category

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

name

CATEGORY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the category

4000

-

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

-

categoryType

CATEGORY_TYPE

INT

int

The type for this category.

6

-

categoryStatus

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this category.

6

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this question

4000

-

9.2.9 VQuestionCategoryHist

Description: User Question shadow table

Database table name : V_Q_CATEGORY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

categoryId

CATEGORY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the category

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

CATEGORY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the category

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

categoryType

CATEGORY_TYPE

INT

int

The type for this category.

6

categoryStatus

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this category.

6

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this question

4000

9.2.10 VCryptUserQuestion

Description: User Question

Database table name : V_USER_QUESTIONS

Primary Keys : questionId (QUESTION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

questionId

QUESTION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

questionType

QUESTION_TYPE

INT

int

The type for this question.

2

TYPE_SYSTEM
TYPE_USER

questionStatus

QUESTION_STATUS

INT

int

The status for this question.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

categoryId

QUESTION_CATEGORY

BIGINT

Long

Category of the question

16

-

localeId

LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Locale for this question

16

-

question

QUESTION

TEXT

String

Question

4000

-

help

HELP

TEXT

String

Help for the validation

4000

-

errorText

ERROR_TEXT

TEXT

String

Error text for the validation

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this question

4000

-

9.2.11 VCryptUserQuestionHist

Description: User Question shadow table

Database table name : V_USER_QUESTIONS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

questionType

QUESTION_TYPE

INT

int

The type for this question.

2

questionStatus

QUESTION_STATUS

INT

int

The status for this question.

2

question

QUESTION

TEXT

String

Question

4000

categoryId

QUESTION_CATEGORY

BIGINT

Long

Category of the question

16

localeId

LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Locale for this question

16

help

HELP

TEXT

String

Help for the validation

4000

errorText

ERROR_TEXT

TEXT

String

Error text for the validation

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this question

4000

9.2.12 VCryptQuestionGlobalValidation

Description: Global question validation

Database table name : V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

validationId

VALIDATION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this validation.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

9.2.13 VCryptQuestionGlobalValidationHist

Description: Question validation map history

Database table name : V_Q_GLOBAL_VALID_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

validationId

VALIDATION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this validation.

2

9.2.14 VCryptQuestionValidationMap

Description: Question validation map

Database table name : V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

validationId

VALIDATION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

9.2.15 VCryptQuestionValidationMapHist

Description: Question validation map history

Database table name : V_Q_VALIDATION_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

validationId

VALIDATION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

9.2.16 VCryptValidation

Description: Validation

Database table name : V_VALIDATION

Primary Keys : validationId (VALIDATION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

validationId

VALIDATION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

validationScope

VALID_SCOPE

INT

int

What is the scope of the this validation. Whether it works on individual questions or on all the questions. E.g. to support validations like, no 2 answers can be the same.

4

help

HELP

TEXT

String

Help for the validation

4000

errorText

ERROR_TEXT

TEXT

String

Error text for the validation

4000

validationScheme

VALIDATION_SCHEME

INT

int

Validation scheme

-

validationScript

VALIDATION_SCRIPT

TEXT

String

Validation script. This is interpretted based on the validation scheme

4000

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.17 VCryptValidationHist

Description: Validation map history

Database table name : V_VALIDATION_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

validationId

VALIDATION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the validation

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

validationScope

VALID_SCOPE

INT

int

What is the scope of the this validation. Whether it works on individual questions or on all the questions. E.g. to support validations like, no 2 answers can be the same.

4

help

HELP

TEXT

String

Help for the validation

4000

errorText

ERROR_TEXT

TEXT

String

Error text for the validation

4000

validationScheme

VALIDATION_SCHEME

INT

int

Validation scheme

-

validationScript

VALIDATION_SCRIPT

TEXT

String

Validation script. This is interpretted based on the validation scheme

4000

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.18 VCryptGlobalAnswerHint

Description: Global answer hint

Database table name :V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this validation.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE STATUS_DISABLED STATUS_DELETED

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this hint.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

9.2.19 VCryptGlobalAnswerHintHist

Description: Global answer hint. Shadow table

Database table name :V_GLOBAL_ANS_HINT_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this validation.

2

9.2.20 VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMap

Description: Question answer hint map

Database table name :V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

9.2.21 VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMapHist

Description: Question answer hint map history

Database table name :V_Q_ANS_HINT_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

9.2.22 VCryptAnswerHint

Description: Answer Hint

Database table name :V_ANS_HINT

Primary Keys : answerHintId (ANS_HINT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Descriptions

Length

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

answerHintScheme

ANS_HINT_SCHEME

INT

int

Answer Hint scheme

-

answerHintScript

ANS_HINT_SCRIPT

TEXT

String

Answer Hint script. This is interpretted based on the answer hint scheme

4000

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.23 VCryptAnswerHintHist

Description: Answer Hint map history

Database table name :V_ANS_HINT_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

answerHintId

ANS_HINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the answer hint

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

answerHintScheme

ANS_HINT_SCHEME

INT

int

Answer Hint scheme

-

answerHintScript

ANS_HINT_SCRIPT

TEXT

String

Answer Hint script. This is interpretted based on the answer hint scheme

4000

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.24 VCryptUserQA

Description: User Question/Answer

Database table name: V_USER_QA

Primary Keys: qaId (QA_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

qaId

QA_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question/answer

16

-

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

-

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

-

qaStatus

QA_STATUS

INT

int

The status for this question/answer.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

answer

ANSWER

TEXT

String

Answer to the question

4000

-

answerHint

ANSWER_HINT

TEXT

String

Hint for the answer

4000

-

9.2.25 VCryptUserQAHist

Description: User Question/Answer shadow table

Database table name :V_USER_QA_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

qaId

QA_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question/answer

16

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

questionId

QUESTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the question

16

qaStatus

QA_STATUS

INT

int

The status for this question/answer.

2

answer

ANSWER

TEXT

String

Answer to the question

4000

answerHint

ANSWER_HINT

TEXT

String

Hint for the answer

4000

9.2.26 VCryptScoringPolicy

Description: Scoring Policy

Database table name :V_SCORING_POLICY

Primary Keys : policyId (POLICY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

policyId

POLICY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy

16

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Policy type

-

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of runtime

6

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

minFinalScore

MIN_FINAL_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum final score to return success

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

9.2.27 VCryptScoringPolicyHist

Description: Scoring Policy shadow table

Database table name :V_SCORING_POLICY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

policyId

POLICY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy

16

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Policy type

-

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of runtime

6

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

minFinalScore

MIN_FINAL_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum final score to return success

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

9.2.28 VCryptScoreAttributes

Description: Score attributes

Database table name :V_SCORE_ATTR

Primary Keys : attrId (ATTR_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

attrId

ATTR_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the attribute

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

policyId

POLICY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy to which this belongs to

16

attrType

ATTR_TYPE

INT

int

Attribute type

-

score

SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this policy

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

9.2.29 VCryptScoreAttributesHist

Description: Score Attributes for shadow table

Database table name :V_SCORE_ATTR_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

attrId

ATTR_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the attribute

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

policyId

POLICY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy to which this belongs to

16

attrType

ATTR_TYPE

INT

int

Attribute type

-

score

SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this policy

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

9.2.30 VMonitorData

Description: This contains the monitor data.

Database table name :V_MONITOR_DATA

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this finger print.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

monitorType

MONITOR_TYPE

INT

int

Monitor type

5

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the finger print

16

dataValue

DATA_VALUE

TEXT

String

Data value for the finger print

4000

count

MONITOR_COUNT

INT

int

Monitor count

-

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

runningTime

RUNNING_TIME

BIGINT

long

Running time

20

elapsedTime

ELAPLSED_TIME

BIGINT

long

Elapsed time in micro seconds

20

minTime

MIN_TIME

BIGINT

long

Minimum time taken for processing in micro seconds

20

maxTime

MAX_TIME

BIGINT

long

Maximum time taken for processing in micro seconds

20

hour

AGGR_HOUR

DATETIME

Date

Hour for this aggregate

-

day

AGGR_DAY

DATETIME

Date

Day for this aggregate

-

week

AGGR_WEEK

DATETIME

Date

Week for this aggregate

-

month

AGGR_MONTH

DATETIME

Date

Week for this aggregate

-

quarter

AGGR_QUARTER

DATETIME

Date

Week for this aggregate

-

year

AGGR_YEAR

DATETIME

Date

Year for this aggregate

-

serverId

SERVER_ID

TEXT

String

Server Id

4000

9.2.31 VBharosaConfig

Description: Bharosa Config

Database table name :V_B_CONFIG

Primary Keys : configId (CONFIG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

configId

CONFIG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the config

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

CONFIG_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

CONFIG_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

configType

CONFIG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this config.

5

isEncrypted

IS_SECURE

CHAR

boolean

Is this property encrypted

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.32 VBharosaConfigHist

Description: Bharosa Config shadow

Database table name :V_B_CONFIG_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the config

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

CONFIG_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

CONFIG_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

configType

CONFIG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this config.

5

isEncrypted

IS_SECURE

CHAR

boolean

Is this property encrypted

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.33 VBharosaEnum

Description: User Defined Enums

Database table name :V_B_ENUM

Primary Keys : enumId (ENUM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Update Date/Time.

-

enumId

ENUM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the User Def Enum.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this enum

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.34 VBharosaEnumHist

Description: Bharosa Config shadow

Database table name :V_B_ENUM_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Descriptions

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

enumId

ENUM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the User Def Enum.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this enum

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.35 VBharosaEnumElement

Description: Element in User Defined Enums

Database table name :V_B_ENUM_ELMNT

Primary Keys : elementId (ELEMENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Update Date/Time.

-

elementId

ELEMENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

enumId

ENUM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Enum

16

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the Element.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this enum

4000

numericValue

NUM_VALUE

INT

int

Numeric value of the element

-

stringValue

STR_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value of the element

4000

isEnabled

IS_ENABLED

CHAR

boolean

Is this element enabled

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.36 VBharosaEnumElementHist

Description: Shadow object for BharosaEnumElement

Database table name :V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

elementId

ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

enumId

ENUM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Enum

16

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the Element.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this enum

4000

numericValue

NUM_VALUE

INT

int

Numeric value of the element

-

stringValue

STR_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value of the element

4000

isEnabled

IS_ENABLED

CHAR

boolean

Is this element enabled

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.37 VBharosaEnumElementAttribute

Description: Element attribute in User Defined Enums

Database table name :V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR

Primary Keys : attributeId (ATTR_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Update Date/Time.

-

attributeId

ATTR_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

elementId

ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Enum

16

attributeName

ATTR_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute.

4000

attributeValue

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this attribute

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.38 VBharosaEnumElementAttributeHist

Description: Enum Element attribute shadow

Database table name :V_B_ENUM_ELMNT_ATTR_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

attributeId

ATTR_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the enum

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

elementId

ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Enum

16

attributeName

ATTR_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute.

4000

attributeValue

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

propertyName

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Property name for this attribute

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.39 VBharosaLocale

Description: Bharosa Locale

Database table name :V_B_LOCALE

Primary Keys : localeId (LOCALE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

localeId

LOCALE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Locale

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time for this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LOCALE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the Locale

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

language

LANGUAGE

TEXT

String

Language of the Locale

4000

country

COUNTRY

TEXT

String

Country of the Locale

4000

variant

VARIANT

TEXT

String

Variant of the Locale

4000

localeKey

LOCALE_KEY

TEXT

String

This is the concatenation of all the elements

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.40 VBharosaLocaleHist

Description: Bharosa Locale shadow

Database table name :V_B_LOCALE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

localeId

LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the locale

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LOCALE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the Locale

4000

nameRBKey

NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

language

LANGUAGE

TEXT

String

Language of the Locale

4000

country

COUNTRY

TEXT

String

Country of the Locale

4000

variant

VARIANT

TEXT

String

Variant of the Locale

4000

localeKey

LOCALE_KEY

TEXT

String

This is the concatenation of all the elements

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.41 VBharosaConfigRB

Description: Bharosa Config with resource bundle

Database table name :V_B_CONFIG_RB

Primary Keys : configId (CONFIG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

configId

CONFIG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the config

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

name

CONFIG_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

CONFIG_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

localeId

LOCALE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Locale for this property

16

9.2.42 VPattern

Description: This represents a pattern

Database table name :V_PATTERN

Primary Keys : patternId (PATTERN_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time for this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

patternId

PATTERN_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Transaction type id

16

-

evalRuntime

EVAL_RUNTIME

INT

int

Defines when the pattern will be evaluated. E.g real-time, batch-mode, asyn-mode, etc

6

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this pattern.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.43 VPatternHist

Description: VPattern shadow class

Database table name :V_PATTERN_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Transaction type

16

evalRuntime

EVAL_RUNTIME

INT

int

Defines when the pattern will be evaluated. E.g real-time, batch-mode, asyn-mode, etc

6

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this pattern.

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.44 VPatternEntity

Description: These are the entities which are associated with the Pattern.

Database table name :V_PATTERN_ENTITY

Primary Keys : patternEntityId (PAT_ENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time for this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

patternEntityId

PAT_ENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this pattern and entity map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern this maps to.

16

-

trxEntityDefMapId

TRX_ENT_DEF_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the transaction entity definition map

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.45 VPatternEntityHist

Description: VPatternEntity shadow class

Database table name :V_PATTERN_ENTITY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

patternEntityId

PAT_ENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this pattern and entity map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern this maps to.

16

trxEntityDefMapId

TRX_ENT_DEF_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the transaction entity definition map

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.46 VPatternParam

Description: This contains the information about the pattern params and the comparison or math operations that can be applied to the parameters when calculating membership to patterns

Database table name :V_PATTERN_PARAM

Primary Keys : paramId (PARAM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time for this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

paramId

PARAM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern this maps to.

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order number. This is used to create the grammer for prompts

-

-

compareOperator

COMPARE_OPER

INT

int

Comparision operator

-

-

paramKey

PARAM_KEY

TEXT

String

Key to the parameter

4000

-

paramType

PARAM_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the parameter

-

-

paramValue

PARAM_VALUE

TEXT

String

Param value

4000

-

beginRange

BEGIN_RANGE

INT

Integer

Begin value for the range

10

-

endRange

END_RANGE

INT

Integer

End value for the range

10

-

maxRange

MAX_RANGE

INT

Integer

Max value for the range

10

-

rangeIncrementStep

RANGE_INCR_STEP

INT

Integer

Increment step for range

10

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.47 VPatternParamHist

Description: VPatternParam shadow class

Database table name :V_PATTERN_PARAM_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the pattern and entity mapping

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern this maps to.

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order number. This is used to create the grammer for prompts

-

compareOperator

COMPARE_OPER

INT

int

Comparision operator

-

paramKey

PARAM_KEY

TEXT

String

Key to the parameter

4000

paramType

PARAM_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the parameter

-

paramValue

PARAM_VALUE

TEXT

String

Param value

4000

beginRange

BEGIN_RANGE

INT

Integer

Begin value for the range

10

endRange

END_RANGE

INT

Integer

End value for the range

10

maxRange

MAX_RANGE

INT

Integer

Max value for the range

10

rangeIncrementStep

RANGE_INCR_STEP

INT

Integer

Increment step for range

10

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.48 VPatternEntityOperation

Description: This table stores data about the operations that be applied to the entities (observables) in the pattern. This table essentially keeps data about the profiling that needs to be collected for the entity. So we can have one to many relationship between pattern_entity table and this table

Database table name :V_PAT_ENT_OPER

Primary Keys : operationId (OPER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create Date/Time for this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

operationId

OPER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the operation

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the operation

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the operation

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

patternEntityId

PAT_ENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern entity map.

16

-

operationType

OPER_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the operation.

5

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE
STATUS_DISABLED

STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.49 VPatternEntityOperationHist

Description: VPatternEntityOperation shadow class

Database table name :V_PAT_ENT_OPER_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

operationId

OPER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the operation

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name of the operation

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the operation

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

patternEntityId

PAT_ENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern entity map.

16

operationType

OPER_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the operation.

5

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status for this mapping.

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.50 VCryptFingerPrint

Description: This contains the finger prints.

Database table name :V_FPRINTS

Primary Keys : fingerPrintId (FPRINT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this finger print.

-

fingerPrintType

FPRINT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of finger printing

6

patternId

PATTERN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the pattern this maps to.

16

hashValue

HASH_VALUE

TEXT

String

Hash value for the finger print

512

dataValue

DATA_VALUE

TEXT

String

Data value for the finger print

4000

9.2.51 VCryptFPNameValue

Description: Name value pairs in the finger printDatabase table name :V_FP_NV

Database table name :V_FP_NV

Primary Keys : nameValueId (FP_NV_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

nameValueId

FP_NV_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for name value

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the finger print

16

name

ATTR_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Name of the attribute

64

value

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

256

9.2.52 VCryptFPMap

Description: Map for finger print

Database table name :V_FP_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the finger print

16

fingerPrintType

FPRINT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of finger printing

6

name

ATTR_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Name of the attribute

64

value

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

value of the attribute

256

9.2.53 VCryptUserLog

Description: User Log

Database table name :VCRYPT_USER_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the message

16

-

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user if available.

16

-

authSessionId

SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to group discrete operations for a session.

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

-

logType

LOG_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

The type for this log.

2

TYPE_OTHER
TYPE_CREATE

TYPE_UPDATE

TYPE_DELETE

message

MESSAGE

TEXT

String

Message for this log.

4000

-

messageDetail

MESSAGE_DETAIL

TEXT

String

Message detail

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this message

4000

-

9.2.54 VCryptPinReset

Description: Pin reset log

Database table name :VCRYPT_PIN_RESETS

Primary Keys : resetId (RESET_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

resetId

RESET_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the reset

16

-

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user if available.

16

-

newPin

NEW_PIN

VARCHAR

String

New pin for the user

255

-

requestTime

REQUEST_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of the request.

-

-

resetStatus

RESET_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the reset

2

STATUS_NONE
STATUS_NOTIFIED

STATUS_RETRIEVED

STATUS_OBSOLETE

STATUS_EXPIRED

magicKey

MAGIC_KEY

TEXT

String

Magic key sent to the client.

256

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.55 VCryptPinRetrieval

Description: Pin retrieval

Database table name :VCRYPT_PIN_RETRIEVALS

Primary Keys : retrievalId (RETRIEVE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

retrievalId

RETRIEVE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the retrieval

16

-

resetId

RESET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the User

16

-

retrieveTime

RETRIEVE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of the retrieval.

-

-

retrieveStatus

RETRIEVE_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of this retrieval

2

STATUS_NONE
STATUS_SUCCESS

STATUS_REJECTED

rejectReason

REJECT_REASON_CODE

INT

int

Reason of rejection

2

REJECT_NONE
REJECT_EXPIRED

REJECT_DUPLICATE_REQUEST

REJECT_INVALID_USER

REJECT_INVALID_PASSWORD

REJECT_INVALID_SECURITY_ANSWER

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.56 VCryptAuthSessionGroup

Description: VCrypt Session

Database table name :VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSION_GROUPS

Primary Keys : sessionGroupId (SESSION_GROUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

sessionGroupId

SESSION_GROUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the session group

16

-

sessionType

SESSION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the authentication session. It could be for login, pin reset or on-demand in session authentication

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this session group.

-

-

authStatus

AUTH_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the this authentication session group.

3

AUTH_PENDING
AUTH_SUCCESS

AUTH_FAILED

9.2.57 VCryptAuthSession

Description: VCrypt Session

Database table name :VCRYPT_AUTH_SESSIONS

Primary Keys : sessionId (SESSION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

sessionId

SESSION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the session

16

sessionGroupId

SESSION_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the session group.

16

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user if available.

16

clientType

CLIENT_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the client used

2

clientVersion

CLIENT_VERSION

VARCHAR

String

Version of the client

64

authCount

AUTH_COUNT

INT

int

How many times the same session was used for authentication.

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this session.

-

requestData

REQUEST_DATA

TEXT

String

Data sent by the user.

4000

sessionData

SESSION_DATA

TEXT

String

Data sent to the user.

4000

host

HOST

TEXT

String

IP or hostname of the user

4000

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this message

4000

9.2.58 VCryptAuthAttempt

Description: VCrypt statistics

Database table name :VCRYPT_AUTH_ATTEMPTS

Primary Keys : attemptId (ATTEMPT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

attemptId

ATTEMPT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the message

16

-

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user if available.

16

-

loginId

LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Login Id provided by the user.

255

-

authSessionId

SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to group discrete operations for a session.

16

-

authAttemptCount

ATTEMPT_COUNT

INT

int

Count of authentication attempts for this authentication session.

-

-

authStatus

AUTH_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the this authentication.

3

AUTH_PENDING, AUTH_SUCCESS, AUTH_FAILED

authReason

AUTH_REASON

INT

int

Reason for the status code. This code is dependent on the status code of the authStatus.

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

-

startTime

STARTTIME

DATETIME

Date

Start time.

-

-

timer1

TIMER1

BIGINT

long

First timer.

16

-

timer2

TIMER2

BIGINT

long

Second timer.

16

-

timer3

TIMER3

BIGINT

long

Third timer.

16

-

timer4

TIMER4

BIGINT

long

Fourth timer.

16

-

timer5

TIMER5

BIGINT

long

Fifth timer.

16

-

total

TOTAL

BIGINT

long

Total of all timers. This is a redundant column, but useful in queries

16

-

requestData

REQUEST_DATA

TEXT

String

Data sent by the user.

4000

-

requestResult

REQUEST_RESULT

TEXT

String

Data sent to the user.

4000

-

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

-

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this message

4000

-

9.2.59 VCryptSystemMessage

Description: SystemMessage

Database table name :VCRYPT_SYS_MESSAGES

Primary Keys : messageId (MESSAGE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

messageId

MESSAGE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Message id

16

userName

USER_NAME

TEXT

String

User Name

4000

systemMessage

SYSTEM_MESSAGE

TEXT

String

System message

4000

messageTime

MESSAGE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this message.

-

9.2.60 VSystemLogs

Description: System log messages

Database table name :V_SYS_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the log

16

adminLoginId

ADMIN_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

logType

LOG_TYPE

INT

int

Log type

5

logSubType

LOG_SUB_TYPE

INT

int

Log sub type

5

logMessage

LOG_MESSAGE

TEXT

String

Log message

4000

logData

LOG_DATA

TEXT

String

Log data. This is a opaque object.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this rule

4000

9.2.61 VCryptDBPatch

Description: Class which has the list of db patches applied

Database table name :VCRYPT_DB_PATCHES

Primary Keys : patchId (PATCH_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

patchId

PATCH_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Patch id

16

-

patchDescription

PATCH_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the patch

4000

-

patchVersion

PATCH_VERSION

VARCHAR

String

Patch version

64

-

patchStatus

STATUS

INT

int

Patch status

2

PATCH_SUCCESS, PATCH_FAILURE, PATCH_PARTIAL

patchDate

PATCH_DATE

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the patch was applied.

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this patch

4000

-

9.2.62 VActionLogSession

Description: Session for the action logs

Database table name :V_ACTION_LOG_SESS

Primary Keys : sessionId (SESSION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

sessionId

SESSION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session

16

parentSessionId

PARENT_SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the parent session

16

sessionType

SESSION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of this session

3

adminLoginId

ADMIN_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

adminUserRole

ADMIN_USER_ROLE

VARCHAR

String

Role of the administrator.

64

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.63 VActionLog

Description: Action logs

Database table name :V_ACTION_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this log

16

sessionId

SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

category

CATEGORY

INT

int

Category of the action

3

action

ACTION

INT

int

Action performed

3

accessType

ACCESS_TYPE

INT

int

Access type

3

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data for this action

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.64 VTUserSession

Description: This contains the user session

Database table name :VT_USER_SESS

Primary Keys : userSessionId (SESS_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

userSessionId

SESS_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the session

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the external user session

256

extSessionId

EXT_SESSION_ID

TEXT

String

External session id

512

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

channelType

CHANNEL_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the channel used for this session. Channel could online, CC phone challenge, IVR, etc

5

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

executeTime

EXEC_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

The time when this request was processed.

-

authClientType

AUTH_CLIENT_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the client used by the user for authentication

5

authStatus

AUTH_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the authentication.

3

postProcessStatus

POST_PROCESS_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

postProcessResult

POST_PROCESS_RESULT

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

9.2.65 VCryptTrackerUserNodeLog

Description: This logs all the activities for the nodes.

Database table name :VCRYPT_TRACKER_USERNODE_LOGS

Primary Keys : userNodeLogId (USER_NODE_LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

userNodeLogId

USER_NODE_LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id of the user for a given node

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request. This is used to co-relate the post authentication request.

256

extSessionId

EXT_SESSION_ID

TEXT

String

External session id

512

clientDeviceId

CLIENT_DEVICE_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the device which is generated by the application.

256

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

baseIPAddr

BASE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

This is the base IP address for quick search

15

nodeId

NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the nodeId.

16

nodeHistoryId

TRACKER_NODE_HISTORY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the Tracker Node History (if available).

16

userId

USER_ID

TEXT

String

User Id of the user if available.

256

loginId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Login Id of the user if available.

256

groupId

USER_GROUP_ID

TEXT

String

GroupId of the user if available.

256

subGroupId

USER_SUB_GROUP_ID

TEXT

String

Sub GroupId of the user if available.

256

authStatus

AUTH_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the authentication.

3

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

executeTime

EXEC_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

The time when this request was processed.

-

isRegistered

IS_REGISTERED

CHAR

boolean

Whether this node is registered.

-

digitalSigCookie

SENT_DIG_SIG_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Digital signature cookie that was sent by the UI

128

expectedDigitalSigCookie

EXPECTED_DIG_SIG_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Digital signature cookie that was expected by the server from the UI for this node

128

secureCookie

SENT_SECURE_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Secure cookie that was sent by the UI

128

expectedSecureCookie

EXPECTED_SECURE_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

The secure cookie that was expected by the server from the UI for this node

128

authClientType

AUTH_CLIENT_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the client used by the user for authentication

2

authClientVersion

CLIENT_VERSION

VARCHAR

String

Version of the client used for authentication

24

digitalClientType

DIGITAL_CLIENT_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the client used by the digital cookie client

2

digitalClientVersion

DIGITAL_CLIENT_VERSION

VARCHAR

String

Version of the client used by the digital cookie client

24

secureClientType

SECURE_CLIENT_TYPE_CODE

INT

int

Type of the client used by the secure cookie client

2

secureClientVersion

SECURE_CLIENT_VERSION

VARCHAR

String

Version of the client used by the secure cookie client

24

digitalFingerPrintId

DIGITAL_FP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print id of the digital cookie request

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

loadDuration

LOAD_DURATION

INT

int

Time taken to load the page

8

deviceScore

DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the device for this login

-

preAuthScore

PREAUTH_SCORE

INT

int

Pre Authentication score

-

postAuthScore

POST_SCORE

INT

int

Post Authentication score

-

preAuthAction

PREAUTH_ACTION

TEXT

String

Pre Authentication action

256

postAuthAction

POST_ACTION

TEXT

String

Post Authentication action

256

cityScore

CITY_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the city for this login

-

stateScore

STATE_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the state for this login

-

countryScore

COUNTRY_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the country for this login

-

postProcessStatus

POST_PROCESS_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

postProcessResult

POST_PROCESS_RESULT

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

loginFlag

LOGIN_FLAG

INT

int

Flagging this authentication

3

isDeviceDerived

IS_DEVICE_DERIVED

CHAR

boolean

Is the device identified using derived mechanism.

-

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Note against this node

255

9.2.66 VTSesssionFPMap

Description: Session finger print mapping

Database table name :VT_SESS_FP_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Map id

16

userNodeLogId

USER_NODE_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user node log.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request.

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

clientType

CLIENT_TYPE

INT

int

Client type

5

fingerPrintId

FP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print id

16

9.2.67 VCryptTrackerNode

Description: This represents a node/computer

Database table name :VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE

Primary Keys : nodeId (NODE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

nodeId

NODE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Node id for this node

16

nodeVersion

NODE_VERSION

INT

int

This keeps track of how many times this node got updated.

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this node.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

relatedNodeId

RELATED_NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Related node.

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the relation

5

digitalSigCookie

DIG_SIG_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Digital signature cookie

128

secureCookie

SECURE_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Secure cookie

128

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

remoteHost

REMOTE_HOST

TEXT

String

The host name from where the client connected

256

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

digitalFingerPrintId

DIGITAL_FP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print id of the digital cookie request

16

deviceStatus

STATUS

INT

int

Status of this device

3

deviceScore

DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the device for this login

6

isDeviceDerived

IS_DEVICE_DERIVED

CHAR

boolean

Is the device identified using derived mechanism.

-

secureCookieState

IS_COOKIE_DISABLED

INT

int

Is the secure cookie disabled for this device or in learn mode.

1

flashCookieState

IS_FLASH_DISABLED

INT

int

Is the flash cookie disabled for this device or in learn mode.

1

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Note against this message

255

cache

CACHE

TEXT

String

Cache

4000

9.2.68 VCryptTrackerNodeHistory

Description: This keeps the history of the a node/computer

Database table name :VCRYPT_TRACKER_NODE_HISTORY

Primary Keys : nodeHistoryId (NODE_HISTORY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

nodeHistoryId

NODE_HISTORY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this row

16

nodeId

NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the nodeId.

16

nodeVersion

NODE_VERSION

INT

int

This keeps track of how many times this node got updated.

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this node.

-

digitalSigCookie

DIG_SIG_COOKIE

VARCHAR

String

Digital signature cookie

128

secureCookie

SECURE_COOKIES

VARCHAR

String

Secure cookie

128

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

remoteHost

REMOTE_HOST

TEXT

String

The host name from where the client connected

256

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

digitalFingerPrintId

DIGITAL_FP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print id of the digital cookie request

16

isSecureCookieConfirmed

IS_SECURE_CONFIRMED

CHAR

boolean

Whether the secure cookie is confirmed to be written

-

isFlashCookieConfirmed

IS_FLASH_CONFIRMED

CHAR

boolean

Whether the flash cookie is confirmed to be written

-

deviceScore

DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Score for the device for this login

-

isDeviceDerived

IS_DEVICE_DERIVED

CHAR

boolean

Is the device identified using derived mechanism.

-

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Note against this node

255

9.2.69 VTUser

Description: This maintains the list of the users using the tracker

Database table name :VT_USER

Primary Keys : localUserId (LOCAL_USER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

localUserId

LOCAL_USER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user

16

extUserId

EXT_USER_ID

VARCHAR

String

External user id

255

loginId

LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Login id of the user

255

groupId

USERGROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the group to which user belongs to.

16

isValid

IS_VALID

CHAR

boolean

The user is considered valid if the user had authenticated successfully atleast once.

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

firstLoginTime

FIRST_LOGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

First time login for this user.

-

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this user

255

cache

CACHE

TEXT

String

Cache

4000

9.2.70 VTInvalidUser

Description: This maintains the list of invalid users

Database table name :VT_INVALID_USERS

Primary Keys : userId (USER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

userId

USER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user

16

loginId

LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Login id of the user

255

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

loginCount

LOGIN_COUNT

INT

int

Total login count for this user

10

imagePath

IMAGE_PATH

TEXT

String

Image path

512

9.2.71 VTSessionActionMap

Description: This maintains the actions for each session

Database table name :VT_SESSION_ACTION_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Map Id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request. This is used to co-relate the post authentication request.

256

trxId

TRX_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the transaction for this log

16

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of runtime

6

action

ACTION

TEXT

String

Actions for this runtime and session

256

originalAction

ORIGINAL_ACTION

TEXT

String

This was the original action, which got overrriden finally

256

overrideReason

OVERRIDE_REASON

INT

int

Override reason

-

actionList

ACTION_LIST

TEXT

String

List of action.

256

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score for this runtime and runtime. The same score will appear for all the rows for this transaction

-

isFinalAction

IS_FINAL_ACTION

CHAR

boolean

Is this final action

-

9.2.72 VTUserGroup

Description: This contains the user group details.

Database table name :VT_USER_GROUPS

Primary Keys : localUserGroupId (LOCAL_GROUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

localUserGroupId

LOCAL_GROUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the UserGroup

16

-

extUserGroupId

EXT_USERGROUP_ID

VARCHAR

String

External User group id

255

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description for this group.

2000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

userListId

USER_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the userList

16

-

status

USERGROUP_STATUS_CODE

INT

int

Status of the User group

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note

4000

-

9.2.73 VTUserDeviceMap

Description: This maintains the list of devices the user is using

Database table name :VT_USER_DEVICE_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Map id

16

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

nodeId

NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the nodeId.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

lastUsedTime

LAST_USED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last used time for this device.

-

lastAuthStatus

LAST_AUTH_STATUS

INT

int

Last authentication status for the user using this device.

3

isSecure

IS_SECURE

CHAR

boolean

Is this node secure for this user.

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Total authentication count for this user/device

10

successCount

SUCCESS_COUNT

INT

int

Total success count for this user/device

10

failedCount

FAILED_COUNT

INT

int

Total failed count for this user/device

10

cache

CACHE

TEXT

String

Cache

4000

secureCookieState

IS_COOKIE_DISABLED

INT

int

Is the secure cookie disabled for this device or in learn mode.

1

flashCookieState

IS_FLASH_DISABLED

INT

int

Is the flash cookie disabled for this device or in learn mode.

1

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print of secure cookie

16

digitalFingerPrintId

DIGITAL_FP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Finger print id of the digital cookie request

16

9.2.74 VTEntityOne

Description: EntityOne details

Database table name :VT_ENTITY_ONE

Primary Keys : entityId (ENTITY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

entityId

ENTITY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the entity

16

extEntityId

EXT_ENTITY_ID

VARCHAR

String

External entity id

255

entityName

ENTITYNAME

TEXT

String

Name of the entity

4000

entityKey

ENTITY_KEY

TEXT

String

Key for the entity

4000

entityType

ENTITY_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the entity

6

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

expiryTime

EXPIRY_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Expiry Date value.

-

renewTime

RENEW_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Renew Date value.

-

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this user

255

cache

CACHE

TEXT

String

Cache

4000

9.2.75 VTEntityOneProfile

Description: This maintains the entity profile

Database table name :VT_ENTITY_ONE_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

entityId

ENTITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the entity.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Data def id

16

rowOrder

ROW_ORDER

INT

int

Row order

6

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.76 VTEntityOneMap

Description: This maintains the list of entities associated with the user

Database table name :VT_USER_ENTITY1_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Map id

16

entityId

ENTITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the entity.

16

objectId

MAP_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the mapped object.

16

objectType

OBJECT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the object.

6

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the transaction (where applicable)

5

defMapId

DEF_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the definition map

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

expiryTime

EXPIRY_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Expiry Date value.

-

renewTime

RENEW_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Renew Date value.

-

9.2.77 VTEntityTrxMap

Description: This maintains the list of entities associated with the transaction

Database table name :VT_ENT_TRX_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Map id

16

trxId

TRX_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the transaction.

16

objectId

MAP_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the mapped object.

16

defMapId

DEF_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the definition map

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the transaction (where applicable)

5

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

9.2.78 VTUserProfile

Description: This maintains the user profile

Database table name :VT_USER_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the transaction (where applicable)

5

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.79 VTDeviceProfile

Description: This maintains the device profile

Database table name :VT_DEVICE_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

deviceId

NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the nodeId.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the transaction (where applicable)

5

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.80 VTIPProfile

Description: This maintains the location profile

Database table name :VT_IP_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

ipAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.81 VTBaseIPProfile

Description: This maintains the location profile

Database table name :VT_BASE_IP_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

baseIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.82 VTCountryProfile

Description: This maintains the country profile

Database table name :VT_COUNTRY_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the country to which this state belongs to.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.83 VTStateProfile

Description: This maintains the state profile

Database table name :VT_STATE_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the state to which this state belongs to.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.84 VTCityProfile

Description: This maintains the city profile

Database table name :VT_CITY_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

cityId

CITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the city to which this state belongs to.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request which last updated this row

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

profileTypeId

PROFILE_TYPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

-

16

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data

6

data

DATA

TEXT

String

Data

512

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this profile expires

-

totalCount

TOTAL_COUNT

INT

int

Count for this profile

10

9.2.85 VTWFYears

Description: This has the years to capture

Database table name :VT_WF_YEARS

Primary Keys : wfId (WF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

wfId

WF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

wf id

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

year1

YEAR_1

INT

int

Year one

6

year2

YEAR_2

INT

int

Year two

6

year3

YEAR_3

INT

int

Year three

6

year4

YEAR_4

INT

int

Year four

6

year5

YEAR_5

INT

int

Year five

6

year6

YEAR_6

INT

int

Year six

6

year7

YEAR_7

INT

int

Year seven

6

year8

YEAR_8

INT

int

Year eight

6

9.2.86 VTWFMonths

Description: This has the months to capture

Database table name :VT_WF_MONTHS

Primary Keys : wfId (WF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

wfId

WF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

wf id

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

month1

MONTH_1

INT

int

Month one

6

month2

MONTH_2

INT

int

Month two

6

month3

MONTH_3

INT

int

Month three

6

month4

MONTH_4

INT

int

Month four

6

month5

MONTH_5

INT

int

Month five

6

month6

MONTH_6

INT

int

Month six

6

month7

MONTH_7

INT

int

Month seven

6

month8

MONTH_8

INT

int

Month eight

6

month9

MONTH_9

INT

int

Month nine

6

month10

MONTH_10

INT

int

Month ten

6

month11

MONTH_11

INT

int

Month eleven

6

month12

MONTH_12

INT

int

Month twelve

6

month13

MONTH_13

INT

int

Month thirteen

6

9.2.87 VTWFDays

Description: This has the days to capture

Database table name :VT_WF_DAYS

Primary Keys : wfId (WF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

wfId

WF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

wf id

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

day1

DAY_1

INT

int

Day one

6

day2

DAY_2

INT

int

Day two

6

day3

DAY_3

INT

int

Day three

6

day4

DAY_4

INT

int

Day four

6

day5

DAY_5

INT

int

Day five

6

day6

DAY_6

INT

int

Day six

6

day7

DAY_7

INT

int

Day seven

6

day8

DAY_8

INT

int

Day eight

6

day9

DAY_9

INT

int

Day nine

6

day10

DAY_10

INT

int

Day ten

6

day11

DAY_11

INT

int

Day eleven

6

day12

DAY_12

INT

int

Day twelve

6

day13

DAY_13

INT

int

Day thirteen

6

day14

DAY_14

INT

int

Day fourteen

6

day15

DAY_15

INT

int

Day fifteen

6

day16

DAY_16

INT

int

Day sixteen

6

day17

DAY_17

INT

int

Day seventeen

6

day18

DAY_18

INT

int

Day eighteen

6

day19

DAY_19

INT

int

Day nineteen

6

day20

DAY_20

INT

int

Day twenty

6

day21

DAY_21

INT

int

Day twenty one

6

day22

DAY_22

INT

int

Day twenty two

6

day23

DAY_23

INT

int

Day twenty three

6

day24

DAY_24

INT

int

Day twenty four

6

day25

DAY_25

INT

int

Day twenty five

6

day26

DAY_26

INT

int

Day twenty six

6

day27

DAY_27

INT

int

Day twenty seven

6

day28

DAY_28

INT

int

Day twenty eight

6

day29

DAY_29

INT

int

Day twenty nine

6

day30

DAY_30

INT

int

Day thirty

6

day31

DAY_31

INT

int

Day thirty

6

day32

DAY_32

INT

int

Day thirty

6

9.2.88 VTWFHours

Description: This has the hours to capture

Database table name :VT_WF_HOURS

Primary Keys : wfId (WF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

wfId

WF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

wf id

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

fingerPrintId

FPRINT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Log id for the finger print

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

hour1

HOUR_1

INT

int

Hour one

6

hour2

HOUR_2

INT

int

Hour two

6

hour3

HOUR_3

INT

int

Hour three

6

hour4

HOUR_4

INT

int

Hour four

6

hour5

HOUR_5

INT

int

Hour five

6

hour6

HOUR_6

INT

int

Hour six

6

hour7

HOUR_7

INT

int

Hour seven

6

hour8

HOUR_8

INT

int

Hour eight

6

hour9

HOUR_9

INT

int

Hour nine

6

hour10

HOUR_10

INT

int

Hour ten

6

hour11

HOUR_11

INT

int

Hour eleven

6

hour12

HOUR_12

INT

int

Hour twelve

6

hour13

HOUR_13

INT

int

Hour thirteen

6

hour14

HOUR_14

INT

int

Hour fourteen

6

hour15

HOUR_15

INT

int

Hour fifteen

6

hour16

HOUR_16

INT

int

Hour sixteen

6

hour17

HOUR_17

INT

int

Hour seventeen

6

hour18

HOUR_18

INT

int

Hour eighteen

6

hour19

HOUR_19

INT

int

Hour nineteen

6

hour20

HOUR_20

INT

int

Hour twenty

6

hour21

HOUR_21

INT

int

Hour twenty one

6

hour22

HOUR_22

INT

int

Hour twenty two

6

hour23

HOUR_23

INT

int

Hour twenty three

6

hour24

HOUR_24

INT

int

Hour twenty four

6

hour25

HOUR_25

INT

int

Hour twenty five

6

9.2.89 VTransactionLog

Description: This is the transaction log

Database table name :VT_TRX_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

userId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the user.

16

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the login session.

256

extTransactionId

EXT_TRX_ID

VARCHAR

String

External transaction id

255

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Transaction def id

16

transactionType

TRX_TYPE

INT

int

Transaction type

3

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the transaction (where applicable)

5

score

SCORE

INT

Integer

Score for this transaction

-

ruleAction

RULE_ACTION

TEXT

String

Action

256

trxFlag

TRX_FLAG

INT

int

Flagging this transaction

3

postProcessStatus

POST_PROCESS_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

postProcessResult

POST_PROCESS_RESULT

INT

int

Status of the post processing

5

transactionData

TRX_DATA

TEXT

String

Transaction data as name value pair.

4000

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

256

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

256

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

256

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

256

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

256

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

256

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

256

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

256

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

256

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

256

9.2.90 VTTrxData

Description: This contains the data associated with the transaction

Database table name :VT_TRX_DATA

Primary Keys : trxDataId (TRX_DATA_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

trxDataId

TRX_DATA_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Transaction data id

16

trxId

TRX_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the transaction.

16

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Data def id

16

rowOrder

ROW_ORDER

INT

int

Row order

6

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

data1

DATA1

TEXT

String

Data one

4000

data2

DATA2

TEXT

String

Data two

4000

data3

DATA3

TEXT

String

Data three

4000

data4

DATA4

TEXT

String

Data four

4000

data5

DATA5

TEXT

String

Data five

4000

data6

DATA6

TEXT

String

Data six

4000

data7

DATA7

TEXT

String

Data seven

4000

data8

DATA8

TEXT

String

Data eight

4000

data9

DATA9

TEXT

String

Data nine

4000

data10

DATA10

TEXT

String

Data ten

4000

numData0

NUM_DATA0

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 0

16

numData1

NUM_DATA1

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 1

16

numData2

NUM_DATA2

BIGINT

Long

Numeric data 2

16

9.2.91 VTTrxDef

Description: Definition of transaction meta data

Database table name :VT_TRX_DEF

Primary Keys : trxDefId (TRX_DEF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for transaction definition

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for transaction.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

trxDefKey

TRX_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key name to be used for the transaction e.g bill_pay, etc. This has to be passed in the handleTransactionLog API call. The context map should have an attribute key called transactionType

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.92 VTTrxDefHist

Description: This is the object history for VTTrxDefHist

Database table name :VT_TRX_DEF_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for transaction definition

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for transaction.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

trxDefKey

TRX_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key name to be used for the transaction e.g bill_pay, etc. This has to be passed in the handleTransactionLog API call. The context map should have an attribute key called transactionType

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.93 VTTrxInputDef

Description: Definition of transaction input meta data

Database table name :VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF

Primary Keys : trxDefId (TRX_DEF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for transaction definition

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for transaction.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

trxDefKey

TRX_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key name to be used for the transaction e.g bill_pay, etc. This has to be passed in the handleTransactionLog API call. The context map should have an attribute key called transactionType

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.94 VTTrxInputDefHist

Description: This is the object history for VTTrxInputDefHist

Database table name :VT_TRX_INPUT_DEF_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for transaction definition

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for transaction.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

trxDefKey

TRX_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key name to be used for the transaction e.g bill_pay, etc. This has to be passed in the handleTransactionLog API call. The context map should have an attribute key called transactionType

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.95 VTEntityDef

Description: Definition of Entity meta data

Database table name :VT_ENTITY_DEF

Primary Keys : entityDefId (ENTITY_DEF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for entity definition

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for entity.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

entityDefKey

ENTITY_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key of the entity. E.g. address, merchant, etc

256

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

keyGenScheme

KEY_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Key generation scheme

-

-

keyGenParams

KEY_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for key genration

4000

-

nameGenScheme

NAME_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Name generation scheme

-

-

nameGenParams

NAME_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for name generation

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.96 VTEntityDefHist

Description: This is the object history for VTEntityDefHist

Database table name :VT_ENTITY_DEF_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for entity definition

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for entity.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

entityDefKey

ENTITY_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key of the entity. E.g. address, merchant, etc

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

keyGenScheme

KEY_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Key generation scheme

-

keyGenParams

KEY_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for key genration

4000

nameGenScheme

NAME_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Name generation scheme

-

nameGenParams

NAME_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for name generation

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.97 VTTrxDefEntityDefMap

Description: Association between entity and transaction

Database table name :VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

-

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

-

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

-

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER

INT

int

Display order

6

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.98 VTTrxDefEntityDefMapHist

Description: History for VTTrxDefEntityDefMap

Database table name :VT_TRX_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

trxDefId

TRX_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER

INT

int

Display order

6

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.99 VTEntityDefEntityDefMap

Description: Association between entity and transaction

Database table name :VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

entityDefId1

ENTITY_DEF_ID_1

BIGINT

Long

Parent entity def id of object 1

16

entityDefId2

ENTITY_DEF_ID_2

BIGINT

Long

Parent entity def id of object 2

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER

INT

int

Display order

6

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.100 VTEntityDefEntityDefMapHist

Description: History for VTEntityDefEntityDefMap

Database table name :VT_ENT_DEFS_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

entityDefId1

ENTITY_DEF_ID_1

BIGINT

Long

Parent entity def id of object 1

16

entityDefId2

ENTITY_DEF_ID_2

BIGINT

Long

Parent entity def id of object 2

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER

INT

int

Display order

6

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.101 VTDataDef

Description: Definition of Data meta

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF

Primary Keys : dataDefId (DATA_DEF_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for data def.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

dataDefKey

DATA_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key of the data. E.g. street_name, zip_code, etc

256

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

dataDefType

DATA_DEF_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data def. Whether it is dynamic or static

5

-

isRequired

IS_REQUIRED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data required by default.

-

-

isAutoCreated

IS_AUTO_CREATED

CHAR

boolean

Whether this auto created.

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.102 VTDataDefHist

Description: This is the object history for VTDataDef

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for data def.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

dataDefKey

DATA_DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key of the data. E.g. street_name, zip_code, etc

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

dataDefType

DATA_DEF_TYPE

INT

int

Type of data def. Whether it is dynamic or static

5

isRequired

IS_REQUIRED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data required by default.

-

isAutoCreated

IS_AUTO_CREATED

CHAR

boolean

Whether this auto created.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.103 VTDataDefElement

Description: Definition of elements in Data meta

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM

Primary Keys : dataDefElementId (DATA_DEF_ELEM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

dataDefElementId

DATA_DEF_ELEM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

defKey

DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key to identify this data

256

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for column.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

-

dataRow

DATA_ROW

INT

int

Row for this data element

-

-

dataColumn

DATA_COL

INT

int

Column for this data element

-

-

isEncrypted

IS_ENCRYPTED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data element encrypted

-

-

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the data

-

-

dataFormat

DATA_FORMAT

TEXT

String

Format of the data

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

isRequired

IS_REQUIRED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data required by default.

-

-

nameGenScheme

NAME_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Name generation scheme

-

-

nameGenParams

NAME_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for name generation

4000

-

isAutoCreated

IS_AUTO_CREATED

CHAR

boolean

Whether this auto created.

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.104 VTDataDefElementHist

Description: History for VTDataDefElement

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_ELEM_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

dataDefElementId

DATA_DEF_ELEM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

defKey

DEF_KEY

TEXT

String

Key to identify this data

256

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for column.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

dataRow

DATA_ROW

INT

int

Row for this data element

-

dataColumn

DATA_COL

INT

int

Column for this data element

-

isEncrypted

IS_ENCRYPTED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data element encrypted

-

dataType

DATA_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the data

-

dataFormat

DATA_FORMAT

TEXT

String

Format of the data

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

isRequired

IS_REQUIRED

CHAR

boolean

Is this data required by default.

-

nameGenScheme

NAME_GEN_SCHEME

INT

int

Name generation scheme

-

nameGenParams

NAME_GEN_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for name generation

4000

isAutoCreated

IS_AUTO_CREATED

CHAR

boolean

Whether this auto created.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.105 VTDataDefMap

Description: Map between Objects and Data Def

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

parentObjectType

PARENT_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of source object

5

parentObjectId

PARENT_OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent to which datadef belongs to

-

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.106 VTDataDefMapHist

Description: History for VTDataDefMap

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for the map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

dataDefId

DATA_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent data def id

16

parentObjectType

PARENT_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of source object

5

parentObjectId

PARENT_OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent to which datadef belongs to

-

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.107 VTDataDefTranslation

Description: Translation from one element to another, e.g. input transaction to normalized transaction data. Or transaction to entity

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS

Primary Keys : translationId (ELEM_MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

translationId

ELEM_MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

-

srcObjectType

SRC_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of source object

5

-

srcObjectId

SRC_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Source object id

16

-

destObjectType

DEST_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of destination object

5

-

destObjectId

DEST_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination object id

16

-

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.108 VTDataDefTranslationHist

Description: History for VTDataDefTranslation

Database table name :VT_DATA_DEF_TRANS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

translationId

ELEM_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

srcObjectType

SRC_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of source object

5

srcObjectId

SRC_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Source object id

16

destObjectType

DEST_OBJ_TYPE

INT

int

Type of destination object

5

destObjectId

DEST_OBJ_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination object id

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

TEXT

String

Type of the relation

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.109 VTDataDefElementTranslation

Description: Translation from one element to another, e.g. input transaction to normalized transaction data. Or transaction to entity

Database table name :VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS

Primary Keys : destMapId (DEST_MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

destMapId

DEST_MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

-

translationId

TRANS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Translation id

16

-

destElementDefId

DEST_ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination data element id

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.110 VTDataDefElementTranslationHist

Description: History for VTDataDefElement

Database table name :VT_ELEM_DEF_TRANS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

destMapId

DEST_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

translationId

TRANS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Translation id

16

destElementDefId

DEST_ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination data element id

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.111 VTTranslationSourceElement

Description: Source columns for the translation

Database table name :VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM

Primary Keys : srcElementId (SRC_ELEM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

srcElementId

SRC_ELEM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

-

destMapId

DEST_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination map id

16

-

srcElementDefId

SRC_ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Source data element id

16

-

sortOrder

SORT_ORDER

INT

int

Row for this data element

-

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.112 VTTranslationSourceElementHist

Description: History for VTTranslationSourceElement

Database table name :VT_TRANS_SRC_ELEM_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

srcElementId

SRC_ELEM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for data definition element

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name for this data map.

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the object

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

translationScheme

TRANS_SCHEME

INT

int

Scheme for translation

-

translationParams

TRANS_PARAMS

TEXT

String

Static params to be passed to the java class for translation

4000

destMapId

DEST_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Destination map id

16

srcElementDefId

SRC_ELEMENT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Source data element id

16

sortOrder

SORT_ORDER

INT

int

Row for this data element

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.113 VCountry

Description: Country object

Database table name :VCRYPT_COUNTRY

Primary Keys : countryId (COUNTRY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

countryId

COUNTRY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this country

16

countryCode

COUNTRY_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code of the country

64

countryName

COUNTRY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the country

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

continent

CONTINENT

VARCHAR

String

Continent to which this country belongs to

64

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this country

4000

9.2.114 VCountryHist

Description: Country object

Database table name :V_COUNTRY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this country

16

countryCode

COUNTRY_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code of the country

64

countryName

COUNTRY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the country

4000

continent

CONTINENT

VARCHAR

String

Continent to which this country belongs to

64

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this country

4000

9.2.115 VState

Description: This is the state or region of the country

Database table name :VCRYPT_STATE

Primary Keys : stateId (STATE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

stateId

STATE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this state

16

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the country to which this state belongs to.

16

stateCode

STATE_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code for the state or region

64

stateName

STATE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the state

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this state

4000

9.2.116 VStateHist

Description: This is the state or region of the country

Database table name :V_STATE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this state

16

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the country to which this state belongs to.

16

stateCode

STATE_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code for the state or region

64

stateName

STATE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the state

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this state

4000

9.2.117 VCity

Description: This is the city object

Database table name :VCRYPT_CITY

Primary Keys : cityId (CITY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

cityId

CITY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this city

16

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the state to which this city belongs to.

16

cityCode

CITY_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code for the city

64

cityName

CITY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the city

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

latitude

LATITUDE

VARCHAR

String

Latitude

20

longitude

LONGITUDE

VARCHAR

String

Longitude

20

timezone

TIMEZONE

VARCHAR

String

Time Zone

20

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this city

4000

9.2.118 VCityHist

Description: This is the city object

Database table name :V_CITY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

cityId

CITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this city

16

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the state to which this city belongs to.

16

cityCode

CITY_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Code for the city

64

cityName

CITY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the city

4000

latitude

LATITUDE

VARCHAR

String

Latitude

20

longitude

LONGITUDE

VARCHAR

String

Longitude

20

timezone

TIMEZONE

VARCHAR

String

Time Zone

20

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this city

4000

9.2.119 VISP

Description: ISP listing

Database table name :VCRYPT_ISP

Primary Keys : ispId (ISP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

ispId

ISP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this ISP

16

ispName

ISP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the ISP

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

9.2.120 VISPHist

Description: ISP listing

Database table name :V_ISP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

ispId

ISP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this ISP

16

ispName

ISP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the ISP

4000

9.2.121 VLocationLookup

Description: Location lookup tables for constants

Database table name :V_LOC_LOOKUP

Primary Keys : lookupId (LOOKUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

lookupId

LOOKUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Lookup ID

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time.

-

-

lookupType

LOOKUP_TYPE

INT

int

Type of lookup. E.g. for profiles, etc

-

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the lookup

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the lookup

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

9.2.122 VIPLocationMap

Description: Mapping of the IP range to city, state and country

Database table name :VCRYPT_IP_LOCATION_MAP

Primary Keys : ipRangeId (IP_RANGE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

ipRangeId

IP_RANGE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this range

16

fromIPAddr

FROM_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

toIPAddr

TO_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The to IP address

15

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the country to which this state belongs to.

16

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the state to which this IP range belongs to.

16

cityId

CITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the city to which this IP range belongs to.

16

metroId

METRO_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the metro for this IP

-

ispId

ISP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ISP to which this IP range belongs to.

16

ipRoutingType

ROUTING_TYPE

INT

Integer

IP routing type

3

connectionType

CONNECTION_TYPE

INT

Integer

Connection type

-

connectionSpeed

CONNECTION_SPEED

INT

Integer

Connection speed

-

topLevelDomain

TOP_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Top level domain

25

secondLevelDomain

SEC_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Second level domain

128

asn

ASN

VARCHAR

String

ASN

25

carrier

CARRIER

VARCHAR

String

Carrier

128

zipCode

ZIP_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Zip code

24

dma

DMA

INT

Integer

U.S. Designated Market Area, AC Nielsen

6

msa

MSA

INT

Integer

Metropolitan Statistical Area

6

pmsa

PMSA

INT

Integer

Primary Metropolitan Statistical Area

6

regionId

REGION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id the region

16

phoneAreaCode

PHONE_AREA

VARCHAR

String

Phone area code

10

isSplit

IS_SPLIT

CHAR

boolean

Is the IP split. If so, in some queries, we might have to do addtional checks.

-

countryCF

COUNTRY_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the country

4

stateCF

STATE_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the state

4

cityCF

CITY_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the city

4

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this IP range

255

9.2.123 VIPLocationMapHist

Description: Mapping of the IP range to city, state and country. Shadow table

Database table name :V_IP_LOC_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

ipRangeId

IP_RANGE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this range

16

fromIPAddr

FROM_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

toIPAddr

TO_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The to IP address

15

countryId

COUNTRY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the country to which this state belongs to.

16

stateId

STATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the state to which this IP range belongs to.

16

cityId

CITY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the city to which this IP range belongs to.

16

metroId

METRO_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the metro for this IP

-

ispId

ISP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ISP to which this IP range belongs to.

16

ipRoutingType

ROUTING_TYPE

INT

Integer

IP routing type

3

connectionType

CONNECTION_TYPE

INT

Integer

Connection type

-

connectionSpeed

CONNECTION_SPEED

INT

Integer

Connection speed

-

topLevelDomain

TOP_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Top level domain

25

secondLevelDomain

SEC_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Second level domain

128

asn

ASN

VARCHAR

String

ASN

25

carrier

CARRIER

VARCHAR

String

Carrier

128

zipCode

ZIP_CODE

VARCHAR

String

Zip code

24

dma

DMA

INT

Integer

U.S. Designated Market Area, AC Nielsen

6

msa

MSA

INT

Integer

Metropolitan Statistical Area

6

pmsa

PMSA

INT

Integer

Primary Metropolitan Statistical Area

6

regionId

REGION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id the region

16

phoneAreaCode

PHONE_AREA

VARCHAR

String

Phone area code

10

isKnownProxy

IS_PROXY

CHAR

boolean

Whether this is a known proxy

-

isSplit

IS_SPLIT

CHAR

boolean

Is the IP split. If so, in some queries, we might have to do addtional checks.

-

countryCF

COUNTRY_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the country

4

stateCF

STATE_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the state

4

cityCF

CITY_CF

INT

Integer

Confidence factor of the city

4

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this IP range

255

9.2.124 VIPLocationMapSplit

Description: Mapping of the split Class C IP ranges

Database table name :V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT

Primary Keys : ipRangeId (IP_RANGE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

ipRangeId

IP_RANGE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this range

16

baseIPAddr

BASE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

fromIPAddr

FROM_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

toIPAddr

TO_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The to IP address

15

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

secondLevelDomain

SEC_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Second level domain

128

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this IP range

255

9.2.125 VIPLocationMapSplitHist

Description: Mapping of the split Class C IP ranges. Shadow table

Database table name :V_IP_LOC_MAP_SPLIT_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

ipRangeId

IP_RANGE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this range

16

baseIPAddr

BASE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

fromIPAddr

FROM_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

toIPAddr

TO_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The to IP address

15

secondLevelDomain

SEC_LEVEL_DOMAIN

VARCHAR

String

Second level domain

128

notes

NOTES

VARCHAR

String

Notes for this IP range

255

9.2.126 VLocationUpdateSession

Description: Location update session

Database table name :V_LOC_UPD_SESS

Primary Keys : updateSessionId (SESS_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

updateSessionId

SESS_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this update session

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

updateType

UPDATE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the update. e.g. Location load or annonymizer

5

updateStatus

UPDATE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the update

5

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.127 VLocationUpdateLogs

Description: Location Update Logs

Database table name :V_UPD_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the run log

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

updateSessionId

UPD_SESS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the update session

16

name

LOG_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for the log

4000

value

LOG_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the log

4000

logType

LOG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of the log.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.128 VIPCluster

Description: This class defines an IP cluster. IP cluster is a range of IP addresses grouped as a cluster.

Database table name :VT_IP_CLUSTER

Primary Keys : clusterId (CLUSTER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

clusterId

CLUSTER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this row

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

label

LABEL

TEXT

String

Label for the cluster. This should be unique among all the IP clusters.

4000

fromIPAddr

FROM_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The from IP address

15

toIPAddr

TO_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The to IP address

15

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description for this group.

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this node

4000

9.2.129 VIPClusterGroup

Description: This class represents the group of cluster ids. The cluster ids are stored in VIPClusterGroupMap

Database table name :VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUP

Primary Keys : clusterGroupId (CLUSTER_GROUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

clusterGroupId

CLUSTER_GROUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this group

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

label

LABEL

TEXT

String

Label for this cluster group. This should be unique among the IP cluster groups.

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description for this group.

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this node

4000

9.2.130 VIPClusterGroupMap

Description: This is used as an element in VIPClusterGroup

Database table name :VT_IP_CLUSTER_GROUPMAP

Primary Keys : clusterGroupMapId (CLUSTER_GROUPMAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

clusterGroupMapId

CLUSTER_GROUPMAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the group map

16

clusterGroupId

CLUSTER_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the cluster group

16

clusterId

CLUSTER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the cluster id

16

9.2.131 VRuleVersion

Description: Managing the versions of the rule

Database table name :VR_VERSION

Primary Keys : versionId (VERSION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

versionId

VERSION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this version row

16

parentVersionId

PARENT_VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent version id

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Number for this version.

10

versionName

VERSION_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this version.

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

versionStatus

VERSION_STATUS

INT

int

Status of this version

3

runStatus

RUN_STATUS

INT

int

This is the runtime status, whether it is active run or not

3

editStatus

EDIT_STATUS

INT

int

This is the edit status, whether it is active edit or not

3

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this version

4000

9.2.132 VRuleVersionHist

Description: History of rule versions

Database table name :VR_VERSION_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this version row

16

parentVersionId

PARENT_VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Parent version id

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Number for this version.

10

versionName

VERSION_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this version.

4000

versionStatus

VERSION_STATUS

INT

int

Status of this version

3

runStatus

RUN_STATUS

INT

int

This is the runtime status, whether it is active run or not

3

editStatus

EDIT_STATUS

INT

int

This is the edit status, whether it is active edit or not

3

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this version

4000

9.2.133 VRuleVersionTree

Description: Maintains the version true

Database table name :VR_VERSION_TREE

Primary Keys : treeId (TREE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

treeId

TREE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this tree

16

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

olderVersionId

OLD_VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id of the ancestor

16

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of the tree

3

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

9.2.134 VRuleVersionMap

Description: Maps all the elements to the version

Database table name :VR_VERSION_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

objectType

OBJECT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the object. Example, PolicySet, Policy, Model, Rule, RuleMap, ..

3

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the object

16

9.2.135 VRule

Description: This is the rule template

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE

Primary Keys : ruleId (RULE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

ruleId

RULE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this rule

16

-

ruleName

RULE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this rule.

4000

-

ruleNameRBKey

RULE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the rule name

4000

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

minCompatibleVersion

MIN_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Minimum compatible version

32

-

maxCompatibleVersion

MAX_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Maximum compatible version

32

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

ruleType

RULE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the rule.

-

-

ruleStatus

RULE_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the rule.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

ruleMetaData

RULE_METADATA

TEXT

String

Meta data describing the attributes and other properties of the rule

-

-

ruleFileData

RULE_FILEDATA

TEXT

String

Content from the rule file

-

-

resultList

RESULT_LIST

TEXT

String

List of possible results stored in XML format

4000

-

defaultScore

DEFAULT_SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this rule template

-

-

defaultWeight

DEFAULT_WEIGHT

INT

int

Default weight for this rule template

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this rule

4000

-

9.2.136 VRuleHist

Description: This is the rule object history

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this rule

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

ruleName

RULE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this rule.

4000

ruleNameRBKey

RULE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the rule name

4000

minCompatibleVersion

MIN_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Minimum compatible version

32

maxCompatibleVersion

MAX_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Maximum compatible version

32

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

ruleType

RULE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the rule.

-

ruleStatus

RULE_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the rule.

2

ruleMetaData

RULE_METADATA

TEXT

String

Meta data describing the attributes and other properties of the rule

-

ruleFileData

RULE_FILEDATA

TEXT

String

Rule file name

-

resultList

RESULT_LIST

TEXT

String

List of possible results stored in XML format

4000

defaultScore

DEFAULT_SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this rule template

-

defaultWeight

DEFAULT_WEIGHT

INT

int

Default weight for this rule template

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this rule

4000

9.2.137 VRuleCondition

Description: This is the rule condition template

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN

Primary Keys : conditionId (CONDN_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

conditionId

CONDN_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this rule condition

16

-

conditionName

CONDN_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for the condition.

4000

-

conditionNameRBKey

CONDN_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the condition name

4000

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

minCompatibleVersion

MIN_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Minimum compatible version

32

-

maxCompatibleVersion

MAX_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Maximum compatible version

32

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the condition

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

conditionType

CONDITION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the condition.

-

-

conditionStatus

CONDN_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the condition.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

conditionData

CONDN_DATA

TEXT

String

Condition expression. If it is Oracle database, then is stored as CLOB.

-

-

resultList

RESULT_LIST

TEXT

String

List of possible results stored in XML format

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this condition

4000

-

9.2.138 VRuleConditionHist

Description: This is the rule condition history

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this rule condition

16

conditionName

CONDN_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for the condition.

4000

conditionNameRBKey

CONDN_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the condition name

4000

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

minCompatibleVersion

MIN_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Minimum compatible version

32

maxCompatibleVersion

MAX_COMPAT_VER

VARCHAR

String

Maximum compatible version

32

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the condition

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

conditionType

CONDITION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the condition.

-

conditionStatus

CONDN_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the condition.

2

conditionData

CONDN_DATA

TEXT

String

Condition expression. If it is Oracle database, then is stored as CLOB.

-

resultList

RESULT_LIST

TEXT

String

List of possible results stored in XML format

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this condition

4000

9.2.139 VRuleConditionScope

Description: Scope for the Rule Condition

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE

Primary Keys : scopeId (SCOPE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

scopeId

SCOPE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Scope

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the scope.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

scopeEnumElementValue

SCOPE_ELEM_VALUE

INT

int

Value of the scope enum

-

-

9.2.140 VRuleConditionScopeHist

Description: Shadow table for Rule Condition Scope

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN_SCOPE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

scopeId

SCOPE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Scope

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the scope.

2

scopeEnumElementValue

SCOPE_ELEM_VALUE

INT

int

Value of the scope enum

-

9.2.141 VRuleConditionMap

Description: This contains mapping between Rule Template and Rule Conditions

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

-

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule template

16

-

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

-

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the map.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

isPreCondition

IS_PRECONDN

CHAR

boolean

Is this a pre condition for the rule to execute

-

-

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of display.

-

-

executionOrder

EXEC_ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of execution.

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this object

4000

-

9.2.142 VRuleConditionMapHist

Description: Shadow table for Rule Condition Map

Database table name :VR_RULE_CONDN_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the Map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule template

16

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the map.

2

isPreCondition

IS_PRECONDN

CHAR

boolean

Is this a pre condition for the rule to execute

-

displayOrder

DISP_ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of display.

-

executionOrder

EXEC_ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of execution.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this object

4000

9.2.143 VRuleParam

Description: This contains the parameter definition for the given rule template

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS

Primary Keys : paramId (PARAM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

paramId

PARAM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the parameter

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the rule

16

-

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

-

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the Resource Bundle for the parameter

4000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

paramStatus

PARAM_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

-

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Label

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule parameter

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order number. This is used to create the grammer for prompts

-

-

compareOperator

COMPARE_OPER

INT

int

Comparision operator

-

-

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

-

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

-

valueSubType

VALUE_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Value sub type

128

-

validations

VALIDATIONS

TEXT

String

Constraints for the parameter

256

-

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

-

9.2.144 VRuleParamHist

Description: Shadow table for Rule Param

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE_PARAMS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the parameter

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the rule

16

conditionId

CONDN_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the rule condition

16

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the Resource Bundle for the parameter

4000

paramStatus

PARAM_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Label

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule parameter

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order number. This is used to create the grammer for prompts

-

compareOperator

COMPARE_OPER

INT

int

Comparision operator

-

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

valueSubType

VALUE_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Value sub type

128

validations

VALIDATIONS

TEXT

String

Constraints for the parameter

256

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

9.2.145 VRuleParamCustom

Description: Customization of Rule Parameters

Database table name :VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM

Primary Keys : customId (CUSTOM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

customId

CUSTOM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the customization

16

ruleParamId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the rule param

16

ruleConditionMapId

RULE_COND_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the rule condition map

16

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the Resource Bundle for the parameter

4000

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Label

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule parameter

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

9.2.146 VRuleParamCustomHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleParamCustom

Database table name :VR_RULE_PARAM_CUSTOM_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

customId

CUSTOM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the customization

16

ruleParamId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the rule param

16

ruleConditionMapId

RULE_COND_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the rule condition map

16

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the Resource Bundle for the parameter

4000

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Label

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the rule parameter

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

9.2.147 VProfile

Description: This is the rule model object

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE

Primary Keys : profileId (PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

profileId

PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profile

16

-

profileName

PROFILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this profile.

4000

-

profileNameRBKey

PROFILE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Model Name.

4000

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the profile

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the policy.

3

-

profileType

PROFILE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the profile.

6

-

profileScope

PROFILE_SCOPE

INT

int

Scope of the profile. Whether it is System or not

3

-

profileStatus

PROFILE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the profile.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

run_mode

RUN_MODE

INT

int

Whether this model is running in test mode or some other mode

3

-

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score for this profile

-

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of logging

6

-

priorityLevel

PRIORITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Priority Level

6

-

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

-

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this profile

4000

-

9.2.148 VProfileHist

Description: Shadow table for Profile table

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profile

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

profileName

PROFILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this profile.

4000

profileNameRBKey

PROFILE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for Model Name.

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the profile

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the model.

3

profileType

PROFILE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the profile.

6

profileScope

PROFILE_SCOPE

INT

int

Scope of the profile. Whether it is System or not

3

profileStatus

PROFILE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the profile.

2

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

run_mode

RUN_MODE

INT

int

Whether this model is running in test mode or some other mode

3

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score for this profile

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of logging

6

priorityLevel

PRIORITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Priority Level

6

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this profile

4000

9.2.149 VProfileRuleMap

Description: This is the profileRuleMap object

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP

Primary Keys : profileRuleMapId (PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profileRuleMap

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

-

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for name for this instance.

4000

-

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id rule

16

-

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the profile.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of execution. Rule instances with same value will executed parallely

-

-

minDeviceScore

MIN_DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the device for executing this rule

-

-

maxDeviceScore

MAX_DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the device for executing this rule

-

-

minLocationScore

MIN_LOCATION_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the location for executing this rule

-

-

maxLocationScore

MAX_LOCATION_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the location for executing this rule

-

-

minCityScore

MIN_CITY_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the city for executing this rule

-

-

maxCityScore

MAX_CITY_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the city for executing this rule

-

-

minStateScore

MIN_STATE_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the state for executing this rule

-

-

maxStateScore

MAX_STATE_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the state for executing this rule

-

-

minCountryScore

MIN_COUNTRY_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the country for executing this rule

-

-

maxCountryScore

MAX_COUNTRY_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the country for executing this rule

-

-

exceptionUserGroupId

EXCEPT_USER_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Exception User Group Id

16

-

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score when this rule is executed

-

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of logging

6

-

priorityLevel

PRIORITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Priority Level

6

-

stopOnViolation

STOP_ON_VIOLATION

CHAR

boolean

Whether to stop processing of further rules, if this rule fails.

-

-

onTrueActionListId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action list to be called when the condition is sucessful

16

-

onFalseActionListId

ON_FALSE_ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action list to be called when the condition is sucessful

16

-

alertId

ALERT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

16

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this profile rule map

4000

-

9.2.150 VProfileRuleMapHist

Description: Shadow table for VProfileRuleMap table

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE_RULE_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profileRuleMap

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key to the resource bundle for name for this instance.

4000

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

ruleId

RULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id rule

16

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Type of the profile.

2

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of execution. Rule instances with same value will executed parallely

-

minDeviceScore

MIN_DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the device for executing this rule

-

maxDeviceScore

MAX_DEVICE_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the device for executing this rule

-

minLocationScore

MIN_LOCATION_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the location for executing this rule

-

maxLocationScore

MAX_LOCATION_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the location for executing this rule

-

minCityScore

MIN_CITY_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the city for executing this rule

-

maxCityScore

MAX_CITY_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the city for executing this rule

-

minStateScore

MIN_STATE_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the state for executing this rule

-

maxStateScore

MAX_STATE_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the state for executing this rule

-

minCountryScore

MIN_COUNTRY_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the country for executing this rule

-

maxCountryScore

MAX_COUNTRY_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the country for executing this rule

-

exceptionUserGroupId

EXCEPT_USER_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Exception User Group Id

16

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score when this rule is executed

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of logging

6

priorityLevel

PRIORITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Priority Level

6

stopOnViolation

STOP_ON_VIOLATION

CHAR

boolean

Whether to stop processing of further rules, if this rule fails.

-

onTrueActionListId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action list to be called when the condition is sucessful

16

onFalseActionListId

ON_FALSE_ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action list to be called when the condition is sucessful

16

alertId

ALERT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this profile rule map

4000

9.2.151 VProfileListMap

Description: This is to assign profiles to a list.

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profile list mapping

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this oject.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of update.

-

-

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

-

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

-

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status for this mapping.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this profile list map

4000

-

9.2.152 VProfileListMapHist

Description: Shadow tables to the VProfileListMap.

Database table name :VCRYPT_PROFILE_LIST_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

-

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

-

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this profile list mapping

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

-

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

-

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

-

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

-

status

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status for this mapping.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this profile list map

4000

-

9.2.153 VRuleParamValue

Description: This contains the values for the parameter of the rule instance

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES

Primary Keys : paramValueId (PARAM_VALUE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

paramValueId

PARAM_VALUE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param value

16

-

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

-

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

-

ruleConditionMapId

RULE_COND_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the rule condition map

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this oject.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of update.

-

-

valueStatus

PARAM_VALUE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter value.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

-

intValue

INT_VALUE

INT

int

Integer value

-

-

longValue

LONG_VALUE

BIGINT

long

Long value

-

-

stringValue

STRING_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value

4000

-

booleanValue

BOOLEAN_VALUE

CHAR

boolean

Boolean value.

-

-

dateValue

DATE_VALUE

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

-

9.2.154 VRuleParamValueHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleParamValue

Database table name :VCRYPT_RULE_PARAM_VALUES_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

paramValueId

PARAM_VALUE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param value

16

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

ruleConditionMapId

RULE_COND_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the rule condition map

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

valueStatus

PARAM_VALUE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter value.

2

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

intValue

INT_VALUE

INT

int

Integer value

-

longValue

LONG_VALUE

BIGINT

long

Long value

-

stringValue

STRING_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value

4000

booleanValue

BOOLEAN_VALUE

CHAR

boolean

Boolean value.

-

dateValue

DATE_VALUE

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

9.2.155 VRuleOverRide

Description: This is to over ride any rules that are fired.

Database table name :VR_OVERRIDE

Primary Keys : overRideId (OVER_RIDE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

overRideId

OVER_RIDE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

-

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

allowFromTime

ALLOW_FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

-

allowToTime

ALLOW_TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

-

objectStatus

OBJECT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the object.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

6

-

overRideType

OVER_RIDE_TYPE

INT

int

Override type.

2

TYPE_COUNT, TYPE_DAY_RANGE, TYPE_PERMANENT

objectType

OBJECT_TYPE

INT

int

What is this rule exception for? Example, user, location, device

6

-

objectValue

OBJECT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Object value

4000

-

maxCountAllowed

MAX_COUNT_ALLOWED

INT

int

How many attempts the user should be allowed.

-

-

fromAction

FROM_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

From action

64

-

toAction

TO_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

To action

64

-

used_count

USED_COUNT

INT

int

Used count.

-

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the login session.

256

-

transactionId

TRX_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the session

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

-

9.2.156 VRuleOverRideHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleOverRide table.

Database table name :VR_OVERRIDE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

overRideId

OVER_RIDE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

-

allowFromTime

ALLOW_FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

allowToTime

ALLOW_TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

objectStatus

OBJECT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the object.

2

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

6

overRideType

OVER_RIDE_TYPE

INT

int

Override type.

2

objectType

OBJECT_TYPE

INT

int

What type of object is allowed

6

objectValue

OBJECT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Object value

4000

maxCountAllowed

MAX_COUNT_ALLOWED

INT

int

How many attempts the user should be allowed.

-

fromAction

FROM_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

From action

64

toAction

TO_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

To action

64

used_count

USED_COUNT

INT

int

Used count.

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the login session.

256

transactionId

TRX_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the session

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this object

4000

9.2.157 VRuleOverRideLog

Description: Logs to keep track of overrides.

Database table name :VR_OVERRIDE_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

overRideId

OVER_RIDE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

9.2.158 VRuleException

Description: This is to over ride any rules that are fired.

Database table name :VR_EXCEPTION

Primary Keys : exceptionId (OVER_RIDE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

exceptionId

OVER_RIDE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

overRideId

OVERRIDE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

exceptionType

EXCEPTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of exception. e.g List, rule, etc

3

exceptionName

EXCEPTION_NAME

INT

int

Name of the type. e.g listName, ruleName, etc

3

exceptionValue

EXCEPTION_VALUE

INT

int

Value for the name e.g values for the list

3

9.2.159 VRuleExceptionHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleException table.

Database table name :VR_EXCEPTION_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

exceptionId

OVER_RIDE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

overRideId

OVERRIDE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

exceptionType

EXCEPTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of exception. e.g List, rule, etc

3

exceptionName

EXCEPTION_NAME

INT

int

Name of the type. e.g listName, ruleName, etc

3

exceptionValue

EXCEPTION_VALUE

INT

int

Value for the name e.g values for the list

3

9.2.160 VRuleSetRow

Description: This contains the rows for the rule set/ model. Each row determines how to interpret the result

Database table name :VR_RULESET_ROW

Primary Keys : rowId (RULESET_ROW_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

rowId

RULESET_ROW_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ruleset row

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

rowName

ROW_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

rowNameRBKey

ROW_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the row

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of evaluation. Evaluation will stop the first time all the

-

resultType

RESULT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the result. It could be a score or model to execute.

3

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

includeAlertsPreference

INCLUDE_ALERTS_PREF

INT

int

Whether to include rule alerts when this override is true

4

includeActionsPreference

INCLUDE_ACTIONS_PREF

CHAR

boolean

Whether to include rule actions when this override is true

4

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score for this row

5

executeProfileId

EXE_PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile to be executed if this

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this row

4000

9.2.161 VRuleSetRowHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleSetRow

Database table name :VR_RULESET_ROW_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

rowId

RULESET_ROW_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ruleset row

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

profileId

PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile

16

rowName

ROW_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

rowNameRBKey

ROW_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the row

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

orderNumber

ORDER_NUMBER

INT

int

Order of evaluation. Evaluation will stop the first time all the

-

resultType

RESULT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the result. It could be a score or model to execute.

3

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

includeAlertsPreference

INCLUDE_ALERTS_PREF

INT

int

Whether to include rule alerts when this override is true

4

includeActionsPreference

INCLUDE_ACTIONS_PREF

CHAR

boolean

Whether to include rule actions when this override is true

4

score

SCORE

INT

int

Score for this row

5

includeRuleAlerts

INCLUDE_RULE_ALERTS

CHAR

boolean

Whether to include rule alerts when this override is true

-

includeRuleActions

INCLUDE_RULE_ACTIONS

CHAR

boolean

Whether to include rule actions when this override is true

-

executeProfileId

EXE_PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile to be executed if this

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this row

4000

9.2.162 VRuleSetColumn

Description: This contains the columns for the rule set/ model.

Database table name :VR_RULESET_COL

Primary Keys : columnId (RULESET_COL_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

columnId

RULESET_COL_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ruleset column

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

rowId

ROW_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the row

16

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

ruleResult

RULE_RESULT

INT

int

What rule result show be considered

3

minScore

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the rule to be considered

-

maxScore

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the rule to be considered

-

9.2.163 VRuleSetColumnHist

Description: Shadow table for VRuleSetColumn

Database table name :VR_RULESET_COL_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

columnId

RULESET_COL_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the ruleset column

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

rowId

ROW_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the row

16

profileRuleMapId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the profile rule map

16

ruleResult

RULE_RESULT

INT

int

What rule result show be considered

3

minScore

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score of the rule to be considered

-

maxScore

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score of the rule to be considered

-

9.2.164 VScoreAction

Description: Mapping actions for scores

Database table name :VR_SCORE_ACTION

Primary Keys : scoreActionId (SCORE_ACTION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

scoreActionId

SCORE_ACTION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

scoreName

SCORE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this score action.

4000

scoreNameRBKey

SCORE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the row

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

minScore

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score

-

maxScore

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score

-

runLevel

RUN_LEVEL

INT

int

Level where this mapping should run

5

runTimeType

RUN_TIME_TYPE

INT

int

Runtime type

6

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.165 VScoreActionHist

Description: Historing for VScoreAction

Database table name :VR_SCORE_ACTION_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

scoreActionId

SCORE_ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

scoreName

SCORE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this score action.

4000

scoreNameRBKey

SCORE_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the row

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

minScore

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score

-

maxScore

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score

-

runLevel

RUN_LEVEL

INT

int

Level where this mapping should run

5

runTimeType

RUN_TIME_TYPE

INT

int

Runtime type

6

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.166 VMaxBlock

Description: Action/Score override based on threshold of the action. This can be used for gating.

Database table name :VR_MAX_BLOCKS

Primary Keys : blockId (BLOCK_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

blockId

BLOCK_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

blockName

BLOCK_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this block action.

4000

blockNameRBKey

BLOCK_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the row

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

runTimeType

RUN_TIME_TYPE

INT

int

Runtime type

6

fromAction

FROM_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

From action

64

toAction

TO_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

To action

64

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

maxCountAllowed

MAX_COUNT_ALLOWED

INT

int

Number of actions .

-

duration

DURATION

INT

int

Duration in minutes

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.167 VMaxBlockHist

Description: History for VMaxBlock

Database table name :VR_MAX_BLOCKS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

blockId

BLOCK_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

blockName

BLOCK_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this block action.

4000

blockNameRBKey

BLOCK_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

runTimeType

RUN_TIME_TYPE

INT

int

Runtime type

6

fromAction

FROM_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

From action

64

toAction

TO_ACTION

VARCHAR

String

To action

64

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

maxCountAllowed

MAX_COUNT_ALLOWED

INT

int

Number of actions .

-

duration

DURATION

INT

int

Duration in minutes

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.168 VMaxBlockLogs

Description: Logging for max blocks

Database table name :VR_MAX_BLOCKS_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

blockId

BLOCK_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

localUserId

LOCAL_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

deviceId

DEVICE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this object

16

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

baseIPAddr

BASE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

This is the base IP address for quick search

15

9.2.169 VPolicySetPkg

Description: Policy Set package

Database table name :V_POLICY_SET_PKG

Primary Keys : policySetId (POLICY_SET_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

policySetId

POLICY_SET_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy set package

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

policySet

RA_POLICY_SET

TEXT

String

Policy set in zip format

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.170 VPolicySet

Description: This contains properties for the policy set

Database table name :VR_POLICY_SET

Primary Keys : policySetId (POLICY_SET_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

policySetId

POLICY_SET_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy set

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the policy set.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

-

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

-

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

-

9.2.171 VPolicySetHist

Description: This contains properties for the policy set

Database table name :VR_POLICY_SET_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

policySetId

POLICY_SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy set

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the policy set.

2

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.172 VPolicy

Description: This contains properties for the policy

Database table name :VR_POLICY

Primary Keys : policyId (POLICY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

policyId

POLICY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

-

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Policy type

3

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the policy.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

score

SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this policy

-

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

-

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

-

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

-

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

-

9.2.173 VPolicyHist

Description: Shadow table for policy

Database table name :VR_POLICY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

policyId

POLICY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the policy

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionId

VERSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Version Id

16

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

nameRBKey

LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

policyType

POLICY_TYPE

INT

int

Policy type

3

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the policy.

2

score

SCORE

INT

int

Default score for this policy

-

weight

WEIGHT

INT

int

Weight for this profile

-

scoringType

SCORING_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

3

fileName

FILE_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the file

512

actionListId

ACTION_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the action list

-

alertListId

ALERT_LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert list

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this record

4000

9.2.174 VPolicySetLog

Description: Logs for rules at PolicySet level

Database table name :VR_POLICYSET_LOGS

Primary Keys : policySetLogId (POLICYSET_LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

policySetLogId

POLICYSET_LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the login session.

256

transactionLogId

TRX_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the transaction

16

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

6

policySetId

POLICYSET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of PolicySet

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Execution status for this policy set execution

3

totalTime

TOTAL_TIME

BIGINT

long

Time taken to execute this

10

score

SCORE

INT

int

Type of scoring

5

transactionData

TRX_DATA

TEXT

String

Transaction data as name value pair.

4000

finalAction

FINAL_ACTION

TEXT

String

Final action for this policyset

256

actionList

ACTION_LIST

TEXT

String

List of action.

256

alertIdList

ALERT_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert id list.

256

alertTemplateIdList

ALERT_TEMPL_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert template id list.

256

9.2.175 VPolicyLog

Description: Logs for rules at Policy level

Database table name :VR_POLICY_LOGS

Primary Keys : policyLogId (POLICY_LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

policyLogId

POLICY_LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id

16

policySetLogId

POLICYSET_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of Policy Set

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

policyId

POLICY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of Policy

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Execution status for this policy execution

3

totalTime

TOTAL_TIME

BIGINT

long

Time taken to execute this

10

score

SCORE

INT

int

Type of scoring

5

actionList

ACTION_LIST

TEXT

String

List of action.

256

alertIdList

ALERT_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert id list.

256

alertTemplateIdList

ALERT_TEMPL_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert template id list.

256

9.2.176 VModelLog

Description: Logs for rules at Model level

Database table name :VR_MODEL_LOGS

Primary Keys : modelLogId (MODEL_LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

modelLogId

MODEL_LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id

16

policyLogId

POLICY_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of Policy

16

parentModelLogId

PARENT_MODEL_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of calling model id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

profileId

MODEL_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of profile/model

16

scoreRowId

SCORE_ROW_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the row score

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Execution status for this model

3

totalTime

TOTAL_TIME

BIGINT

long

Time taken to execute this

10

score

SCORE

INT

int

Type of scoring

5

actionList

ACTION_LIST

TEXT

String

List of action.

256

alertIdList

ALERT_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert id list.

256

alertTemplateIdList

ALERT_TEMPL_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert template id list.

256

9.2.177 VRuleLog

Description: Logs for rules at Rule level

Database table name :VR_RULE_LOGS

Primary Keys : ruleLogId (RULE_LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

ruleLogId

RULE_LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log id

16

modelLogId

MODEL_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of model log

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

ruleMapId

RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of ruleMap

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

Execution status for this model

3

totalTime

TOTAL_TIME

BIGINT

long

Time taken to execute this

10

score

SCORE

INT

int

Type of scoring

5

actionList

ACTION_LIST

TEXT

String

List of action.

256

alertIdList

ALERT_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert id list.

256

alertTemplateIdList

ALERT_TEMPL_ID_LIST

TEXT

String

List of alert template id list.

256

9.2.178 VDynamicAction

Description: This is the Dynamic Action

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACTION

Primary Keys : actionId (ACTION_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

actionId

ACTION_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this action

16

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

dynamicActionName

ACTION_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this action.

4000

-

dynamicActionNameRBKey

ACTION_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the action

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

actionType

ACTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the action.

-

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the object.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this action

4000

-

9.2.179 VDynamicActionHist

Description: This is the action object history

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACTION_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

actionId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this action

16

dynamicActionName

ACTION_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this action.

4000

dynamicActionNameRBKey

ACTION_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name

4000

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the action

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

actionType

ACTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the action.

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the object.

2

javaClass

JAVA_CLASS

TEXT

String

Java class path

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note against this action

4000

9.2.180 VDynamicActionParam

Description: This contains the parameter definition for the given action

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACT_PAR

Primary Keys : paramId (PARAM_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

paramId

PARAM_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the parameter

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

actionId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action

16

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

-

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name of the parameter

4000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

-

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for label

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the parameter

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

-

valueSubType

VALUE_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Value sub type

128

-

validations

VALIDATIONS

TEXT

String

Constraints for the parameter

4000

-

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

-

9.2.181 VDynamicActionParamHist

Description: Shadow table for Action Param

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the parameter

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

actionId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

paramName

PARAM_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the parameter

4000

paramNameRBKey

PARAM_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for name of the parameter

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

promptLabel

PROMPT_LABEL

TEXT

String

Label to prompt

4000

promptLabelRBKey

PROMPT_LABEL_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Key in the resource bundle for label

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the parameter

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

valueSubType

VALUE_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Value sub type

128

validations

VALIDATIONS

TEXT

String

Constraints for the parameter

4000

defaultValue

DEFAULT_VALUE

TEXT

String

Default value

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

9.2.182 VDynamicActionInstance

Description: Instance of dynamic action. This is associated with a VValueList.

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACTION_INST

Primary Keys : instanceId (INSTANCE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

-

instanceId

INSTANCE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the instance

16

-

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

-

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

-

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

actionId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action

16

-

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

6

-

timeToLiveInMilliSeconds

TIME_TO_LIVE_MS

INT

int

How long this action is valid from the time it is schedule. Zero or negative number means for infinite time

-

-

execType

EXEC_TYPE

INT

int

Execution type for this action. E.g. Synchronous or Asynchronous

5

-

execPriority

EXEC_PRIORITY

INT

int

Priority of execution

5

-

actionToTrigger

ACTION_TO_TRIGGER

INT

Integer

This is the action required to trigger

5

-

finalActionToTrigger

FINAL_ACTION_TO_TRIGGER

INT

Integer

Final action required to trigger

5

-

minScoreToTrigger

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score required for triggering this dynamic action

-

-

maxScoreToTrigger

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score required for triggering this dynamic action

-

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Logging/Tracking level for this action instance

5

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

-

9.2.183 VDynamicActionInstanceHist

Description: Instance of dynamic action. This is associated with a VValueList.

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACTION_INST_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

instanceId

INSTANCE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the instance

16

mapName

MAP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for this instance.

4000

mapNameRBKey

MAP_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this instance

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

actionId

ACTION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the action

16

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

int

Type of scoring

6

timeToLiveInMilliSeconds

TIME_TO_LIVE_MS

INT

int

How long this action is valid from the time it is schedule. Zero or negative number means for infinite time

-

execType

EXEC_TYPE

INT

int

Execution type for this action. E.g. Synchronous or Asynchronous

5

execPriority

EXEC_PRIORITY

INT

int

Priority of execution

5

actionToTrigger

ACTION_TO_TRIGGER

INT

Integer

This is the action required to trigger

5

finalActionToTrigger

FINAL_ACTION_TO_TRIGGER

INT

Integer

Final action required to trigger

5

minScoreToTrigger

MIN_SCORE

INT

int

Minimum score required for triggering this dynamic action

-

maxScoreToTrigger

MAX_SCORE

INT

int

Maximum score required for triggering this dynamic action

-

logLevel

LOG_LEVEL

INT

int

Logging/Tracking level for this action instance

5

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this paramter

4000

9.2.184 VDynamicActionParamValue

Description: This contains the values for the parameter of the dynamic action instance

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL

Primary Keys : paramValueId (PARAM_VALUE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

paramValueId

PARAM_VALUE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param value

16

actionInstanceId

INSTANCE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the instance

16

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this oject.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of update.

-

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

intValue

INT_VALUE

INT

int

Integer value

-

longValue

LONG_VALUE

BIGINT

long

Long value

-

stringValue

STRING_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value

4000

booleanValue

BOOLEAN_VALUE

CHAR

boolean

Boolean value.

-

dateValue

DATE_VALUE

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

9.2.185 VDynamicActionParamValueHist

Description: History object dynamic action parama value

Database table name :VR_DYN_ACT_PAR_VAL_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

paramValueId

PARAM_VALUE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param value

16

actionInstanceId

INSTANCE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the instance

16

paramId

PARAM_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the param

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Value type

-

intValue

INT_VALUE

INT

int

Integer value

-

longValue

LONG_VALUE

BIGINT

long

Long value

-

stringValue

STRING_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value

4000

booleanValue

BOOLEAN_VALUE

CHAR

boolean

Boolean value.

-

dateValue

DATE_VALUE

DATETIME

Date

Date value.

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

9.2.186 VDynamicActionExecLog

Description: Log of dynamic action executions

Database table name :VT_DYN_ACT_EXEC_LOG

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was updated.

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request. This is used to co-relate the post authentication request.

256

actionInstanceId

INSTANCE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the instance

16

sessionActionMapId

SESS_ACT_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the session action map (VTSessionActionMap)

16

execStatus

EXEC_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the execution

5

startTime

START_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when the execution started

-

totalTime

TOTAL_TIME

BIGINT

long

Time taken to execute this

10

paramData

PARAM_DATA

TEXT

String

Parameter data

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this execution

4000

9.2.187 VAlertTemplate

Description: List containing alert values for rule instance

Database table name :VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES

Primary Keys : templateId (TEMPLATE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

templateId

TEMPLATE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert template

16

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

alertType

ALERT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of alert

-

alertLevel

ALERT_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of alert

-

alertMessage

ALERT_MESSAGE

TEXT

String

Alert message

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this list

4000

9.2.188 VAlertTemplateHist

Description: Shadow table for VAlertTemplate

Database table name :VCRYPT_ALERT_TEMPLATES_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

templateId

TEMPLATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert template

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

alertType

ALERT_TYPE

INT

int

Type of alert

-

alertLevel

ALERT_LEVEL

INT

int

Level of alert

-

alertMessage

ALERT_MESSAGE

TEXT

String

Alert message

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this list

4000

9.2.189 VValueList

Description: This contains the vector values

Database table name :VCRYPT_VALUE_LIST

Primary Keys : listId (LIST_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

listId

LIST_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of latest update.

-

listName

LIST_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the list

4000

listNameRBKey

LIST_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this list name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

cacheType

CACHE_TYPE

INT

int

Whether this list should be cached

4

listType

LIST_CLASS_CODE

INT

int

What is the type of this list

-

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the value

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this list

4000

9.2.190 VValueListHist

Description: Shadow table for VValueList

Database table name :VCRYPT_VALUE_LIST_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

listName

LIST_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the list

4000

listNameRBKey

LIST_NAME_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for this list name

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description of the map

4000

descriptionRBKey

DESC_RBKEY

TEXT

String

Resource bundle key for the description

4000

listType

LIST_CLASS_CODE

INT

int

What is the type of this list

-

cacheType

CACHE_TYPE

INT

int

Whether this list should be cached

4

valueType

VALUE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the value

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this list

4000

9.2.191 VStringValueElement

Description: String elements of the list

Database table name :VCRYPT_STRING_VALUE_ELEMENT

Primary Keys : elementId (ELEMENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

elementId

ELEMENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Element Id

16

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

value

ELEMENT_VALUE

TEXT

String

String value

4000

9.2.192 VLongValueElement

Description: Long elements of the list

Database table name :VCRYPT_LONG_VALUE_ELEMENT

Primary Keys : elementId (ELEMENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

elementId

ELEMENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Element Id

16

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

value

ELEMENT_VALUE

BIGINT

long

Long value

-

9.2.193 VIntValueElement

Description: Int elements of the list

Database table name :VCRYPT_INT_VALUE_ELEMENT

Primary Keys : elementId (ELEMENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

elementId

ELEMENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Element Id

16

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

value

ELEMENT_VALUE

INT

int

Int value

-

9.2.194 VDateValueElement

Description: Date elements of the list

Database table name :VCRYPT_DATE_VALUE_ELEMENT

Primary Keys : elementId (ELEMENT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

elementId

ELEMENT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Element Id

16

listId

LIST_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the list

16

value

ELEMENT_VALUE

DATETIME

Date

Date value

-

9.2.195 VRunStatus

Description: This has the run status for critical operations

Database table name :V_RUN_STATUS

Primary Keys : runStatusId (RUN_STATUS_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

runStatusId

RUN_STATUS_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the operation

16

runStatusType

RUN_STATUS_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the operation

4

runStatusSubType

RUN_STATUS_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Sub type of the operation

64

runStatusValue

RUN_STATUS_VALUE

VARCHAR

String

Run status value

64

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this user.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

9.2.196 VRunStatusHist

Description: This has the run status for critical operations. Shadow table.

Database table name :V_RUN_STATUS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

runStatusId

RUN_STATUS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the operation

16

runStatusType

RUN_STATUS_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the operation

4

runStatusSubType

RUN_STATUS_SUB_TYPE

VARCHAR

String

Sub type of the operation

64

runStatusValue

RUN_STATUS_VALUE

VARCHAR

String

Run status value

64

9.2.197 VCacheStatus

Description: Has the last update status of all the caches

Database table name :VCRYPT_CACHE_STATUS

Primary Keys : cacheId (CACHE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

cacheId

CACHE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the cache

16

cacheType

CACHE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the cache

-

objectValue

OBJECT_VALUE

VARCHAR

String

Value of the object

255

version

VERSION

INT

int

Version of the cache

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time.

-

9.2.198 VGlobalLookup

Description: Global lookup tables for constants

Database table name :V_G_LOOKUP

Primary Keys : lookupId (LOOKUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

lookupId

LOOKUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Lookup ID

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this object.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time.

-

-

lookupType

LOOKUP_TYPE

INT

int

Type of lookup. E.g. for profiles, etc

-

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the lookup

4000

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the lookup

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

9.2.199 VGlobalLookupHist

Description: Global lookup tables for constants. Shadow table

Database table name :V_G_LOOKUP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

lookupId

LOOKUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Lookup ID

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

lookupType

LOOKUP_TYPE

INT

int

Type of lookup. E.g. for profiles, etc

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the lookup

4000

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the lookup

2

9.2.200 VReportQuery

Description: Report Query

Database table name :V_REP_QUERY

Primary Keys : queryId (QUERY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

queryId

QUERY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

16

-

queryName

QUERY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the query

4000

-

description

QUERY_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

-

query

QUERY

TEXT

String

Query of the report

4000

-

accessType

ACCESS_TYPE

INT

int

Type of access.

2

ACCESS_PUBLIC, ACCESS_PRIVATE

adminLoginId

ADMIN_LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Id of the admin

30

-

9.2.201 VReportQueryHist

Description: Report Query shadow object

Database table name :V_REP_QUERY_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

queryId

QUERY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

16

queryName

QUERY_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the query

4000

description

QUERY_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

query

QUERY

TEXT

String

Query of the report

4000

accessType

ACCESS_TYPE

INT

int

Type of access.

2

adminLoginId

ADMIN_LOGIN_ID

VARCHAR

String

Id of the admin

30

9.2.202 VReportSchedule

Description: These are the reports which are scheduled

Database table name :V_REP_SCHED

Primary Keys : scheduleId (SCHED_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

scheduleId

SCHED_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the report

16

-

reportName

REPORT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the report

4000

-

description

REPORT_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

-

status

SCHEDULE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

fileType

FILETYPE

INT

int

File Type of the report

-

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

-

startDate

START_DATE

DATETIME

Date

Date to start this schedule.

-

-

executeTimeInSeconds

EXEC_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Time of the day to run this report.

-

-

endDate

END_DATE

DATETIME

Date

Date to end this schedule.

-

-

intervalType

INTERVAL_TYPE

INT

int

Type of interval.

2

INTERVAL_MIN, INTERVAL_HOUR, INTERVAL_DAY, INTERVAL_WEEK, INTERVAL_MONTH, INTERVAL_QUARTER, INTERVAL_YEAR, INTERVAL_NONE

intervalValue

FILE_TYPE

TEXT

String

Value for the interval

256

-

lastRunTime

LAST_RUN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last time the report of run.

-

-

queryId

QUERY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

16

-

actionType

ACTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of action.

2

ACTION_SAVE ACTION_SAVE_AND_SEND ACTION_SAVE_AND_NOTIFY

emailList

EMAIL_LIST

TEXT

String

Email list

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.203 VReportScheduleHist

Description: Shadow table for report schedule

Database table name :V_REP_SCHED_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

scheduleId

SCHED_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the schedule

16

reportName

REPORT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the report

4000

description

REPORT_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

status

SCHEDULE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

2

fileType

FILETYPE

INT

int

File Type of the report

-

startDate

START_DATE

DATETIME

Date

Date to start this schedule.

-

executeTimeInSeconds

EXEC_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Time of the day to run this report.

-

endDate

END_DATE

DATETIME

Date

Date to end this schedule.

-

intervalType

INTERVAL_TYPE

INT

int

Type of interval.

2

intervalValue

FILE_TYPE

TEXT

String

Value for the interval

256

lastRunTime

LAST_RUN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last time the report of run.

-

queryId

QUERY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

16

actionType

ACTION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of action.

2

emailList

EMAIL_LIST

TEXT

String

Email list

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.204 VReportSaved

Description: This is the saved report.

Database table name :V_REP_SAVED

Primary Keys : savedId (REPORT_SAVED_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

savedId

REPORT_SAVED_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id of the saved report

16

-

scheduleId

SCHED_ID

BIGINT

Long

If this was a scheduled report, then the id of the schedule

16

-

reportName

REPORT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the report

4000

-

description

REPORT_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

-

filePath

FILE_PATH

TEXT

String

Path for the file

1024

-

fileType

FILETYPE

INT

int

File Type of the report

-

-

status

REPORT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

2

STATUS_SUCCESS, STATUS_ERROR, STATUS_FILE_NOT_FOUND, STATUS_DELETED

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

-

processTime

PROCESS_TIME

INT

int

Time taken to process this report.

10

-

queryId

QUERY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

-

-

query

QUERY

TEXT

String

Query of the report

4000

-

emailList

EMAIL_LIST

TEXT

String

Email list

4000

-

errorMessage

ERROR_MSG

TEXT

String

Error message if failed

4000

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

-

9.2.205 VReportSavedHist

Description: This is the saved report shadow table.

Database table name :V_REP_SAVED_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

savedId

REPORT_SAVED_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the saved report

16

scheduleId

SCHED_ID

BIGINT

Long

If this was a scheduled report, then the id of the schedule

16

reportName

REPORT_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the report

4000

description

REPORT_DESC

TEXT

String

Description of the report

4000

filePath

FILE_PATH

TEXT

String

Path for the file

1024

fileType

FILETYPE

INT

int

File Type of the report

-

status

REPORT_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

2

processTime

PROCESS_TIME

INT

int

Time taken to process this report.

10

queryId

QUERY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the query

-

query

QUERY

TEXT

String

Query of the report

4000

emailList

EMAIL_LIST

TEXT

String

Email list

4000

errorMessage

ERROR_MSG

TEXT

String

Error message if failed

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.206 VJavaBinaryClass

Description: This contains the binary class code

Database table name :VR_JAVA_BIN

Primary Keys : javaClassId (JAVA_CLASS_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

Enum values

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time creation of this oject.

-

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Time of update.

-

-

javaClassId

JAVA_CLASS_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the object

16

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

-

referenceObjectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the object it belongs to

-

-

referenceObjectClassName

OBJECT_CLASS_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Class name for the reference objectId

-

-

checkSum

CHECK_SUM

INT

int

Check sum for the class

-

-

javaClassName

JAVA_CLASS_NAME

TEXT

String

Java class name

4000

-

javaClassBinary

JAVA_CLASS_BIN

TEXT

String

This is the class code in binary format

-

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

STATUS_ACTIVE, STATUS_DISABLED, STATUS_DELETED

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

-

9.2.207 VJavaBinaryClassHist

Description: History object dynamic action java class

Database table name :VR_JAVA_BIN_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

javaClassId

JAVA_CLASS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the object

16

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

referenceObjectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id to the object it belongs to

-

referenceObjectClassName

OBJECT_CLASS_NAME

VARCHAR

String

Class name for the reference objectId

-

checkSum

CHECK_SUM

INT

int

Check sum for the class

-

javaClassName

JAVA_CLASS_NAME

TEXT

String

Java class name

4000

javaClassBinary

JAVA_CLASS_BIN

TEXT

String

This is the class code in binary format

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

Status of the parameter.

2

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes for this param values

4000

9.2.208 VAlert

Description: This is the Alert object

Database table name :VCRYPT_ALERT

Primary Keys : alertId (ALERT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

alertId

ALERT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this alert

16

templateId

TEMPLATE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the alert template

16

sessActionMapId

SESS_ACTION_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the session action map

16

alertLevel

ALERT_LEVEL

INT

int

Alert level

-

alertType

ALERT_TYPE

INT

int

Alert type

-

alertStatus

ALERT_STATUS

INT

int

Alert status

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Create time for this alert.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

week

CREATE_WEEK

INT

int

Week the alert was created

-

month

CREATE_MONTH

INT

int

Week the alert was created

-

quarter

CREATE_QUARTER

INT

int

Week the alert was created

-

year

CREATE_YEAR

INT

int

Year the alert was created

-

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request. This is used to co-relate the post authentication request.

256

transactionLogId

TRX_LOG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the transaction for whic this alert was created.

16

sourceType

SOURCE_TYPE

INT

int

The type could be from rule or other source like model

4

sourceId

PROFILE_RULE_MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the source. It could be ruleMapId or any other id

16

runtimeType

RUNTIME_TYPE

INT

Integer

Type of runtime(if available)

6

nodeId

NODE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Node Id

-

userId

USER_ID

TEXT

String

User Id of the user if available.

256

loginId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Login Id of the user if available.

256

remoteIPAddr

REMOTE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

The IP address from where the client connected

15

baseIPAddr

BASE_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

This is the base IP address for quick search

15

inputList

INPUT_LIST

TEXT

String

Input value list.

4000

probableCause

PROBABLE_CAUSE

VARCHAR

String

Cause of this alert.

128

category

ALERT_SOURCE

VARCHAR

String

Alert category

64

alertMessage

ALERT_MESSAGE

TEXT

String

Alert message

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.209 VCSRCase

Description: CSR Case

Database table name :V_CASE

Primary Keys : caseId (CASE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

caseId

CASE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this case

16

extUserId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

External User Id of the user if available.

256

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the session.

256

lastActionType

LOG_ACCESS_TYPE

INT

int

The last reportable action type for this case

3

caseStatus

CASE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the case

3

disposition

DISPOSITION

INT

int

Disposition of the case

6

caseType

CASE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the case

6

createType

CREATE_TYPE

INT

int

How the case got created

6

severityLevel

SEVERITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Severity level for the case

-

ownerGroupId

ADMIN_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the owner group

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

externalCaseId

EXT_CASE_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the external caseId

256

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this case expires

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.210 VCSRCaseHist

Description: CSR Case shadow table

Database table name :V_CASE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

caseId

CASE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this case

16

extUserId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

External User Id of the user if available.

256

requestId

REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the session.

256

lastActionType

LOG_ACCESS_TYPE

INT

int

The last reportable action type for this case

3

caseStatus

CASE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the case

3

caseType

CASE_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the case

6

createType

CREATE_TYPE

INT

int

How the case got created

6

disposition

DISPOSITION

INT

int

Disposition of the case

6

severityLevel

SEVERITY_LEVEL

INT

int

Severity level for the case

3

ownerGroupId

ADMIN_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the owner group

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

externalCaseId

EXT_CASE_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the external caseId

256

expirationTime

EXPIRE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this case expires

-

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.211 VCaseActionLogSessionMap

Description: Mapping between action log and session

Database table name :V_ACTION_LOG_SESS_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

sessionId

SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session

16

caseId

CASE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session

16

9.2.212 VCaseMap

Description: Mapping between case and other entities

Database table name :V_CASE_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time of this transaction.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Last update time for this object.

-

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

caseId

CASE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the case

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the object.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the relationship

6

mapStatus

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the case map

5

adminSessionId

ADM_SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the admin session

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.213 VCaseMapHist

Description: Shadow table for VCaseMap

Database table name :V_CASE_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

caseId

CASE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the case

16

objectId

OBJECT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the object.

16

entityDefId

ENTITY_DEF_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the entity type

16

relationType

RELATION_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the relationship

6

mapStatus

MAP_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the case map

5

adminSessionId

ADM_SESSION_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the admin session

16

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.214 VAdminUser

Description: Admin User

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USER

Primary Keys : adminUserId (USER_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

adminUserId

USER_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user

16

extUserId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

External User Id of the user if available.

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

9.2.215 VAdminUserHist

Description: Admin User shadow table

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USER_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

adminUserId

USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user

16

extUserId

USER_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

External User Id of the user if available.

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.216 VAdminUserGroup

Description: Admin User Group

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USERGROUP

Primary Keys : adminUserGroupId (USER_GROUP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

adminUserGroupId

USER_GROUP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user group

16

extGroupId

EXT_USER_GROUP_ID

TEXT

String

External Grup Id of the user if available.

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

9.2.217 VAdminUserGroupHist

Description: Admin User Group shadow table

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USER_GROUP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

adminUserGroupId

USER_GROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user group

16

extGroupId

EXT_USER_GROUP_ID

TEXT

String

External Grup Id of the user if available.

256

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.218 VAdminUserGroupMap

Description: Admin User Group Map

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

adminUserGroupId

ADMIN_USERGROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Group Id

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

9.2.219 VAdminUserGroupMapHist

Description: Admin User Group Map shadow table

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USERGROUP_MAP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

mapId

MAP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for map

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

adminUserGroupId

ADMIN_USERGROUP_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Group Id

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.220 VAdminUserProfile

Description: Admin User Profile

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USERPROFILE

Primary Keys : adminUserProfileId (USER_PROFILE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

adminUserProfileId

USER_PROFILE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user profile

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

name

ATTR_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time when this object was created.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date/Time of the last update.

-

9.2.221 VAdminUserProfileHist

Description: Admin User Profile shadow table

Database table name :V_ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

adminUserProfileId

USER_PROFILE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for admin user profile

16

adminUserId

ADMIN_USER_ID

BIGINT

Long

Admin User Id

16

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the admin user.

5

name

ATTR_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

ATTR_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Note for this alert

4000

9.2.222 VRAConfig

Description: RA Config

Database table name :VRA_CONFIG

Primary Keys : configId (CONFIG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

configId

CONFIG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the config

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

configType

CONFIG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this config.

5

configStatus

CONFIG_STATUS

INT

int

The status of the config.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.223 VRAConfigHist

Description: RA Config shadow

Database table name :VRA_CONFIG_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the config

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

configType

CONFIG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this config.

5

configStatus

CONFIG_STATUS

INT

int

The status of the config.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.224 VRAConfigProperty

Description: RA Config Property

Database table name :VRA_CONFIG_PROP

Primary Keys : propertyId (PROPERTY_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

propertyId

PROPERTY_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the property

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

name

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

PROP_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

propType

PROP_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this property.

5

isEncrypted

IS_SECURE

CHAR

boolean

Is this property encrypted

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the property.

5

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.225 VRAConfigPropertyHist

Description: RA Config Property shadow

Database table name :VRA_CONFIG_PROP_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

propertyId

PROPERTY_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the property

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

globalId

GLOBAL_ID

VARCHAR

String

Unique identifier which is used in import and export feature.

255

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

name

PROP_NAME

TEXT

String

Name of the attribute

4000

value

PROP_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the attribute

4000

propType

PROP_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this property.

5

isEncrypted

IS_SECURE

CHAR

boolean

Is this property encrypted

-

status

STATUS

INT

int

The status of the property.

5

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.226 VRARunLogs

Description: RA Run Logs

Database table name :VRA_RUN_LOGS

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the run log

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

serverId

SERVER_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the server

512

raRunSessionId

RUN_SESS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the run session id

16

name

LOG_NAME

TEXT

String

Name for the log

4000

value

LOG_VALUE

TEXT

String

Value of the log

4000

logType

LOG_TYPE

INT

int

The type of the log.

5

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.227 VRASessionSet

Description: RA Session Set

Database table name :VRA_SESS_SET

Primary Keys : setId (SET_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

setId

SET_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session set

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

setType

SET_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this set.

5

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

dbQuery

DB_QUERY

TEXT

String

DBQuery for this session set

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.228 VRASessionSetHist

Description: RA Session Set

Database table name :VRA_SESS_SET_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

setId

SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this session set

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

setType

SET_TYPE

INT

int

The type of this set.

5

name

NAME

TEXT

String

Name

4000

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

dbQuery

DB_QUERY

TEXT

String

DBQuery for this session set

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.229 VRARunSession

Description: RA Run Session

Database table name :VRA_RUN_SESS

Primary Keys : runSessionId (RUN_SESS_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

runSessionId

RUN_SESS_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for this run

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

scheduledTime

SCHEDULED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this to run.

-

runType

RUN_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the run. e.g. Load or Playback

5

runStatus

RUN_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the run

5

raSessionSetId

RA_SESS_SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the RA session set

16

policySetPkgId

POLICY_SET_PKG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the policy set package

16

raScheduleId

RA_SCHED_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the RA schedule

16

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

lastProcessedTime

LAST_PROCESSED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last processed time stamp

-

lastRequestId

LAST_REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request id that was processed

256

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.230 VRARunSessionHist

Description: RA Session Set

Database table name :VRA_RUN_SESS_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

runSessionId

RUN_SESS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for this run

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

name

LABEL

TEXT

String

Name

4000

scheduledTime

SCHEDULED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this to run.

-

runType

RUN_TYPE

INT

int

Type of the run. e.g. Load or Playback

5

runStatus

RUN_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the run

5

raSessionSetId

RA_SESS_SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the RA session set

16

policySetPkgId

POLICY_SET_PKG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the policy set package

16

raScheduleId

RA_SCHED_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the RA schedule

16

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

lastProcessedTime

LAST_PROCESSED_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last processed time stamp

-

lastRequestId

LAST_REQUEST_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the request id that was processed

256

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.231 VRAReports

Description: RA reports

Database table name :VRA_REPORTS

Primary Keys : reportId (REPORT_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

reportId

REPORT_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the report

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

savedReportId

SAVED_REPORT_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the saved report

16

raRunSessionId

RUN_SESS_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the run session

16

9.2.232 VRASchedule

Description: RA schedule

Database table name :VRA_SCHEDULE

Primary Keys : scheduleId (SCHEDULE_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

scheduleId

SCHEDULE_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the schedule

16

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

raSessionSetId

RA_SESS_SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the RA session set

16

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

policySetPkgId

POLICY_SET_PKG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the policy set package

16

status

SCHEDULE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

5

executeTimeInSeconds

EXEC_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Time of the day to run this job.

-

suspendTimeInSeconds

SUSPEND_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Suspend or how long the schedule job should run

-

intervalType

INTERVAL_TYPE

INT

int

Type of interval.

5

intervalValue

FILE_TYPE

TEXT

String

Value for the interval

256

lastRunTime

LAST_RUN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last time the report of run.

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.233 VRAScheduleHist

Description: RA schedule shadow

Database table name :VRA_SCHEDULE_HIST

Primary Keys : logId (LOG_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

logId

LOG_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Log Id

16

fromTime

FROM_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active from time.

-

toTime

TO_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Active to time.

-

accessLoginId

ACCESS_LOGIN_ID

TEXT

String

Id of the administrator.

256

accessIPAddress

ACCESS_IP_ADDR

BIGINT

String

IP address from where the request came from

15

scheduleId

SCHEDULE_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id for the schedule

16

beginTime

BEGIN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for session begin time.

-

endTime

END_TIME

DATETIME

Date

End time.

-

raSessionSetId

RA_SESS_SET_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the RA session set

16

configId

CONFIG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Id of the config

16

policySetPkgId

POLICY_SET_PKG_ID

BIGINT

Long

Reference to the policy set package

16

status

SCHEDULE_STATUS

INT

int

Status of the schedule.

5

executeTimeInSeconds

EXEC_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Time of the day to run this report.

-

suspendTimeInSeconds

SUSPEND_TIME_SECS

INT

int

Suspend or how long the schedule job should run

-

intervalType

INTERVAL_TYPE

INT

int

Type of interval.

5

intervalValue

FILE_TYPE

TEXT

String

Value for the interval

256

lastRunTime

LAST_RUN_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Last time the report of run.

-

description

DESCRIPTION

TEXT

String

Description

4000

notes

NOTES

TEXT

String

Notes

4000

9.2.234 VRADeviceMap

Description: RA Device Map

Database table name :VRA_DEVICE_MAP

Primary Keys : mapId (MAP_ID)

Name

DB name

DB type

Java type

Description

Length

mapId

MAP_ID (PK)

BIGINT

Long

Id for the map

16

versionNumber

VERSION_NUM

INT

int

Version Number

-

createTime

CREATE_TIME

DATETIME

Date

Date/Time for this log.

-

updateTime

UPDATE_TIME

TIMESTAMP

Date

Date value.

-

extNodeId

EXT_NODE_ID

TEXT

String

External node id

256

secureCookie

SECURE_COOKIE

TEXT

String

Secure cookie

256

digitalCookie

DIGITAL_COOKIE

TEXT

String

Digital cookie

256

expectedSecureCookie

OLD_SECURE_COOKIE

TEXT

String

Expected Secure cookie

256

expectedDigitalCookie

OLD_DIGITAL_COOKIE

TEXT

String

Expected Digital cookie

256

Part III

Appendixes

This part contains the following appendix:

- Appendix A, "LDIF File Format"

A LDIF File Format

This appendix provides some general information about creating LDAP Data Interchange Files (LDIF) that can be used by the Oracle Internet Directory command-line tools. LDIF files are specially formatted text files that can be used to exchange data between LDAP directory servers, such as Oracle Internet Directory.

This appendix contains the following topics:

- General LDIF Formatting Rules

- LDIF Format for Entries

- LDIF Format for Adding Schema Elements

A.1 General LDIF Formatting Rules

LDIF formats are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) in RFC 2849. Visit the IETF Web site at http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2849.txt for more information about LDIF formatting rules. This section explains some general rules for formatting LDIF files.

A.1.1 Line Types and White Space

Each line in an LDIF file must be correctly formatted in order to be read by the Oracle Internet Directory command-line tools. White space and line breaks must be used carefully.

Each line in an LDIF file is terminated with a line feed, which is <LF> on UNIX or <CR><LF> on Windows. In LDIF you can have the following types of lines:

- Directive Line - Any line that does not begin with either a SPACE or # (hash). A directive line specifies either some type of data in an entry or an operation to perform.

- Continuation Line - A line that begins with a SPACE denotes that the characters following the space are part of the previous line.

- Blank Line - Blank lines are used to separate entries and are typically created with the ENTER key.

- Comment Line - A comment line begins with a # (hash). Comments are ignored by the Oracle Internet Directory command-line tools.

- Separator Line - A line that starts with a - (dash) character is used to end an operation. It denotes that the next line begins a new operation directive.

Unnecessary space characters in the LDIF input file, such as a space at the end of an attribute value, will cause the LDAP operations to fail.

A.1.2 Sequencing of Entries

The sequence of entries in your LDIF file must follow the Directory Information Tree (DIT) from the top down. Parent entries should be listed before their children entries. Any attributes or object classes used in an entry must exist in the schema or be added to the schema before they can be used. Separate entries with a blank line.

A.1.3 Binary Files

Reference binary files, such as photographs, with the absolute address of the file proceeded by a / (forward slash).

A.1.4 Non-Printing Characters in Attribute Values

Non-printing characters and tabs are represented in attribute values as base-64 encoding.

A.2 LDIF Format for Entries

The standard format for directory entries is as follows:

dn: distinguished_name
changetype: add|delete|modify|modrdn|moddn
attribute_type: attribute_value
...
objectClass: object_class_value
...

The dn Directive

The dn directive defines the distinguished name (DN) of an entry. It is assumed that all lines below a dn directive belong to that entry until you add a space in the LDIF file to denote a separate entry. The following example shows a dn directive line:

dn: cn=Mary Jones,ou=Sales,dc=company,dc=com

The changetype Directive

The changetype directive defines the operation you want to perform on the entry. The operations that you specify with the changetype directive are:

- add - See "LDIF Format for Adding Entries" for syntax and examples.

- delete - See "LDIF Format for Deleting Entries" for syntax and examples.

- modify - "LDIF Format for Modifying Entries" for syntax and examples.

- modrdn - See "LDIF Format for Modifying the RDN of an Entry" for syntax and examples.

- moddn - See "LDIF Format for Modifying the DN of an Entry" for syntax and examples.

If changetype directive is omitted, then an add operation is assumed if using bulkload, ldapadd or ldapaddmt. A delete operation is assumed if using bulkdelete or ldapdelete. All other operations must specify a changetype: directive.

The attribute_type Directive

The attribute_type directive is used to specify an attribute type name and value pair. The entry will have an attribute_type directive for each attribute in the entry. For example, here is an attribute_type directive for the attribute type named cn where the value is Mary Smith.

cn: Mary Smith

The objectClass Directive

The objectClass directive is used to specify the object class that is associated with the entry. If an entry uses multiple object classes, then it will have an objectClass directive for each object class used. For example, here are the object classes used to define a user entry.

objectClass: orclUserV2
objectClass: organizationalPerson
objectClass: person
objectClass: top

Note that if an object class has required attributes, you must supply a value for those attributes using attribute_type directives.

A.2.1 LDIF Format for Adding Entries

The following example shows a file entry for an employee. The first line contains the DN. The second line contains the changetype: add directive. The lines that follow begin with the name for an attribute type, followed by the value to be associated with that attribute. Note that the photo attribute value begins with a forward slash (\) to denote that it is a binary file reference. Use an empty line at the end of the entry as a separator.

dn: cn=Suzie Smith,ou=Server Technology,o=Acme, c=US
changetype: add
cn: Suzie Smith
cn: Suzie
sn: Smith
mail: ssmith@us.Acme.com
telephoneNumber: 69332
photo: \$ORACLE_INSTANCE/empdir/photog/ssmith.jpg
objectClass: organizationalPerson
objectClass: person
objectClass: top

A.2.2 LDIF Format for Deleting Entries

When deleting an entry by using ldapmodify or ldapmodifymt, the LDIF file entry only needs the DN of the entry to be deleted and the changetype: delete directive. Use an empty line at the end of the entry as a separator.

dn: cn=Suzie Smith,ou=Server Technology,o=Acme, c=US
changetype: delete

The ldapdelete command only needs a list of DNs. It does not require a changetype operator.

A.2.3 LDIF Format for Modifying Entries

When modifying an entry, you must supply the DN of the entry followed by the changetype: modify directive. Next you must specify the attributes you want to modify using one of the following directives:

- add: attribute_type - Specifies the name of an attribute type for which you want to add a value. The next line should then contain the attribute_type: value directive for the value you want to add. For example:

add: work-phone
work-phone: 510/506-7000

- delete: attribute_type - Specifies the name of an attribute type for which you want to delete the value. If the attribute is multi-valued, then you should also supply the attribute_type: value directive for the specific value you want to delete, otherwise all values for the attribute are deleted. For example:

delete: home-fax

- replace: attribute_type - Specifies the name of an attribute type for which you want to replace the existing value with a new value. The next line should then contain the attribute_type: value directive for the value you want to replace. For example:

replace: home-phone
home-phone: 415/697-8899

If the attribute is multi-valued then all the current values are replaced with one or more attributes following this directive. If only a single value of a multi-valued attribute needs to be replaced use delete then add.

If you are making several modifications to an entry, then, between each modification you enter, add a line that contains a hyphen (-) only. For example:

dn: cn=Barbara Fritchy,ou=Sales,o=Oracle,c=US
changetype: modify
add: work-phone
work-phone: 650/506-7000
work-phone: 650/506-7001
-
delete: home-fax
-
replace: home-phone
home-phone: 415/697-8899

A.2.4 LDIF Format for Modifying the RDN of an Entry

To modify the relative distinguished name (RDN) for an entry, you must supply the DN of the entry followed by the changetype: modrdn directive. Next you must specify the new RDN with a newrdn: directive, and you can optionally delete or keep the old entry by supplying a deleteoldrdn: directive. For example:

dn: cn=Sally Smith,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com
changetype: modrdn
newrdn: dn=Sally Smith-Jones
# deletes old RDN entry
deleteoldrdn: 1

A.2.5 LDIF Format for Modifying the DN of an Entry

To modify the DN for an entry (move the entry to a new node in the DIT), you must supply the DN of the entry followed by the changetype: moddn directive. You must also specify the new parent DN with a newsuperior: directive, and you can optionally delete or keep the old entry by supplying a deleteoldrdn: directive. For example:

dn: cn=Sally Smith,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com
changetype: moddn
# keeps old RDN entry
deleteoldrdn: 0
newsuperior: ou=expeople,dc=example,dc=com

A.3 LDIF Format for Adding Schema Elements

Attribute types and object classes must be added to the Oracle Internet Directory schema before they can be used in entries.

Example: Adding an Attribute to the Schema

This example adds a new attribute to the schema called myAttr. The LDIF file for this operation is:

dn: cn=subschemasubentry
changetype: modify
add: attributetypes
attributetypes: ( 1.2.3.4.5.6.7 NAME 'myAttr' DESC 'New attribute definition'
EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch SYNTAX '1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15' )

On the first line, enter the DN specifying where this new attribute is to be located. All attributes and object classes are stored in cn=subschemasubentry.

The second and third lines show the proper format for adding a new attribute.

The last line is the attribute definition itself. The first part of this is the object identifier number: 1.2.3.4.5.6.7. It must be unique among all other object classes and attributes. Next is the NAME of the attribute. In this case the attribute NAME is myAttr. It must be surrounded by single quotes. Next is a description of the attribute. Enter whatever description you want between single quotes. At the end of this attribute definition in this example are optional formatting rules to the attribute. In this case we are adding a matching rule of EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch and a SYNTAX of 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 (which is the object ID for the syntax of "Directory String").

When you define schema within an LDIF file, insert a white space between the opening parenthesis and the beginning of the text, and between the end of the text and the ending parenthesis.

Example: Adding an Object Class to the Schema

Before you add the object class, all of the attribute types that the object class uses must be in the schema. If there are new attribute types, then define those first in your LDIF file before defining your object class.

The following example adds a new object class named myObjectClass to the schema.

dn: cn=subschemasubentry
changetype: modify
add: objectClasses
objectClasses: ( 1.2.3.4.56789.1.0.200 NAME 'myObjectClass'
SUP ( top ) STRUCTURAL
MUST ( cn )
MAY ( myAttr1 $  myAttr2 $ myAttr3 ) )

On the first line, enter the DN specifying where this new object class is to be located. All attributes and object classes are stored in cn=subschemasubentry.

The second and third lines show the proper format for adding a new object class.

The last line is the object class definition itself. The first part of this is the object identifier number: 1.2.3.4.56789.1.0.200. It must be unique among all other object classes and attributes. Next is the NAME of the object class. In this case the object class name is myObjectClass. It must be surrounded by single quotes. Next is the superior (SUP) object classes, which in this case is top. STRUCTURAL denotes the type of object class. MUST and MAY denote the required and allowed attributes. Separate attribute names with a dollar sign ($).

When you define schema within an LDIF file, insert a white space between the opening parenthesis and the beginning of the text, and between the end of the text and the ending parenthesis. If using line breaks for formatting long lines, make sure to add a space at the beginning of a line to denote that it is a continuation of the previous line.

Example: Adding A New Object Class to an Entry

Before you can use a new object class and the attributes it contains, you must update the entry to use the new object class. The following example shows how to add a new object class to an entry. Note that you must define a value for all of the required attributes of the object class.

# Add a new AUXILIARY object class to an existing entry
dn: cn=Robert Smith,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com
changetype: modify
# the object class used for binding
objectclass: inetorgperson
# objectclass being added
objectclass: myObjectClass
# MUST attributes of new object class
myAttr1: some value
myAttr2: my value
myAttr3: a value

A.4 LDIF Format for Migrating Entries

This section describes how to properly format an LDIF file for use with the Oracle Internet Directory Migration Tool. The migration tool enables you to take LDIF entries output from other directories or applications and covert the data to use the attributes and values found in Oracle Internet Directory entries. You do this by inserting substitution variables for the data elements you want to convert.

See "ldifmigrator" for more information about the Oracle Internet Directory Migration Tool.

A.4.1 Substitution Variables for Migration Input Files

Substitution variables are denoted in the LDIF file by the following syntax:

%s_variableName%

For example, let's say you have the following LDIF formatted entry that was exported from another application. The subtree where user entries are stored, the user nickname attribute, and the name of the user's organization are different in Oracle Internet Directory than in the original application. For those elements you want to convert, you would add substitution variables to the file as placeholders.

Example:

dn: cn=jdoe, %s_UserContainerDN%
sn: Doe
%s_UserNicknameAttribute%: jdoe
objectClass: inetOrgPerson
objectClass: orclUserV2
title: Member of Technical Staff
homePhone: 415-584-5670
homePostalAddress: 234 Lez Drive$ Redwood City$ CA$ 94402
ou: %s_UserOrganization%

When you run the Oracle Internet Directory Migration Tool against this file, it will find the variables and either replace then with the values you define on the command-line or look up the correct values in Oracle Internet Directory.

A.4.1.1 Predefined Substitution Variables

The Oracle Internet Directory Migration Tool recognizes several predefined substitution variables. If running the tool in lookup mode, the values for these variables can be looked up in Oracle Internet Directory. You can use these predefined variables or define variables of your own using the %s_variableName% syntax.

Table A-1 Predefined Substitution Variables

Variable Name

Meaning

How OID Migration Tool Determines the Value for This Variable

%s_UserContainerDN%

Distinguished name of the entry under which all users are supposed to be added.

This is assigned the value of the attribute: orclCommonUserSearchBase from the entry cn=Common,cn=Products under the realm- specific Oracle context.

%s_GroupContainerDN%

Distinguished name of the entry under which all public groups are supposed to be added.

This is assigned the value of the attribute: orclCommonGroupSearchBase from the entry cn=Common,cn=Products under the realm- specific Oracle context.

%s_UserNicknameAttribute%

The nickname attribute to be used for user entries in the identity management realm.

This is assigned the value of the attribute: orclCommonNicknameAttribute from the entry cn=Common,cn=Products under the realm- specific Oracle context.

%s_SubscriberDN%

Distinguished name of the LDAP entry corresponding to the identity management realm.

If a simple subscriber name is given, the migration tool will resolve it to a DN using the attribute orclSubscriberSearchBase and the orclSubscriberNickNameAttr from the entry cn=Common,cn=Products under the root Oracle context.

%s_SubscriberOracleContextDN%

Distinguished name of the realm-specific Oracle Context.

First the realm DN is computed as described earlier and then the string cn=OracleContext is pre-pended to it.

%s_RootOracleContextDN%

Distinguished name of the Root Oracle Context.

This is currently hard-coded to cn=OracleContext.

%s_CurrentUserDN%

Distinguished name of the User who is loading the LDIF file. This is sometimes required to bootstrap the creation of groups which require at least one member in them.

The migration tool expects this DN to be specified on the command line as part of the authentication information.

A.4.2 Reconcile Options for Migrated Entries

When migrating entries into Oracle Internet Directory from another application, it is possible that there may be conflicts. For example, a user entry may already be defined in Oracle Internet Directory, or have conflicting values with the migrated data. In this case, the reconcile option will control what LDIF changetype directives are performed. There are three modes for reconciliation of migrated data:

- SAFE - This mode only adds new entries that don't exist or appends new attributes to existing entries. If any other directive besides the following are specified in the LDIF file, they will not be applied.

changetype:add

changetype:modify
add: attribute_name (adds attribute only if it doesn't exist)

- SAFE-EXTENDED - This mode only adds new entries that don't exist or appends new attributes to existing entries. If you try to add a new value for existing attributes, then it will add it to the existing set of values. If any other directive besides the following are specified in the LDIF file, they will not be applied.

changetype:add

changetype:modify
add: attribute_name (appends values if attribute exists)

- NORMAL - This mode applies all directives as intended. The following directives are supported:

changetype:add

changetype:delete

changetype:modify      add: attribute_name
replace: attribute_name
delete: attribute_name

Index

A  B  C  D  E  G  I  L  M  N  O  P  R  S  T  U  V  W

Numerics

88 object class, 6.1.1

A

abstract object classes, 6.1.1

access control, by super user, 2.1.3.5

accessDirectiveMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

Active Directory

schema elements for, 6.2.6.8

add operation, previewing, 3.5.3.3

addnode operation, in remtool, 4.3.5

aliases, 6.1.2

applications, schema elements for, 6.2.9

arguments

bulkdelete, 3.1.2

bulkload, 3.2.2

bulkmodify, 3.3.2

catalog, 3.4.2

ldapadd, 3.5.2

ldapaddmt, 3.6.2

ldapbind, 3.7.2

ldapcompare, 3.8.2

ldapdelete, 3.9.2

ldapmoddn, 3.10.2

ldapmodify, 3.11.2

ldapmodifymt, 3.12.2

ldapsearch, 3.13.2

ldifmigrator, 3.14.2

Managehiq.retry, 4.1.1

oidcmprec, 4.2.2

oidctl, 2.2.2

oiddiag, 2.3.2

oidmon, 2.4.2

oidpasswd, 2.1.2

oidprovtool, 5.6.2

oidstats.sql, 2.6.2

opmnctl, 2.5.2

remtool, 4.3.3

remtool -asrrectify, 4.3.7.2

remtool -asrsetup, 4.3.8.2

remtool -asrverify, 4.3.9.2

remtool -backupmetadata, 4.3.10.2

remtool -chgpwd, 4.3.11.2

remtool -delnode, 4.3.12.2

remtool -dispasrerr, 4.3.13.2

remtool -dispqstatremtool -dispqstat, 4.3.14.2

remtool -paddnode, 4.3.15.2

remtool -pchgpwd, 4.3.18.2

remtool -pchgwalpwd, 4.3.19.2

remtool -pcleanup, 4.3.20.2

remtool -pdelnode, 4.3.21.2

remtool -pilotreplica, 4.3.23.2

remtool -presetpwd, 4.3.24.2

remtool -resumeasr, 4.3.27.2

remtool -suspendasr, 4.3.28.2

schemasync, 5.8.2

upgradecert.pl, 3.16.2

asrcleanup operation, in remtool, 4.3.6

asrrectify operation, in remtool, 4.3.7

asrsetup operation, in remtool, 4.3.8

asrverify operation, in remtool, 4.3.9

Attribute Aliases, 6.1.2

attribute values for an entry, comparing, 3.8.3.1

attributes

description, 6.1.2

in Oracle Identity Management, alphabetical listing, 8.2

LDAP standard, used by Oracle Internet Directory, 8.1

name limitations, 6.1.2

not user modifiable, 6.1.2

single-valued and multivalued, 6.1.2

syntax, 6.1.2

syntax commonly used, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

usage, 6.1.2

values,sizing, 6.1.2

audit and error logging, schema elements for, 6.2.3

authentication credentials, validating, 3.7.3.1

auxiliary object classes, 6.1.1

B

backupmetadata operation, in remtool, 4.3.10

bitStringMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

bulk mode loading, with bulkload, 3.2

bulkdelete

arguments, 3.1.2

introduction, 3.1

related command-line tools, 3.1.4

syntax, 3.1.1

tasks and examples, 3.1.3

bulkload

arguments, 3.2.2

before using, 3.2

bulk mode loading, 3.2

bulk mode loading for single node, 3.2.3.1

check phase, 3.2

directory data recovery, 3.2

generate phase, 3.2

incremental mode loading, 3.2

index creation phase, 3.2

introduction, 3.2

load phase, 3.2

loading data for multiple nodes in a replicated environment, 3.2.3.2

loading data in incremental mode, 3.2.3.3

operations, overview, 3.2

recovering data after a load error, 3.2.3.6

recreating indexes, 3.2.3.5

related command-line tools, 3.2.4

syntax, 3.2.1

tasks and examples, 3.2.3

verifying indexes, 3.2.3.4

bulkmodify

arguments, 3.3.2

introduction, 3.3

LDIF file-based modification, 3.3

related command-line tools, 3.3.5

syntax, 3.3.1

tasks and examples, 3.3.3

updating an attribute for multiple entries, 3.3.3.1

C

caseExactIA5Match matching rule, 6.1.2

caseExactMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreIA5Match matching rule, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreListMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreOrderingMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

catalog

adding multiple attributes to index, 3.4.3.2

adding single attribute to index, 3.4.3.1

arguments, 3.4.2

introduction, 3.4

removing single attribute from index, 3.4.3.3

syntax, 3.4.1

tasks and examples, 3.4.3

categories of command-line tools, 1.3

chgpwd operation, in remtool, 4.3.11

cn=orcladmin account, unlocking, 2.1.3.3

command-line tools, 1

categories, 1.3

configuring your environment, 1.2

expressSyncSetup, 5.4

for data management, 3

bulkdelete, 3.1

bulkload, 3.2

bulkmodify, 3.3

catalog, 3.4

ldapadd, 3.5

ldapaddmt, 3.6

ldapbind, 3.7

ldapcompare, 3.8

ldapdelete, 3.9

ldapmoddn, 3.10

ldapmodify, 3.11

ldapmodifymt, 3.12

ldapsearch, 3.13

ldifmigrator, 3.14

ldifwrite, 3.15

upgradecert.pl, 3.16

for database administration

oidpasswd, 2.1

oidstats.sql, 2.6

for replication management, 4

oidcmprec, 4.2

remtool, 4.3

for server administration

oidctl, 2.2

oiddiag, 2.3

oidmon, 2.4

opmnctl, 2.5

oidprovtool (Provisioning Registration Tool), 5.6

Oracle Directory Integration Platform, 5

Replication Environment Management Tool, 4.3

schemasync, 5.8

setting environment vairables, 1.2

Compare and Reconcile Tool (oidcmprec ), 4.2

concurrent entries, adding to the directory, 3.6.3.1

controls, LDAP, 6.1.3

critical events

levels, 8.2.135

D

data management tools, 3

data migration, overriding, 3.14.3.2

data recovery when using bulkload, 3.2.3.6

database administration tools, 2

Delegated Administration Services

schema elements, 6.2.7

delnode operation, in remtool, 4.3.12

DenyGroupOverride keyword, 2.1.3.5

directory integration platform

applications, schema elements for, 6.2.6.1

change logs, schema elements for, 6.2.6.2

events and objects, schema elements for, 6.2.6.3

plug-ins and interfaces, schema elements, 6.2.6.4

schema information, 6.2.6.7

server configuration, schema elements, 6.2.6.5

directory replication

schema elements for, 6.2.5

directory replication server

creating wallet for, 2.1.3.2

directory schema, modifying, 3.11.3.1

directory server

schema elements for configuring, 6.2.2.1

directory user agents (DUAs). schema elements for, 6.2.12

dispasrerr operation, in remtool, 4.3.13

dispqstat operation, in remtool, 4.3.14

distinguishedNameMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

DRG setup, cleaning up flawed, 4.3.20.3.1

DSML file

adding data to the directory by using, 3.5.3.2

duaConfigProfile object class, 7.2.1

dynamic groups

schema elements for, 6.2.13.2

E

entries, adding concurrent, 3.6.3.1

environment variables

for using command-line tools, 1.2

error messages, ldifmigrator, 3.14.5

expressSyncSetup

introduction, 5.4

G

generalizedTimeMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

generalizedTimeOrderingMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

groups, schema elements for, 6.2.13.1

I

incremental mode loading

in bulkload, 3.2

using bulkload, 3.2.3.3

index

adding multiple attributes to, 3.4.3.2

adding single attribute to, 3.4.3.1

removing single attribute from, 3.4.3.3

indexes, recreating when using bulkload, 3.2.3.5

indexes, verifying when using bulkload, 3.2.3.4

inheritance, object class, 6.1.1

IntegerMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

L

LDAP

controls, 6.1.3

schema

overview, 6

schema elements

reference, 5.8.4

standard atttributes, used by Oracle Internet Directory, 8.1

standard object classes, 7.1

ldapadd

adding data to a directory by using an LDIF file, 3.5.3.1

adding data to the directory by using a DSML file, 3.5.3.2

arguments, 3.5.2

introduction, 3.5

previewing an add operation, 3.5.3.3

related command-line tools, 3.5.4

syntax, 3.5.1

tasks and examples, 3.5.3

ldapaddmt

arguments, 3.6.2

introduction, 3.6

related command-line tools, 3.6.4

syntax, 3.6.1

tasks and examples, 3.6.3

ldapbind

arguments, 3.7.2

introduction, 3.7

syntax, 3.7.1

tasks and examples, 3.7.3

validating authentication credentials, 3.7.3.1

ldapcompare

arguments, 3.8.2

comparing attribute values for an entry, 3.8.3.1

introduction, 3.8

related command-line tools, 3.8.4

syntax, 3.8.1

tasks and examples, 3.8.3

ldapdelete

arguments, 3.9.2

deleting a single entry, 3.9.3.1

deleting multiple entries using an LDIF file, 3.9.3.2

introduction, 3.9

related command-line tools, 3.9.4

syntax, 3.9.1

tasks and examples, 3.9.3

ldapmoddn

arguments, 3.10.2

changing the RDN of an entry, 3.10.3.1

introduction, 3.10, 3.10

moving an entry, 3.10.3.2

related command-line tools, 3.10.4

syntax, 3.10.1

tasks and examples, 3.10.3

ldapmodify

arguments, 3.11.2

introduction, 3.11

modifying an entry, 3.11.3.2

modifying the directory schema, 3.11.3.1

related command-line tools, 3.11.4

syntax, 3.11.1

tasks and examples, 3.11.3

ldapmodifymt

arguments, 3.12.2

introduction, 3.12

modifying multiple entries concurrently, 3.12.3.1

related command-line tools, 3.12.4

syntax, 3.12.1

tasks and examples, 3.12.3

ldapsearch

arguments, 3.13.2

introduction, 3.13

performing a base object search, 3.13.3.1

performing a one-level search, 3.13.3.2

performing a subtree search, 3.13.3.3

related command-line tools, 3.13.4

searching for attribute values of entries, 3.13.3.4

searching for entries, 3.13.3.8

searching for entries with attribute options, 3.13.3.6

searching for user attributes and operational attributes, 3.13.3.7

syntax, 3.13.1

tasks and examples, 3.13.3

LDIF

file format, A

file-based modification, not supported by bulkmodify, 3.3

format for adding entries, A.2.1

format for adding schema elements, A.3

format for deleting entries, A.2.2

format for entries, A.2

format for migrating entries, A.4

format for modifying entries, A.2.3

format for modifying the DN for an entry, A.2.5

format for modifying the RDN of an entry, A.2.4

formatting rules, A.1

LDIF file

adding data to directory with, 3.5.3.1

ldifmigrator

arguments, 3.14.2

loading and reconciling data, 3.14.3.4

overriding data migration values in lookup mode, 3.14.3.2

related command-line tools, 3.14.4

tasks and examples, 3.14.3

using by supplying your own values, 3.14.3.3

using in lookup mode, 3.14.3.1

ldifmigrator (Oracle Internet Directory Data Migration tool)

introduction, 3.14

syntax, 3.14.1

ldifmigrator, error messages, 3.14.5

ldifwrite

introduction, 3.15

tasks and examples, 3.15.3

M

Managehiq.purge

syntax, 4.1.1

tasks and examples, 4.1.3

Managehiq.retry

arguments, 4.1.1

syntax, 4.1.1

tasks and examples, 4.1.2

matching rules

accessDirectiveMatch, 6.1.2

bitStringMatch, 6.1.2

caseExactIA5Match, 6.1.2

caseExactMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreIA5Match, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreListMatch, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

caseIgnoreOrderingMatch, 6.1.2

distinguishedNameMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

generalizedTimeMatch, 6.1.2

generalizedTimeOrderingMatch, 6.1.2

IntegerMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

numericStringMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch, 6.1.2

ObjectIdentifierMatch, 6.1.2

OctetStringMatch, 6.1.2

orclpkimatchingrule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

presentationAddressMatch, 6.1.2

protocolInformationMatch, 6.1.2

recognized by Oracle Internet Directory, 6.1.2

telephoneNumberMatch, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

uniqueMemberMatch, 6.1.2

Microsoft Active Directory

schema elements for, 6.2.6.8

migration of data, overriding, 3.14.3.2

multiple entries, deleting using an LDIF file, 3.9.3.2

multiple threads, increasing the number of, 3.6

N

naming constraints, attributes

Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On, 6.1.2

Oracle Delegated Administration Services, 6.1.2

Oracle Directory Integration Platform, 6.1.2

Oracle Internet Directory, 6.1.2

naming context, deleting from a directory, 3.1.3.1

numericStringMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

O

object classes

88, 6.1.1

abstract, 6.1.1

auxiliary, 6.1.1

description, 6.1.1, 6.1.1

duaConfigProfile, 7.2.1

inheritance, 6.1.1

Oracle Identity Management, 7.2

orclADGroup, 7.2.2

orclADUser, 7.2.3

orclApplicationEntity, 7.2.4

orclAppSpecificUserInfo, 7.2.5

orclAppUserEntry, 7.2.6

orclAuditOC, 7.2.7

orclCertIdMapping, 7.2.8

orclChangeSubscriber, 7.2.9

orclCommonAttributes, 7.2.10

orclCommonAttributesV2, 7.2.11

orclConfigSet, 7.2.12

orclContainer, 7.2.13

orclDASAppContainer, 7.2.14

orclDASAttrCategory, 7.2.15

orclDASConfigAttr, 7.2.16

orclDASConfigPublicGroup, 7.2.17

orclDASLOVVal, 7.2.18

orclDASOperationURL, 7.2.19

orclDASSubscriberContainer, 7.2.20

orclDSAConfig, 7.2.22

orclDynamicGroup, 7.2.23, 7.2.24

orclEventLog, 7.2.25

orclEvents, 7.2.26

orclGeneralStats, 7.2.27

orclGroup, 7.2.28

orclHealthStats, 7.2.29

orclIDMapping, 7.2.21

orclIndexOC, 7.2.30

orclLDAPInstance, 7.2.31

orclLDAPSubConfig, 7.2.32

orclNTUser, 7.2.33

orclODIPApplicationCommonConfig, 7.2.34

orclODIPAppSubscription, 7.2.35

orclODIPEventContainer, 7.2.36

orclODIPIntegrationProfile, 7.2.37

orclODIPObject, 7.2.38

orclODIPPlugin, 7.2.39

orclODIPPluginContainer, 7.2.40

orclODIPProvEventDefn, 7.2.41

orclODIPProvEventTypeConfig, 7.2.42

orclODIPProvInterfaceDetails, 7.2.43

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationInBoundProfileV2, 7.2.44

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfile, 7.2.45

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfileV2, 7.2.46

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfile, 7.2.47

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfileV2, 7.2.48

orclODIProfile, 7.2.49

orclODIPSchemaDetails, 7.2.50

orclODIPServerConfig, 7.2.51

orclODISConfig, 7.2.52

orclODIServer, 7.2.53

orclODISInstance, 7.2.54

orclPerfStats, 7.2.55

orclPKICRL, 7.2.56

orclPKIValMecCl, 7.2.57

orclPluginConfig, 7.2.58

orclPluginContainer, 7.2.59

orclPluginUser, 7.2.60

orclPurgeConfig, 7.2.61

orclPwdVerifierPolicy, 7.2.62

orclPwdVerifierProfile, 7.2.63

orclReplicaSubentry, 7.2.65

orclReplInstance, 7.2.66

orclReplNameCtxConfig, 7.2.67

orclReplSubConfig, 7.2.68

orclResourceDescriptor, 7.2.69

orclResourceType, 7.2.70

orclRootContext, 7.2.71

orclSchemaVersion, 7.2.72

orclSecRefreshEvents, 7.2.73

orclService, 7.2.74

orclServiceInstance, 7.2.75

orclServiceInstanceReference, 7.2.76

orclServiceRecipient, 7.2.77

orclServiceSubscriptionDetail, 7.2.78

orclServiceSuite, 7.2.79

orclSM, 7.2.80

orclSubscriber, 7.2.81

orclSysResourceEvents, 7.2.82

orclTraceConfig, 7.2.83

orclUniqueConfig, 7.2.84

orclUserStats, 7.2.85

orclUserV2, 7.2.86

pwdpolicy, 7.2.87

required and allowed attributes, 6.1.1

standard LDAP, 7.1

structural, 6.1.1

subentry, 7.2.88

subregistry, 7.2.89

subschema, 7.2.90

tombstone, 7.2.91

top, 7.2.92

types, 6.1.1

objectIdentifierFirstComponentMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

ObjectIdentifierMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

OctetStringMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

oidcmprec

arguments, 4.2.2

comparing and reconciling directories, 4.2.3.3

comparing and reconciling individual entries, 4.2.3.1

comparing and reconciling subtrees, 4.2.3.2

conflict scenarios, 4.2

generating change logs, 4.2.3.11

including and excluding attributes, 4.2.3.6

overriding default rules, 4.2.3.8

performing schema operations, 4.2.3.12

performing user-defined operations, 4.2.3.4

syntax, 4.2.1

using a parameter file, 4.2.3.9

oidcmprec (Compare and Reconcile Tool)

introduction, 4.2

oidctl (Oracle Internet Directory Control Utility)

arguments, 2.2.2

related command-line tools, 2.2.4

reporting server status, 2.2.3.9

restarting and Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.5

starting a directory replication server instance, 2.2.3.6

starting and Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.3

starting and stopping a server instance on a virtual host or cluster node, 2.2.3.8

starting and stopping servers, 2.2

stoping and Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.4

stopping a directory replication server instance, 2.2.3.7

syntax, 2.2.1

tasks and examples, 2.2.3

oiddiag (Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic tool), 2.3.3

arguments, 2.3.2

collecting all diagnostic information, 2.3.3.1

collecting selected diagnostic information, 2.3.3.2

collecting stack trace information, 2.3.3.3

introduction, 2.3

related command-line tools, 2.4.4

starting, 2.4.3.1

starting on a virtual host or cluster node, 2.4.3.2

stopping, 2.4.3.3

synatx, 2.4.1

syntax, 2.3.1

tasks and examples, 2.3.3, 2.4.3

OIDLDAPD, flags when using OIDCTL, 2.2.2.1

oidmon (Oracle Internet Directory Monitor)

introduction, 2.4

oidmon (Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic tool)

arguments, 2.4.2

oidpasswd (Oracle Internet Directory Database Password utility)

arguments, 2.1.2

introduction, 2.1

syntax, 2.1.1

tasks and examples, 2.1.3

oidpasswd (Oracle Internet Directory Password utility)

related command-line tools, 2.1.4

oidpasswd tool, changing super user password with, 2.1.3.4

oidpasswd tool, resetting super user password with, 2.1.3.4

oidprovtool

arguments, 5.6.2

syntax, 5.6.1

tasks and examples, 5.6.3

oidprovtool (Provisioning RegistrationTool)

introduction, 5.6

OIDREPLD, flags when using OIDCTL, 2.2.2.2

oidstats.sql (Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection tool)

arguments, 2.6.2

introduction, 2.6

related command-line tools, 2.6.4

syntax, 2.6.1

tasks and examples, 2.6.3

opmnctl

stopping a specific Oracle Internet Directory instance, 2.5.3.8, 2.5.3.9

opmnctl (Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server Control Utility)

arguments, 2.5.2

introduction, 2.5

related command-line tools, 2.5.4

starting all Oracle Internet Directory instances, 2.5.3.7

syntax, 2.5.1

tasks and examples, 2.5.3

Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On, password constraints, 6.1.2

Oracle Context, schema elements for, 6.2.2.2

Oracle Delegated Administration Services, UserID naming constraints, 6.1.2

Oracle Directory Integration Platform

command-line tools, 5

Oracle Directory Integration Platform, UserID naming constraints, 6.1.2

Oracle directory replication server

creating wallet for, 2.1.3.2

Oracle Identity Management

attributes, alphabetical listing, 8.2

Oracle Internet Directory

database administration tools, 2

database, changing password to, 2.1.3.1

schema elements for configuring, 6.2.2

super user account, unlocking, 2.1.3.3

super user password, resetting, 2.1.3.4

Oracle Internet Directory Control Utility (oidctl)

arguments, 2.2.2

related command-line tools, 2.2.4

reporting server status, 2.2.3.9

restarting an Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.5

starting a directory Rrplication Server Instance, 2.2.3.6

starting an Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.3

starting and stopping a server instance on a virtual host or cluster node, 2.2.3.8

starting and stopping servers, 2.2

stopping a directory replication server instance, 2.2.3.7

stopping an Oracle Internet Directory server instance, 2.2.3.4

syntax, 2.2.1

tasks and examples, 2.2.3

Oracle Internet Directory Data Migration tool (ldifmigrator)

introduction, 3.14

syntax, 3.14.1

Oracle Internet Directory database

creating wallet for, 2.1.3.2

Oracle Internet Directory Database Password utility (oidpasswd)

arguments, 2.1.2

introduction, 2.1

syntax, 2.1.1

tasks and examples, 2.1.3

Oracle Internet Directory Database Statistics Collection tool (oidstats.sql)

arguments, 2.6.2

introduction, 2.6

related command-line tools, 2.6.4

syntax, 2.6.1

tasks and examples, 2.6.3

Oracle internet Directory Monitor (oidmon)

introduction, 2.4

Oracle Internet Directory Password utility (oidpasswd)

related command-line tools, 2.1.4

Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic tool (oiddiag), 2.3.3

arguments, 2.3.2

collecting all diagnostic information, 2.3.3.1

collecting selected diagnostic information, 2.3.3.2

collecting stack trace information, 2.3.3.3

introduction, 2.3

related command-line tools, 2.4.4

starting, 2.4.3.1

starting on a virtual node or cluster node, 2.4.3.2

stopping, 2.4.3.3

syntax, 2.3.1, 2.4.1

tasks and examples, 2.3.3, 2.4.3

Oracle Internet Directory Server Diagnostic tool (oidmon)

arguments, 2.4.2

Oracle Internet Directory, attribute naming constraints, 6.1.2

Oracle Network Services, schema elements for, 6.2.2.3

Oracle Process Manager and Notification Server Control Utility (opmnctl)

arguments, 2.5.2

introduction, 2.5

related command-line tools, 2.5.4

starting all Oracle Internet Directory instances, 2.5.3.7

stopping a specific Oracle Internet Directory instance, 2.5.3.8, 2.5.3.9

syntax, 2.5.1

tasks and examples, 2.5.3

OracleAS Certificate Authority

schema elements for, 6.2.8

orclADUser object class, 7.2.3

orclAGGroup object class, 7.2.2

orclApplicationEntity object class, 7.2.4

orclAppSpecificUserInfo, 7.2.5

orclAppUserEntry object class, 7.2.6

orclAuditOC object class, 7.2.7

orclCERTIdMapping object class, 7.2.8

orclChangeSubscriber object class, 7.2.9

orclCommonAttributes object class, 7.2.10

orclCommonAttributesV2 object class, 7.2.11

orclConfigSet object class, 7.2.12

orclContainer object class, 7.2.13

orclDASAppContainer object class, 7.2.14

orclDASAttrCategory object class, 7.2.15

orclDASConfigAttr object class, 7.2.16

orclDASConfigPublicGroup object class, 7.2.17

orclDASLOVVal object class, 7.2.18

orclDASOperationURL object class, 7.2.19

orclDASSubscriberContainer object class, 7.2.20

orclDSAConfig object class, 7.2.22

orclDynamicGroup object class, 7.2.23, 7.2.24

orclEventLog object class, 7.2.25

orclEvents object class, 7.2.26

orclGeneralStats object class, 7.2.27

orclGroup object class, 7.2.28

orclHealthStats object class, 7.2.29

orclIDMapping object class, 7.2.21

orclIndexOC object class, 7.2.30

orclLDAPInstance object class, 7.2.31

orclLDAPSubConfig object class, 7.2.32

orclNTUser object class, 7.2.33

orclODIPApplicationCommonConfig object class, 7.2.34

orclODIPAppSubscription object class, 7.2.35

orclODIPEventContainer object class, 7.2.36

orclODIPIntegrationProfile object class, 7.2.37

orclODIPObject object class, 7.2.38

orclODIPPlugin object class, 7.2.39

orclODIPPluginContainer object class, 7.2.40

orclODIPProvEventDefn object class, 7.2.41

orclODIPProvEventTypeConfig object class, 7.2.42

orclODIPProvInterfaceDetails object class, 7.2.43

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationInBoundProfileV2 object class, 7.2.44

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfile object class, 7.2.45

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationOutBoundProfileV2 object class, 7.2.46

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfile object class, 7.2.47

orclODIPProvisioningIntegrationProfileV2 object class, 7.2.48

orclODIProfile object class, 7.2.49

orclODIPSchemaDetails object class, 7.2.50

orclODIPServerConfig object class, 7.2.51

orclODISConfig object class, 7.2.52

orclODIServer object class, 7.2.53

orclODISInstance object class, 7.2.54

orclPerfStats object class, 7.2.55

orclPKICRL object class, 7.2.56

orclpkimatchingrule matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

orclPKIValMecCl object class, 7.2.57

orclPluginConfig object class, 7.2.58

orclPluginContainer object class, 7.2.59

orclPluginUser object class, 7.2.60, 7.2.61

orclPwdVerifierPolicy object class, 7.2.62

orclPwdVerifierProfile object class, 7.2.63

orclReplAgreementEntry object class, 7.2.64

orclReplAgreementEntryorclReplAgreementEntry, 7.2.64

orclReplicaSubentry object class, 7.2.65

orclReplInstance object class, 7.2.66

orclReplNameCtxConfig object class, 7.2.67

orclReplSubConfig object class, 7.2.68

orclResourceDescriptor object class, 7.2.69

orclResourceType object class, 7.2.70

orclRootContext object class, 7.2.71

orclSchemaVersion object class, 7.2.72

orclSecRefreshEvents object class, 7.2.73

orclService object class, 7.2.74

orclServiceInstance object class, 7.2.75

orclServiceInstanceReference object class, 7.2.76

orclServiceRecipient object class, 7.2.77

orclServiceSubscriptionDetail object class, 7.2.78

orclServiceSuite object class, 7.2.79

orclSM object class, 7.2.80

orclSubscriber object class, 7.2.81

orclSysResourceEvents object class, 7.2.82

orclTraceConfig object class, 7.2.83

orclUniqueConfig object class, 7.2.84

orclUserStats object class, 7.2.85

orclUserV2 object class, 7.2.86

P

paddnode operation, in remtool, 4.3.15

password

policies

schema elements, 6.2.14

to the Oracle Internet Directory database, changing, 2.1.3.1

verifiers

schema elements, 6.2.15

performance, by using multiple threads, 3.6

pilot mode

beginning for replica, 4.3.23.3.1

ending for replica, 4.3.23.3.2

plug-ins, schema elements for, 6.2.11

presentationAddressMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

protocolInformationMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

provisioning profile

creating, 5.6.3.1

deleting, 5.6.3.3

disabling, 5.6.3.4

modifying, 5.6.3.2

Provisioning Registration Tool (oidprovtool)

introduction, 5.6

pwdpolicy object class, 7.2.87

R

RDN, changing, 3.10.3.1

read-only replica, adding to a DRG, 4.3.15.3.1

remtool

-addnode

syntax, 4.3.5.1

arguments, 4.3.3

converting an agreement from Advanced Replication to LDAP replication, 4.3.4.1

syntax, 4.3.4.2

syntax, 4.3.1

remtool (Replication Environment Management Tool)

-addnode operation, 4.3.5

-asrcleanup operation, 4.3.6

-asrrectify operation, 4.3.7

-asrsetup operation, 4.3.8

-asrverify operation, 4.3.9

-backupmetadata operation, 4.3.10

-chgpwd operation, 4.3.11

-delnode operation, 4.3.12

-dispasrerr operation, 4.3.13

-dispqstat operation, 4.3.14

introduction, 4.3

-paddnode operation, 4.3.15

-pchgpwd operation, 4.3.18

-pchgwalpwd operation, 4.3.19

-pcleanup operation, 4.3.20

-pdelnode operation, 4.3.21

-pilotreplica operation, 4.3.23

-presetpwd operation, 4.3.24

related command-line tools, 4.3.32

-resumeasr operation, 4.3.27

-suspendasr operation, 4.3.28

remtool -addnode

syntax, 4.3.5.2, 4.3.5.3

remtool -asrcleanup

syntax, 4.3.6.1, 4.3.6.2

tasks and examples, 4.3.6.3

remtool -asrrectify

arguments, 4.3.7.2

syntax, 4.3.7.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.7.3

remtool -asrsetup

arguments, 4.3.8.2

syntax, 4.3.8.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.8.3

remtool -asrverify

arguments, 4.3.9.2

syntax, 4.3.9.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.9.3

remtool -backupmetadata

arguments, 4.3.10.2

syntax, 4.3.10.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.10.3

remtool -chgpwd

arguments, 4.3.11.2

syntax, 4.3.11.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.11.3

remtool -delnode

arguments, 4.3.12.2

syntax, 4.3.12.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.12.3

remtool -dispasrerr

arguments, 4.3.13.2

syntax, 4.3.13.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.13.3

remtool -dispqstat

syntax, 4.3.14.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.14.3

remtool -paddnode

arguments, 4.3.15.2

syntax, 4.3.15.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.15.3

remtool -pchgpwd

arguments, 4.3.18.2

introduction, 4.3.18

syntax, 4.3.18.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.18.3

remtool -pchgwalpwd

arguments, 4.3.19.2

syntax, 4.3.19.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.19.3

remtool -pcleanup

arguments, 4.3.20.2

syntax, 4.3.20.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.20.3

remtool -pdelnode

arguments, 4.3.21.2

syntax, 4.3.21.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.21.3

remtool -pilotreplica

arguments, 4.3.23.2

syntax, 4.3.23.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.23.3

remtool -presetpwd

arguments, 4.3.24.2

syntax, 4.3.24.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.24.3

remtool -resumeasr

arguments, 4.3.27.2

syntax, 4.3.27.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.27.3

remtool -suspendasr

arguments, 4.3.28.2

syntax, 4.3.28.1

tasks and examples, 4.3.28.3

replica

adding to a DRG, 4.3.15.3.1

beginning pilot mode for, 4.3.23.3.1

ending pilot mode for, 4.3.23.3.2

partial, adding to a DRG, 4.3.15.3.2

read-only, deleting from a DRG, 4.3.21.3.1

replication

DN password in Oracle Internet Directory wallet, changing, 4.3.19.3.1

DN password, changing, 4.3.18.3.1

DN password, resetting for a single directory, 4.3.24.3.1

schema elements for, 6.2.5

suspending for an Advanced replication-based DRG, 4.3.28.3.1

Replication Environment Management Tool (remtool)

-addnode operation, 4.3.5

-asrcleanup operation, 4.3.6

-asrrectify operation, 4.3.7

-asrsetup operation, 4.3.8

-asrverify operation, 4.3.9

-backupmetadata operation, 4.3.10

-chgpwd operation, 4.3.11

-delnode operation, 4.3.12

-dispasrerr operation, 4.3.13

-dispqstat operation, 4.3.14

introduction, 4.3

-paddnode operation, 4.3.15

-pchgpwd operation, 4.3.18

-pchgwalpwd operation, 4.3.19

-pcleanup operation, 4.3.20

-pdelnode operation, 4.3.21

-pilotreplica, 4.3.23

-presetpwd operation, 4.3.24

related command-line tools, 4.3.32

-resumeasr operation, 4.3.27

-suspendasr operation, 4.3.28

what it does, 4.3

resources

schema elements for, 6.2.10

S

schema elements

for applications, 6.2.9

for audit and error logging, 6.2.3

for configuration of Oracle Internet Directory, 6.2.2

attribute uniqueness, 6.2.2.5

directory server, 6.2.2.1

garbage collection, 6.2.2.4

Oracle Context, 6.2.2.2

Oracle Network Services, 6.2.2.3

for Delegated Administration Services, 6.2.7

for directory integration platform, 6.2.6

Active Directory users, 6.2.6.8

applications, 6.2.6.1

change logs, 6.2.6.2

events and objects, 6.2.6.3

plug-ins and interfaces, 6.2.6.4

profiles, 6.2.6.6

schema, 6.2.6.7

server configuration, 6.2.6.5

for directory replication, 6.2.5

for directory user agents (DUAs), 6.2.12

for dynamic groups, 6.2.13.2

for groups, 6.2.13.1

for OracleAS Certificate Authority, 6.2.8

for password policies, 6.2.14

for password verifiers, 6.2.15

for plug-ins, 6.2.11

for resources, 6.2.10

for server manageability, 6.2.4

for users, 6.2.13.3

for users, groups, and subscribers, 6.2.13

lists of system operational, 6.2.1

overview, 6.2

system operational

access control, 6.2.1.2

change logs, 6.2.1.3

directory schema, 6.2.1.1

password policy, 6.2.1.4

schema elements, LDAP

reference, 5.8.4

schemasync

arguments, 5.8.2

introduction, 5.8

related command-line tools, 5.8.4

syntax, 5.8.1

tasks and examples, 5.8.3

server manageability

schema elements for, 6.2.4

singel-valued and multivalued attributes, 6.1.2

single entry, deleting, 3.9.3.1

single node, bulk mode loading for, 3.2.3.1

sizing, attribute values, 6.1.2

standard LDAP object classes, 7.1

structural object classes, 6.1.1

subentry object class, 7.2.88

subregistry object class, 7.2.89

subschema object class, 7.2.90

super user account

access control, 2.1.3.5

unlocking, 2.1.3.3

super user password, resetting, 2.1.3.4

synchronization

schema, with a third-party directory, 5.8.3.1

syntax

-asrcleanup, 4.3.6.1

attribute, 6.1.2

attribute, commonly used, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

bulkdelete, 3.1.1

bulkload, 3.2.1

bulkmodify, 3.3.1

catalog, 3.4.1

ldapadd, 3.5.1

ldapaddmt, 3.6.1

ldapbind, 3.7.1

ldapcompare, 3.8.1

ldapdelete, 3.9.1

ldapmoddn, 3.10.1

ldapmodify, 3.11.1

ldapmodifymt, 3.12.1

ldapsearch, 3.13.1

ldifmigrator, 3.14.1

Managehiq.purge, 4.1.1

Managehiq.retry, 4.1.1

oidcmprec, 4.2.1

oidctl, 2.2.1

oiddiag, 2.3.1

oidmon, 2.4.1

oidpasswd, 2.1.1

oidprovtool, 5.6.1

oidstats.sql, 2.6.1

opmnctl, 2.5.1

-pchgpwd, 4.3.18.1

remtool, 4.3.1

remtool -addnode, 4.3.5.1, 4.3.5.2, 4.3.5.3

remtool -asr2ldap, 4.3.4.1, 4.3.4.2

remtool -asrcleanup, 4.3.6.2

remtool -asrrectify, 4.3.7.1

remtool -asrsetup, 4.3.8.1

remtool -asrverify, 4.3.9.1

remtool -backupmetadata, 4.3.10.1

remtool -chgpwd, 4.3.11.1

remtool -delnode, 4.3.12.1

remtool -dispasrerr, 4.3.13.1

remtool -dispqstat, 4.3.14.1

remtool -paddnode, 4.3.15.1

remtool -pchgwalpwd, 4.3.19.1

remtool -pcleanup, 4.3.20.1

remtool -pdelnode, 4.3.21.1

remtool -pilotreplica, 4.3.23.1

remtool -presetpwd, 4.3.24.1

remtool -resumeasr, 4.3.27.1

remtool -suspendasr, 4.3.28.1

schemasync, 5.8.1

upgradecert.pl, 3.16.1

system operational schema elements

access control, 6.2.1.2

change logs, 6.2.1.3

directory schema, 6.2.1.1

T

tasks and examples

bulkmodify, 3.3.3

remtool -asrcleanup, 4.3.6.3

telephoneNumberMatch matching rule, 6.1.2, 6.1.2

tombstone object class, 7.2.91

top object class, 7.2.92

U

uniqueMemberMatch matching rule, 6.1.2

upgradecert.pl

arguments, 3.16.2

introduction, 3.16

related command-line tools, 3.16.4

syntax, 3.16.1

tasks and examples, 3.16.3

upgrading user certificates stored in the directory, 3.16.3.1

upgradecert.pl tool, 3.16

users

schema elements for, 6.2.13.3

V

VActionLog, 9.2.63

VActionLogSession, 9.2.62

VAdminUser, 9.2.214

VAdminUserGroup, 9.2.216

VAdminUserGroupHist, 9.2.217

VAdminUserGroupMap, 9.2.218

VAdminUserGroupMapHist, 9.2.219

VAdminUserHist, 9.2.215

VAdminUserProfile, 9.2.220

VAdminUserProfileHist, 9.2.221

VAlert, 9.2.208

VAlertTemplate, 9.2.187

VAlertTemplateHist, 9.2.188

VBharosaConfig, 9.2.31

VBharosaConfigHist, 9.2.32

VBharosaConfigRB, 9.2.41

VBharosaEnum, 9.2.33

VBharosaEnumElement, 9.2.35

VBharosaEnumElementAttribute, 9.2.37

VBharosaEnumElementAttributeHist, 9.2.38

VBharosaEnumElementHist, 9.2.36

VBharosaEnumHist, 9.2.34

VBharosaLocale, 9.2.39

VBharosaLocaleHist, 9.2.40

VCacheStatus, 9.2.197

VCaseActionLogSessionMap, 9.2.211

VCaseMap, 9.2.212

VCaseMapHist, 9.2.213

VCity, 9.2.117

VCityHist, 9.2.118

VCountry, 9.2.113

VCountryHist, 9.2.114

VCryptAccount, 9.2.1

VCryptAccountHist, 9.2.2

VCryptAnswerHint, 9.2.22

VCryptAnswerHintHist, 9.2.23

VCryptAuthAttempt, 9.2.58

VCryptAuthSession, 9.2.57

VCryptAuthSessionGroup, 9.2.56

VCryptDBPatch, 9.2.61

VCryptFingerPrint, 9.2.50

VCryptFPMap, 9.2.52

VCryptFPNameValue, 9.2.51

VCryptGlobalAnswerHint, 9.2.18

VCryptGlobalAnswerHintHist, 9.2.19

VCryptPinReset, 9.2.54

VCryptPinRetrieval, 9.2.55

VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMap, 9.2.20

VCryptQuestionAnswerHintMapHist, 9.2.21

VCryptQuestionGlobalValidation, 9.2.12

VCryptQuestionGlobalValidationHist, 9.2.13

VCryptQuestionValidationMap, 9.2.14

VCryptQuestionValidationMapHist, 9.2.15

VCryptScoreAttributes, 9.2.28

VCryptScoreAttributesHist, 9.2.29

VCryptScoringPolicy, 9.2.26

VCryptScoringPolicyHist, 9.2.27

VCryptSystemMessage, 9.2.59

VCryptTrackerNode, 9.2.67

VCryptTrackerNodeHistory, 9.2.68

VCryptTrackerUserNodeLog, 9.2.65

VCryptUser, 9.2.6

VCryptUserGroup, 9.2.3

VCryptUserGroupRoleMap, 9.2.5

VCryptUserHist, 9.2.7

VCryptUserLog, 9.2.53

VCryptUserQA, 9.2.24

VCryptUserQAHist, 9.2.25

VCryptUserQuestion, 9.2.10

VCryptUserQuestionHist, 9.2.11

VCryptUserRole, 9.2.4

VCryptValidation, 9.2.16

VCryptValidationHist, 9.2.17

VCSRCase, 9.2.209

VCSRCaseHist, 9.2.210

VDateValueElement, 9.2.194

VDynamicAction, 9.2.178

VDynamicActionExecLog, 9.2.186

VDynamicActionHist, 9.2.179

VDynamicActionInstance, 9.2.182

VDynamicActionInstanceHist, 9.2.183

VDynamicActionParam, 9.2.180

VDynamicActionParamHist, 9.2.181

VDynamicActionParamValue, 9.2.184

VDynamicActionParamValueHist, 9.2.185

VGlobalLookup, 9.2.198

VGlobalLookupHist, 9.2.199

VIntValueElement, 9.2.193

VIPCluster, 9.2.128

VIPClusterGroup, 9.2.129

VIPClusterGroupMap, 9.2.130

VIPLocationMap, 9.2.122

VIPLocationMapHist, 9.2.123

VIPLocationMapSplit, 9.2.124

VIPLocationMapSplitHist, 9.2.125

VISP, 9.2.119

VISPHist, 9.2.120

VJavaBinaryClass, 9.2.206

VJavaBinaryClassHist, 9.2.207

VLocationLookup, 9.2.121

VLocationUpdateLogs, 9.2.127

VLocationUpdateSession, 9.2.126

VLongValueElement, 9.2.192

VMaxBlock, 9.2.166

VMaxBlockHist, 9.2.167

VMaxBlockLogs, 9.2.168

VModelLog, 9.2.176

VMonitorData, 9.2.30

VPattern, 9.2.42

VPatternEntity, 9.2.44

VPatternEntityHist, 9.2.45

VPatternEntityOperation, 9.2.48

VPatternEntityOperationHist, 9.2.49

VPatternHist, 9.2.43

VPatternParam, 9.2.46

VPatternParamHist, 9.2.47

VPolicy, 9.2.172

VPolicyHist, 9.2.173

VPolicyLog, 9.2.175

VPolicySet, 9.2.170

VPolicySetHist, 9.2.171

VPolicySetLog, 9.2.174

VPolicySetPkg, 9.2.169

VProfile, 9.2.147

VProfileHist, 9.2.148

VProfileListMap, 9.2.151

VProfileListMapHist, 9.2.152

VProfileRuleMap, 9.2.149

VProfileRuleMapHist, 9.2.150

VQuestionCategory, 9.2.8

VQuestionCategoryHist, 9.2.9

VRAConfig, 9.2.222

VRAConfigHist, 9.2.223

VRAConfigProperty, 9.2.224

VRAConfigPropertyHist, 9.2.225

VRADeviceMap, 9.2.234

VRAReports, 9.2.231

VRARunLogs, 9.2.226

VRARunSession, 9.2.229

VRARunSessionHist, 9.2.230

VRASchedule, 9.2.232

VRAScheduleHist, 9.2.233

VRASessionSet, 9.2.227

VRASessionSetHist, 9.2.228

VReportQuery, 9.2.200

VReportQueryHist, 9.2.201

VReportSaved, 9.2.204

VReportSavedHist, 9.2.205

VReportSchedule, 9.2.202

VReportScheduleHist, 9.2.203

VRule, 9.2.135

VRuleCondition, 9.2.137

VRuleConditionHist, 9.2.138

VRuleConditionMap, 9.2.141

VRuleConditionMapHist, 9.2.142

VRuleConditionScope, 9.2.139

VRuleConditionScopeHist, 9.2.140

VRuleException, 9.2.158

VRuleExceptionHist, 9.2.159

VRuleHist, 9.2.136

VRuleLog, 9.2.177

VRuleOverRide, 9.2.155

VRuleOverRideHist, 9.2.156

VRuleOverRideLog, 9.2.157

VRuleParam, 9.2.143

VRuleParamCustom, 9.2.145

VRuleParamCustomHist, 9.2.146

VRuleParamHist, 9.2.144

VRuleParamValue, 9.2.153

VRuleParamValueHist, 9.2.154

VRuleSetColumn, 9.2.162

VRuleSetColumnHist, 9.2.163

VRuleSetRow, 9.2.160

VRuleSetRowHist, 9.2.161

VRuleVersion, 9.2.131

VRuleVersionHist, 9.2.132

VRuleVersionMap, 9.2.134

VRuleVersionTree, 9.2.133

VRunStatus, 9.2.195

VRunStatusHist, 9.2.196

VScoreAction, 9.2.164

VScoreActionHist, 9.2.165

VState, 9.2.115

VStateHist, 9.2.116

VStringValueElement, 9.2.191

VSystemLogs, 9.2.60

VTBaseIPProfile, 9.2.81

VTCityProfile, 9.2.84

VTCountryProfile, 9.2.82

VTDataDef, 9.2.101

VTDataDefElement, 9.2.103

VTDataDefElementHist, 9.2.104

VTDataDefElementTranslation, 9.2.109

VTDataDefElementTranslationHist, 9.2.110

VTDataDefHist, 9.2.102

VTDataDefMap, 9.2.105

VTDataDefMapHist, 9.2.106

VTDataDefTranslation, 9.2.107

VTDataDefTranslationHist, 9.2.108

VTDeviceProfile, 9.2.79

VTEntityDef, 9.2.95

VTEntityDefEntityDefMap, 9.2.99

VTEntityDefEntityDefMapHist, 9.2.100

VTEntityDefHist, 9.2.96

VTEntityOne, 9.2.74

VTEntityOneMap, 9.2.76

VTEntityOneProfile, 9.2.75

VTEntityTrxMap, 9.2.77

VTInvalidUser, 9.2.70

VTIPProfile, 9.2.80

VTransactionLog, 9.2.89

VTSessionActionMap, 9.2.71

VTSesssionFPMap, 9.2.66

VTStateProfile, 9.2.83

VTTranslationSourceElement, 9.2.111

VTTranslationSourceElementHist, 9.2.112

VTTrxData, 9.2.90

VTTrxDef, 9.2.91

VTTrxDefEntityDefMap, 9.2.97

VTTrxDefEntityDefMapHist, 9.2.98

VTTrxDefHist, 9.2.92

VTTrxInputDef, 9.2.93

VTTrxInputDefHist, 9.2.94

VTUser, 9.2.69

VTUserDeviceMap, 9.2.73

VTUserGroup, 9.2.72

VTUserProfile, 9.2.78

VTUserSession, 9.2.64

VTWFDays, 9.2.87

VTWFHours, 9.2.88

VTWFMonths, 9.2.86

VTWFYears, 9.2.85

VValueList, 9.2.189

VValueListHist, 9.2.190

W

wallets

for Oracle directory replication server, 2.1.3.2

for Oracle Internet Directory database, 2.1.3.2

Copyright © 2005, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.